(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate Bulletin of the University of North Carolina at Greensboro"

THE UNIVERSITY of NORTH CAROLINA 

GREENSBORO 



*s 



U 






^nc^fprMir yitfiiH it m »' W >fc »( j»> » ' '»W f V ••'^'■^ 




Undergraduate Bulletin 

2006-07 



Please note that this bulletin is intended for informational purposes only. Although the publisher has made every reasonable effort to attain 
factual accuracy herein, no responsibility is assumed for editorial, clerical, or printing errors, or error occasioned by mistake. The publisher has 
attempted to present information which, at the time for printing, most accurately describes the course offerings, faculty listings, policies, proce- 
dures, regulations, and requirements of the University. However, it does not establish contractual relationships. Requirements, rules, procedures, 
courses, and informational statements are subject to change. The University reserves the right to revise any part without notice or obligation. 

Equality of Educational Opportunity 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is committed to equality of educational opportunity and does not discriminate against 
applicants, students, or employees based on race, color, creed, gender, national origin, political affiliation, religion, sexual orientation, age, or dis- 
ability. Moreover, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is open to people of all races and actively seeks to promote diversity. 

This commitment is in keeping with Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 and Section 504, Rehabilitation Act of 1973. The 
Affirmative Action Officer, PO Box 26170, UNCG, Greensboro, NC 27402-6170, (336/334-5009), is responsible for coordinating compliance and 
investigating complaints. 

Policy on Discriminatory Conduct 

(Approved by the Chancellor, April 27, 1990; Amended September 10, 2001) 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is committed to the principle that educational and employment decisions should be based 
on an individual's abilities and qualifications and should not be based on personal characteristics or beliefs that have no relevance to academic 
ability or to job performance. Accordingly, UNCG supports policies, curricula and co-curricular activities that encourage understanding of and 
appreciation for all members of its community. UNCG will not tolerate any harassment of, discrimination against, or disrespect for persons. 
UNCG is committed to equal opportunity in education and employment for all persons regardless of race, color, creed, religion, gender, age, 
national origin, disability, military veteran status, political affiliation or sexual orientation. 

This policy applies internally as well as to the University's relationships with outside organizations, except to the extent that those organiza- 
tions, including the federal and State government, the military, ROTC, or private employers do not yet recognize sexual orientation as protected. 

The University's educational and employment practices are consistent with Section 103 of The Code of The University of North Carolina. 
In addition, the University complies with North Carolina General Statutes 126-16 and 126-17, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amend- 
ed, the Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1988, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with 
Disabilities Act of 1990, the Vietnam Era Veteran's Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, and other federal and state laws relating to discrimina- 
tion in educational programs and employment. In accord with Executive Order 11246, the University has in place an Affirmative Action Plan 
which states the University's commitment to the concept and practice of equal employment opportunity for all persons regardless of race, color, 
creed, religion, gender, age, national origin, disability, military veteran status, political affiliation or sexual orientation. 

Any employee who believes he or she has been treated unfairly based on any of the above characteristics should contact his or her imme- 
diate supervisor, or the next level supervisor if the immediate supervisor is the subject of the allegation. Students should contact the Office of 
Student Affairs. 

Retaliatory action of any kind will not be tolerated against any person for making a good faith report of discrimination or on the basis of 
that person's participation in any allegation, investigation or proceeding related to the report of discriminatory conduct. Every UNCG employ- 
ee and student is charged with the responsibility to be aware of and abide by this policy. Failure to abide by this policy may subject the violator 
to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. 

This policy may also be found at www.uncg.edu/apl/POLICIES/ivb005.html. 

Equity in Athletics Statement 

Pursuant to the federal Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act, information about equity in UNCG's intercollegiate athletics programs may be 
obtained from the UNCG Athletic Department, 337 HHP Building, UNCG, Greensboro, NC 27402. 

Right-To-Know Statement 

Pursuant to the federal Student Right-to-Know Act, UNCG graduation rates may be obtained from the Office of Student Academic Services, 
159 Mossman Building, UNCG, PO Box 26170, Greensboro, NC 27402-6170. 

Catalog Issue for the Year 2005-06 

Announcements for 2006-07 

Vol. 94, No. 2, 2006-07 

www.uncg.edu/reg/Catalog/index.html 
The University of North Carolina at Greensboro Undergraduate Bulletin (USPS #689-620) is edited and published by the Office of the 
University Registrar, 180 Mossman Building, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USPS #689-620, PO Box 26170, Greensboro, NC 
27402-6170. Published quarterly: April, June, August, and November. Periodical postage paid at Greensboro, NC. 15,000 copies of this public 
document were printed at a cost of $ 24,855.00 or $1.66 per copy. 

The Undergraduate Bulletin is printed on recycled paper stock, composed of approximately 50% postconsumer waste. 

Karen D. Hayivood, Editor 

Lee Canada, Cover Photography 

Timothy B. Cripe, Print Production 

POSTMASTER: Please send change of address to: Office of Undergraduate Admissions, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 
PO Box 26170, Greensboro, NC 27402-6170. 



' 




THE UNIVERSITY of NORTH CAROLINA 

GREENSBORO 



One-Hundred- and-Fifteenth 

Annual 

Undergraduate 

Bulletin 



2006-07 



The Undergraduate Bulletin is also available on the Web at 
www.uncg.edu/reg 



Academic Calendars 



Fall Semester 2006 

August 8, Tuesday 
August 8, Tuesday 
August 8, Tuesday 
August 8-12, Tues.-Sat. 

August 9, Wednesday 
August 10, Thursday 
August 14, Monday 
August 14-18, Mon.-Fri. 
August 18, Friday 
August 18, Friday 
August 18, Friday 
August 21, Monday 
September 1-30 

September 4, Monday 
September 11, Monday 
September 22, Friday 
October 5, Thursday 
October 6, Friday 
October 6, Friday 
October 11, Wednesday 
Oct. 11-Nov. 10, Wed.-Fri. 
Oct. 24-Nov. 10, Tues.-Fri. 
October 27, Friday 
November 10, Friday 
November 21, Tuesday 
November 27, Monday 
November 27, Monday 
December 4, Monday 
December 5, Tuesday 
December 5, Tuesday 
December 6-8, 11-13, 

Wed.-Fri., Mon.-Wed. 
December 9, Saturday 
December 14, Thursday 
December 15, Friday 



Fall semester opens 

Undergraduate academic suspension appeals deadline 

Orientation for new graduate students, 6:00 p.m. 

Orientation, Advising, Registration for all students based on student population 

and classification 
State of the Campus Address and Faculty Convocation 
Orientation for new graduate students, 9:00 a.m. 
Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. 
Late registration and schedule adjustment 

Last day to change courses or course sections without special permission 
Financial Aid satisfactory academic progress appeals deadline 
Last day to drop course for tuition and fees refund 
Deadline for graduate students to apply to graduate in December 2006 
Undergraduate students planning to either declare or change major should do 

so during this time. 
Labor Day holiday. Classes dismissed; offices closed 
Final deadline for undergraduates to apply to graduate in December 2006 
Six weeks progress reports due in University Registrar's Office 
115th Founders Day 
Instruction ends for Fall Break, 6:00 p.m. 
Last day to drop courses without academic penalty 
Classes resume after Fall Break, 8:00 a.m. 

Spring semester advising for continuing students, by appointment 
Spring 2007 registration for continuing students 
Final date for December doctoral candidates oral examinations 
Filing deadline for one signed copy of dissertation, The Graduate School 
Instruction ends for Thanksgiving holiday, 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume, 8:00 a.m. 

Filing deadline for one copy of thesis, The Graduate School 
Last day of classes 

Final date for complete clearance of December graduate degree candidates 
Reading Day 
Final examinations 

Tentative official final exam makeup day 
December Commencement, Greensboro Coliseum 
Tentative official final exam makeup day 



Contact the UNCG Counseling and Testing Center for exact dates of qualifying examinations. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Calendars 



Spring Semester 2007 

January 2, Tuesday 
January 2-6, Tues.-Sat. 

January 8, Monday 
January 8-12, Mon.-Fri. 
January 12, Friday 
January 12, Friday 
January 12, Friday 
January 12, Friday 
January 15, Monday 
January 16, Tuesday 
February 1-28 
February 12, Monday 
February 16, Friday 
March 1, Thursday 
March 3, Saturday 
March 12, Monday 
March 14, Wednesday 
March 21, Wednesday 
Mar. 19-Apr. 11, Mon.-Wed. 
Mar. 26-Apr. 11, Mon.-Wed. 
April 4, Wednesday 
April 6, Friday 
April 17, Tuesday 
May 1, Tuesday 
May 2, Wednesday 
May 2, Wednesday 
May 2, Wednesday 
May 3-5, 7-9, 

Thur.-Sat., Mon.-Wed. 
May 11, Friday 



Undergraduate academic appeals deadline 

Orientation, Advising, Registration for all students based on student population 

and classification 
Classes begin, 8:00 a.m. 
Late registration and schedule adjustment 
Financial Aid satisfactory academic progress appeals deadline 
Final deadline for undergraduates to apply to graduate in May 2007 
Last day to change courses or course sections without special permission 
Last day to drop a course for tuition and fees refund 
Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. holiday. Classes dismissed; offices closed 
Deadline for graduate students to apply to graduate in May 2007 
Undergraduate students declare or change major in February. 
Deadline for undergraduates to apply to student teach during spring 2008 
Six weeks progress reports due in University Registrar's Office 
Financial Aid priority filing date for 2007-08 academic year 
Instruction ends for Spring Break, 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume after Spring Break, 8:00 a.m. 
Last day to drop course(s) without academic penalty 
Final date for May doctoral candidates oral examinations 
Summer and /or fall advising for continuing students, by appointment 
Summer and /or fall 2007 registration for continuing students 
Deadline for filing one signed copy of dissertation, The Graduate School 
Spring Holiday. Classes dismissed; offices closed. 
Deadline for filing one copy of thesis, The Graduate School 
University follows Friday schedule; last day of classes 
Final date for complete clearance of May candidates for graduate degrees 
Reading Day 
Excellence Day 
Final Examinations 

May Commencement, Greensboro Coliseum 



Summer Session 2007 

May 14, Monday 
May 16, Wednesday 
May 22, Tuesday 
May 29, Tuesday 
June 19, Tuesday 
June 21, Thursday 
July 4, Wednesday 
July 26, Thursday 
August 7, Tuesday 



MBA classes begin 

First summer session classes begin 

Deadline for graduate students to apply to graduate in summer 2007 

Final deadline for undergraduates to apply to graduate in summer 2007 

First summer session final examinations 

Second summer session classes begin 

Independence Day holiday. Classes dismissed; offices closed 

Second summer session final examinations 

Summer graduation date 



Contact the UNCG Counseling and Testing Center for exact dates of qualifying examinations. 
2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Contents 



Inside Front Cover 



4 Academic Regulations & Policies 



Equality of Educational Opportunity 
Policy on Discriminatory Conduct 
Equity in Athletics Statement 
Right-to-Know Statement 

1 Introduction 



Academic Calendars for 2006-07 .... 

Chancellor's Welcome 

UNCG Profile 

Academic Programs 

The University Community 

Accreditation 

Mission Statement 

Vision Statement 

UNCG's Vision for Teaching & Learning 

Policy on Discriminatory Conduct 

Affirmative Action Program 

2 Admission to the University 



. .9 
. .9 
.10 
.10 



Required Secondary School Units 

Freshmen 

Transfer Students 

2Plus Students 

Admissions Decision 

International Students 

Visiting Students 

Adult Students 

Former UNCG Students 

Second Baccalaureate Degree Students 

Non-Degree Seeking Students 

Part-Time Degree Students 

Additional Admissions Requirements 

Immunization Clearance 

Entrance Deficiencies 

Transfer Credit Regulations 

Course Credit & Advanced Placement 

Credit for Military Training 

Greater Greensboro Consortium 

Auditors 

Summer Session 

Division of Continual Learning 

Senior Citizens 

Veterans 

Army and Air Force ROTC 

Accelerated Master's Programs for Undergraduates 
Graduate Students 

3 Expenses, Payments, Refunds, & Financial Aid 

Tuition & Fees: Estimated Annual Expenses 

Residence Status for Tuition Purposes 

Tuition & Fees: Table for Undergraduates 

Tuition Surcharge for Undergraduates 

Housing Plans 

Meal Plans 

Miscellaneous Fees & Expenses 

Payment of Tuition & Fees; Payment Plans 

Student Credit Policy 

UNCG Refund Policy 

Financial Aid 

Grants & Scholarships 

Loans 

Research Assistantships 



.12 
.12 
.13 
.13 
.14 
.14 
.14 
.15 
.15 
.15 
.16 
.16 
.16 
.17 
.18 
.18 
.19 
.21 
.21 
.21 
.21 
.21 
.21 
.22 
.22 
.22 
.22 



.23 
.23 

.24 
.25 
.26 
.26 
.26 
.27 
.27 
.28 
.30 
.31 
.33 
.34 



Supporting Offices 

Undergraduate Degree Requirements & Limits Summary . . 

The Academic Integrity Policy 

Declaring or Changing Majors 

Registering for Courses 

Course Selection 

Adding & Dropping Courses 

Withdrawal from the University 

Withdrawal for Students Called to Active Military Duty 

Auditing Courses 

Class Attendance 

Grading Policies and Grades 

Dean's List 

Chancellor's List 

Classification of Students 

Academic Good Standing at UNCG 

Academic Suspension and Appeals 

Credit Regulations & Credit Limits 

Placement Examinations 

Average Time to Graduation 

Tuition Surcharge 

Steps to Graduation 

Other Regulations 

Second or Simultaneous Undergraduate Degrees 

Dual Registration Status 

5 University Requirements 



.35 
.36 
.36 
.37 
.37 
.37 
.38 
.38 
.38 
.38 
.38 
.39 
.41 
.41 
.41 
.41 
.42 
.43 
.44 
.45 
.45 
.45 
.47 
.47 
.47 



Undergraduate Degrees & General Degree Requirements . 
General Education Program 

Philosophy 

Student Learning Goals 

GEC Category and GE Marker Descriptions 

GEC Category and GE Marker Requirements 

GEC Category Approved Courses 

GE Marker Approved Courses 

Writing Intensive Courses 

Speaking Intensive Courses 

Basic Technology Competencies 

Information & Research Competencies 

Definitions of Academic Program Terminology 

Special Curriculum Option Plan II Programs 

Guide to Course Descriptions 

General Education Course Credit Summary Table 

6 Academic Units & Areas of Study 

66 

66 

66 

68 

69 

74 

77 

78 

80 

81 

83 

84 



.48 
.48 
.48 
.49 
.49 
.50 
.51 
.53 
.55 
.55 
.56 
.56 
.56 
.57 
.57 
.61 



College of Arts & Sciences 

Writing Intensive Requirements 

College Additional Requirements (CAR) 

Career Skills Packages for Majors in the College . . 

Professional Certificates in the College 

Joseph M. Bryan School of Business & Economics 

School of Education 

School of Health & Human Performance 

School of Human Environmental Sciences 

Lloyd International Honors College 

School of Music 

School of Nursing 

7 Academic Departments, Programs, & Courses 

Accounting & Finance (ACC, FIN) 

African American Studies (AFS) 

Anthropology (ATY) 

Archaeology Program 

Art (ART) 

Astronomy (AST) 



. .85 
..90 
..92 
. .96 
..98 
.274 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Biochemistry 1 26 

Biology (BIO) 106 

Broadcasting & Cinema (BCN) 115 

Business Administration (BAD, MGT, MKT) 121 

Chemistry & Biochemistry (CHE) 126 

Chinese (CHI) 204 

Classical Civilization (CCI) 136 

Classical Studies (CCI, GRK, LAT) 133 

Communication Sciences & Disorders (CSD) 141 

Communication Studies (CST) 144 

Computer Science (CSC) 147 

Conflict Resolution 150 

Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies (APD, CRS, RCS) 151 

Counseling & Educational Development (CED) 154 

Curriculum & Instruction (CUI) 155 

Dance (DCE) 160 

Economics (ECO) 167 

Educational Leadership & Cultural Foundations (ELC) 172 

Educational Research Methodology (ERM) 172 

English (ENG) 172 

Environmental Studies (ENV) 179 

Exercise & Sport Science (ESS) 180 

Finance (FIN) 89 

French (FRE) 309 

Freshman Seminars (FMS) 193 

Genetic Counseling (GEN) 195 

Geography (GEO) 195 

German, Russian, Japanese, & Chinese 

(GER, RUS, JNS, CHI) 199 

Gerontology (GRO) 205 

Greek (GRK) 138 

Grogan College 205 

History (HIS) 206 

Honors Programs (HSS) 213 

Hospitality and Tourism Management (HTM) 298 

Human Development & Family Studies (HDF) 216 

Humanities (Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies) 221 

Information Systems & Operations Management 

(ISM, SCM) 223 

Interior Architecture (IAR) 226 

International Business Studies Program 229 

International Studies Program (INS) 231 

Italian (ITA) 310 

Japanese (JNS) 204 

Latin (LAT) 1 39 

Liberal Studies, Special Programs in 233 

Library & Information Studies (LIS) 233 

Linguistics Program (LIN) 234 

Mathematics & Statistics (MAT, STA) 236 

Medical Technology Program 243 

Music (MUS) 245 

Nursing (NUR) 257 

Nutrition (NTR) 266 

Philosophy (PHI) 269 

Physics & Astronomy (PHY, AST) 273 

Political Science (PSC) 277 

Portuguese (POR) 31 1 

Preprofessional Programs 281 

Psychology (PSY) 284 

Public Health Education (HEA) 290 

Recreation, Tourism, & Hospitality Management 

(HTM, RPM) 294 

Religious Studies (REL) 299 

Residential College (RCO) 304 

Romance Languages (FRE, ITA, POR, SPA) 305 

Russian (RUS) 203 

Social Work (SWK) 313 

Sociology (SOC) 317 



Spanish (SPA) 311 

Specialized Education Services (SES) 321 

Statistics Courses (STA) 241 

Cornelia Strong College 331 

Student Academic Services Course (SAS) 332 

Study Abroad Programs 332 

Supply Chain Management (SCM) 225 

Teacher Education & Licensure Programs (EDU) 333 

Theatre (THR) 336 

University Studies (UNS) 344 

Western Civilization (WCV) 345 

Women's & Gender Studies Program (WGS) 345 

Accelerated Master's Programs for Undergraduates 347 

8 The University Community 

Academic Integrity & Student Conduct Policies 354 

Housing Services 355 

Dining Services 355 

Parking & Traffic Regulations 356 

UNCG Police 356 

Services for Students 356 

Campus Opportunities for Students 362 

Affiliated Clubs and Organizations 365 

Athletics & Recreation 367 

Intercollegiate Athletics 367 

Campus Recreation 368 

University Advancement, Alumni, & Friends of UNCG 369 

9 University History, Officers, & Faculty 

History of The University of North Carolina 371 

Officers of The University of North Carolina 372 

Board of Governors 372 

History of UNCG 372 

UNCG Board of Trustees 373 

UNCG Officers 373 

Faculty 375 

Teaching 375 

Emeritus 388 

Library 392 

Adjunct 393 

Faculty Senate & Committees 396 

10 Academic References 

UNCG Enrollment & Degree Statistics 400 

Academic Program Inventory & CIP Codes 401 

Undergraduate Area of Study (AOS) Codes 402 

New Programs & Program Revisions, Effective Fall 2006 404 

Major Codes (Undergraduate) 404 

Course Prefixes 405 

Appendices 

Appendix A: Residence Status for Tuition Purposes 406 

Appendix B: The University of North Carolina Policy on 

Illegal Drugs 407 

Appendix C: AULER/CLER In Effect 

Prior to Fall 2001 408 

Index of Topics 411 

Map of UNCG inside back cover 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Chancellor's Welcome 




Patricia A. Sullivan 
Chancellor 



We are delighted that you have joined 
this special community of scholars. 
We take great pride in being a diverse 
student-centered research university, 
linking the Piedmont Triad to the world 
through learning, discovery, and service. 

For more than a century, The University of 
North Carolina at Greensboro has been 
educating students from North Carolina, the 
nation, and the world. Our nationally recog- 
nized programs and faculty, combined with 
a diverse range of opportunities for the 
development of a student's interests and 
leadership skills, make the UNCG experience 
a uniquely enriching and challenging one. 
The success of our graduates serves as testi- 
mony to the effectiveness of a UNCG educa- 
tion. They are widely respected by potential 
employers as well as graduate and profes- 
sional schools. UNCG alumni are noted for 
their life-long contributions to their profes- 
sions and service to their communities. Daily 
they act to fulfill UNCG's motto of "service." 



The Undergraduate Bulletin is one of your most valuable resources as 
you undertake your academic career. It describes the nature of our 
academic programs and student support services as well as the 
policies which govern them. Please take the time to become familiar 
with this important text. 

Welcome to UNCG! I know that you will find faculty and staff who 
are committed to providing a challenging yet supportive environ- 
ment in which you will be encouraged to realize your full potential 
and achieve your educational goals. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



1. Introduction 



UNCG Profile 



The institution that is now The University of North 
Carolina at Greensboro was chartered in 1891 to provide 
higher education for women. Formerly The Woman's 
College — one of the three original institutions of The 
Consolidated University of North Carolina — it has been 
highly regarded now for 114 years for both its strong liberal 
arts tradition and its excellent professional preparation for 
selected careers. In 1963, it became a doctoral-granting, coed- 
ucational university, and is now classified as a research uni- 
versity (high research activity) by the Carnegie Foundation. 
See chapter 9, History of UNCG, for complete details. 

In fall 2005, the student body of UNCG— 68% female and 
32% male — was comprised of approximately 15,306 men and 
women, about 78% of whom were undergraduate and 22% 
graduate students. The Division of Continual Learning has 
grown to a total enrollment in academic credit courses of 754. 
While 93% of the undergraduates were from North Carolina, 
students from 49 other states and 90 foreign countries were 
represented in the student body. Undergraduate minority 
enrollment was 30.4%, including 20% African American stu- 
dents. Approximately 62% of UNCG students received some 
type of financial aid. 

Among the 891 faculty members are nationally known 
scholars whose research and creative work regularly con- 
tribute new knowledge to their fields; 79% of full-time faculty 
hold terminal degrees in their disciplines. The estimated ratio 
of students to faculty was 16 to 1 in fall 2005. See chapter 9 for 
a listing of Teaching Faculty. 

UNCG faculty members remain committed to excellence 
in teaching, research, and public service, and are easily accessi- 
ble to students through an advisory system and on an informal 
basis. 



Academic Programs 

The University is organized into a College of Arts and 
Sciences and six professional schools — the Joseph M. Bryan 
School of Business and Economics; School of Education; 
School of Health and Human Performance; School of Human 
Environmental Sciences; School of Music; and School of 
Nursing. Undergraduates have a choice of over 100 areas of 
study from which to select a major or concentration within a 
major leading to one of seven undergraduate degrees: 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.), 
Bachelor of Music (B.M.), Bachelor of Science (B.S.), Bachelor 



of Science in Medical Technology (B.S.M.T), Bachelor of 
Science in Nursing (B.S.N.), and Bachelor of Social Work 
(B.S.W.). 

The UNCG Board of Trustees, acting within the frame- 
work outlined for UNCG by The University of North 
Carolina Board of Governors, determines general directions 
for UNCG's academic programs. Direct responsibility for 
administering academic programs rests within the various 
academic units. 

The Chancellor has the responsibility for the administra- 
tion of all campus programs, academic and non-academic. 
The Provost coordinates and oversees the graduate and 
undergraduate academic programs on the UNCG campus. 

The University faculty through the Faculty Senate and 
the Undergraduate Curriculum Committee determines the 
general framework for UNCG undergraduate degree require- 
ments and approves the programs proposed by academic 
units. 

Approximately 1,790 courses offered in as many as 3,900 
sections are available each semester. In addition, since UNCG 
is a member of the Greater Greensboro Consortium, students 
may cross-register without additional tuition at Bennett 
College, Elon University, Greensboro College, Guilford 
College, Guilford Technical Community College, High Point 
University, and North Carolina Agricultural and Technical 
State University. 

The University also offers doctoral degrees in 20 areas of 
study, master's degrees in a wide variety of concentrations, 
and several post-master's certificates. The Graduate School 
Bulletin describes these programs in complete detail. 

Most undergraduate degree programs require 122 
semester hours with a minimum of 27 hours of work in the 
major. See University Requirements and Academic Units for 
complete descriptions of academic programs and University 
degree requirements. 

Many special academic programs are also available for 
undergraduates. Among these, Teacher Education has a long 
tradition. Four UNCG schools and several departments 
within the College of Arts and Sciences offer programs lead- 
ing to teacher licensure in North Carolina and qualification 
for licensure in most other states. Students may select licen- 
sure programs in 21 subject areas. See Teacher Education 
Programs for complete details. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Introduction 



The Honors Programs, administered by the Lloyd 
International Honors College, provide opportunities for 
broad interdisciplinary study, for advanced work in the 
major, and independent projects leading to special recogni- 
tion at graduation. 

Special interdepartmental academic programs offer 
majors and minors in African American Studies, Archaeol- 
ogy, Environmental Studies, International Business Studies, 
International Studies, Humanities, Linguistics, Medical 
Technology, and Women's and Gender Studies. 

UNCG's preprofessional programs offer all courses 
required for admission to medical or dental schools, to phar- 
macy, veterinary, or physical and occupational therapy 
schools, or as needed for entrance into law school. A two-year 
pre-engineering curriculum prepares students to transfer to 
schools with engineering programs. 

Independent study, tutorials, and internships are avail- 
able in most schools and departments. 

Residential College, Cornelia Strong College, and lone 
Grogan College each provide unique settings for innovative 
study and unity of academic and social experiences for stu- 
dents. 

Students interested in study abroad for academic credit 
may select from several opportunities available through sum- 
mer study, semester abroad, or the junior year abroad pro- 
gram. See Study Abroad for complete descriptions. 

The University Community 

The 95 buildings on the attractively landscaped campus 
on Spring Garden Street reflect the 115-year history of the 
University from the oldest, Foust (1892), to those currently 
under construction and renovation. 

The new Studio Arts Center and the Hall for Humanities 
& Research Administration are scheduled to open fall 2006. 
The new science building opened in time for the fall 2003 
semester and the newly renovated Elliott University Center 
reopened in January 2003. Plans are under development for a 
number of additional renovation and construction projects to 
be funded by the bond issue passed by North Carolina voters 
in November 2000. 

UNCG is especially rich in the diversity of its arts pro- 
grams. Weatherspoon Art Museum, located in the Anne and 
Benjamin Cone Art Building, houses what is considered to be 
the most outstanding permanent collection of contemporary 
art in the Southeast and offers a showcase for student and 
faculty work. 



University Dance programs provide performance and 
choreographic opportunities for qualified graduate and 
undergraduate students in dance. In music, student perform- 
ing organizations are open to all students by audition. 

A wide-ranging program in theatre has five production 
programs including the Workshop Theatre, Studio Theatre, 
UNCG Theatre, the North Carolina Theatre for Young People, 
and the Summer Repertory Theatre. A student-managed 
campus radio station, WUAG, is housed in Taylor Building. 
The University Concert /Lecture Series brings exciting and 
innovative programs in the performing arts to the campus. 

The many opportunities and services for students, 
including Residence Life, are described in The University 
Community. 

Student Health Services provides full-time medical serv- 
ices, while the Counseling and Testing Center offers personal 
counseling, psychotherapy, and outreach programs to assist 
students with their adjustment to college. 

The Career Services Center assists students in planning 
their careers and securing full-time employment after gradu- 
ation. 

The Elliott University Center (EUC) provides space for 
student government, student publications, and many student 
organizations, as well as offering a food court, study rooms, 
meditation space, game room, movies, concerts, lectures, 
dances, and parties. The offices of Adult Students, Career 
Services, Disability Services, Multicultural Affairs, 
Orientation, and Student Life are located in EUC. 

The Student Plaza and Fountain, situated in the middle 
of the campus, is a popular location for outdoor events and 
informal gatherings. 

There are 170 affiliated clubs and organizations at 
UNCG, including honor societies, national societies, service 
organizations, departmental, professional, religious, and gen- 
eral groups, musical, media organizations, and sports clubs. 
UNCG is one of only six higher educational institutions in 
North Carolina approved to have a chapter of Phi Beta 
Kappa. 

Eight Greek fraternities and ten sororities have chapters 
on campus and offer a channel for social growth. 

UNCG has a sixteen-team intercollegiate athletics pro- 
gram and competes in the NCAA Division I and the Southern 
Conference. A wide choice of intramural sports and club 
sports is also offered on campus. 

The well-equipped recreation center offers a full range of 
recreational services to the campus, including an indoor 
climbing wall. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Introduction 



The UNCG campus is located near the center of 
Greensboro, the state's third largest city. Greensboro has a 
population of 231,740, while the greater Triad area has a pop- 
ulation approaching 1,502,100. Located midway between 
Washington and Atlanta, Greensboro is less than two hours 
from the Blue Ridge mountains, about three hours from the 
Atlantic coast, and is served by Piedmont Triad International 
Airport. Greensboro is a dynamic city, offering a splendid set- 
ting for a university. In return, for more than a century, 
UNCG has enriched Greensboro with its widely diversified 
academic community 



Accreditation 



The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is 
accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, 
Decatur, Georgia, 30033-4007; telephone 404/679-4501) to 
award Bachelor's, Master's, Specialist's, and Doctor's 
degrees. 

Teacher Education programs have been approved at the 
state level by the North Carolina Department of Public 
Instruction and at the national level by the National Council 
of Accreditation in Teacher Education. 

Programs in the professional schools and in certain 
departments of the College of Arts and Sciences are also 
accredited by relevant professional agencies. Where applica- 
ble, such accreditation is noted in the respective sections in 
Academic Units and alphabetical departmental listings. 

The Mission of The University 
of North Carolina at Greensboro 

Approved by Chancellor Sullivan, August 4, 2003 

following review by the Executive Staff 

Endorsed by the Board of Trustees, August 28, 2003 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is a 
diverse, student-centered research university, linking the 
Triad and North Carolina to the world through learning, dis- 
covery, and service. As a doctorate-granting institution, it is 
committed to teaching based in scholarship and advancing 
knowledge through research. The College of Arts and Sciences 
and six professional schools offer challenging graduate and 
undergraduate programs in which students are mentored by 
outstanding teachers, including nationally and internationally 
recognized researchers and artists. 



Affirming the liberal arts as the foundation for lifelong 
learning, the university provides exemplary learning envi- 
ronments on campus and through distance education so that 
students can acquire knowledge, develop intellectual skills, 
and become more thoughtful and responsible members of a 
global society. Co-curricular, residential, and other programs 
contribute to students' social, aesthetic, and ethical develop- 
ment. 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is a com- 
munity in which people of any racial or ethnic identity, age, 
or background can achieve an informed appreciation of their 
own and different cultures. It is a community of actively 
engaged students, faculty, staff, and alumni founded on open 
dialogue, shared responsibility, and respect for the distinct 
contributions of each member. 



The Vision Statement of 

The University of North Carolina at 

Greensboro 

Approved by Chancellor Sullivan August 4, 2003, 

following review by the "Executive Staff 

Endorsed by the Board of Trustees August 28, 2003 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is a 
diverse, student-centered research university, linking the Triad 
and North Carolina to the world through learning, discovery, 
and service. 

UNCG's Vision for Teaching and 
Learning 

UNCG embraces student learning as its highest priority 
and provides exemplary learning environments. The 
University establishes a diverse community of learning in 
which individual differences are valued and interactions are 
encouraged in an atmosphere of mutual respect. 

The faculty are committed to introducing students to the 
most important knowledge and research in their disciplines, 
fostering intellectual depth and breadth, and opening stu- 
dents to new possibilities for understanding themselves and 
the world. The faculty employ the growing body of knowl- 
edge about learning and work continually to evaluate and 
improve their teaching methods and materials. UNCG views 
learning as a shared responsibility, and accordingly, 

• maintains clear, high, and consistent learning goals, 

• provides a variety of opportunities which foster 
intellectual growth, 

• empowers individuals to take responsibility for their 
own learning, 

• recognizes and supports diverse learning styles and 



levels of development, 
2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Introduction 



• incorporates appropriate informational and 
instructional technologies, 

• encourages the integration of knowledge across 
disciplines, and 

• utilizes assessment, evaluation, and feedback to 
im-prove teaching and learning. 

UNCG expects all students to communicate clearly and 
to make effective use of technology appropriate to their stud- 
ies. Students are encouraged to be actively engaged in their 
education. UNCG graduates should be ready to continue as 
lifelong learners and to face the challenges that will confront 
them as responsible citizens of the state, the nation and the 
world. 

Policy on Discriminatory Conduct 

Approved by the Chancellor, April 27, 1990 
Amended September 10, 2001 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro is com- 
mitted to the principle that educational and employment 
decisions should be based on an individual's abilities and 
qualifications and should not be based on personal character- 
istics or beliefs that have no relevance to academic ability or 
to job performance. Accordingly, UNCG supports policies, 
curricula, and co-curricular activities that encourage under- 
standing of and appreciation for all members of its commu- 
nity. UNCG will not tolerate any harassment of, discrimina- 
tion against, or disrespect for persons. UNCG is committed to 
equal opportunity in education and employment for all per- 
sons regardless of race, color, creed, religion, gender, age, 
national origin, disability, military veteran status, political 
affiliation, or sexual orientation. 

This policy applies internally as well as to the 
University's relationships with outside organizations, except 
to the extent that those organizations, including the federal 
and State government, the military, ROTC, or private 
employers do not yet recognize sexual orientation as pro- 
tected. 

The University's educational and employment practices 
are consistent with Section 103 of The Code of The University 
of North Carolina. In addition, the University complies with 
North Carolina General Statutes §126-16 and §126-17, Title 
VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil 
Rights Restoration Act of 1988, Title IX of the Education 
Amendments of 1972, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the 
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Vietnam Era 
Veteran's Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, and other fed- 
eral and state laws relating to discrimination in educational 
programs and employment. In accord with Executive Order 
11246, the University has in place an Affirmative Action Plan 
~^~ 2006-07 UNCG 



which states the University's commitment to the concept and 
practice of equal employment opportunity for all persons 
regardless of race, color, creed, religion, gender, age, national 
origin, disability, military veteran status, political affiliation, 
or sexual orientation. 

Any employee who believes he or she has been treated 
unfairly based on any of the above characteristics should con- 
tact his or her immediate supervisor, or the next level super- 
visor if the immediate supervisor is the subject of the allega- 
tion. Students should contact the Office of Student Affairs. 

Retaliatory action of any kind will not be tolerated against 
any person for making a good faith report of discrimination or 
on the basis of that person's participation in any allegation, 
investigation, or proceeding related to the report of discrimina- 
tory conduct. Every UNCG employee and student is charged 
with the responsibility to be aware of and abide by this policy. 
Failure to abide by this policy may subject the violator to disci- 
plinary action up to and including dismissal. 

This policy may also be found at www.uncg.edu/apl/ 
POLICIES/ivb005.html. 

Affirmative Action Program 

The Code adopted by the Board of Governors of The 
University of North Carolina affirms the following statement: 

Admission to, employment by, and promotion 
in The University of North Carolina and all of its 
constituent institutions shall be on the basis of merit, 
and there shall be no discrimination against any per- 
son on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sex, 
national origin, age, or disability, or because of the 
person's honorable service in the armed services of 
the United States. (Chapter 1, Section 103) 

At The University of North Carolina at Greensboro, the 
following statement has been formulated to express the com- 
mitment to Affirmative Action: 

In addition to adherence to the UNCG Policy on 
Discriminatory Conduct, the University aims to 
achieve within all areas of employment a diverse 
faculty and staff capable of providing for excellence 
in the education of its students and for the enrich- 
ment of the total University community. In seeking 
to fill openings, every effort will be made to recruit 
in such a way that women, minorities, disabled per- 
sons, and veterans will have an equal opportunity to 
be considered for and appointed to all vacant posi- 
tions. All appointments, promotions, and all other 
personnel actions, such as compensation, benefits, 
transfers, training and educational programs, 
tuition assistance, travel assistance, research grants, 
support for graduate assistants, social and recre- 
ational programs, will be administered without 
regard to race, color, creed, religion, gender, national 
origin, age, political affiliation, sexual orientation, or 

Undergraduate Bulletin 



Introduction 



disabling condition in such manner as is consistent 
with achieving a staff of diverse and competent per- 
sons. 

Overall responsibility for the development and 
implementation of the University's Affirmative 
Action Plan resides with the Chancellor. The 
Affirmative Action Committee and the Affirmative 
Action Office have been given the responsibility to 
monitor the effectiveness of the University's 
Affirmative Action Program and to assist in affirma- 
tive action policy and planning. This does not 
diminish in any way the responsibilities of deans, 
department heads, managers, and supervisors to 
assist in administering the affirmative action policy 
and planning through promulgation of information. 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro 
reaffirms its commitment to equality of opportunity 
in its relationships with all members of the 
University community. 

All employees of the University are expected to support 
the principle of and contribute to the realization of equal 
employment opportunity. Affirmative action is a priority con- 
cern in all facets of operation. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin ,, 



2. Admission to the University 



complete admission information: Undergraduate Admissions www.uncg.edu/adm 
transfer credit evaluation: University Registrar's Office www.uncg.edu/reg 
residency status for tuition purposes: Provost's Office http://provost.uncg.edu/res 

UNCG seeks men and women with ability, character, For traditional freshman and transfer applicants, inter- 
motivation, and the intellectual potential to meet UNCG views are not used as criteria for admission. Individual 
standards of performance. UNCG's admission decision is appointments for information purposes may be arranged by 
based upon an evaluation of the applicant's secondary school contacting the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, 
record and /or college record, including the overall grade 336/334-5243, in advance of the date a campus visit is 
point average and SAT or ACT scores. These factors are used planned, 
to determine the applicant's probability of success at UNCG. Adult students who do not meet regular admission 

This policy applies to the admission of freshmen and requirements may be considered for admission through the 

transfer students. The University of North Carolina at Office of Undergraduate Admissions (see below). 

Greensboro is fully committed to equality of educational Overenrollment or state budgetary constraints may 

opportunity and does not discriminate against applicants, require the restriction of admission during a given year or the 

students, or employees based on race, color, national origin, adjustment of minimum requirements or application 

religion, sex, age, or disability. This commitment is in keeping deadlines. Visit the Web site at www.uncg.edu/adm or call 

with Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 and the Undergraduate Admissions Office, Armfield-Preyer 

Section 504, Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the ADA of 1990, and Admissions & Visitor Center, 336/334-5243, for complete 

other applicable federal and state laws. The Affirmative admissions information. 
Action Officer, UNCG, PO Box 26170, Greensboro, NC 27402- 
6170, (336/334-5009), is responsible for coordinating compli- 
ance and investigating complaints. 

Freshmen 

A freshman is defined as a student who is a high school Secondary School Preparation 
graduate and who has not attended college. Admission into Candidates for admission to the freshman class must 

the freshman class implies that the student will eventually submit a secondary school diploma (or its equivalent) and 
become a candidate for a bachelor's degree. A student who at \ easi 15 acceptable units of credit from an accredited 
has college credit totaling fewer than 30 semester hours secondary school. (A unit is defined as credit given for a 
from a regionally accredited institution is designated as a course which meets for one period daily during the entire 
"freshman-transfer" and must meet requirements under school year or its equivalent.) Students must present the 
both transfer and freshman admissions programs. un i ts described at the bottom of this page. 

It is recommended that prospective students take one 

foreign language unit and one mathematics unit in the 

twelfth grade. 

Required Secondary School Units (minimum course requirements)* 

English (emphasizing grammar, composition, and literature) 4 

Foreign Language (two units of one foreign language) 2 

Mathematics (Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry, one advanced course beyond Algebra II**) 4 

Science (including at least 1 unit in life or biological science, at least 

1 unit in physical science, at least 1 laboratory course) 3 

Social Science (1 unit in US history; 1 unit in history, economics, 

sociology, or civics) 2 

Total required units 15 

These required units vary per high school graduation year. Please contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for details. 
**Please contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions for an approved list of courses that satisfy the fourth mathematics requirement. 

12 2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Admissions 



Application Procedures for Freshmen 

1. Complete the UNCG application forms. A $45 applica- 
tion fee must accompany the application. This fee covers 
the cost of processing the application and is subject to 
change; it is not refundable and is not applicable toward 
tuition or other costs. 

The application deadline for freshman admission is 
March 1. Applications received after that date will be 
considered on a space available basis. 

2. Submit an official transcript of secondary school work. 
Applicants must request that their school counselors for- 
ward their transcripts, including courses in progress, 
cumulative grade point average on a 4.0 scale, and rank in 
class, directly to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. 
Students currently enrolled in secondary school should 
request that the courses in progress and cumulative grade 
point average be listed on the transcripts. 

3. Take the SAT administered by The College Board or the 
ACT Assessment with the Writing Test option. If possi- 
ble, this test should be taken in the spring of the junior 
year and in the fall of the senior year of secondary 
school. Test scores must be sent directly from The 
College Board or from the ACT Assessment Program to 
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. 

For information about the SAT, visit the ETS Web site at 
www.ets.org. You may also write or call The College Board 
SAT Program, Princeton, NJ 08541, 609/771-7600. UNCG's 
College Board code number is 5913. For information about 
the ACT, you may visit the ACT Web site at www.act.org. You 
may also write or call The ACT Assessment Program, P.O. 
Box 168, Iowa City, IA 52240, 319/337-1000. UNCG's ACT 
code number is 3166. 

Additional admissions requirements for selected majors 
and programs are listed on pp. 16-17. 

Early Graduates 

Students who plan to complete high school in fewer than 
four years with the intention of enrolling at UNCG early must 
meet the following criteria to be considered for admission: 

• Submit the UNCG application forms and application fee 
prior to the deadline. 

• Submit a final high school transcript with an official 
graduation date that is prior to the intended enrollment 
date at UNCG. 

• Satisfy the minimum course requirements prior to 
graduation. 

• Submit official SAT or ACT scores. 

Please note that students who enroll as early graduates 
are not eligible for the merit award scholarship program. 



Transfer Students 

Well-qualified students with 30 transferable semester 
hours or more of college credit from a regionally accredited 
institution are encouraged to transfer to UNCG to continue 
their studies. A student who has college credit totaling fewer 
than 30 hours from a regionally accredited institution is des- 
ignated a "freshman-transfer" and must meet requirements 
under both transfer and freshman admissions programs. 
Applicants who are Former (returning) UNCG students or 
Non-Degree Seeking (Explorations) students should refer to 
pp. 15-16. 

Requirements and Procedures 

For consideration as a transfer, students must have a 2.0 
or higher grade point average on a 4.0 scale on all previous 
work attempted and on all transferable course work from a 
regionally accredited college or university. Grade point aver- 
ages are recalculated to determine admissibility. Transfer stu- 
dents must be in good standing and eligible to return to their 
last attended institution. 

For transfer students, the priority deadline for submit- 
ting the application is March 1 for fall and November 1 for the 
spring semester. Final deadlines for transfer applicants are 
August 1 for fall and December 1 for spring (space permit- 
ting). 

Transfer students are required to submit by the above 
deadlines: 

1. UNCG application forms showing true and complete 
information. 

2. Official transcript from the secondary school attended. 
Transfer students must present 15 acceptable units of 
credit from an accredited secondary school. See specific 
course units listed in "Freshmen" section. 

3. Official transcripts from each postsecondary institution 
previously attended (including summer school and 
extension). 

4. A list of courses in progress including course number, 
course name, and semester/quarter hours of credit. 

5. An application fee, currently $45, not refundable and not 
applicable toward tuition and other costs. 

After receipt of the above credentials, the UNCG admis- 
sions staff reviews the application to determine admissibility. 

The number of semester hours of credit for previous col- 
lege-level work that can be transferred to UNCG will be 
determined by the University Registrar after formal admis- 
sion (see Transfer Articulation Credit, p. 18). Transfer credit 
to be awarded is determined by the quality as well as the 
quantity of the student's previous college work. Course work 
completed with a grade of C-, D+, D, or D- will not transfer. 
Transfer courses are evaluated on a course-by-course basis. 

2Plus Students 

The 2Plus program is for those community college grad- 
uates who hold a specific Associate in Applied Science 
(A.A.S.) degree or Associate Degree in Nursing (A.D.N.) and 
desire to transfer into UNCG with advanced standing, pursu- 
ing a specific UNCG major. Articulation notices are sent to 
most North Carolina community colleges listing the 2Plus 
admission requirements. Specific details of each notice may 
be obtained from the UNCG Undergraduate Admissions 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



13 



Admissions 



Office or the community college involved. Out-of-state 
A.A.S. /A.D.N, degrees may also be approved to transfer 
under the 2Plus program by the corresponding UNCG aca- 
demic department. 

2Plus Articulation students are transfer students with 
several unique requirements and procedures. All details gov- 
erning their enrollment are provided for in the articulation 
notices. The decision for admission is based on successful 
completion of the A.A.S. /A.D.N, degree, and other specific 
factors outlined in the 2Plus articulation notice. These appli- 
cants must complete all procedures listed under Transfer 
Students except for #2 and apply through the Undergraduate 
Admissions Office. 

2Plus students must meet the grade point average require- 
ments of the UNCG School of their major as designated in the 
articulation notice. 

No combination of 2Plus and community college trans- 
fer credit may exceed 64 hours on the student's transfer 
equivalency worksheet. 

Please visit the 2Plus Web site (web.uncg.edu/adm/ 
2plus) for more details about 2Plus admission requirements. 



Admissions Decision 

After all required information is received by the Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions, applicants are notified by letter 
of their acceptance, rejection, or other action taken on their 
applications. 

Confirmation of Intent to Enroll 

Students admitted before April 1 for the fall semester 
must confirm their intention to enroll by May 1 by confirm- 
ing online at http://web.uncg.edu/adm/steps. Students 
admitted after April 1 for the fall semester and all students 
admitted for the spring semester must confirm their atten- 
dance online within four (4) weeks from the date on their let- 
ter of admission. If a student does not confirm intent to enroll, 
the student's application is subject to cancellation. Students 
must also submit a completed immunization form prior to 
enrolling. 



International Students 

International applicants applying for the fall semester 
who require on-campus housing must complete the interna- 
tional application and return all documents by March 1. The 
fall semester deadline for applicants not needing on-campus 
housing is May 1. Students applying for the spring semester 
must submit all documents by October 1. International ath- 
letes must present SAT results along with all applicable tran- 
scripts from secondary and post-secondary schools. 

English Language Proficiency 

International applicants whose native language is not 
English must demonstrate English language proficiency 
adequate for study at UNCG. Any one of the following is 
acceptable: 

1. Applicants may present TOEFL test results in support of 
their application. Visit the TOEFL Web site at: 
http://www.ets.org/toefl. 

2. UNCG will accept an SAT verbal score of 400 or higher. 

3. UNCG will also accept a grade of C or better in a college- 
transferable English course. 



4. Applicants may also successfully complete the INTERLINK 
Language Center program at UNCG. Visit the INTERLINK 
Web site at http://www.uncg.edu/ipg/interlink. 

Financial Support 

Applicants must submit evidence of adequate financial 
support to cover their expenses for their first year of study at 
the University. 

Visas/Formal Admission 

The University will issue the necessary visa documenta- 
tion only to those students who are formally admitted to the 
University. International students should not leave their native 
countries intending to enroll at UNCG until they have received 
a formal letter of acceptance and all appropriate visa documen- 
tation. Students who already possess visa documentation 
should submit a certified copy, along with their application, to 
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. 

International Transfer Students/ Transfer Credit 
from Abroad 

International transfer students must submit transcript 
evaluations from a company recognized by NACES, such as 
World Education Services (WES), by the international applica- 
tion deadlines before admission decisions can be made. Please 
visit www.naces.org to obtain a list of qualified evaluation 
services. Students seeking transfer credit from institutions 
outside the United States must provide transcripts, course syl- 
labi, and course descriptions for equivalency determination. 

Course descriptions and /or course syllabi must be sub- 
mitted to the Transfer Articulation Division of the University 
Registrar's Office. Course descriptions and /or course syllabi 
must be in English and translated by an accredited transla- 
tion service. UNCG suggests that students contact Language 
Resources, Inc., 406 West Fisher Avenue, Greensboro, NC, 
27401, by telephone at 336/ 279-1199, or on the Web at 
www.languageresources.com. 



Visiting Students 

College Level 

A student who is currently working toward a degree at 
another institution but wishes to take courses at UNCG dur- 
ing the regular term is classified as a "visiting" student. 
Students attending any of the constituent campuses of the 
Greater Greensboro Consortium (Bennett College, Elon 
University, Greensboro College, Guilford College, High Point 
University, Guilford Technical Community College, and 
North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State University) 
are not visiting students. 

To be considered for admission as a visiting student, an 
applicant must: 

• Submit the regular application form and the application 
fee no later than August 1 for fall or December 1 for 
spring. 

• Have official transcripts from each institution attended 
forwarded to the UNCG Office of Undergraduate 
Admissions. 

Visiting students must have a cumulative 2.0 GPA or bet- 
ter on a 4.0 scale on all previous work attempted. They must 
be in good standing and eligible to return to their last 
attended institution. 



14 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Admissions 



Written permission from the dean of the home institution 
must be provided if a student wishes to continue enrollment 
beyond one semester. 

High School Level 

It is possible for high school seniors with exceptionally 
superior academic credentials to supplement their high 
school curriculum. Admission as a visiting student does not 
imply regular admission to UNCG. 

Visiting high school applicants must: 

• Call the Office of Undergraduate Admissions prior to 
submitting an application to determine if the student 
meets visiting student requirements. 

• Submit the UNCG application forms and the application fee. 

• Have a letter of permission from parent(s) and from the 
high school principal sent directly to the UNCG Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions. The letter must include per- 
mission to take a specific UNCG course. 

• Request that an official high school transcript and 
SAT or ACT scores be sent to the UNCG Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions. 



Handbook or on the Web site listed above) to the UNCG 
Student Health Services in Gove Student Health Center. 



Adult Students 

UNCG encourages qualified adult students to complete 
their undergraduate degrees. 

Persons who have been away from formal schooling for 
at least twelve (12) consecutive months at any time may 
apply for consideration as freshman or transfer students, 
even though they may not meet traditional admission 
requirements. They must have completed high school, an 
adult high school diploma, or earned a GED. If they are 
under 24 years of age, they must have fulfilled the UNC- 
System Minimum High School Course Requirements listed 
on p. 12 or a required sequence of college transfer course 
work to be eligible for consideration. Some adult students 
may be admitted for full-time course work, some may have 
their hours limited to promote academic success, and some 
may be advised first to complete preparatory course work 
elsewhere. An interview with an Admissions advisor may be 
required. 

To apply for admission as a nontraditional adult student, 
an applicant must do the following no later than August 1 for 
fall or December 1 for spring semester. We evaluate transfer 
applications on a rolling basis and strongly encourage early 
application. 

1. Complete the UNCG application form and return it the 
Office of Undergraduate Admissions with the application 
fee no later than August 1 for fall or December 1 for spring. 

2. Submit official transcripts for the secondary school 
attended (and GED scores or adult high school diploma, 
if applicable) and from any post-secondary institution(s) 
attended, even those granting summer, extension, devel- 
opmental, and technical credit. 

Applicants will be notified of a decision as soon as possi- 
ble. Admitted students should confirm their intention to enroll 
by confirming online at http://web.uncg.edu/adm/steps 
within four weeks from the date of acceptance if possible. 
Confirmation of late acceptance must be made by the registra- 
tion deadline. Before enrolling, students must submit an 
immunization form (found in the UNCG Enrollment 



Former UNCG Students 

UNCG students who leave UNCG at any time other 
than summer must reapply for admission. Students should 
contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, 336/334- 
5243, to obtain information and an admissions application. 
Former students should follow one of the procedures out- 
lined below: 

• Former UNCG students who have not attended any 
other post-secondary institution since leaving UNCG 
are eligible to apply for readmission to the University up 
to two business days before the first day of classes for the 
semester. 

• Former UNCG students who have attended another 
post-secondary institution since leaving the University 
are required to apply for readmission to the University 
(no later than December 1 for the spring term or August 

. 1 for the fall term). They are further required to submit 
official transcripts from all schools attended since leaving 
UNCG to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. 

• Former UNCG students who leave in good standing 
and are eligible to return must apply for readmission. 

• Students not in academic good standing (academic pro- 
bation, suspension, dismissal) when they leave the 
University must apply and meet readmission require- 
ments if they have attended another university. 

• All students must have an overall and transferable 2.0 
GPA on a 4.0 scale as calculated by UNCG on all courses 
taken since leaving the University. Students dismissed 
from the University must file an appeal with Student 
Academic Services to be considered for readmission. 

Second Baccalaureate Degree 
Students 

An applicant who holds a baccalaureate degree from a 
regionally accredited institution and who wishes to take 
undergraduate work toward a second baccalaureate degree 
in a different field should follow the instructions below: 

1. Complete the application form and return it to the 
Undergraduate Admissions Office with the application fee 
no later than August 1 for fall or December 1 for spring. 

2. Submit official transcripts from each postsecondary insti- 
tution previously attended (including summer school 
and extension) by the above deadlines. 

3. An application fee, currently $45, not refundable and not 
applicable toward tuition and other costs. 

An applicant holding a baccalaureate degree and taking 
work for credit for other purposes must apply through The 
Graduate School. 

Exception I: second-degree applicants to Preprofessional 
Programs, including the Pre-Medical Program, should apply 
through the Undergraduate Admissions Office. 

Exception II: All students seeking Initial "A" Teacher's 
Licensure in the same major as their degree should contact 
the UNCG Teachers Academy at 336/334-3412. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



15 



Admissions 



Non-Degree Seeking Students 

Explorations Registration 

Explorations registration for unrestricted courses is avail- 
able at the beginning of each semester for non-degree seeking 
undergraduate-level adults. The Explorations registration 
process is not intended for UNCG students who are already 
admitted to degree programs or who are returning to UNCG. 
Students who have earned a baccalaureate degree must regis- 
ter through the VISIONS program. Please refer to The Graduate 
School Bulletin for information on the VISIONS program for 
visiting and non-degree seeking students. 

Registering for courses through Explorations does not 
constitute admission to UNCG or any of its programs. 
Explorations is designed specifically for adults who wish to 
take a course(s) for personal enrichment or professional 
development. 

An undergraduate-level student can register for a maxi- 
mum of seven hours per semester through Explorations. The 
total number of hours a student may take through 
Explorations is limited to twenty-one with no restrictions on 
the number of semesters. All Explorations students must 
meet course prerequisites or restrictions, and cannot register 
for closed or restricted courses without written permission of 
the instructor or department. 

Explorations students are not eligible for any kind of 
University financial aid. Like all UNCG students, Explorations 
students are subject to Immunization Clearance requirements 
(see below). 

Information about Explorations registration may be 
obtained from the Undergraduate Admissions Office 
(336/334-5243) or The Graduate School (336/334-5596) for 
VISIONS. 

Students seeking admission to a degree program should 
file a formal application through the Undergraduate 
Admissions Office or The Graduate School. 

Part-Time Degree Students 

Students who plan to enroll on a part-time basis, but 
who wish to work toward a degree, are considered "part-time 
degree students" and should follow the standard admissions 
procedures. Part-time students are those who enroll in fewer 
than 12 semester hours. Tuition and fees are determined by 
the number of hours taken and by in-state or out-of-state res- 
idency (see chapter 3 for details). 

Additional College, School, 
& Departmental Requirements 
for All Applicants 

Schools, departments, and majors may have special 
admission and progression requirements in addition to 
University admission requirements. Below is a summary of 
those programs which have additional requirements. See 
departmental listings for complete details. 

College of Arts and Sciences 

Biology majors: must maintain a 2.0 GPA in all biology 
courses taken at UNCG; teacher licensure in biology requires 
a 2.50 GPA in all biology courses taken at UNCG. 



Broadcasting & Cinema majors: to be admitted to the 
Media Studies major the student must have successfully com- 
pleted ENG 101, BCN 100, and BCN 101 or 102 with grades of 
C or better and have an overall GPA of 2.20. 

Chemistry and Biochemistry majors: Only major 
requirement and related area requirement courses in which 
grades of C- or better are earned will be counted toward the 
major. Students must earn a C- or better in prerequisite major 
requirement and related area requirement courses before 
advancing to subsequent courses. 

Classical Studies majors: must have a 2.0 GPA or better 
in all courses in the major. Students pursuing Secondary 
Subject Area Teacher Licensure in Latin must have a 2.50 
overall GPA for admission to the Teachers Academy, and a 
minimum 3.0 GPA in Latin courses. 

Communication Studies majors: must have grades of 
2.0 or better in all courses in the major. 

English majors: must have grades of C- or better in all 
courses in the major. Admission to teacher education and stu- 
dent teaching in English requires a minimum GPA of 2.75. 

Geography majors: only grades of C- or higher will 
count toward completion of the major and concentrations. 

German majors: must maintain a GPA of 2.0 in all 
German courses. 

History majors: must maintain a cumulative 2.0 GPA in 
all history courses to qualify for a degree in History. 

Mathematics and Statistics majors: Students must have 
a minimum GPA of 2.0 in MAT/STA courses required for the 
major and completed at UNCG. 

Physics majors: must maintain a 2.0 GPA in all required 
physics and mathematics courses. 

Romance Languages majors: must have grades of C- or 
better in all courses in the major. Admission to teacher educa- 
tion and student teaching in French /Spanish requires a GPA 
of 2.75 overall and in the major. 

Sociology majors: All sociology majors must complete a 
minimum of 33 semester hours in sociology with at least a 2.0 
GPA in the major. 

Theatre majors: Drama majors (B.A. and B.EA.) must 
have grades of C (2.0) or better in all courses in the major; 
Drama majors (B.F.A.) with a concentration in Theatre 
Education must have an overall GPA of 3.0. 

Bryan School of Business and Economics 

Enrollment in Bryan School Courses: Students must 
have a minimum overall 2.0 GPA to enroll in Bryan School 
courses, effective fall 1999. 

Accounting & Information Systems major: requires a 
2.50 GPA for admission to and retention in the program. 

International Business Studies Program: requires a 2.50 
GPA for admission to and retention in the program. 

Other Bryan School Programs: A 2.0 GPA is required for 
admission to and retention in all other programs and majors 
in the Bryan School. 

School of Education 

Elementary or Middle Grades Education majors: a 

GPA of 2.75 is required for admission to these teacher educa- 
tion programs. Transfer students planning to pursue those 
majors should contact the School of Education Student 
Information & Advising Office. 



16 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Admissions 



Education of the Deaf majors: Teacher Education 
Preparation Concentration majors must have a GPA of 2.75 
for admission to the Teachers Academy. The Auditory-Oral/ 
B-K program requires an overall GPA of 2.70. The Interpreter 
Training concentration requires an overall GPA of 2.50 for 
admission. 

Special Education majors: must have an overall GPA of 2.75. 

Admission to teacher education at the secondary level 
requires a minimum GPA of 2.50, except where higher GPA 
requirements are noted. Applications for admission should be 
filed in the Teachers Academy (319 Curry) during the second 
semester of the sophomore year. Transfer students must apply 
after they have completed 12 semester hours in residency. 

School of Health and Human Performance 

Dance majors: admission to all majors is by application 
and audition only. B.S. in Dance Education majors must 
have a 2.50 GPA for admission to the Teachers Academy. 
B.F.A. Dance majors must maintain an overall GPA of 2.75 or 
higher. 

Exercise and Sport Science majors: all majors must 
achieve a grade of C or better in all required ESS courses. A 
minimum GPA of 2.50 is required for enrollment in 500-level 
ESS courses. 

Fitness Leadership: To apply for admission into the 
Fitness Leadership concentration, students must satisfactorily 
complete BIO 111, 271, 277, ESS 220, and one CHE course. 
Students may apply for admission into the concentration only 
while taking or after successfully completing ESS 375 with a 
minimum grade of C. Transfer and second-degree students 
must complete the above requirements and successfully com- 
plete twelve (12) semester hours at UNCG before making 
application. Application does not guarantee admission. For 
complete information, see chapter 7. 

Physical Education Teacher Education: A 2.50 GPA is 
required for admission to the Teachers Academy. Admission 
to the Sports Medicine concentration requires a 3.0 GPA. 
Fitness Leadership, Aquatics Leadership, and Community 
Youth Sport Development concentrations require a 2.50 
GPA before registering for the internship course. 

Health Education majors: must have a 2.50 cumulative 
GPA and at least a C in all health courses for admission into 
the professional program. 

Speech Pathology and Audiology majors: must have 
an overall GPA of 3.0. 

School of Human Environmental Sciences 

Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies majors: only 
grades of C (2.0) or higher in CARS courses will count toward 
completion of the CARS major and concentrations. 

Nutrition majors: must earn grades of C or better in all 
required NTR courses. 

Interior Architecture majors: admission is by interview 
only. Transfers must have a 2.50 GPA for admission. A GPA of 
2.0 must be maintained to continue in the program. 

Human Development and Family Studies majors: 
requires a 2.50 GPA for admission to the department. 
Birth-Kindergarten majors must have a 2.70 GPA to be admit- 
ted to the Teachers Academy. 



Social Work majors: admission to the major is based 
upon satisfactory completion of SWK 215 with a GPA of C 
(2.0) or higher; a minimum University GPA of 2.30; comple- 
tion of a minimum of 51 semester hours; completion and sub- 
mission of the B.S.W. application packet by May 1 of the year 
in which the student is seeking admission. 

Lloyd International Honors College 

Admission to Lloyd international Honors College is 
required to enroll in Honors courses. New freshmen with at 
least a 3.80 high school GPA, or at least a 1200 SAT, may apply 
for admission on the International Honors College Web site 
(http://www.uncg.edu/hss) or by contacting Lloyd Inter- 
national Honors College, 205 Foust Building, UNCG, P.O. Box 
26170, Greensboro NC 27402-6170. Continuing UNCG stu- 
dents must have at least a 3.30 GPA, and transfer students must 
have at least a 3.30 GPA from their former instirution(s). 

School of Music 

All prospective music majors and minors must audition 
for members of the music faculty for acceptance into the School 
of Music. Such auditions should be arranged in advance 
through the School of Music. Students should complete the 
online request for undergraduate audition at: 

www.uncg.edu/mus/auditionapplicationform.html. 

School of Nursing 

A minimum GPA above 2.70 is required for admission. 
Students transferring into the School of Nursing from 
another baccalaureate nursing program must have a letter of 
reference from the administrative head of that nursing pro- 
gram. This reference should be sent directly to the Dean of the 
School of Nursing. Credits with a nursing designation do not 
transfer. The application deadline for upper division is 
February 1. 



Immunization Clearance 

Students who have been admitted to UNCG are required 
by North Carolina State law to submit an immunization form 
with appropriate verification of immunizations. This form is 
supplied by the admitting office and must be satisfactorily 
completed and returned to Gove Student Health Center. 

Failure to comply with this requirement within thirty 
calendar days from the first day of registration may result 
in the student's being administratively withdrawn from the 
University. 

For detailed information see: 
http://studenthealth.uncg.edu/policies/immunization 

Students subjected to an administrative withdrawal for 
failure to comply with medical clearance requirements are 
entitled to a refund, subject to the guidelines of the 
University's Refund Policy. This policy is published in chap- 
ter 3 of this Bulletin. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



17 



Admissions 



Entrance Deficiencies 

Entrance Deficiencies 

All deficiencies must be removed before graduation 
from the University. 

High School Subject Deficiencies 
Foreign Language 

A student who graduated from high school prior to 2004 
who is deficient in one or two foreign language units may be 
admitted. If admitted, the student must remove the defi- 
ciency prior to the completion of 60 semester hours or 
become ineligible to continue at UNCG until the deficiencies 
are removed. A student transferring to UNCG as a junior or 
senior must remove the deficiencies prior to completion of 30 
hours or become ineligible to continue. 

Deficiencies can be removed by completing the appro- 
priate college-level course in the area of the deficiency. 
Removal of a two-unit foreign language deficiency requires 
successful completion of two college-level courses in the 
same language. Removal of a one-unit language deficiency 
requires the successful completion of one college-level course 
at the 102 level. Students admitted with a one-unit deficiency 
in French or Spanish (and who wish to continue with the 
same language) must take the Language Placement Test to 
determine the level at which they will be allowed to begin 
their study of the language at UNCG. 

Students who graduate from high school and who are 
deficient in any high school unit must contact the Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions regarding admissions require- 
ments. 
Appeal of Foreign Language Admission Deficiencies 

A student with circumstances that may interfere with 
his/her ability to successfully remove foreign language 
admission deficiencies by completing beginning-level foreign 
language courses (through the 102 level) may appeal to 
remove the deficiencies by completing alternate courses. A 
written appeal and any supporting documentation should be 
submitted to Student Academic Services. In such cases, after 
consultation with appropriate University faculty and staff, 
Student Academic Services may approve alternate foreign lan- 
guage courses that are translated into English or courses in the 
history and traditions of non-English speaking cultures. 

College of Arts and Sciences 

Petitions for exemption from the foreign language 
requirement will be considered only in the most exceptional 
circumstances when an otherwise qualified student has sub- 
mitted evidence that the Modified Foreign Language 
Program in Spanish cannot provide appropriate accommo- 
dations for his or her disability or language-learning diffi- 
culty. In very rare cases, a substitution for the 203 and /or 204 
level of a foreign language may be considered. 

The following reasons do not merit an appeal: 

• Change of major from a professional school to the College 
of Arts and Sciences, or change within the College of Arts 
and Sciences from a B.F.A. to a B.A. degree. 

• Concerns about grade point average (GPA) 

• Dislike of the requirement 



• Failure to plan adequately for the graduation timeline, 
including interruptions of the foreign language sequence 
that make future foreign language success more difficult 

• Failure to succeed in a single course 

• Misunderstanding of the degree requirements 

• Differences in General Education requirements between 
the College of Arts and Sciences and previously attended 
institutions 

• Waivers or substitutions offered by previously attended 
institutions 

Please contact College of Arts and Sciences Advising at 
336/334-4361 for further information. 

For information concerning the Modified Foreign 
Language Program, see www.uncg.edu/rom. 

Transfer Credit Regulations 

Accreditation 

UNCG accepts the accreditation of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on 
Colleges. Colleges and universities outside North Carolina 
must have accreditation from the appropriate regional 
accrediting agency for the transfer credit to be accepted. 

Nonaccredited Institutions 

Applicants from nonaccredited post-secondary institu- 
tions must meet the requirements in effect for admission to 
the freshman class, including satisfactory secondary school 
records and SAT scores, as well as meet the transfer require- 
ments of a 2.0 GPA on a 4.0 scale. 

Validating Examinations 

Some departments at UNCG require an examination to 
validate transfer credit. These examinations are administered 
by the department or school involved. 

Professional School Admissions 

Admission to the University does not constitute selection 
into any of the professional schools. 

Transfer Credit Articulation 

Located in the University Registrar's Office, this unit 
enters transfer credit course work into the student's official 
record. Also, in association with University faculty, this unit 
is responsible for determining how other higher education 
institution course work transfers into UNCG. Students with 
questions about transfer credit are encouraged to call the 
University Registrar's Office and ask for the Transfer 
Articulation area (336/334-5946). Transfer equivalencies for 
courses taken in the North Carolina Community College 
System and many area universities are available on the Web 
at www.uncg.edu/reg/transfer/index.html. 

Transfer Credit Limit 

The sum total of transfer credit from two-year college(s), 
that may be applied toward an undergraduate degree may 
not exceed 64 semester hours. 

Comprehensive Articulation Agreement 

The North Carolina General Assembly, the Board of 
Governors of The University of North Carolina, and the State 
Board of Community Colleges are committed to the simplifi- 
cation of transfer of credits for students and thus facilitating 



18 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



their educational progress as they pursue associate or bac- 
calaureate degrees within and among public post-secondary 
institutions in North Carolina. The Comprehensive 
Articulation Agreement (CAA) is a statewide agreement gov- 
erning the transfer of credits between N.C. community col- 
leges and public universities in North Carolina, and has as its 
objective the smooth transfer of students, providing certain 
assurances to the transferring student by identifying commu- 
nity college courses that are appropriate for transfer as elec- 
tives, and specifying courses that will satisfy pre-major and 
general education requirements. 

Based on initial transfer to UNCG, students who earn the 
A. A. or A.S. degree from a North Carolina community college 
and earned grades of C or better will be eligible for 60 semes- 
ter hours of credit, junior standing, and will have met General 
Education Core (GEC) requirements. Students who complete 
the General Education transfer core (44 semester hours), but 
do not complete the A.A. or A.S. degree also will have met 
General Education Core (GEC) requirements. Students who 
earn D grades in the A.A. or A.S. program may or may not be 
admitted as juniors, but will not have GEC waived. 

Extension Credit 

UNCG extension credit, earned either on or off campus, 
will be considered transfer credit for admission purposes. Up 
to 64 semester hours in extension and /or correspondence 
credits may be applied toward an undergraduate degree. 
Academic departments may establish such course and credit 
limitations in acceptance of extension credit as may be 
required by specific degree programs. 

Although UNCG extension credit is treated as transfer 
credit at the time of admission, it will thereafter be considered 
"residence" credit for degree certification purposes. 

Correspondence Credit 

Up to 64 semester hours in correspondence and exten- 
sion credit may be applied to the completion of work for an 
undergraduate degree with the further stipulation that not 
more than one-fourth of the requirements for the degree may 
be completed in correspondence credit. Academic depart- 
ments may establish such course and credit limitations in 
acceptance of correspondence credit as may be required by 
specific degree programs. 

Although UNCG correspondence credit is treated as 
transfer credit at the time of admission, it will be thereafter 
considered "residence" credit for degree certification purposes. 

Correspondence credit earned from institutions other 
than UNCG is always treated as transfer credit. It will have 
no impact on the UNCG grade point average. Credit hours 
only will be applied toward the UNCG degree. 



Course Credit and 
Advanced Placement 

Advanced placement credit or exemption from specific 
degree requirements may be granted by UNCG. Students 
should contact their secondary school counselors regarding 
dates and local test centers. 



Admissions 



College Board Advanced Placement (AP) Program 

Secondary school students enrolled in AP courses may 
receive college credit by taking AP examinations upon com- 
pletion of the courses and forwarding the results to the Office 
of Admissions for evaluation. You may also visit the ETS Web 
site at www.ets.org. 

Advanced Placement Exam 





Score 


Hours 




Exam 

Art History 
Biology 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Chemistry 

Computer Science AB 
Computer Science AB 
Computer Science A 
Economics — Macro 


Req 

4 
3 
4 
3 
4 
3 
4 
4 
4 


Granted 

3* 
4 
8 
4 
7 
3 
6 
3 
3 


Courses 

ART elective 

BIO 105, 105L 

BIO 111, 112 

CHE 111,112 

CHE 111, 112, 114, 115 

CSC 130 

CSC 130, 230 

CSC 130 

ECO 202 


Economics — Micro 


4 


3 


ECO 201 


English — Lang & Comp 
English — Lang & Comp 
English — Lang & Comp 
English — Lit & Comp 
English — Lit & Comp 
English — Lit & Comp 
Environmental Science 


3 
4 
5 
3 

4 
5 
3 


3 
6 

l ) 
3 
6 
9 
4 


ENG 101 

ENG 101, 102 

ENG 101, 102, 104 

ENG 104 

ENG 101, 104W 

ENG 101, 102, 104W 

BIO 105, 105L 


French Language 
French Language 
French Literature 


4 
3 
4 


6 
3 
6 


FRE 203, 204 

FRE 203 

FRE 301, FRE elective 


French Literature 
Geography, Human 
German Language 
German Language 
Gov & Politics: Amer. 


3 
3 
4 
3 
3 


3 
6 

3 
3 


Exemption, no credit 

GEO 105 

GER 203, 204 

GER 203 

PSC 100 


Gov & Politics: Comparatve 
History, European 
History, U.S. 
History, World 
Latin — Vergil 


3 
3 
3 
3 

3 


3 PSC 260 
6 HIS 222 & HIS elective 
6 HIS 211, 212 
6 HIS electives 
3 LAT 203, 
after completion of LAT 204 
with C- or better 


Latin — Vergil 


4 


3 

after 
level LAT 


LAT 204, 
completion of advanced 
course with C- or better 


Latin Literature 


3 


3 LAT 203, 

after completion of LAT 204 

with C- or better 


Latin Literature 
Mathematics — Calculus AB 


4 
3 


3 

after 
level LAT 

3 


LAT 204, 
completion of advanced 
course with C- or better 

MAT 191 


Mathematics — Calculus AB 


4 


6 


MAT 191, 292 


Mathematics — Calculus BC 


3 


6 


MAT 191, 292 


Music — Aural 


4 


1 


MUS 105 


Music — Aural 
Music — Nonaural 


5 

4 


2 

2 


MUS 105, MUS 106 
MUS 101 


Music — Nonaural 


5 


4 


MUS 101, MUS 102 


Physics B 
Physics C 
Psychology 
Spanish Language 
Spanish Language 
Spanish Literature 


4 
4 
3 

4 
3 

4 


8 
8 
3 
6 
3 
6 


PHY 211, 212 
PHY 291, 292 

PSY 121 
SPA 203, 204 

SPA 203 
SPA 351, SPA elective 


Spanish Literature 
Statistics 


3 
3 


3 


Exemption, no credit 
STA 108 


Statistics 

Studio Art: Gen Portfolio 


5 
3 


3 
2 


STA 271 
ART elective 


Studio Art: Drawing 


3 


2 


ART elective 



Examination papers will be read by the department to determine exemption. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



19 



Admissions 



International Baccalaureate (IB) Program 

Listed below is the credit associated with scores on the 
International Baccalaureate Higher Level Examinations. The 
Admissions Office at UNCG receives the IB scores and 
assigns the appropriate credit hours. Students should request 
that their test scores be sent to UNCG. Students will be noti- 
fied in writing of the credit they receive. You may also visit 
the IB Web site at www.ibo.org or call 212/889-9242. Scores 
must be requested in written form by contacting 
International Baccalaureate of North America, 200 Madison 
Avenue, New York, NY 20016. 

International Baccalaureate IB Exams 

Min Hours 

Exam Score Awarded 

IB Biology — Higher level 5 8 

IB Chemistry — Higher level 5 8 

IB English Al 4, 5 6 

IB English Al 6, 7 9* 

IB French Al — Higher level 5 6 

IB French Al— Higher level 6,7 6 

IB French Al — Subsidiary level 6 6 

IB French Al — Subsidiary level 7 6 

IB French B — Higher level 5 6 

IB French B — Higher level 6,7 6 

IB French B — Subsidiary level 6 6 

IB French B — Subsidiary level 7 6 

IB German Al 5 9 

IB German B 5 6 

IB History 5 6 

IB Mathematics 5 

IB Physics 5 8 

IB Social Anthropology 5 6 

IB Psychology 4 3 

IB Spanish Al — Higher level 5 6 

IB Spanish Al— Higher level 6,7 6 

IB Spanish Al — Subsidiary level 6 6 

IB Spanish Al — Subsidiary level 7 6 

IB Spanish B — Higher level 5 6 

IB Spanish B— Higher level 6,7 6 

IB Spanish B — Subsidiary level 6 6 

IB Spanish B — Subsidiary level 7 6 



College Board SAT: Subject Tests 



Courses 

BIO 111 & 112 

CHE 111/112 and 

CHE 114/115 

ENG 101 & 104 

ENG 101 & 104* 

FRE 203 & 204 

FRE 204 & 301 

FRE 203 & 204 

FRE 204 & 301 

FRE 203 & 204 

FRE 204 & 301 

FRE 203 & 204 

FRE 204 & 301 

GER 203 & 204 

& GER 301 

GER 203 & 204 

HIS 217, 218 

Contact Mathematical 

Sciences Dept 

PHY 211, 212 

ATY 213 

& elective ATY credit 

PSY 121 

SPA 203 & 204 

SPA 204 & 301 

SPA 203 & 204 

SPA 204 & 301 

SPA 203 & 204 

SPA 204 & 301 

SPA 203 & 204 

SPA 204 & 301 



*Contact Director of Undergraduate Studies in English for one more English 
course at the 200 level to be awarded in consultation with the department. 

College Board SAT: Subject Tests 

Those who have strong academic preparation are 
encouraged to take one or more of the exams listed below. 
Examination dates are available in secondary school counsel- 
ing centers or by writing to College Board SAT Program, 
Princeton, NJ 08541, phone number 609/771-7600. You may 
also visit the ETS Web site at www.ets.org. 



Original Recentered 
Exam Score* Score 

American History 700-800 750-800 

American History 650-699 700-749 



English Composition 700-800 n/a 

English Composition 650-699 n/a 

English Literature 700-800 750-800 

English Literature 650-699 700-749 

European History 700-800 n/a 

Foreign Language 550-800 570-800 



World History n/a 750-800 

Writing n/a 760-800 

Writing n/a 710-759 



Hours 
Granted Courses 

6 HIS 211, 212, 

6 after completion 

of 6 hours of history 

at 200 or 300 level 

with at least a 2.0 avg 

3 ENG 101 

Exemption from 

ENG 101 

3 ENG 212 

Exemption from 

ENG 212 

6 WCV 101,102 

3 Foreign Language 

204 Intermediate 

level met. 

6 WCV 101,102 

3 ENG 101 

Exemption from 

ENG 101 



*For tests taken before March, 1995. 

College Level Examination Program 
(Subject Examinations Only) 

The College Board offers these examinations at permanent 
test centers throughout the United States. Test center informa- 
tion can be obtained from secondary school counselors or by 
writing to C.L.E.P., Box 6600, Princeton, NJ 08541. The test is 
designed for persons who have done college-level work out- 
side college and can successfully demonstrate what they know. 
You may also visit the ETS Web site at www.ets.org. Also see 
the College Board Web site at www.collegeboard.com/clep as 
well as the UNCG Counseling and Testing Web site at 
http://studenthealth.uncg.edu/ctc. 

College Level Examination Program 
(Subject Exams Only) 



Minimum 
Score 

50 
50 

so 



Exam 

Accounting 
American Literature 
Analyzing & Interpreting 

Literature 

Biology 50 

Information Systems 57 

& Computer Applic. 

College Mathematics 50 

College Algebra 55 

Trigonometry 61 

College Algebra/Trig 58 

Calculus 50 

Chemistry 50 
Principles of Macroeconomics 50 
Principles of Microeconomics 50 

College Composition 50 

English Literature 50 

Foreign Language 50 

Psychology, Introductory 52 

Sociology, Introductory 50 



Hours 
Granted 

6 
6 
6 



Courses 

ACC 201, 202 
ENG 251, 252 
ENG 105, 106 

BIO 111, 112 
CSC 101 

MAT 112 

MAT 150 

MAT 151 

MAT 151 

MAT 191, 292 

CHE 111, 114 

ECO 202 

ECO 201 

ENG 101 

ENG 211, 212 

Foreign Language 

203, 204 

PSY 121 

SOC 101 



20 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Admissions 



Credit for Military Training 

Elective credit for military training may be awarded 
where UNCG has comparable courses and upon receipt of an 
official American Council of Education transcript. 

Greater Greensboro Consortium 

A student attending a college or university in the Greater 
Greensboro Consortium (Bennett College, Elon University, 
Greensboro College, Guilford College, High Point University, 
Guilford Technical Community College, and North Carolina 
Agricultural and Technical State University) is not classified 
as a visiting student at UNCG and does not go through the 
admissions process for the fall or spring semesters. Students 
wishing to register for courses at UNCG through the 
Consortium should contact the registrar of their home insti- 
tutions. For Summer Session, the Consortium is in effect only 
with North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State 
University. 

UNCG students wishing to take courses at one of the 
Consortium institutions should request a Consortium form 
from the University Registrar's Office, 180 Mossman 
Building, 336/334-5646. 

Bennett College, Elon University, Greensboro College, 
Guilford College, High Point University, and Guilford 
Technical Community College students interested in taking 
courses in the UNCG Summer Sessions should request a 
Summer Session Bulletin from the Division of Continual 
Learning (336/334-5414) and submit the application form 
found in that publication. 



Auditors 

Auditing a course is the privilege of being present in the 
classroom when space is available. No credit is involved, no 
examinations are required, and no grades are reported. 
Attendance, preparation, and participation in classroom dis- 
cussion and activities are at the discretion of the department 
and the instructor. Admission is determined following the 
close of regular student registration. Registration for audited 
courses begins the first day of classes for a given semester 
and ends on the last day of late registration. 

Auditors Requiring a Record of Enrollment 
Current UNCG Students 

A currently enrolled UNCG student may audit a course 
upon the written approval of the instructor and must register 
officially for the course. A full-time UNCG student may audit 
one course per semester without an additional fee. A part- 
time UNCG student may audit no more than two courses per 
semester and is charged a $15.00 fee for each audited course. 

Persons Not Enrolled at UNCG 

Persons not currently enrolled at UNCG who require a 
record of enrollment in a course as an auditor must follow 
regular admission procedures through the Undergraduate 
Admissions Office or the Graduate School, and register 
through VISIONS /Explorations. A fee equal to in-state or 
out-of-state tuition rates is charged for each course audited 
(see table in chapter 3). 

Registration for audited courses begins the first day of 
classes for any given semester and ends on the last day of late 
registration. Fees are payable in full at the time of enrollment. 



Continual Learning Visiting Auditors (Persons Not 
Requiring a Record of Enrollment) 

A person not currently enrolled at UNCG who desires to 
audit a course and who does not require a record of enroll- 
ment should secure a Visiting Auditor form from the Division 
of Continual Learning, 1100 W. Market Street, 336/334-5414 
or 1-866-334-CALL. Only Visiting Auditors should apply 
through the Division of Continual Learning; all others must 
follow regular admission and registration procedures (see 
previous information). 

A Visiting Auditor may audit courses for a fee of $50 for 
each course (no record of enrollment is provided and no com- 
puter access is available). 

Only courses approved by academic departments are 
open to auditors. To audit a 600- or 700-level course, a visit- 
ing auditor must hold a bachelor's degree. Visiting auditors 
are permitted in lecture courses when space is available with 
the written approval of the department head or the instructor 
teaching the course. Persons may register as visiting auditors 
beginning the first day of classes for any given semester. 



Summer Session 

Currently enrolled UNCG students who are continuing 
their studies at UNCG should register for summer courses in 
April, at the same time they register for fall classes. 

New or visiting students planning to attend Summer 
Session at UNCG must complete the Summer Student 
Information Form. Summer Session courses and the informa- 
tion form may be obtained in mid-March by accessing the 
Summer Session Web page at www.calldcl.com, or by con- 
tacting the Division of Continual Learning, UNCG, 1100 W. 
Market St., Greensboro NC 27402, phone 336/256-CALL (out- 
side Greensboro 1-866-334-CALL). 

Permission to register for Summer Session does not 
constitute admission to the University nor any of its pro- 
grams for fall or spring semesters. 

Division of Continual Learning 

The Division of Continual Learning offers credit and 
non-credit programs that extend its academic resources to 
meet professional and personal learning needs of individuals. 

These programs may be offered on campus, off campus, 
or online, and include regular University credit courses, short 
courses, workshops, institutes, conferences and teleconfer- 
ences, and study abroad. Persons need not be admitted to 
UNCG in order to register for these courses but must meet 
course prerequisites. Students wishing to include this work in 
their degree programs should consult their advisors. 

Registration for these courses is handled by the Division 
of Continual Learning, 1100 W. Market Street. For informa- 
tion access the DCL Web page at www.calldcl.com or call 
336/256-CALL (outside Greensboro 1-866-334-CALL). 



Senior Citizens 

Residents of North Carolina age 65 or older who meet 
applicable admission requirements may enroll tuition-free on 
a space available basis. The availability of course space is 
determined by the University Registrar at the close of regis- 
tration for any given semester. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



21 



Admissions 



Veterans 

Veterans enrollment certification is handled by the 
University Registrar's Office, 180 Mossman Building, 
336/334-5946, vabenefits@uncg.edu. 

UNCG is on the list of approved institutions that can 
provide training under the Department of Veterans Affairs 
Educational Training Program. A veteran wishing to receive 
educational benefits should apply first to Veterans Affairs for 
a Certificate of Eligibility. The student then applies for admis- 
sion to UNCG through normal admissions procedures. The 
issuing of a Certificate of Eligibility by the VA does not auto- 
matically assure a student of admission to UNCG. 

When enrolling at UNCG, the veteran should present a 
Certificate of Eligibility to the University Registrar request- 
ing that certification of enrollment be sent to the VA. This 
Certification of Enrollment is necessary before educational 
benefits can be received. Certification of Enrollment must 
be requested for each academic year and again for summer 
session. 

Reserve Officers' Training Corps 
(ROTC) 

The United States Air Force and Army Reserve Officers' 
Training Corps programs are available to UNCG students at 
North Carolina A & T State University (in Greensboro). As a 
member of the Greater Greensboro Consortium, UNCG offers 
students these opportunities for leadership training and a com- 
mission in the Army or Air Force through cross-registration. 

The University will grant credit for certain ROTC 
courses taken at A & T State University as part of the 
Consortium arrangement. UNCG students will be awarded 
elective credit and quality points for junior and senior level 
ROTC courses completed at North Carolina A & T State 
University through the Consortium. 

Elective credit shall not exceed 12 semester hours for 
Army ROTC and Air Force ROTC. 



Accelerated Master's Programs for 
Undergraduates 

UNCG offers undergraduates with demonstrated aca- 
demic ability a fast track to a graduate degree. Talented stu- 
dents can earn a bachelor's and master's degree in approxi- 
mately five years instead of the usual six or seven. 

Although formal admission to an accelerated program is 
usually in the junior year, careful selection of undergraduate 
courses beginning in the freshman year is essential. 
Interested students should speak with an advisor in the 
department of their undergraduate major as early as possible. 

The program represents two distinct patterns. The first 
allows students to continue with graduate work in the same 
discipline as the undergraduate major. The second pattern 
enables students to complement the undergraduate major with 
graduate study in another area. See Accelerated Master's 
Programs in chapter 7 for specific program requirements. 



Graduate Students 

Students interested in working toward a graduate 
degree or students who hold a bachelor's degree and wish to 
continue their general education should consult The Graduate 
School Bulletin or contact The Graduate School Office, 241 
Mossman Building, 336/334-5596, for admission information. 
The Graduate School Bulletin can be obtained from The 
Graduate School office and is also available on The Graduate 
School's Web site at www.uncg.edu/grs. 



22 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



3. Expenses, Payments, Refunds, 

& Financial Aid 



Tuition and Fees 

Estimated tuition and fee rates per semester hour for 
2006-07 are printed on the next page. Questions regarding 
tuition and fees should be directed to the Cashiers and 
Student Accounts Office (336/334-5831). UNCG reserves the 
right to make changes in these charges without advance 
notice. 

UNCG Estimated Annual Expenses* for 
Full-Time* Undergrads Living on Campus 



Tuition and Fees Per Year (2006-07 rates) 




Tuition 




In-State Students 


2,308.00 


Out-of-State Students 


13,576.00 


Athletic Fee 


403.00 


Student Facilities Fee 


272.00 


Student Activities Fee 


323.00 


Education & Technology Fee 


247.00 


Health Service Fee 


209.00 


Student Government Association Fee 


1.00 


Administrative Computing Fee 


50.00 


Room Rates** Per Year (2006-07 rates) 




Standard Double 


3,233.00 


Tower Village Suites 


4,747.00 


Spring Garden Apartments 


4,947.00 


Dining Plans** Per Year (2006-07 rates) 




Platinum 75 Plan 


2,475.00 


Platinum 150 Plan 


2,575.00 


Platinum 200 Plan 


2,675.00 


Gold 200 Plan 


2,280.00 


Gold 300 Plan 


2,280.00 


Silver 400 Plan 


2,280.00 


Silver 500 Plan 


2,280.00 


Bronze 725 Plan 


1,650.00 


Bronze 825 Plan 


1,650.00 


Bronze 1000 Plan 


2,000.00 


Commuter 300 Plan 


600.00 


Commuter 450 Plan 


900.00 


Commuter 600 Plan 


1,200.00 



***Estimated total annual costs are based on the standard 
double room rate and Platinum 75 dining plan. 

Note: Students living on campus are required to contract 
with UNCG for room and board. Students living off campus 
pay only tuition and required fees. 

The tuition and academic fees paid by UNCG students 
only partially cover the cost of the education they receive. 
The remaining costs are met by funds from the State of North 
Carolina, from the UNCG Excellence Fund, and from alumni, 
friends, corporations, foundations, and the federal govern- 
ment. Undergraduate tuition and fees per semester and per 
credit hour for the 2006-07 academic year are indicated in the 
tables on the next page. 

Tuition & Fees for Part-Time Students 

For tuition and fee purposes, a part-time undergraduate 
student is defined as one taking fewer than 12 semester hours 
of course work each term. Students taking 12 or more hours per 
term pay the tuition and fees specified for full-time students. 

Undergraduate students taking fewer than 12 hours dur- 
ing a regular term will be charged a prorated portion of the 
tuition and the general fee. The health service fee is charged 
to students taking 9 or more hours who live off campus; how- 
ever, students taking fewer than 9 hours who live off campus 
may voluntarily choose to pay the fee and enjoy the benefits 
of the Student Health Services. All on-campus students pay 
the health service fee. See rate table on following page for 
details. 



Annual estimated total cost for most 
In-State students living on campus $9,521.00*** 

Annual estimated total cost for most 
Out-of-State students living on campus $20,789.00*** 

t See pp. 26-27 for otlier estimated expenses such as supplies and books. 

*Afidl-time undergraduate is one who is enrolled for at least 12 
semester hours per term. 

**See details of applicable residence hall rates and dining plans on p. 24. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Residence Status 
for Tuition Purposes 

The tuition charge for persons who qualify as residents 
for tuition purposes is substantially less than that for nonres- 
idents. An explanation of the North Carolina law (General 
Statute §116-143.1) governing residence classification for 
tuition purposes is set forth in Appendix A. A more complete 
explanation of the statute and the procedures under the 
statute is contained in A Manual to Assist the Public Higher 
Education Institidions of North Carolina in the Matter of Student 
Residence Classification for Tuition Purposes. The Manual is the 
controlling administrative statement of policy on this subject. 
Copies of the Manual are available for inspection in the Office 
of the Provost, and in the Jackson Library. 

Initial Classification 

Every applicant for admission is required to state in writ- 
ing the length of his or her legal residence in North Carolina. 
Every applicant is classified as a resident or nonresident for 
tuition purposes prior to actual matriculation, the admitting 
office making the initial classification. Those not claiming to 
be residents for tuition purposes are, of course, classified as 
out-of-state students (nonresidents) for tuition purposes. If 
insufficient information supports an applicant's claim to be a 
resident for tuition purposes, the admitting office will ini- 
tially classify that applicant as a nonresident. 



23 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



Undergraduate Tuition and Fee Rates for 2006-07 

These rates are subject to approval and /or modification by the North Carolina General Assembly. The UNC Board of Governors 
and UNCG reserve the right to make changes in these charges without advance notice. 



Tuition & Fees Per Semester for Undergraduates 
















Credit 
Hours 


Athletic 
Fee 


Student 
Facilities 


Student 
Activities 


E&T* 
Fee 


Health 
Services 


SGA" 
Fee 


AC*" 
Fee 


Total 

Student 

Fee 


In-State 
Tuition 


Out-of- 
State 
Tuition 


Total 
In-State 


Total 
Out-of- 
State 





16.79 


11.33 


13.46 


10.29 




0.04 


2.08 


53.99 


288.50 


1,697.00 


342.49 


1,750.99 


1 


16.79 


11.33 


13.46 


10.29 




0.04 


2.08 


53.99 


288.50 


1,697.00 


342.49 


1,750.99 


2 


33.58 


22.67 


26.92 


20.58 




0.08 


4.17 


108.00 


288.50 


1,697.00 


396.50 


1,805.00 


3 


50.38 


34.00 


40.38 


30.88 




0.13 


6.25 


162.02 


288.50 


1,697.00 


450.52 


1,859.02 


4 


67.17 


45.33 


53.83 


41.17 




0.17 


8.33 


216.00 


288.50 


1,697.00 


504.50 


1,913.00 


5 


83.96 


56.67 


67.29 


51.46 




0.21 


10.42 


270.01 


288.50 


1,697.00 


558.51 


1,967.01 


6 


100.75 


68.00 


80.75 


61.75 




0.25 


12.50 


324.00 


577.00 


3,394.00 


901.00 


3,718.00 


7 


117.54 


79.33 


94.21 


72.04 




0.29 


14.58 


377.99 


577.00 


3,394.00 


954.99 


3,771.99 


8 


134.33 


90.67 


107.67 


82.33 




0.33 


16.67 


432.00 


577.00 


3,394.00 


1,009.00 


3,826.00 


9 


151.13 


102.00 


121.13 


92.63 


78.38 


0.38 


18.75 


564.40 


865.50 


5,091.00 


1,429.90 


5,655.40 


10 


167.92 


113.33 


134.58 


102.92 


78.38 


0.42 


20.83 


618.38 


865.50 


5,091.00 


1,483.88 


5,709.38 


11 


184.71 


124.67 


148.04 


113.21 


78.38 


0.46 


22.92 


672.39 


865.50 


5,091.00 


1,537.89 


5,763.39 


12+ 


201.50 


136.00 


161.50 


123.50 


104.50 


0.50 


25.00 


752.50 


1,154.00 


6,788.00 


1,906.50 


7,540.50 



'Education and Technology 



'Student Government Association 



Distance Learning Charges for Undergraduates 



In-State Tuition:): 


$ 77.97 


Out-of-State Tuition^ 


$458.65 


Technology Fee 


$ 8.34 


Administrative Computing Fee 


$ 1.69 


Student Government Association Fee:): 


$ 0.03 


Registration Fee 


$ 6.00 


Registration Fees Per Semester 




Registration Fee 


$ 6.00 


Pre Registration Late Fee 


$ 30.00 


Registration Late Fee 


$ 45.00 


Special One Time Fees 




Orientation 




Undergraduate Freshmen — August 


$107.00 


Undergraduate Freshmen — January 


$ 48.00 


Undergraduate Transfer 


$ 48.00 


Undergraduate Adult 


$ 48.00 


Graduation 




Baccalaureate Degree 


$ 50.00 


Master's Degree 


$ 55.00 


Doctoral Degree 


$ 60.00 


Combined M.S./Ed.S. Degree 


$ 70.00 



"Administrative Computing 

Meal Plans Per Semester 

Platinum 75 (unlimited trips to CAF $1,237.50 

+ $75 declining balance) 
Platinum 150 (unlimited trips to CAF $1,287.50 

+ $150 declining balance) 
Platinum 200 (unlimited trips to CAF $1,337.50 

+ $200 declining balance) 
Gold 200 (200 trips to CAF + $200 declining 

balance) $1,140.00 

Gold 300 (175 trips to CAF + $300 declining 

balance) $1,140.00 

Silver 400 (150 trips to CAF + $400 

declining balance) $1,140.00 

Silver 500 (125 trips to CAF + $500 

declining balance) $1,140.00 

Bronze 725 (25 trips to CAF + $725 

declining balance) $825.00 

Bronze 825 ($825 all declining balance) $825.00 

Bronze 1000 ($1,000 all declining balance) $1,000.00 

Commuter 300 ($300 declining balance) $300.00 

Commuter 450 ($450 declining balance) $450.00 

Commuter 600 ($600 declining balance) $600.00 



fPer credit hour 



24 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



Subsequent Classification 

A residency classification once assigned (and confirmed 
pursuant to any appeal properly taken) may be changed 
thereafter (with corresponding change in billing rates) only at 
intervals corresponding with the established primary divi- 
sions of the academic year. 

A student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligi- 
ble for a change in classification, whether from out-of-state to 
in-state or the reverse, has the responsibility of applying for a 
reclassification in the Office of the Provost. 

Appeals 

A student may appeal a residence classification assigned by 
the admitting office by submitting to the Office of the Provost a 
completed "Residence-and-Tuition Status Application." The 
completed application must be submitted before the end of 
the academic term for which the student wishes to be consid- 
ered for reclassification. Application forms may be obtained 
from the Office of the Provost, 201 Mossman, from any admit- 
ting office, or at www.uncg.edu/pvt/residency 

It is the responsibility of the student to pay tuition at the 
rate charged and billed while an appeal is pending. In effect, 
the student who is classified as a nonresident at the time of 
registration pays the nonresident rate. Conversely, if a stu- 
dent is classified as a resident at the time of billing, he or she 
pays the resident rate. Any necessary adjustments in the rate 
paid will be made at the conclusion of the appeal. 

Students or prospective students who believe that they 
are entitled to be classified as residents for tuition purposes 
should be aware that the process of requests and appeals can 
take a considerable amount of time and that applications for 
classification should not be delayed until registration. 
Students who wish to receive a timely review of their resi- 
dence status should submit their completed "Residence-and- 
Tuition Status Application" approximately 30-45 days in 
advance of the term for which they are seeking a review of 
their residence status. Applications are reviewed in the order 
in which they are received; failure to submit an application in 
a timely manner may delay the review process. 

The Office of the Provost's determination of residence 
classification may be appealed to the Campus Residence 
Appeals Committee, and decisions of the Campus Residence 
Appeals Committee may be appealed to the State Residence 
Committee. A written statement of the appeals procedure is 
provided to every applicant or student receiving an adverse 
decision from the Office of the Provost. 

25% Tuition Surcharge for 
Undergraduates 

The General Assembly has instituted a twenty-five per- 
cent (25%) tuition surcharge (Section 89 (b), Senate Bill 27, 
1993 Session), which became effective fall semester 1994 and 
applies to all new undergraduates seeking a baccalaureate 
degree. Specifically, it states, 

"The Board of Governors of The University of 
North Carolina shall ensure that procedures are 
established that are necessary to impose a twenty- 
five percent (25%) tuition surcharge on students 
who take more than 140 degree credit hours to 
complete a baccalaureate degree in a four-year 



program or more than one hundred ten percent 
(110%) of the credit hours necessary to complete a 
baccalaureate degree in any program officially 
designated by the Board of Governors as a five- 
year program. The calculation of these credit 
hours taken at a constituent institution or accepted 
for transfer shall exclude hours earned through 
the College Board's Advanced Placement or CLEP 
examinations, through institutional advanced 
placement or course validation, or through sum- 
mer term or extension programs." 

Students Subject to the Surcharge 

The tuition surcharge will be applied to new undergrad- 
uate students enrolled for the first time in fall 1994 and there- 
after in a degree program at UNCG as follows: 

(1) For students earning a first baccalaureate degree in a 
program that requires no more than 128 credit hours, the 
surcharge shall be applied to all hours in excess of 140. 

(2) For students earning a first baccalaureate degree in a UNC 
Board of Governors Board-approved program that 
requires more than 128 credit (semester) hours, the sur- 
charge shall be applied to all hours that exceed 110 percent 
of the credit hours required for the degree. Such programs 
include those that have been officially designated by the 
Board of Governors as five-year programs as well as those 
involving double majors, or combined bachelor's/mas- 
ter's degrees. 

(3) For students earning a baccalaureate degree other than 
their first, the surcharge shall be applied to all hours that 
exceed 110 percent of the minimum additional credit hours 
needed to earn the additional baccalaureate degree. The 
minimum additional credit hours will be determined by 
the degree evaluation performed by the Office of the 
University Registrar during the first semester a student is 
enrolled in the second or other baccalaureate degree. 
Students seeking a second baccalaureate degree are 

required to take 31 credit hours of residency at UNCG. 

The surcharge will be imposed in the fall or spring 
semester and in all subsequent semesters where a student's 
cumulative credit hour total exceeds the threshold. The sur- 
charge does not apply to required fees. 

Hours included in Tuition Surcharge Hours: 

The undergraduate credit (semester) hours to be counted 
in the calculation of the tuition surcharge include: 

(1) all semester (fall and spring semester) academic credit 
hours attempted (includes repeated course work, failed 
course work, and course withdrawals); and 

(2) all transfer credit hours accepted by UNCG. 

Hours excluded from Tuition Surcharge Hours: 

(1) College Board's Advanced Placement (AP) credit; 

(2) College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or similar 
programs' credits; 

(3) credit earned through any UNCG advanced placement, 
course validation or similar procedure; 

(4) credit earned in summer sessions at UNCG or another 
UNC institution; 

(5) credit earned from an extension division of any UNC 
institution, including UNCG. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



25 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



Students will be informed of the Tuition Surcharge Hours 
earned each semester and cumulatively in their tuition billing. 

Students may contact the Office of the University 
Registrar to obtain current information on their 
credit /semester hours. 



Housing Plans 

All UNCG students have the option of living on or off 
campus. Approximately 4,200 students live in 24 residence 
halls on campus. UNCG houses students without regard to 
race, creed, color, sexual orientation, gender, age, religion, 
military veteran status, political affiliation, or national origin. 
Students may request residence halls or roommates by name, 
and whenever possible, such requests will be honored. 

To request a space, students must log in to the UNCG 
Housing & Residence Life Web site at http://hrl.uncg.edu. 
Descriptions of the halls and directions for applying for hous- 
ing are available beginning January 15 for fall semester and 
October 15 for spring semester. 

Current housing costs are outlined in the following table. 
Also see additional housing information in chapter 8. 

Annual Housing Rates (2006-07 rates) 

The following rates include telephone, Internet, and 
cable TV charges. 

Standard Double $3,233.00 per year 

Tower Village Suites $4,747.00 per year 

Spring Garden Apartments $4,947.00 per year 



Meal Plans 



All students who live on campus are required to pur- 
chase a meal plan for use in the UNCG dining locations. 
Please visit www.uncg.edu/din for the latest information on 
meal plans. 

All meal plans are purchased per semester. Changes to 
meal plans may be made up until seven days after the first 
day of classes. 

Remaining meals and any unused declining balance 
transfers from the fall to the spring semester. At the end of the 
spring semester, any remaining meals or unused declining 
balance are non-refundable and cannot be transferred to the 
next academic year. See chapter 8 for complete details about 
available UNCG Dining Services. 

Miscellaneous Fees and Expenses 

Athletic, Activity, and Facilities Fees 

Payment of these fees gives students access to athletic 
events, campus organizations, Elliott University Center 
(student union), and many other student programs. 

Auditing Fees 

Current UNCG Students. A registered full-time UNCG 
student may audit one course per term without charge. A reg- 
istered part-time UNCG student may audit no more than two 
courses per term and is charged a fee of $15.00 per course. 

Division of Continual Learning Visiting Auditors. 
Visiting auditors are classified as non-UNCG students who 
wish to take a course without receiving a record of enrollment. 
Such individuals must apply to register through the Division 



of Continual Learning. A Visiting auditor will not receive a 
record of enrollment and is charged a $50.00 fee per course. 

Registered auditors (persons not officially enrolled at 
UNCG) who do require a record of enrollment as an auditor 

should follow regular admission, registration, and payment 
procedures. A fee equal to in-state or out-of-state tuition rates 
is charged for each course audited (see table on p. 24). 

Fees are payable in full at the time of enrollment. See 
Admissions for details about auditing courses. 

Books and Course Supplies 

Costs generally run $250-$500 per semester for text- 
books and related supplies for full-time students. These are to 
be paid for as purchased, either from the University 
Bookstore or elsewhere. A few courses may require signifi- 
cantly higher expenditures for supplies or special fees and are 
so noted in the semester Schedule of Courses. 

Furnishings (Traditional Residence Hall) 

All residence hall rooms are furnished with beds, dressers, 
and desks. All have community bathrooms by floor or wing. 
All have local telephone and automated voice-mail service. 
Students furnish their own pillows, pillow cases, sheets, blan- 
kets, bedspreads, towels, and room accessories such as tele- 
phones, study lamps, draperies, rugs, recycling bins, and 
wastebaskets. 

Graduation Application Fee 

The graduation fee, currently $50 for the baccalaureate 
degree, covers the cost of the diploma and other costs associ- 
ated with the Commencement ceremony and is charged to all 
degree candidates. It is payable in the Cashiers and Student 
Accounts Office 30 days prior to graduation. The fee is non- 
refundable. Effective spring 2005, degree candidates purchase 
or rent regalia from the University Bookstore. 

Identification Cards (UNCG FirstCard) 

A permanent UNCG FirstCard will be issued to each stu- 
dent upon completion of registration for their first semester 
at UNCG. A $15.00 replacement fee is charged for lost, stolen, 
or damaged IDs. 

Internet/Cable Connections 

All residence hall rooms are wired for direct Ethernet 
connection to the Internet, with one port per student. All res- 
idence hall rooms have a cable TV connection and Time 
Warner Cable Service with 78 channels. 

Laundry & Dry Cleaning 

FirstCard-ready washing machines and dryers are located 
in each residence hall. Students may apply money to their 
UNCG FirstCard for laundry and vending expenses. 

Telephone Service 

All rooms include free campus and local telephone serv- 
ice with individual voice mailboxes. Standard double rooms 
have one shared phone line per room with one jack. Tower 
Village Suites and the new Spring Garden Apartments have 
individual phone lines. Students are responsible for providing 
an analog telephone set. See www.uncg.edu/tsv for local call- 
ing area information. Prepaid personal calling cards or per- 
sonal cell phones are required for long distance. 



26 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



Transcript Fee 

A fee (currently $5 per copy) is charged for release of an 
official UNCG academic transcript. 

Uniforms, Special Equipment, and Liability 
Insurance 

Students are expected to use outfits appropriate to the 
physical education activities taken. Gym clothing, leotards, 
and other appropriate outfits are available from the University 
Book Store. 

Nursing majors are required to purchase uniforms and 
liability insurance. See School of Nursing in chapter 7 for 
complete details. 

Some majors in Exercise and Sport Science are also 
required to purchase liability insurance. See Department of 
Exercise and Sport Science in chapter 7 for details. 

Many laboratory courses require safety goggles and spe- 
cial protective clothing. Smocks or coveralls are often 
required in art classes. Unless the student has advance infor- 
mation, it is preferable to purchase these items after arrival. 

Vehicle Registration & Parking Permits 

Registration and parking permits are required for all stu- 
dent-operated motor vehicles which park on the UNCG cam- 
pus. See The University Community for details on parking 
regulations. 

Payment of Tuition and Fees 
and Payment Plans 

Payment of Bills 

The annual expenses table on p. 23 provides estimated 
costs on a nine-month academic year basis for full-time stu- 
dents. To estimate the amount due each term, divide the total 
expense figure by two. This is the approximate amount that 
will be billed to the student by the University during registra- 
tion each term. If financial aid has been awarded to a student, 
the amount will be reflected on the bill (see information 
below). 

Continuing students who register during the current 
term for the next term receive bills for tuition and fees as fol- 
lows: 

Fall semester bills are mailed in July to students' permanent 
mailing addresses, with total payment due in late July. 
Spring semester bills are mailed in mid-November to students' 
local addresses, with total payment due in early December. 

Bills are not mailed to new students who register in 
August /January Students should print bills along with their 
class schedules when they register, and are expected to pay 
upon registration. 

Payment Deadlines 

Payment of bills for the fall and spring semesters should 
be made in the Cashiers and Student Accounts Office, 151 
Mossman Building, by the deadline dates set by the 
University Registrar and published in the Schedule of Courses 
booklets and online at www.uncg.edu/reg. The deadline 
dates are also set forth in the instructions mailed to students 
with their bills. Payments not received by these dates will 
result in the cancellation of registration. Payment by mail or 
via the Web is encouraged. Students should contact the 



Cashiers and Student Accounts Office (336/334-5831) with 
any questions about tuition and fees or the payment process. 

ID Validation 

FirstCard IDs are validated electronically upon payment 
of tuition and fees. 

Banking Information 

Wachovia Bank ATMs are located in the Bryan School of 
Business and Economics, Elliott University Center, and the 
main dining hall. There is also a State Employees' Credit 
Union ATM in the Elliott University Center and a Bank of 
America ATM in the main dining hall. Students are encour- 
aged to establish checking accounts at one of the banks in 
Greensboro. Wachovia Bank offers students registered with 
the University free checking with no minimum balance. 
Student identification cards will enable students to cash 
checks for up to $50 at the Cashiers and Student Accounts 
Office for a fee of 50tf per check. Checks that are returned for 
non-payment will be charged a $25.00 return check fee for 
each returned check. This fee will be assessed to either the 
maker of the check or last endorser (whoever last negotiated 
the check). UNCG has the authority to cancel semester regis- 
trations for non-payments resulting from returned checks. 

The Cashiers and Student Accounts Office is open 
between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and 
is located in 151 Mossman Building (336/334-5831). 



Student Credit Policy 

Tuition and fees for all University students are due and 
payable before or on registration day in the Cashiers and 
Student Accounts Office. North Carolina law requires the 
University to charge and collect from each student at the 
beginning of each academic session tuition, fees, and an 
amount sufficient to pay all other direct expenses such as 
room and board incurred for the term. Payments may be 
made by cash, money order, check, or VISA or Mastercard 
credit cards. Cash should not be sent through the mail. 

As an exception to the above policy, students may be 
granted deferments (credit) only if they meet one of the fol- 
lowing criteria: 

(1) Students who receive awards through the UNCG 
Financial Aid Office from one or more of the following 
programs must pay the amount of their bill less the 
amount awarded for deferable financial aid. Any liability 
resulting from a reduction of financial aid becomes the 
student's responsibility payable upon notification of the 
adjustment of the award. Financial aid awards for pur- 
poses of the credit policy are as follows: Pell Grants, 
Subsidized Stafford Student Loans, Institutional Loans, 
SEOG, Perkins Loan, N.C. Veteran Scholarships, 
Vocational Rehabilitation, Disabled Veterans, Minority 
Presence Grants, University Scholarships, Fellowships, 
Assistantships, and Grants. 

(2) Students wishing to utilize Veterans' benefits under the 
credit policy must demonstrate financial need in compli- 
ance with normal financial aid need standards. Final 
approval is contingent upon the student's demonstration 
of need and a good credit history with the University. 

(3) Recipients of scholarships awarded by organizations 
outside the University in which direct payment is made 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



27 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



to UNCG and notification is on file with the Financial 
Aid Office may qualify under the credit policy. Students 
should provide notification of such awards as soon as 
possible to the Financial Aid Office. 



UNCG Refund Policy 

PART I: Policy for Students Completely 
Withdrawing From UNCG 

Official Notice of Intent to Completely Withdraw from 
The University of North Carolina at Greensboro 

Students who find that they must withdraw from the 
University can do so by dropping all courses through 
UNCGenie via the Web site. Students who drop all courses are 
considered to be withdrawn from the University and must seek 
reactivation or readmission through either Undergraduate 
Admissions or The Graduate School to return to school in sub- 
sequent terms. 

Students who wish to discuss the academic conse- 
quences of a change in enrollment status at the University 
may contact: undergraduates — Student Academic Services, 
159 Mossman Building; graduate students — The Graduate 
School Office, 241 Mossman Building. 

There will be a $25.00 non-refundable processing fee 
charged to all students who completely withdraw from the 
University. 

Complete Withdrawal from UNCG for Students 
Activated for Military Duty including the Armed 
Services Reserve and the National Guard 

If a student is involuntarily called for active duty during 
a currently enrolled semester, the following refund guide- 
lines apply: 

• The return of funds calculation will be completed 
under the normal terms and conditions as applicable. 

• The student will be expected to provide correspon- 
dence supporting the call to active military duty. 

Students who serve in the Armed Services Reserve or the 
National Guard are often alerted that they may be called to 
active duty for various reasons. If any student is voluntarily 
or involuntarily called for active duty during a term in which 
he or she is enrolled, the eligible student may elect one of the 
following options: 
A. Complete Withdrawal Option (without academic 

penalty) 

1. Tuition and general fees will be fully refundable. 

2. Health fees generally will be fully refundable except for 
students who have used the University's health services. 
These students would be billed at the fee for service rate 
to a maximum charge equivalent to the health fee. 
Students who have enrolled in the Student Health 
Insurance program should contact the Agent for infor- 
mation on a pro-rated refund of premium. 

3. Room and board will be refunded based on the number of 
weeks the room was occupied and the meals consumed. 

4. The student will be responsible for any miscellaneous 
charges such as library fines, parking tickets, health serv- 
ice charges, etc. 



5. In order to be eligible for a refund under these guide- 
lines, the student must contact the University Registrar's 
Office and provide the following: 

a. a copy of his or her call-up papers; these "orders" 
will serve as documentation for the refund of tuition 
and fees. 

b. a mailing address to which the student would like 
the refund to be sent. 

The University Registrar's Office will notify appropriate 
offices of the student's withdrawal including Student 
Academic Services, The Graduate School, Financial Aid 
Office, Housing and Residence Life, and the Cashiers 
and Student Accounts Office. 

6. In order for students living in University housing to 
receive a refund from the Department of Housing and 
Residence Life, they must return their room keys to the 
appropriate office. 

7. If a student is receiving financial aid during the term in 
which he or she is called to active duty financial aid 
must be repaid according to federal and state guidelines 
before a refund will be issued by the University. 

B. Early Exam Option 

Eligible students who are required to report for military 
duty not earlier than four calendar weeks prior to the date a 
semester ends as stated in the official bulletin of the 
University or after completion of at least 75% of the enroll- 
ment period in a non-standard semester, may, when author- 
ized by the instructor, take exams early and be given full 
credit for all courses for which they have an average of C or 
better. Students are ineligible for refunds for courses for 
which they receive credit. 

C. Incomplete Grade Option 

Students, when called to active duty may opt to take an 
incomplete in a course and complete the course upon release 
from active duty. Course completion may be accomplished by 
independent study or by retaking the course without payment 
of tuition and fees; the student need not reregister for the course 
upon his or her return. Under federal financial aid policies, a 
course that is retaken this way may not be counted toward a 
student's enrollment load. Eligible students who receive an 
incomplete for any course for which they are enrolled shall not 
be entitled to any refund of tuition or fees paid. 

D. Returning to the University 

1. If a student is called for active duty and subsequently 
released in a manner that would allow them to re-enroll 
during the semester in which they withdrew, the 
University will make every effort to accommodate the 
request. Individual contacts with faculty involved will 
determine appropriateness of returning to a course. 

2. Students who are called to active duty during a semester, 
and who withdraw from the University, are technically 
ineligible to participate in early registration for the term 
in which they wish to re-enroll; however, UNCG will 
make every effort to give these students special dispen- 
sation and to allow them to pre-register for that term. 

Summer Session Withdrawal 

Students who completely withdraw from their summer 
courses will be handled with the same refund policy that 
applies to the regular academic year. 



28 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



Return of Federal Title IV Funds 

The federally mandated Return of Funds Policy governs 
the return of Title TV funds disbursed to students who com- 
plete the official withdrawal process as defined by the 
University. The term refund should be understood to mean 
the repayment of money received by the University for 
tuition and fees or for a reduction of charges if tuition and 
fees have not yet been paid. Title IV funds include Federal 
Unsubsidized and Subsidized Stafford Loans, Federal 
Perkins Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell Grants, 
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants 
(SEOG), and NCSIG. Federal Work Study is excluded from 
this procedure. 

Unearned Title IV funds must be returned to the Title IV 
programs. Unearned aid is the amount of disbursed Title IV 
aid that exceeds the amount of earned Title IV aid. During the 
first 60% of the enrollment period (semester or term), a stu- 
dent earns funds in direct proportion to the length of time he 
or she remains enrolled. The period of time during which a 
student is enrolled is the percentage of aid earned by the stu- 
dent. A student who remains enrolled beyond the 60% point 
earns all Title IV aid for the term. 

The percentage of the period that a student remains 
enrolled is determined by dividing the number of days the 
student attended by the number of days in the term. 
Calendar days are used in the determination of percentages. 
Breaks of five (5) days or longer are excluded in the calcula- 
tions. The percentage may be found by using the following 
formula: 

i qqo/ _ (number of days the student attended) 
number of days in the semester 



If the amount of the Title IV funds disbursed is greater 
than the amount of Title IV funds earned by a student, a 
return of Title IV funds is necessary. Both the University and 
the student are responsible for returning a percentage of the 
unearned aid. 

The University will return federal funds to the appropri- 
ate federal program up to the total net amount disbursed 
from each source as required by law. The prescribed order of 
return is: 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal Perkins Loan 

Federal PLUS Loan 

Federal Pell Grant 

FSEOG 

Other Title IV Programs 

Return of Non-Federal Funds 

UNCG will return Non-Federal funds received and 
applied to a student's account in the same manner as it is 
applied in the "Return of Federal Title IV Funds." However, 
any outstanding financial obligation to UNCG will be 
deducted from the amount of Non-Federal funds to be 
returned. Funds will be returned to the student unless they 
are requested by the source from which the funds were dis- 
bursed. When a student completes the withdrawal process, 
the Cashiers and Student Accounts Office will initiate a 
refund and mail it to the student's campus box or local mail- 
ing address. 

If a student still has an outstanding financial obligation 
as a result of this process, the University will bill the student 
for payment. 



Example of Total Withdrawal Refund Calculation 1 
Day Refund 



Day Refund 



Day Refund 



Day Refund 



1 


100.00% 


19 


83.80% 


37 


68.40% 


55 


53.00% 


2 


98.30% 


20 


82.90% 


38 


67.50% 


56 


52.10% 


3 


97.40% 


21 


82.10% 


39 


66.70% 


57 


51 .30% 


4 


96.60% 


22 


81 .20% 


40 


65.80% 


58 


50.40% 


5 


95.70% 


23 


80.30% 


41 


65.00% 


59 


49.60% 


6 


94.90% 


24 


79.50% 


42 


64.10% 


60 


48.70% 


7 


94.00% 


25 


78.60% 


43 


63.20% 


61 


47.90% 


8 


93.20% 


26 


77.80% 


44 


62.40% 


62 


47.00% 


9 


92.30% 


27 


76.90% 


45 


61 .50% 


63 


46.20% 


10 


91 .50% 


28 


76.10% 


46 


60.70% 


64 


45.30% 


11 


90.60% 


29 


75.20% 


47 


59.80% 


65 


44.40% 


12 


89.70% 


30 


74.40% 


48 


59.00% 


66 


43.60% 


13 


88.90% 


31 


73.50% 


49 


58.10% 


67 


42.70% 


14 


88.00% 


32 


72.60% 


50 


57.30% 


68 


41 .90% 


15 


87.20% 


33 


71 .80% 


51 


56.40% 


69 


41 .00% 


16 


86.30% 


34 


70.90% 


52 


55.60% 


70 


40.20% 


17 


85.50% 


35 


70.10% 


53 


54.70% 


71- 


0% 


18 


84.60% 


36 


69.20% 


54 


53.80% 


117 





1 Actual refund calculation percentages for a specific semester are available on the 
University's Web site. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



29 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



PART II: Policy for Students Who Drop Course 
Hours 

The refund policy applies to complete withdrawals from 
UNCG. If a student simply reduces his/her course load after 
the Late Registration and Schedule Adjustment period (refer 
to the University Academic Calendar for dates), no refund or 
reduction of charges whatsoever will be credited to the stu- 
dent's account. However, if the drop in hours occurs before 
the end of the Late Registration and Schedule Adjustment 
period, the student is entitled to a full refund for the hours 
dropped. If the change results in the creation of a credit bal- 
ance, a check will be generated and mailed to the student's 
campus box or local mailing address. 

If students reduce the amounts of their credit hours dur- 
ing a summer session, they should then refer to the last day 
for tuition refund for a drop in credit hours chart listed in 
the Summer Session Calendar published in the Summer 
Session Bulletin. 

Housing and Dining Plan Refunds 

Room rent and board are NOT refundable. However, if a 
student qualifies for an exception as stated above, room rent 
and board are refundable except the pro rata part of the 
remaining charge based on the expired portion of the term. 
The housing contract is for one academic year. Students who 
cancel their contract at the end of the fall semester and remain 
enrolled at the University, will be charged for the spring 
semester rent and meal plan. Also see information in chapter 
8. 

Late Fee for Registration 

Continuing students eligible to register during early reg- 
istration for the following semester who choose not to do so, 
or who fail to confirm their registration with payment of 
tuition and fees will be charged a late fee. Waiver of the late 
fee will be considered only when it can be demonstrated that 
the University, through one of its offices or officials, was 
directly responsible for the failure of the student to complete 
registration. 

Refund Committee 

The Refund Committee considers appeals from any stu- 
dent who wishes to submit an appeal in writing. Cases are 
referred to the committee when the usual regulations do not 
address particular circumstances. 

The committee normally does not grant a refund if a stu- 
dent withdraws for personal reasons such as failing or trans- 
ferring to another institution. (Transferring to another cam- 
pus of The University of North Carolina is the same as going 
to another school, since each is administered separately for 
financial purposes.) 

Questions pertaining to the Refund Committee should 
be directed to the Cashiers and Student Accounts Office, 151 
Mossman Building, 336/334-5831. 



Financial Aid at UNCG 

UNCG administers an extensive financial aid program 
which provides assistance to more than half the University's 
enrolled undergraduates. Available aid includes scholarships, 
grants, loans, and work-study Eligibility for need-based pro- 
grams is determined through an analysis of family financial 
information provided on the Free Application for Federal 
Student Aid [FAFSA] or the Renewal Free Application for 
Federal Student Aid [RFAFSA]. Students who file the 
FAFSA/RFAFSAby the priority filing date of March 1 are also 
considered for non-need-based aid programs. For information 
on programs, services, and application procedures, contact the 
Financial Aid Office at the following address: 

UNCG Financial Aid Office 

PO Box 26170 

Greensboro, NC 27402-6170 

Tel: 336/334-5702 *E-mail: finaid@uncg.edu 

Website: http://fia.dept.uncg.edu 

Hours of operation: 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. 

Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday 

8:00 A.M.-4:00 p.m. Thursday 

Please note: Summer hours may vary 

The Financial Aid Office is located at 723 Kenilworth 
Street on the UNCG campus. Financial Aid information can 
be found on the Financial Aid Web site at http:// 
fia.dept.uncg.edu. 

Residents of North Carolina may contact the College 
Foundation of North Carolina, PO Box 12100, Raleigh, NC 
27605-2100, phone— 1-888-234-6400, or visit their Web site at 
www.cfnc.org for information about North Carolina aid 
programs. 

Support for UNCG's financial aid program comes from 
federal and state governments, and from individuals, foun- 
dations, and corporations. Awards are granted and adminis- 
tered according to the provisions determined by the con- 
tributing agency or donor. 

Renewal of a student's award from federal and state 
sources is contingent on continued support from government 
agencies and on the annual determination of the student's eli- 
gibility. Federal and state programs change frequently, so 
specific types of awards may not be available each year. 
Award amounts may vary year to year, based on available 
funds and changes in a student's financial need status. 

You must keep your telephone number, mailing address, 
and e-mail address* current. Many circumstances arise which 
require that the Financial Aid Office contact you in an imme- 
diate fashion. 

You must notify the Financial Aid Office in writing if you: 

a) Choose not to accept all or a portion of your aid package. 

b) Intend to withdraw from or cease enrollment at UNCG. 

c) Receive any form of additional aid. 

*E-mail is the primary means of communication from the 
Financial Aid Office to students. Students may update their 
e-mail addresses via UNCGenie, from the UNCG Web site 
at www.uncg.edu. 



30 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



UNCG Policy on Satisfactory Academic Progress 
for Financial Aid Purposes 

All students receiving financial aid (scholarships, grants, 
loans, and /or work-study) are required to meet the standards 
of the UNCG Policy of Satisfactory Academic Progress for 
Financial Aid Purposes in order to maintain eligibility for 
funding. Further information concerning this policy is avail- 
able through the Financial Aid Office or its Web site. 

Conditions of Award Receipt 

Most types of financial aid at UNCG are applied directly 
to the student's UNCG account. Any financial aid funds that 
exceed the current semester charges are mailed by the 
Cashiers and Student Accounts Office to the student's cam- 
pus or local address in the form of a refund check. Some types 
of financial aid cannot be applied directly to the student's 
account and require that the student sign a check at the 
UNCG Cashiers and Student Accounts Office. Students who 
must sign a check are notified by mail by that office. 

In order for funds to be disbursed to the student, 
whether by the automated process or by manual disburse- 
ment, students must have completed all requirements of the 
aid receipt process. These requirements include: 

1) Receive award letter from the Financial Aid Office with all 
awards listed, and complete any requested paperwork. 

2) Resolve any existing financial aid holds. 

3) Be registered for the required credit hours on which your 
award was based. 

4) Confirm your classes by paying the total amount due on 
your bill for the semester, or have aid in place to cover 
the amount of your bill. 

5) Comply with University immunization requirements. 

It is the student's responsibility to meet the above require- 
ments and to assure that all documentation requested by the 
Financial Aid Office is received. 

General Grants and Scholarships 

The Financial Aid Office awards a limited number of 
general institutional grants and scholarships, ranging in 
value from $100 to $2,000 per year, to students (new and con- 
tinuing) who have above-average academic records, meet 
specific award requirements as established by the donors, 
and /or have financial need. These awards may not be renew- 
able. A listing of these awards and application requirements 
may be found on the Financial Aid Web site at http:// 
fia.dept.uncg.edu. FAFSA/RFAFSA filers are automatically 
considered for need-based and non-need-based aid. 

Departmental Grants and Scholarships 

Some scholarships are restricted by academic major. 
Recipients of these scholarships are generally nominated or 
selected by academic departments or schools, or, in some 
cases, by designated committees, and are generally restricted 
to students in specific areas of study or special programs. For 
a listing of these scholarships, please visit the Financial Aid 
Web site at http://fia.dept.uncg.edu. 



Outside Scholarships 

Students are encouraged to inquire with their local high 
school counseling staff, chamber of commerce, and public 
library to find sources of scholarship assistance. Sources 
include civic organizations, professional organizations, 
employers, high schools, and religious organizations. 
Students may visit the UNCG Financial Aid Office to review 
its collection of outside scholarship announcements, which 
is updated and maintained on an ongoing basis as 
announcements are received. Students may also access free 
scholarship databases on the Web through links from the 
UNCG Financial Aid Web site. 

Donors of outside scholarships should be instructed to 
send checks to the Financial Aid Office. Checks should 
include the name of the scholarship, the term(s) for which the 
award is made, and the student's complete legal name and 
social security number. If the donor does not provide instruc- 
tions otherwise, the amount of the scholarship check will be 
divided and applied to the student's account equally for the 
fall and spring semesters. 

Merit Awards Program 

The Merit Awards Program includes the most selective 
academic excellence awards made by UNCG. The winners 
are among the most outstanding students at UNCG, and their 
achievements enrich and enhance the University. More than 
forty renewable scholarships ranging from $2,500 to $15,000 
per year are offered annually to entering freshmen. Awards 
are renewable through up to four years of undergraduate 
study, dependent on maintaining academic standards set for 
the awards and satisfactory performance in an area of study 
for awards restricted by discipline. 

A single application, available from the Financial Aid 
Office and due in early January, provides consideration for 
each of the following Merit Awards Program awards: 

Merit Award Scholarships 

Alumni Scholarship: The Alumni Association established 
these unrestricted annual awards to provide assistance to stu- 
dents of merit (approximately four are awarded per year). 

Hazel Nixon Brown Scholarship: These awards are made to 
incoming freshmen who intend to major in Nursing. 
Preference is given to North Carolina students from Surry or 
Yadkin Counties. 

Bank of America Scholarship: These awards give prefer- 
ence to students interested in business careers. Bank of 
America arranges a paid six-week internship after the junior 
year (approximately two awarded per year). 

Board of Visitors Chancellor's Scholarships: These are unre- 
stricted annual awards made available through gifts from the 
UNCG Board of Visitors. 

Kathleen Price and Joseph M. Bryan Scholarship: Joseph M. 
Bryan established these funds in 1984 for undergraduate 
study in the Joseph M. Bryan School of Business and 
Economics. The awards include opportunities for paid sum- 
mer internships after the junior year and a $1500 study 
abroad stipend. 

Ethel Virginia Butler Centennial Scholarship: Awards are 
made from a bequest from alumna Ethel Virginia Butler, a for- 
mer teacher and long-time manager of the University 
Bookstore (approximately ten awarded per year). 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



33 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



Class of 1942 Centennial Scholarship: Funds for this schol- 
arship were established by members of the Class of 1942 in 
honor of the fiftieth anniversary of their commencement, and 
the University's centennial year (approximately one awarded 
every four years). 

Class of 1944 Scholarship: Endowed by the Class of 1944 
in 1994 to attract students with demonstrated leadership 
skills and academic excellence (approximately one awarded 
each year). 

Class of 1945 Centennial Scholarship: Established in 1995 
by the Class of 1945 to assist female students who have an 
interest in human relations, international studies, or women's 
studies (approximately one awarded per year). 

Class of 1 951 Merit Scholarship: Made available through 
gifts from the Class of 1951. 

Class of 1970 Scholarship: Created by the Class of 1970 in 
celebration of their 25th Anniversary (approximately one 
awarded per year). 

May Mebane Donoho Scholarship: An unrestricted award 
made possible through a gift from May M. Donoho, Class of 
1930. 

Carol Jean Eiserer Memorial Scholarship: The Eiserer 
Memorial Scholarship provides out-of-state tuition, fees, and 
a partial amount for on-campus room and board for a gradu- 
ate of the Montgomery County Public Schools in Maryland 
who plans to major in Exercise and Sport Science (awarded 
once every four years). 

The Marguerite Felton and Guita Marble Scholarship in 
Chemistry: This scholarship was established in 2000 in honor 
of two esteemed professors of Chemistry, Ms. Marguerite 
Felton and Dr. Guita Marble, for study in chemistry. 

James S. and Frances C. Ferguson Scholarship: This award, 
made to an outstanding out-of-state student, was established 
in 1978 to honor Dr. and Mrs. James S. Ferguson. 

Fiftieth Class Reunion Scholarship: Awards are made pos- 
sible through on-going class gifts given by alumni on the 
occasion of the 50th anniversary of their graduation from the 
University (approximately two awarded per year). 

The Marian White Fisher, M.D. Centennial Scholarship: 
Awards are made possible by a bequest of Freida White 
McGirt in memory of her daughter, Dr. Marion White Fisher, 
'39 (approximately two awarded per year). 

The Jefferson-Pilot Scholarship: In 1961, the Jefferson-Pilot 
Life Corporation of Greensboro established this annual 
award (approximately one awarded per year). 

Elizabeth Eouisa "Libby" Jones Scholarship: This annual 
award is given to students majoring in one of the sciences 
(mathematics, computer science, chemistry, or physics). 

Jaylee Montague Mead Merit Scholarship: This award is 
given to students majoring in any field within the College of 
Arts and Sciences. 

Beverly C. Moore Scholarship: This award, made possible 
by a gift from the Moore family, is awarded approximately 
every two years. 

L. Richardson and Emily Preyer Scholarship: This unrestricted 
annual award was established in 1991 to aid an outstanding 
undergraduate student (approximately one awarded per year). 



Katharine Smith Reynolds Scholarship: Awards are made 
possible by the Z. Smith Reynolds foundation of Winston- 
Salem for North Carolina residents. Reynolds Scholars 
receive two $1,250 stipends for community service involve- 
ment and an internship. They also receive a $2,500 stipend for 
study abroad. Approximately ten awards are made each year. 

Harry B. and Edith V. Sloan Memorial Scholarship in Science, 
Mathematics, and Health: Endowed in 1997 for students inter- 
ested in pursuing study in health, the sciences, or the mathe- 
matical sciences (approximately one awarded every four years). 

Superintendents' Scholarship 

Superintendents' Scholarships are awarded to incoming 
freshmen from high schools in the Piedmont Triad Education 
Consortium. They are awarded by the Financial Aid Office, 
are valued at $1,000, and are renewable for up to four years. 

Deans' Scholars Program 

The Deans' Scholars Program offers incoming freshmen 
four-year renewable scholarships ranging from $1,000 to 
$3,000 annually. This competitive program emphasizes aca- 
demic rigor demonstrated by the completion of Advanced 
Placement (AP), honors, and college level courses while in 
high school. Interested students should complete a Merit 
Awards Application by the stated application deadline. 

Community College Presidents' Scholarship 

These two-year renewable scholarships are awarded to 
students transferring from local community colleges, based 
on the nomination of their community college president. For 
a complete listing of participating community colleges, con- 
tact the Financial Aid Office at your community college. 

Other Grants and Scholarships 

Federal and state funds are available for grant and schol- 
arship awards to students with exceptional financial need. A 
grant or scholarship is gift assistance and does not require 
repayment. Students who complete the financial aid applica- 
tion procedures are considered for all grant funds for which 
they are eligible. 

For a complete listing of grants and scholarships avail- 
able at UNCG, visit our Web site at http://fia.dept.uncg.edu. 

Federal Pell Grants 

The Federal Pell Grant program assists undergraduate 
students in meeting postsecondary educational expenses. 
The program provides eligible students in need of financial 
assistance with federal funds to help pay for their first bac- 
calaureate degree. Students who already hold a baccalaureate 
degree and are pursuing a second baccalaureate degree are 
not eligible for a Federal Pell Grant. 

A Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or 
Renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (RFAFSA) 
must be filed to determine Federal Pell Grant and other need- 
based aid eligibility before an award can be made by UNCG. 
Ineligibility for a Federal Pell Grant may not affect eligibility 
for other types of aid at UNCG. A student must reapply each 
year for a Federal Pell Grant, and the amount of the grant 
may vary from year to year. 



32 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 



North Carolina Student Incentive Grants 

A North Carolina resident full-time undergraduate stu- 
dent with exceptional financial need may be eligible for a 
state grant of $700. Students who wish to be considered for 
this grant must file the Free Application for Federal Student 
Aid (FAFSA) or Renewal FAFSA each year and give the U.S. 
Dept. of Education permission to send the financial informa- 
tion to the State. The deadline for applying is March 15, but 
application as soon after January 1 as possible is encouraged. 

Incentive Scholarship and Grant Program for Native 
Americans 

North Carolina residents who are members of an Indian 
tribe recognized by the State of North Carolina or by the fed- 
eral government may be eligible for a need-based grant or 
merit scholarship through this State-funded program. 
Contact the Financial Aid Office for eligibility requirements 
and application procedures. 

North Carolina Teaching Fellows 

(www.teachingfellows.org) 

Four-year awards of up to $6,500 per year are made to 
high school seniors who are promising prospective teachers. 
Financial need is not a selection criterion. For each year a stu- 
dent receives an award, he or she is expected to teach one 
year in North Carolina. The application deadline is in 
November and awards are announced in April. Applications 
are available from high school counselors and the NCTF 
Commission, Koger Center, Cumberland Bldg., 3739 National 
Dr., Suite 210, Raleigh, NC 27612, phone: 919/781-6833, e- 
mail: tfellows@ncforum.org. 

Prospective Teacher Scholarship/Loan 

North Carolina residents who plan a teaching career in 
the state may apply for a Prospective Teacher Scholarship/ 
Loan. High school seniors who apply must have a minimum 
SAT score of 900 and a minimum GPA of 3.0. College appli- 
cants must have a minimum GPA of 3.0. The award is valued 
at up to $2,500 per year, and each year's stipend may be can- 
celed by a year of public school teaching in North Carolina. 
Information and applications may be obtained from high 
school guidance counselors, college financial aid offices, 
schools of education, and at the Web site at www.cfnc.org. 
Applications are due in mid-February. Awards are 
announced in May. 

Nurse Scholars Program 

Awards are available to North Carolina residents with 
strong academic records. Students contract to work as full- 
time registered nurses within the state after graduation or 
they must repay the amount they are awarded plus interest at 
the rate of 10%. Students should contact the School of 
Nursing to be nominated for this award and for further infor- 
mation on the program. 

Nurse Education Scholarship/Loan 

The loans are awarded to North Carolina students, with 
preference given to juniors and seniors in nursing degree pro- 
grams. Recipients are selected on the basis of financial need 
and merit by the Financial Aid Office. Loans may be repaid 
through full-time employment as a nurse in North Carolina 
or through repayment at a 10% interest rate. 



Loans 

UNCG offers loan assistance through the programs 
listed below to graduate and undergraduate students. 
Students are considered for loan assistance when they com- 
plete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or 
the Renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid 
(RFAFSA). The Financial Aid Office determines loan eligibil- 
ity from the program that is most suitable to the student's cir- 
cumstances. When receiving a loan, the student must sign a 
promissory note. Students are encouraged to manage their 
loan debt load and to be aware of debt levels when they 
receive additional loans. 

Short-term loans for emergency expenses of up to $300 
are available through the Financial Aid Office during the time 
students are enrolled. Contact the Financial Aid Office 
regarding the terms and conditions applicable to the 
Emergency Loan Program. 

Federal Stafford Loans 

All students who are U.S. citizens or permanent resi- 
dents, regularly admitted to UNCG, and who are enrolled at 
least half-time are eligible to be considered for assistance 
through the Federal Stafford Loan Program. Repayment on 
Stafford loans normally begins six months after the borrower 
graduates or terminates half-time enrollment. 

The two types of Federal Stafford Loans are Subsidized 
and Unsubsidized. The Subsidized loan is awarded on the 
basis of financial need. The federal government pays the 
interest on this loan until repayment begins and during 
authorized periods of deferment. The Unsubsidized loan is 
not awarded on the basis of need. Interest accrues on the 
Unsubsidized loan from the time the loan is disbursed until it 
is paid in full. Interest may be paid as it accumulates, or may 
be added to the loan principal (capitalized). The 
FAFSA /RFAFSA determines your eligibility for each type of 
loan. 

For the Subsidized Stafford loan, annual borrowing is 
limited to $2,625 for freshmen, $3,500 for sophomores, $5,500 
for juniors and seniors, and $8,500 for graduate study. Total 
Subsidized loan assistance at the undergraduate level may 
not exceed $23,000. The aggregate limit for Subsidized 
Stafford loans through the graduate level is $65,500. 

Independent students, including graduate students, or 
dependent students whose parents are unable to get a PLUS 
Loan (see below) may be eligible to borrow additional monies 
under the Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Program. 
Freshmen and sophomores may be eligible to borrow an 
additional $4,000, upperclassmen an additional $5,000, and 
graduate students may be eligible to borrow an additional 
$10,000 in Unsubsidized Stafford loans. 

The interest rate on Stafford loans is variable if your loan 
is disbursed on or after July 1, 1994. The variable rate is 
adjusted each year and will never exceed 8.25%. 

Federal regulations govern the Federal Stafford Loan 
program, including but not limited to eligibility criteria, 
entrance and exit interviews, and fund disbursement. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



33 



Expenses, Payments, Refunds, Financial Aid 

Federal PLUS Loans 

This federal government program allows parents of 
dependent students to borrow to meet educational expenses. 
These loans are available in addition to the Federal Stafford 
Loans up to the cost of attendance. The Federal PLUS pro- 
gram provides nonsubsidized loans at a variable interest rate 
that is not to exceed 9%. The amount borrowed under this 
program may not exceed the cost of education minus other 
aid received. Repayment usually begins 60 days after the loan 
is disbursed. 

Federal Perkins Loans 

Students with exceptional need may be eligible for a 
Federal Perkins Loan. The interest rate on the Perkins loan is 
5%. Repayment is made to the school, and normally begins 
nine months after the borrower graduates, leaves school, or 
drops below half-time enrollment. UNCG will automatically 
consider any student who files the FAFSA/RFAFSA for the 
Perkins Loan. 

North Carolina Student Loans for Health, Science and 
Mathematics 

Legal residents of North Carolina accepted as full-time 
students in accredited associate, baccalaureate, master's, or 
doctoral programs leading to a degree in health, mathemat- 
ics, nursing, or science may be eligible for this type of loan. 
Maximum loans range from $3,000 to $8,500 depending on 
the degree level. Recipients are selected according to major, 
academic capabilities, and financial need. 

Interested students should request information and 
applications as soon as possible after January 15 from the 
North Carolina Student Loan Program for Health, Science, 
and Mathematics, PO Box 13223, Research Triangle Park, NC 
27709, telephone: 919/549-8614. 

Research Assistantships 

The Office of Undergraduate Research offers undergrad- 
uate research assistantships for highly motivated undergrad- 
uate students to work closely with a faculty member on 
his/her research, scholarship, or creative activity. 
Assistantships are limited to rising juniors and seniors with 
30 hours or more at UNCG and a cumulative UNCG GPA rec- 
ommended minimum of 3.0. Part-time students who meet all 
criteria are eligible. Faculty and students in all disciplines are 
encouraged to participate. Awards are competitive. Faculty 
nominate students in early spring and awards are announced 
in late spring. Funds are available for the summer, one semes- 
ter, or for an academic year. For more information, go to the 
Office of Research Web site at www.uncg.edu/rsh/under- 
grad.html and follow the links related to student research. 

Student Employment 

Funds for part-time jobs are provided for in the budgets 
of various departments on campus and also by the federal 
government. All student employees of UNCG, upon being 
hired, must present proper documentation verifying their 
identity and employment eligibility as required by the 
Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. 

Original documentation must be presented on or before 
the first day of work. A list of acceptable documents can be 
found on the Student Employment Web site at: 

http: / /csc.dept.uncg.edu 



Federal Work-Study Program 

The federal government provides funds for part-time on- 
and off-campus jobs for students through the Federal Work- 
Study Program. The average student job requires 10 to 15 
hours per week. To be considered for Work-Study, a student 
need only complete the FAFSA/RFAFSA and indicate interest 
in student employment on the form. Federal Work-Study is a 
need-based program with limited funding. Not all students 
who indicate interest will be offered Work-Study 

Other On-Campus Employment 

Part-time jobs on campus are available for students who 
do not qualify for Federal Work-Study and want to earn 
money for a portion of their college expenses. The Career 
Services Center, located in the Elliott University Center on the 
UNCG campus, maintains a listing of these jobs. Students are 
eligible to use the Career Services Center as soon as they have 
been accepted for Admission. 

Financial Aid from Other Sources 

North Carolina Services for the Blind 

Services for the Blind, a state agency affiliated with the 
North Carolina Department of Human Resources, provides 
financial assistance to visually impaired /blind college stu- 
dents for such items as tuition, fees, books, supplies, and 
reader services. For information, contact the Chief of 
Rehabilitation Services, Division of Services for the Blind, 309 
Ashe Avenue, Raleigh, NC 27606. 

North Carolina Veterans Scholarships 

The Department of Veterans Affairs offers scholarship 
assistance to North Carolina children of deceased or disabled 
veterans or of certain veterans who were listed as POW or 
MIA status. An eligible student should write to the N.C. 
Division of Veterans Affairs, 325 N. Salisbury Street, Raleigh, 
NC 27603, for information. 

Vocational Rehabilitation Program 

Many states offer educational assistance to students who 
have a mental or physical disability that is an impairment to 
employment. North Carolina residents should contact their 
local Vocational Rehabilitation office or the N.C. Division of 
Vocational Rehabilitation Services, P.O. Box 26053, 805 
Ruggles Drive, Raleigh, NC 27611-6053. 

Students from other states should contact a local voca- 
tional counselor. 



34 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



4. Academic Regulations 

& Policies 



changing/declaring a major University Registrar's Office www.uncg.edu/reg 
degree evaluations University Registrar's Office www.uncg.edu/reg 

grades & graduation University Registrar's Office www.uncg.edu/reg 

Additionally, the University Registrar's Office coordi- 



Several UNCG offices support the implementation of aca- 
demic processes, policies, regulations, and related activities. 

Office of Orientation and Family Programs 

245 Elliott University Center • 336/334-5231 
www.uncg.edu/ori 

New undergraduates and their families are welcomed by 
a number of programs designed to assist with their transition 
into the UNCG community. The Office of Orientation coordi- 
nates these programs. Orientation activities include academic 
advising and registration for classes along with tours of the 
campus and campus resource fairs. French, Latin, and 
Spanish language placement exams are also given at this 
time. 

New students entering UNCG in the fall semester must 
participate in the summer SOAR program (Spartan 
Orientation, Advising, and Registration), which occurs in 
June. New students are also expected to participate in 
Rawkin' Welcome Week, which takes place the week prior to 
the beginning of classes in the fall. 

University Registrar's Office (URO) 

180 Mossman Building • 336/334-5946 
www.uncg.edu/reg 

The Office of the University Registrar oversees adher- 
ence to academic policy and data integrity, and is responsible 
for the registration of all students in academic credit courses 
offered by the University. All aspects of registration, includ- 
ing the preparation of this Bulletin, the semester schedule of 
courses, demographic updates, major changes and faculty 
advisor assignments, registration scheduling and processing 
are handled by this office. In connection with registration, the 
University Registrar's Office is also responsible for grade 
processing at the close of each semester, and maintains the 
official academic records (transcripts) for all current and for- 
mer students. Also see chapter 8. 

This office also provides summer session credit approval 
for UNCG students, and transfer credit evaluation for stu- 
dents transferring into the University. 



nates the development and oversight of the CAPP 
(Curriculum, Advising, and Program Planning) automated 
degree audit system that monitors student progress toward 
degree completion, oversees the graduation application 
process and graduation clearance for undergraduates, the 
printing of undergraduate diplomas, and Commencement 
activities in May and December of each year. 

Student Academic Services (SAS) 

159 Mossman Building • 336/334-5730 
www.uncg.edu/adv 

The Office of Student Academic Services coordinates 
academic advising for undergraduate students, and adminis- 
ters undergraduate policies and regulations. 

A staff of academic advisors is available in the Office of 
Student Academic Services from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday 
through Friday to answer questions and to assist students 
with academic matters beyond the scope of the faculty advi- 
sor. Please refer to chapter 8 for a description of services 
offered by the office. 

The Director of the Office of Student Academic Services 
is responsible for the monitoring of University 
Undergraduate academic regulations as described on the fol- 
lowing pages. Any student with questions concerning aca- 
demic regulations should address them to the staff in the 
Office of Student Academic Services. 

In addition to academic advising, Student Academic 
Services coordinates a number of academic success initiatives 
including UNS 101 — University Studies, the first-year experi- 
ence course and SAS 100 — Strategies for Academic Success, the 
program required for first-semester students who are placed 
on academic probation. 

A number of services for students are provided by 
Student Academic Services via the Web at: 

www.uncg.edu / adv 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



35 



Academic Regulations 



Student Success Center 

Ragsdale & Reynolds Halls • 336/334-7533 
http://success.uncg.edu 

The Student Success Center currently houses three differ- 
ent but related academic support service units complementing 
the efforts of the teaching faculty through personalized and 
structured approaches to learning which include tutoring, aca- 
demic counseling, preparation for graduate school entrance 
exams, computer instruction, skills development, and work- 
shops. The Learning Assistance Center (LAC) provides pro- 
grams and services to help undergraduate students improve 
their academic performance and achieve their educational 
goals. Special Support Services (SSS) is a comprehensive edu- 
cational support program sponsored by the U.S. Department 
of Education and UNCG, providing free services to first-gener- 
ation undergraduate students in a supportive and caring 
atmosphere that enables them to achieve high levels of aca- 
demic success at UNCG. The Supplemental Instruction (SI) 
Program is an academic support area that targets historically 



difficult courses. SI is a non-remedial approach to learning 
enrichment that increases student performance and retention. 
Students enrolled in Si-identified courses attend regularly 
scheduled, out-of-class review/discussion sessions. The ses- 
sions are focused on reviewing lecture notes, discussing course 
readings, and preparing for examinations. See chapter 8 for a 
complete description of the Student Success Center. 

The Academic Integrity Policy 

First responsibility for academic integrity lies with indi- 
vidual students and faculty members of the UNCG commu- 
nity. A violation of academic integrity is an act harmful to all 
other students, faculty and, ultimately, the entire community. 
Specific information on the Academic Integrity Policy and 
obligations of faculty and students may be found online at 
http : / / studentconduct.uncg.edu /policy / academicintegrity. 
Names of College and School members of the Academic 
Integrity Advisory Group may be found online at this site as 
well as under the link "Academic Integrity at 
UNCG /Resources for Faculty." The Administrative 
Coordinator for Academic Integrity can be reached at 
336/334-5513. 



Summary of Undergraduate Academic Requirements and Limits 



Baccalaureate Degree Requirements and Limits 

122 Minimum number of hours required for an undergraduate 

degree 
168 Maximum number of hours that may be attempted toward a 

single undergraduate degree 
36 Minimum number of hours required toward the degree at or 

above the 300 course level 
31 Minimum required hours in residence at UNCG 
31 Minimum required hours in residence at UNCG beyond the 

first degree for a second undergraduate degree 
2.0 Minimum cumulative GPA required for graduation 

Credit Hour Regulations and Limits 

12 Minimum number of credit or semester hours in which under- 
graduates must enroll per semester to qualify for full-time status 
19 Maximum number of hours per semester in which an under- 
graduate may enroll without special permission 
64 Maximum number of hours allowed for 2-year transfer credit 
8 Maximum number of hours allowed for physical education 

credit 
12 Maximum number of hours allowed for Army ROTC credit 
12 Maximum number of hours allowed for Air Force ROTC credit 

Non Credit Course 

The course listed below does not count toward graduation nor is 
it calculated in the student's GPA. 
SAS 100 



Undergraduate Classifications 

0-29 hours completed 
30-59 hours completed 
60-89 hours completed 
90 or more hours completed 



Freshman 

Sophomore 

Junior 

Senior 



Deans List Qualifications 

15 Minimum number of hours a student must have completed at 

UNCG to be eligible for Dean's List 
6 Minimum number of hours in which a student must be enrolled 

for a given semester 
3.50 Minimum required GPA for the semester 
B- Minimum grade earned for the semester (no grade may be 

lower than B-) 

Chancellor's List Qualifications 

30 Minimum number of hours a student must have completed at 
UNCG to be eligible for Chancellor's List 

1 2 Minimum number of hours in which a student must be enrolled 

for a given semester at UNCG 
3.65 Minimum required cumulative GPA 

Transfer students must be enrolled for at least one semester at 
UNCG to be eligible for the Chancellor's List. 

Graduation with Honors Requirements 

45 Minimum number of hours a student must complete in resi- 
dence at UNCG by end of senior year to be eligible for gradu- 
ation with honors 

3.90 Minimum required GPA for Summa cum laude 

3.70 Minimum required GPA for Magna cum laude 

3.50 Minimum required GPA for Cum laude 

Second Degree Honors Required Hours 

45 Minimum number of hours a second degree candidate must 
complete toward the second degree in residence at UNCG, 
with the required GPA, to be eligible for graduation with honors 

Simultaneous Baccalaureate Degrees Residency Hours 

31 Minimum number of hours in residence a student must com- 
plete beyond requirements for the first degree in order to 
receive a second, simultaneous baccalaureate degree 



36 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Regulations 



Declaring or Changing Majors 

Notification of the University Registrar's Office or the 
College /School /Departmental office is required when a stu- 
dent declares or changes his/her major. 

Declaring a Major 

Many students declare their majors when they are 
accepted into the University or during their orientation pro- 
grams, before they initially register for courses. Those who 
enter the University with an "undecided" major should declare 
their majors prior to the completion of 45 semester hours. To 
earn a degree in a timely manner, several academic depart- 
ments recommend that students declare their major even ear- 
lier in their academic careers. Students should contact the 
department of their intended major for further information. 

Changing a Major 

Students planning to change their majors should do so 
well in advance of the next registration period in order to be 
assigned to a new advisor and to receive adequate advising 
in the department or advising center of their new majors. 

Students should declare or change their majors by the 
end of September for spring semester registration in the new 
major, and by the end of February for fall semester registra- 
tion in the new major. 



Registering for Courses 

Dates for advising and registration periods for each 
semester are published in the University Calendar, pp. 2-3, 
in each semester's Schedule of Courses booklet and on the 
University Registrar's Web site (www.uncg.edu/reg). It is the 
student's responsibility to be aware of all registration and 
advising periods. Registration for courses at UNCG is an 
automated process conducted through UNCGenie, UNCG's 
student information system, which provides students with 
Web registration access. 

Registration Process 

New Freshman students register for courses during the 
summer orientation programs (SOAR) or after the comple- 
tion of their orientation programs at the beginning of a 
semester. 

Transfer, Former, Explorations, or unclassified students 
receive registration instructions by e-mail before the begin- 
ning of each semester's registration period. 

Greater Greensboro Consortium students: UNCG stu- 
dents wishing to take courses at one of the Consortium insti- 
tutions (Bennett College, Elon University, Greensboro 
College, Guilford College, High Point University, Guilford 
Technical Community College, and North Carolina 
Agricultural and Technical State University) should request a 
Consortium form from the University Registrar's Office, 180 
Mossman Building, 336/334-5646. 

Continuing students, those currently enrolled in UNCG 
who are returning for another semester of work, receive 
instructions by e-mail for registering during the Early 
Registration periods in November (for spring semester) and 
in April (for summer/fall semester). Continuing students eli- 
gible to pre-register for the next semester who do not do so, 
will be required to pay a late registration fee. 



Advising Codes 

All undergraduates are required to meet each semester 
with their faculty advisors for assistance with course selec- 
tion and to obtain semester advising codes. New advising 
codes are issued for the next semester during the advising 
period. Undergraduates must use advising codes to access 
the UNCGenie registration system, throughout the semester 
for schedule adjustment. 



Course Selection 



Course Loads 

Twelve semester hours is considered full-time status for 
undergraduates. An undergraduate student must be enrolled 
for a minimum of 12 hours to qualify for full-time certifica- 
tion to any organization. 

Full-time undergraduates normally take five courses per 
semester. Since a majority of courses carry three hours of 
credit with some carrying four hours of credit, a normal 
course load is 15 or 16 hours per semester. To complete most 
undergraduate degrees in four years, students should plan to 
carry 15 or 16 hours per semester. 

Undergraduates may not take more than 19 hours per 
semester except with the approval of Student Academic 
Services. Students who have cumulative grade point aver- 
ages of 3.0 may be authorized, in special circumstances and at 
the discretion of the Director of Student Academic Services, 
to carry a maximum of 21 hours of course work. 

Suggested Academic Workload Guidelines 

Students should be aware that academic excellence and 
scholastic achievement usually require a significant invest- 
ment of time in study, research, and out-of-class projects. To 
provide guidance to students in planning their academic and 
work schedules, the following recommendations are offered: 

1. In general, students should plan to devote between 2-3 
hours outside of class for each hour in class. Thus, stu- 
dents with a 15-hour course load should schedule 
between 30-45 hours weekly for completing outside-of- 
class reading, study, and homework assignments. 

2. Students who are employed more than 5-10 hours each 
week should consider reducing their course loads 
(semester hours), depending upon their study habits, 
learning abilities, and course work requirements. 

Course Levels 

Course level numbers are structured as follows: 



100-199 
200-299 
300-399 
400-499 
500-599 



600-749 
750-799 



intended primarily for freshmen 
intended primarily for sophomores 
intended primarily for juniors 
intended primarily for seniors 
intended for advanced undergraduates and 
graduate students; these courses are not open to 
freshmen and sophomores 
registration restricted to students who are clas- 
sified as graduate students 
registration restricted to students admitted to 
doctoral programs 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



37 



Academic Regulations 



The Undergraduate Bulletin lists complete course descrip- 
tions for courses numbered 100 through 599. Please see The 
Graduate School Bulletin for information on 600- and 700-level 
graduate courses. 

Adding Courses 

Students may add courses to their schedules during the 
Schedule Adjustment (Drop/ Add) period. Between the end of 
the Drop/Add period and the 10th day of classes, a student 
desiring to add a course may do so only with the written 
approval of the instructor. 

Late Adds 

After the 10th day of classes, adding with 
instructor permission will be accepted by the 
University Registrar's Office only under extraor- 
dinary circumstances. 

Dropping Courses 

Withdrawal from a course or courses within the first 
eight weeks of the semester shall be without penalty and 
hours shall not be computed as hours attempted. 

Withdrawal without penalty from a course or courses 
after the eight-week deadline but before the end of the semes- 
ter shall be approved only for appropriate cause as deter- 
mined by appropriate documentation of medical, psycholog- 
ical, or administrative reasons. A student should initiate a 
request for withdrawal without penalty from one or more 
courses through the Office of Student Academic Services. 
Courses of less than one semester's duration, including sum- 
mer school courses, shall have shorter deadlines (propor- 
tional to the eight-week deadline for the regular semester) for 
withdrawal. These deadlines are published in the semester 
Schedule of Courses or class syllabi. 

The Director of Student Academic Services shall be 
responsible for authorizing these withdrawals after consulta- 
tion with the instructor, and with other departments or agen- 
cies in some cases. 

The grade W indicates that the student either withdrew 
from the course within the eight-week, no-penalty period or that 
the student withdrew at a later date for appropriate cause deter- 
mined by medical, psychological, or administrative reasons. 

If a student is enrolled in only one course and drops that 
course, the student is considered officially withdrawn from 
the University. See next section on Withdrawal. 

Retroactive Withdrawals 

(for Retroactive Grade Change see p. 41) 

Withdrawal from the University 

Students who find that they must withdraw from the 
University can do so by dropping all courses through the 
UNCGenie Web site at https://banweb.uncg.edu. Undergrad- 
uates who drop all courses are considered to be withdrawn 
from the University and must seek reactivation or readmis- 
sion through Undergraduate Admissions to return to school 
in subsequent terms. 



Students withdrawing on or before the last day to drop 
without academic penalty will receive W grades (withdrawal 
without academic penalty). Thereafter, WF grades will be 
recorded. WF grades are calculated in the student's GPA as F 
(failing) grades. 

Students who have questions regarding withdrawing 
from the University should contact Student Academic 
Services, 159 Mossman Building, 336/334-5730. Inquiries 
regarding returning to the University should be directed to 
the Undergraduate Admissions Office, 336/334-5243. For 
additional information go to www.uncg.edu/reg/Reg/cur- 
rent/withdrawal.html. 

Withdrawal/Refund/Re-enrollment Policy for 
Students Activated for Military Duty including the 
Armed Services Reserve and the National Guard 

Students who serve in the Armed Services Reserve or the 
National Guard are often alerted that they may be called to 
active duty for various reasons. If a student is involuntarily 
called for active military duty during a term in which he or she 
is enrolled, the eligible student may elect one of several options 
for withdrawing from the University, including complete with- 
drawal with fully refundable tuition and general fees, an early 
exam option, or an Incomplete grade option. See p. 28 for com- 
plete details of UNCG's Refund Policy for Students Activated 
for Military Duty, including policies regarding returning to the 
University after release from active duty. 



Auditing Courses 

Full-time UNCG students may audit courses upon the 
written approval of the instructor. Auditors must register offi- 
cially for the class. Attendance, preparation, and participa- 
tion in the classroom discussion and laboratory exercises 
shall be at the discretion of the instructor. An auditor is not 
required to take examinations and tests and receives no credit 
for the course. 

Registration may not be changed from audit to credit or 
from credit to audit status after the end of late registration. 

Regulations regarding visiting auditors and part-time 
auditing students are found on p. 21. For auditing fees, see 
p. 26. 



Class Attendance 

Regular class attendance is a responsibility and a privilege 
of university education. It is fundamental to the orderly acqui- 
sition of knowledge. Students should recognize the advan- 
tages of regular class attendance, accept it as a personal respon- 
sibility, and apprise themselves of the consequences of poor 
attendance. Instructors should stress the importance of these 
responsibilities to students, set appropriate class attendance 
policies for their classes, and inform students of their require- 
ments in syllabi and orally at the beginning of each term. 

Student's Responsibility 

1. Knowledge of each instructor's attendance policy and 
monitoring his or her class absences throughout the term. 

2. Familiarity with all materials covered in each course dur- 
ing absences and make-up of any work required by the 
instructor. 



38 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Regulations 



3. Initiation of requests to make-up work missed because of 
class absences. The decision to assist the student with 
make-up work, including tests, rests with the instructor. 

4. Follow-up on all notices from the Registrar regarding 
course enrollment in order to correct registration. 

Instructor's Responsibility 

1. Setting of reasonable regulations for class attendance as 
appropriate for class content, organization, methodology, 
and size. 

2. Description of attendance policies in course syllabi and 
announcement in class, particularly at the beginning of 
each term. 

3. Maintenance of class attendance records of enrolled stu- 
dents as appropriate for the attendance policy. 

4. Exaction of penalties for unsatisfactory class attendance. 
Possible penalties are lowering the course grade, includ- 
ing a grade of F, and, in extreme circumstances, dropping 
the student from the course. 

Appeals 

If a student thinks there is a discrepancy between the 
instructor's exaction of a penalty for unsatisfactory class 
attendance and the stated policy or that there is an extenuat- 
ing circumstance that may affect the instructor's decision, 
then he or she should first make a request to the instructor. If 
desired, the student may further appeal to the Department 
Head, the Dean of the School or College, and the Provost, in 
that order. 

Grading Policies and Grades 

Final Course Examinations 

Final examinations may be required at the discretion of 
faculty and must be scheduled in course syllabi. 

Change of Examination Schedule 

A student desiring to change the meeting time of a final 
exam should make the request directly to the class instruc- 
tor. It is the instructor's prerogative to grant such requests. 
In instances where students have three exams within a 24- 
hour period, they may apply to the University Registrar's 
Office, 180 Mossman Building, for permission to change 
their exam schedules. The usual policy is to change the 
middle examination in a sequence of three. All requests for 
changes in examinations must be filed with the University 
Registrar's Office by Reading Day. 

Grade Reports 

Final course grades are made available to students at the 
end of each semester on UNCGenie, UNCG's student infor- 
mation system. Students can view and print copies of their 
grades from UNCGenie at https://banweb.uncg.edu. 

Grades 

A grade in a course is based on the quality of the stu- 
dent's classroom and written work throughout the semester. 
Most course grades are not solely based on the final examina- 
tion alone. 



UNCG Grading System for Undergraduates 

A Excellent — indicates achievement of distinction and 

excellence in several if not all of the following 
aspects: 1) completeness and accuracy of knowl- 
edge; 2) intelligent use of knowledge; 3) independ- 
ence of work; 4) originality. 

B Good — indicates general achievement superior to 

the acceptable standard defined as C. It involves 
excellence in some aspects of the work, as indicated 
in the definition of A. 

C Average — indicates the acceptable standard for grad- 

uation from UNCG. It involves such quality and 
quantity of work as may fairly be expected of a stu- 
dent of normal ability who gives to the course a rea- 
sonable amount of time, effort, and attention. 
Such acceptable standards should include the follow- 
ing factors: 1) familiarity with the content of the 
course; 2) familiarity with the methods of study of the 
course; 3) full participation in the work of the class; 4) 
ability to write about the subject in intelligible English. 

D Lowest Passing Grade — indicates work which falls 

below the acceptable standards defined as C but 
which is of sufficient quality and quantity to be 
counted in the hours of graduation if balanced by 
superior work in other courses. 

F Failure — indicates failure that may not be made up 

except by repeating the course. 

I Incomplete — indicates that the completion of some 

part of the work for the course has been deferred 
because of prolonged illness of the student or 
because of some serious circumstances beyond the 
student's control. 

Concomitantly with the recording of an Incomplete 
grade, the instructor files with the head of the school 
or department concerned the student's average 
grade and the specific work that must be accom- 
plished before the Incomplete can be removed. 
Incomplete grades may be recommended by the 
University physician, the Counseling and Testing 
Center, and by the Director of Student Academic 
Services. Also see section "Removal of Incompletes." 

IP In Progress — indicates that the course work was 

planned to continue beyond a single semester. 

P/NP Passing /Not Passing — used for designated courses 
only; courses graded P/NP are so indicated in the 
course description. 

SP Special Exam 

W Withdrawal — indicates a course from which the 

student withdrew during the first eight (8) weeks 
of classes; no academic penalty is attached to a 
grade of W; see also the section on "Dropping 
Courses," p. 38. 

WF Withdrawal with Failure — indicates a course from 

which the student withdrew after the first eight (8) 
weeks of classes; a WF is computed in the student's 
GPA; see also the section on "Dropping Courses," 
p. 38. 

WN Withdrawal Not Passing — used in courses 
designated P/NP. 

NC No Credit — indicates an audited course. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



39 



Academic Regulations 



Removal of Incomplete Grade 

An Incomplete grade may be removed by completion of 
the deferred work. A student should not reregister for the 
course in order to remove the Incomplete. An Incomplete 
received during a semester or in summer session must be 
removed within six months from the last day of examinations 
in the term in which the course was taken. Current deadlines 
for removals of Incompletes are published below, each semes- 
ter in the Schedule of Courses booklet, and on the University 
Registrar's Web site at www.uncg.edu/reg. 

An Incomplete not removed within this time limit is 
automatically converted to an F by the University Registrar. 
A graduating senior who incurs an Incomplete and who has 
completed all requirements and enough semester hour cred- 
its and grade points to graduate may do so even though the 
Incomplete grade is outstanding. If the Incomplete is not 
removed within the required six months, it will be converted 
to F at the end of that period of time. When an Incomplete is 
removed, it may be replaced by A, B, C, D, F, or, in certain 
designated courses, P, NP, S, or U. 

Incomplete Removal Deadlines 

Incomplete grades must be removed by the deadlines 
stated below or they will be automatically converted to F on 
the student's academic record. 
Spring 2006 

Incomplete grades earned during spring 2006 must be 

removed by November 13, 2006. 
Summer 2006 

Incomplete grades earned during summer 2006 must be 

removed by January 29, 2007. 
Fall 2006 

Incomplete grades earned during fall 2006 must be 

removed by June 13, 2007. 
Spring 2007 

Incomplete grades earned during spring 2007 must be 

removed by November 9, 2007. 
Summer 2007 

Incomplete grades earned during summer 2007 must be 

removed by January 28, 2008. 

Appeals 

If a student wishes to appeal an assigned grade, the stu- 
dent should first discuss the concerns with the instructor. If 
desired, the student may further appeal to the Department 
Head, the Dean of the School or College, and the Provost, in 
that order. 

Semester Hour Credits 

Credits for all courses are reported in semester hours. A 
semester hour credit equals one 50-minute class period per 
week or its equivalent throughout one semester. The number 
of semester hour credits given for each course is listed as part 
of the course description. 

Grade Points and Grade Point Averages (GPA) 

UNCG uses a semester hour credit and grade point sys- 
tem for evaluating undergraduates. Semester hour credits 
represent the number of course hours completed. Grade 
points are determined by the number of semester hour cred- 
its attempted and the grades earned. 



The grade point average is determined by dividing the 
accumulated number of grade points earned by the accumu- 
lated number of semester hours undertaken. Hours 
attempted but not passed must be included in this calcula- 
tion. However, a second F or WF in the same course is not 
used in computing the grade point average. Courses graded 
on the P/NP or S/U basis and courses transferred from 
another institution (except those courses taken through the 
Consortium) may not be used in determining the UNCG 
grade point average. 

SAS 100 does not count toward graduation and therefore 
is not calculated in a student's GPA. 

Beginning with courses taken in fall 1996, plus/minus 
grades are incorporated into the GPA for all undergraduates. 
Effective fall 2006, the A+ is added to the scale, carrying 4.3 
quality points. The maximum grade point average for an 
undergraduate, however, will be capped at 4.0. 
Grade Pts. Awarded 
Grade Per Hour of Credit 



A+ 


4.3 


A 


4.0 


A- 


3.7 


B+ 


3.3 


15 


3.0 


B- 


2.7 


C+ 


2.3 


c 


2.0 


c- 


1.7 


D+ 


1.3 


D 


1.0 


D- 


0.7 


F/WF 


0.0 



Academic Renewal 

The following policy was approved by the UNCG Faculty 
Senate on October 2, 2002: 

Formerly enrolled students who have less than a 2.0 
cumulative GPA and who have not been enrolled in any insti- 
tution of higher education during the previous three years 
may apply for academic renewal; or, as an alternative, stu- 
dents who have less than a 2.0 cumulative GPA may apply for 
academic renewal after completing 30 hours of transfer credit 
with a 2.50 GPA since their last enrollment at UNCG. 

All students readmitted /reactivated under the provisions 
of this policy must earn at least a 2.0 GPA on their first 15 hours 
following re-enrollment to qualify for renewal. Thereafter, the 
student must meet the standard for continuation in the 
University academic good standing policy. Grades will be for- 
given only once during a student's career and cannot be 
reversed. 

Grade Forgiveness 

Upon meeting these requirements, all previously com- 
pleted courses in which grades below a C were earned will be 
forgiven. The grades of these courses will be shown on the 



40 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Regulations 



transcript but will not be used in the calculation of the GPA 
and the hours will not be counted toward degree require- 
ments. The recomputed GPA will be calculated from the 
courses in which grades of C or higher were earned. Grades 
of C- (1.70 grade points) or below will not be counted toward 
degree requirements nor in the GPA. 

Grade Replacement Policy 

Except for courses with specific provision in the course 
description for repeated credit, a UNCG undergraduate stu- 
dent may repeat a UNCG course in an attempt to earn a bet- 
ter grade. Students may request that an original grade in a 
course be removed from the Grade Point Average (GPA) and 
replaced by the grade earned in the repeated course. Only 
300-level and below courses may be repeated. During their 
undergraduate careers students may request to replace the 
grades for a total of three courses, regardless of credit- or 
semester-hour value. Students must initiate the request by fil- 
ing a form with the University Registrar's Office to replace a 
grade. All grade replacements are final. The academic tran- 
script will reflect all attempts and grades. Students cannot 
combine the Academic Renewal and the Grade Replacement 
policies. Grades earned as a result of Academic Integrity vio- 
lations recorded by the Office of Student Affairs may not be 
replaced by another grade. Grades earned in repeated 
courses will not be used to replace grades earned as part of a 
degree once it has been conferred. 

In the case of all other repeated courses, attempted hours 
and grade points from all attempts will be counted fully in 
the GPA. Semester hours earned for the course will count 
only once in the total hours for the degree. Departmental 
policies supersede this policy. Grades can be replaced for 
courses taken fall 2005 and thereafter. 

Retroactive Grade Change 

A retroactive grade change is a change in an officially 
recorded grade. A grade becomes officially recorded when 
the Registrar so stipulates. Except to correct clerical errors, a 
retroactive grade change is an extraordinary action and is 
granted only in the most compelling circumstances. No 
change may occur unless the instructor who gave the grade 
initiates the formal process of a retroactive grade change. The 
change must also be approved by the instructor's department 
head and by the instructor's dean. In the event that the 
instructor is, for practical purposes, unavailable, only the 
Academic Appeals Committee of the Faculty Senate may act 
in place of the instructor in the matter of a retroactive grade 
change. 

Students shall be given one year to petition for retroactive 
Ws following the semester in which grades were awarded. A 
retroactive grade change to a W must meet the preceding con- 
ditions and be approved by the Director of Student Academic 
Services. In addition, an instructor who is being asked by a 
student to consider a retroactive withdrawal must be 
informed by Student Academic Services of the number of 
courses completed and the number of requests for retroactive 
Ws being sought by the student for the semester in question. 

Retroactive grade changes are not made for students 
who have graduated. 



Dean's List 

Undergraduate students carrying six (6) or more semes- 
ter hours of course work graded on an A, B, C, D, or F basis 
are eligible for the Dean's List in the fall and spring semesters. 

Students who earn a grade point average of 3.50 or bet- 
ter and who have no grade below B- for the semester will be 
placed on the Dean's List if they have completed at least 15 
semester hours at UNCG. The list is compiled at the end of 
each semester or when a grade change is processed after a 
semester for all students whose grade point average falls 
within the range at the time the report is prepared. 

Recognition is accorded the recipients of this honor. Fall 
and spring semester Dean's Lists are published on the 
University Registrar's Web site at www.uncg.edu/reg after 
all grades for the semester have been processed. 

Chancellor's List 

Students are eligible for the Chancellor's List who meet 
the following criteria: achievement of 30 or more hours at 
UNCG; a cumulative grade point average of 3.65 or higher; 
current enrollment at UNCG in 12 or more hours. In the case 
of transfer students, at least one semester of enrollment at 
UNCG is required. 

Recognition is accorded the recipients of this honor. The 
Chancellor's List is published on the University Registrar's 
Web site at www.uncg.edu/reg after all grades for the fall 
and spring semesters have been processed. 

Classification of Students 

The following classifications became effective for fall 
1996 and thereafter for newly admitted undergraduates 
(transfer students and freshmen). 

Undergraduate students are classified as freshmen, 
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. These classifications are 
determined by the number of semester hours completed 
(including hours transferred from another institution). The 
classifications are as follows: 

Freshman 0-29 semester hours completed 

Sophomore 30-59 semester hours completed 

Junior 60-89 semester hours completed 

Senior 90 or more semester hours completed 

Academic Good Standing At UNCG 

The following requirements and procedures for main- 
taining academic good standing became effective in fall 1996 
for newly admitted degree-seeking undergraduates (fresh- 
men and transfer students), and was modified by Faculty 
Senate in April 1998. 

To continue in academic good standing at UNCG, stu- 
dents must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 1.75 
for freshmen (0-29 semester hours completed), and 2.0 there- 
after (30 or more semester hours completed). 

Students on academic probation must earn a 2.30 GPA 
each term including Summer Session until academic good 
standing is restored. For freshmen a 1.75 cumulative GPA is 
required for good standing; for sophomores and above, a 2.0 
cumulative GPA. Failure to meet the 2.30 term GPA until 
good standing is restored will result in academic suspension, 
if not previously suspended. Students on academic probation 
after academic suspension or dismissal who fail to meet the 
2.30 term GPA will be academically dismissed. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



41 



Academic Regulations 



UNCG reserves the right to deny enrollment to any stu- 
dent, even though the student has met the minimum grade 
point average required, if it is apparent from the student's 
academic record of required courses that the student will not 
be able to meet graduation requirements. 

The Academic Good Standing Policy applies to enroll- 
ment during any term, including Summer Session. Students 
may be placed on academic probation, suspended, dismissed, 
or restored to good standing based on their academic per- 
formance during Summer Session. Academic performance 
for both summer terms is evaluated at the end of summer 
term II. Students may check their academic standing via 
UNCGenie. 

Academic Probation 

Academic probation will occur as a result of any of the 
following: 

1. Freshmen will be placed on academic probation if their 
cumulative GPA falls below a 1.75. 

2. Sophomores, juniors, and seniors will be placed on 
academic probation if their cumulative GPA falls 
below a 2.0. 

3. Any full-time, degree-seeking student who fails to pass 
at least six (6) semester hours in a given semester shall be 
placed on academic probation. 

Students on academic probation must earn a 2.30 term 
GPA each term to be eligible to continue until good standing 
is restored. 

Students who are placed on academic probation at the 
end of their first semester at UNCG must participate in the 
Student Academic Success Program sponsored by Student 
Academic Services during their second semester. Failure to 
participate in this program or meet any condition of this pro- 
gram will result in immediate academic suspension. 

All students on academic probation shall be limited to a 
maximum of 12 semester hours in the fall or spring semester 
and no more than four (4) hours in each term of summer ses- 
sion. 

Students are expected to be aware at all times of their 
academic status and are responsible for knowing whether or 
not they are on academic probation. 

SAS Course 

100 Strategies for Academic Success (0:2) 

• Enrollment required of, and restricted to, students who are 
placed on academic probation at the end of their first semester at 
UNCG. 

• Attendance requirements enforced. 

• Graded P/NP (Pass/Not Pass) 

• Failure to register for SAS 100 and to attend the first class meet- 
ing will result in immediate academic suspension. If extraordi- 
nary circumstances prevent students from attending the first 
class meeting, they should contact the Retention Coordinator in 
Student Academic Services prior to that meeting to avoid imme- 
diate suspension. 

Topics will include self-assessment, motivation, goal-setting, study 
skills, learning styles, time management, and campus resources. 
Students will develop and follow an individualized learning plan 
to address their particular challenges and needs. (Fall & Spring & 
Summer) 



Academic Suspension 

Academic suspension from the University will occur as a 
result of either of the following: 

1. Freshmen on academic probation will be suspended for 
one semester if they fail to earn either a minimum 2.30 
GPA each term or raise their cumulative GPA to 1.75 at 
the end of their probationary term. 

2. Sophomores, juniors, and seniors on academic probation 
will be suspended for one semester if they fail to earn 
either a minimum 2.30 GPA each term or raise their cumu- 
lative GPA to 2.0 at the end of the probationary term. 
Students placed on academic suspension are denied per- 
mission to enroll for one semester. After a one-semester aca- 
demic suspension, students may apply for reactivation/read- 
mission to the University. Students are encouraged to com- 
plete an interview with a counselor in the Student Academic 
Services Office prior to the application deadline. If reacti- 
vated, students will return carrying academic probation sta- 
tus. Summer Session is not considered a semester away for 
the purposes of academic suspension. 

Academic Suspension Appeals 

A student who wishes to appeal academic suspension 
must appeal in writing to Student Academic Services by the 
appeals deadline in the academic calendar, which is pub- 
lished in the Undergraduate Bulletin and semester Schedule of 
Courses. Academic suspension appeals are considered in 
cases where circumstances beyond the student's control have 
interfered with the student's academic performance. 

Events/Circumstances that Merit an Appeal 

Personal or family emergency 

Unanticipated, serious medical difficulty (excluding 
chronic conditions — students are responsible for properly 
balancing academic work with known chronic conditions) 
Serious psychological difficulty 

Information to be Included in the Appeal 

State the academic term of suspension you are appealing 
Explain the events/circumstances that were detrimental 
to your academic performance 

Attach any supporting documentation of events /cir- 
cumstances that merit your appeal 
Describe how the events /circumstances in your appeal 
have been resolved 

Describe your plans for ensuring satisfactory academic 
performance in the coming academic term, should your 
appeal be approved. 
Contact Student Academic Services at 336/334-5730 for 

additional information. 

Academic Suspension Appeals will be reviewed by 

Student Academic Services and /or the Academic Appeals 

Committee. Students will be notified of the results of their 

appeals in writing. 



42 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Regulations 



Academic Dismissal 

Academic dismissal will occur as a result of either of the 
following: 

1. Freshmen who return on academic probation after sus- 
pension will be dismissed if they fail to earn either a min- 
imum 2.30 GPA each term or raise their cumulative GPA 
to 1.75. 

2. Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who return on aca- 
demic probation after suspension will be dismissed if 
they fail to earn either a minimum 2.30 GPA each term or 
raise their cumulative GPA to 2.0. 

Students who have been academically dismissed cannot 
enroll at UNCG. One year after an academic dismissal, stu- 
dents may petition Student Academic Services to return to 
the University. Approval to continue after academic dismissal 
is a relatively rare occurrence. If approved, students will 
return carrying academic probation status. 

Information to be included in the Academic Dismissal 
Appeal: 

• Explain the events/circumstances that were detrimental 
to your academic performance during your previous 
enrollment at UNCG 

• Describe how these events /circumstances have been 
resolved 

• Describe your plans for ensuring satisfactory academic 
performance in the coming academic term, should your 
appeal be approved. 

Return to the University After Academic Probation, 
Suspension or Dismissal 

Students not in good academic standing (academic pro- 
bation, suspension, dismissal) when they leave the 
University must meet readmission requirements. If students 
not in good academic standing attend another post-second- 
ary institution, they must have an overall and transferrable 
2.0 GPA on a 4.0 scale on all courses taken since leaving the 
University. In addition, dismissed students must petition 
Student Academic Services to return to the University. 

Academic Appeals 

The Director of Student Academic Services and the 
Academic Appeals Committee, appointed from the faculty, 
consider special and meritorious requests for waivers of aca- 
demic regulations stated in the Undergraduate Bulletin. The 
Committee's decision on an academic suspension and dis- 
missal appeal is final. The student should consult the Office 
of Student Academic Services for information concerning the 
appeal process. 



Credit Regulations 
and Credit Limits 



Summer Session Credits 

Approval to be a visiting student at another college and 
to have the credits transferred to UNCG for degree credits 
must be obtained from the Office of Student Academic 
Services. 

Students may enroll for no more than 7 hours during 
each of the two summer sessions, unless permitted to take an 
increased load by the Director of Student Academic Services. 



Transfer Credit Limit 

The sum total of transfer credit from two-year college(s) 
that may be applied toward an undergraduate degree may 
not exceed 64 semester hours. 

Current UNCG policy stipulates that courses completed 
in technical, vocational, or professional programs at commu- 
nity colleges or courses from technical colleges or proprietary 
institutions cannot be accepted in transfer, unless they are 
part of a 2Plus articulation agreement. These agreements give 
students with articulated Associate in Applied Science 
degrees access only to complementary degrees at UNCG. 

Transfer Credit Limit 

The sum total of transfer credit from two-year 
college(s) that may be applied toward an 
undergraduate degree may not exceed 64 
semester hours. 

Transfer Articulation 

Located in the University Registrar's Office, this unit 
enters transfer credit course work into the student's official 
record. Also, in association with University faculty, this unit 
is responsible for determining how other higher education 
institution course work transfers into UNCG. Students with 
questions about transfer credit are encouraged to call the 
University Registrar's Office and ask for the Transfer 
Articulation area (336/334-5946). Transfer equivalencies for 
courses taken in the NC Community College system and sev- 
eral area universities are available on the Web at 
www.uncg.edu/reg/transfer/index.html. 

Extension or Correspondence Credit 

Extension Credit 

UNCG extension credit, earned either on or off campus, 
will be considered transfer credit for admission purposes. Up 
to 64 semester hours in extension and /or correspondence 
credits may be applied to completion of work for an under- 
graduate degree. Academic departments may establish such 
course and credit limitations in acceptance of extension credit 
as may be required by specific degree programs. 

Although UNCG extension credit is treated as transfer 
credit at the time of admission, it will be thereafter considered 
"Residence" credit for degree certification purposes. 

Correspondence Credit 

Up to 64 semester hours in correspondence and exten- 
sion credit may be applied to the completion of work for an 
undergraduate degree with the further stipulation that not 
more than one-fourth of the requirements for the degree may 
be completed in correspondence credit. Academic depart- 
ments may establish such course and credit limitations in 
acceptance of correspondence credit as may be required by 
specific degree programs. 

Although UNCG correspondence credit is treated as 
transfer credit at the time of admission, it will be thereafter 
considered "Residence" credit for degree certification pur- 
poses. 

Correspondence credit earned from institutions other 
than UNCG is always treated as transfer credit. It will have 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



43 



Academic Regulations 



no impact on the UNCG grade point average. Only credit 
hours will be applied toward UNCG degree requirements. 

Undergraduate Degree Credit Limit Policy 

No more than 168 semester hours may be attempted 
toward an undergraduate degree. 

Undergraduate Degree 
Credit Limit 

No more than 168 semester hours may be 
attempted toward an undergraduate degree. 

Non-Credit Course 

No credit toward graduation is given for SAS 100. 

Physical Education Credit Limit Policy 

Any University student may take up to eight (8) semes- 
ter hours of elective credit in physical education activity 
courses to apply toward graduation. 

ROTC Credit Limit Policy 

Elective credit shall not exceed 12 semester hours for 
Army ROTC, and 12 hours for Air Force ROTC. 

Placement Examinations 

Placement tests are administered each summer during 
orientation (SOAR) and each semester during the advising 
and registration period by the departments concerned. 
Students should check the course schedule booklet each 
semester for the exact dates and times during which the tests 
will be administered. 

The results of placement tests in French, Latin, and 
Spanish are binding for student placement in courses. 
Students may enroll in mathematics courses at the level at 
which they place or in lower level courses. Students will not 
receive credit nor will they be exempt from University distri- 
bution requirements based on their performance on the tests. 

French, Latin, and Spanish Placement Tests 

Students who started French, Latin, or Spanish in sec- 
ondary school and who are beginning their study of that lan- 
guage at UNCG must take a placement test. All transfer stu- 
dents returning to the study of French, Latin, or Spanish 
begun in high school but not previously pursued at the col- 
lege level must also take the placement test. Students admit- 
ted with a two-unit language deficiency need not take the 
test. Students who are transferring credits in these languages 
from another college need not take the test in order to con- 
tinue the same language at UNCG. See Romance Languages 
in chapter 7 for more information about the French and 
Spanish placement tests. 

Mathematics Placement Test 

There is no prerequisite for MAT 112, 115, and 150; hence, 
no student is required to take the Mathematics Placement Test. 
See www.micg.edu/mat/undergraduate/mathplacetest.html. 

Science or Business majors with very strong back- 
grounds in precalculus or calculus should consult (at least 
two months prior to the beginning of a semester via 
matplace@uncg.edu) with the Department of Mathematical 
Sciences in order to discuss the possibility of taking the 
Mathematics Placement Test. 



Placement Without Credit 

Students with exceptional ability are encouraged to take 
examinations for placement without credit in order to take 
advantage of opportunities for advanced courses and for 
individual research or other creative endeavors. 

Examinations for placement without credit will be admin- 
istered by the departments or schools concerned. It is recom- 
mended that departments or schools make available to inter- 
ested students reading lists and other source material which 
might assist the students in preparing for the examination. 

Passing an examination of this type will not alter the 
number of semester hours required in that area or subject. 
Successful completion of an examination for placement at the 
100 level in the student's major field shall have the effect of 
increasing the number of hours accepted toward graduation 
above the 100 level by the number of hours so waived. 

In all cases where requirements of prerequisites are 
waived, by placement examination or other means, this fact 
should be reported in writing by the appropriate department 
head to the Office of Student Academic Services and should 
be entered on the student's record. 

Special Examination for Credit 

In exceptional circumstances, students may attempt to 
establish academic credit through a Special Examination 
upon the recommendation of the department or school and 
under the supervision of the University Registrar. 

Only those courses which are designated by the depart- 
ment or school may be credited by special examination. The 
department or school shall administer a written examination, 
except in cases where mastery of techniques may be demon- 
strated in other formats. Applications for the exam shall be 
made to the University Registrar with the written permission 
of the head of the department or school, at least 30 days 
before the examination. A non-refundable fee will be charged, 
and is payable in the Cashiers and Student Accounts Office. 

Examinations must be taken before the last semester or 
12-week summer session preceding the completion of the stu- 
dent's degree requirements. Students may not be tested in 
material for which they received high school credit, and 
transfer students may not extend the number of semester 
hours allowed in transfer by this method. Credit will not be 
given for a prerequisite to a course for which the student has 
already received credit. No examination may be given in a 
course for which the student has registered for audit. 

No more than 12 hours may be earned toward gradua- 
tion by this procedure. The School of Nursing has a special 
exemption to present 30 hours by the Special Examination 
Program (see School of Nursing). Credits earned in this man- 
ner may not be used to fulfill residency requirements. 

A student must consult in advance with the faculty advi- 
sor and with the head of the department or school concerned 
and file evidence of having prepared for the exam. Assistance 
should be given to the student in developing reading lists 
and other source material. 

Results of all examinations shall be reported to the 
Registrar before the first day of the next registration period. 
Credit, but no grade points, will be granted when the level of 
performance is C or better. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Regulations 



Average Time to Graduation 

Many factors affect both the length of time and the number 
of credit hours an individual student will require to complete 
the baccalaureate degree. Full-time undergraduate students are 
expected to complete at least 12 hours per semester. Failure to 
complete an average of 15 hours per semester may lengthen the 
student's time to graduation. Some majors do require formal 
admission beyond that required for admission to the University 
in general. 

Students should meet with their academic advisors regu- 
larly to plan their academic schedules. To graduate, students 
must complete specific University requirements as well as 
requirements within the major. Students who change majors 
may find that additional requirements must be fulfilled. 
Changing.majors excessively or after the third or fourth semes- 
ter of study, may also lengthen the time to graduation. 

Criteria for admission to a specific major (outlined in this 
Bulletin) and continuation in that major may include a 
University grade point average exceeding that required for 
continuation within the University as a whole. Students con- 
sidering such majors should become familiar with the guide- 
lines, and work with an academic advisor, as soon as possible 
to ensure that they meet the criteria. 



25% Tuition Surcharge 
for Undergraduates 

The General Assembly has instituted a twenty-five per- 
cent (25%) tuition surcharge (Section 89 (b), Senate Bill 27, 
1993 Session) which became effective fall semester 1994 and 
applies to all new undergraduates seeking a baccalaureate 
degree. Specifically, it states: 

"The Board of Governors of The University of North 
Carolina shall ensure that procedures are established that are 
necessary to impose a twenty-five percent (25%) tuition sur- 
charge on students who take more than 140 degree credit 
hours to complete a baccalaureate degree in a four-year pro- 
gram or more than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the 
credit hours necessary to complete a baccalaureate degree in 
any program officially designated by the Board of Governors 
as a five-year program. The calculation of these credit hours 
taken at a constituent institution or accepted for transfer shall 
exclude hours earned through the College Board's Advanced 
Placement or CLEP examinations, through institutional 
advanced placement or course validation, or through sum- 
mer term or extension programs." 

Students Subject to the Surcharge 

The tuition surcharge was applied to new undergraduate 
students enrolled for the first time in fall 1994 and thereafter 
in a degree program at UNCG as follows: 

(1) For students earning a first baccalaureate degree in a 
program that requires no more than 128 credit hours, the 
surcharge shall be applied to all hours in excess of 140. 

(2) For students earning a first baccalaureate degree in a 
UNC Board of Governors Board-approved program that 
requires more than 128 credit hours, the surcharge shall 
be applied to all hours that exceed 110 percent of the 
hours required for the degree. Such programs include 
those that have been officially designated by the Board of 



Governors as five-year programs as well as those involv- 
ing double majors, or combined bachelor's /master's 
degrees. 
(3) For students earning a baccalaureate degree other than 
their first, the surcharge shall be applied to all hours that 
exceed 110 percent of the minimum additional credit 
hours needed to earn the additional baccalaureate degree. 
The minimum additional credit hours will be determined 
by the degree audit during the first semester a student is 
enrolled in the second or other baccalaureate degree. 
Students seeking a second baccalaureate degree are 
required to take 31 credit hours of residency at UNCG. 

The surcharge will be imposed in the fall or spring 
semester and in all subsequent semesters where a student's 
cumulative credit hour total exceeds the threshold. The sur- 
charge does not apply to required fees. 

Hours INCLUDED in Tuition Surcharge Hours: 

The undergraduate credit hours to be counted in the cal- 
culation of the tuition surcharge include: 

(1) all semester (fall and spring semester) academic credit 
hours attempted (includes repeated course work, failed 
course work, and course withdrawals); and 

(2) all transfer credit hours accepted by UNCG. 

Hours EXCLUDED from Tuition Surcharge Hours: 

(1) College Board's Advanced Placement (AP) credit; 

(2) College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or similar 
programs' credits; 

(3) credit earned through any UNCG advanced placement, 
course validation or similar procedure; 

(4) credit earned in summer sessions at UNCG or another 
UNC institution; and 

(5) credit earned from an extension division of any UNC 
institution, including UNCG. 

Students will be informed of the Tuition Surcharge 
Hours earned each semester and cumulatively in their tuition 
billing. 

Students may contact the Office of the University 
Registrar to obtain current information on their credit hours. 



Steps to Graduation 

By the beginning of the semester or summer session in 
which graduation is expected, undergraduates must officially 
apply for graduation to the University Registrar. Fulfillment of 
all requirements for the degree applied for, as well as official 
application for the degree, are the student's responsibilities. 

Academic Requirements 

Candidates for a baccalaureate degree must satisfy all of 
the specific requirements of UNCG and of the 
School/College and department in which they major. They 
must present for graduation the specific number of semester 
hours required for the degree with a minimum cumulative 
overall grade point average of at least 2.0 on all hours under- 
taken. 

At least 36 of the total hours for the degree must be at the 
300 level or above. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



45 



Academic Regulations 



Graduation Requirements 

Students must complete the specific number of 
semester hours required for the degree with a 
minimum cumulative overall grade point aver- 
age of at least 2.0 on all hours undertaken; at 
least 36 of the total hours for the degree must 
be at the 300 level or above; all students must 
complete at least 31 hours in residence at 
UNCG for the degree. 

Residence Requirements 

All students must complete at least 31 hours in residence 
at UNCG for the degree, 12 of which must be in the major field 
and nine (9) of which must be in the minor if a minor is sought. 
After enrollment, Extension credit and Correspondence 
courses offered by UNCG are considered residence credit; 
however, credit earned by special examination is not consid- 
ered residence credit. 

Time Requirements 

General Education Requirements (effective fall 2001) 

The following policies regard time allowed for comple- 
tion of GEC and GEC + CAR requirements. The Office of 
Student Academic Services can provide additional details. 
See Appendix C for AULER/CLER requirements in effect for 
students who enrolled prior to fall 2001. 

GEC or GEC + CAR Requirements 

Students must meet the General Education or General 
Education and College Additional Requirements for gradua- 
tion as stated in this Undergraduate Bulletin in effect at the 
time of original enrollment at UNCG. If the student fails to 
graduate within seven years, however, the University* has 
the option of enforcing 

1. the original requirements, or 

2. the GEC or GEC + CAR requirements which were in 
effect at the time the seven year period expired, or 

3. the GEC or GEC + CAR requirements in effect at the time 
of re-enrollment if the student withdrew. 

Typically, the UNCG Office of Student Academic Services will 
make the choice among these options in consultation with the 
department in which the student chooses to major. 

Major Requirements 

Students must meet the departmental major require- 
ments in effect when the student declares or, if required by 
the department, is formally admitted to a school /college 
major. If the student fails to graduate within seven years, 
however, the University* has the option of enforcing 

1. the original requirements, 

2. the major requirements which were in effect at the time 
the seven year period expired, or 

3. the major requirements in effect at the time of re-enroll- 
ment if the student withdrew. 

Typically, the department in which the student chooses to major 
will make the choice among these options in consultation with the 
UNCG Office of Student Academic Services. 

46 2006-07 UNCG 



Application for Graduation 

All undergraduate students are required to file an appli- 
cation for graduation with the University Registrar's Office at 
the beginning of the semester in which they plan to graduate. 
The online degree application is available via UNCGenie. 

This application is required for processing the final 
degree audit and for printing diplomas. See chapter 3 for cur- 
rent graduation application fees. The fee is nonrefundable. 
The deadline dates for filing are also published each year in 
the University Calendar, in each semester's Schedule of 
Courses booklet, and on the University Registrar's Web site. 

Students who do not graduate in the semester for which 
they file a graduation application must refile for the next term 
in which they expect to complete their degrees. 

The graduation application deadlines for undergradu- 
ates filing for the 2006-07 academic year are: 

For those graduating in December 2006 

early deadline: Wednesday, June 21, 2006 
final deadline: Monday, September 11, 2006 

For those graduating in May 2007 

early deadline: Monday, November 13, 2006 
final deadline: Friday, January 12, 2007 

For those graduating in August 2007 

early deadline: Wednesday, April 12, 2007 
final deadline: Tuesday, May 29, 2007 

Early Deadlines 

It is in the student's best interest to apply by the early 
graduation application deadline for the term in which 
requirements are to be completed. By applying early, the stu- 
dent receives graduation status feedback before the end of 
drop/add for the upcoming term. 

Undergraduates who do not file applications for gradu- 
ation by the published deadlines may petition to the Office of 
the University Registrar for an exemption. Only extremely 
unusual circumstances warrant exceptions to these deadlines, 
however, as notification of the candidates for graduation 
must be submitted to the Board of Trustees for official action 
shortly after the deadline dates for filing each term. 

Graduation with Honors 

The designation of graduation with honors is based on 
all courses (including the last semester's work) for which 
grades and grade points are given. Any senior is eligible for 
honors who, at the end of the senior year, has completed at 
least 45 semester hours of work in residence at UNCG. This 
does not include hours for which credit and grade points 
have been received by special examinations. Honors informa- 
tion printed in the commencement program is based on 
course work completed through the previous semester. 

Honors are awarded to graduating seniors as follows: 

Summa cum laude (with highest honor) 

achievement of a minimum grade point average of 3.90 

Magna cum laude (with great honor) 

achievement of a minimum grade point average of 3.70 

Cum laude (with honor) 

achievement of a minimum grade point average of 3.50 

Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Regulations 



Honors for Second Degree Recipients and Transfer 
Students 

To maintain equity with students who have attended all 
four years at UNCG and who may have a semester GPA that 
would qualify them for honors, the following policy is in 
place: Any second degree candidate or degree candidate who 
transferred to UNCG from another institution is eligible for 
graduation with honors who, at the end of the final year, has 
completed toward the degree (in the case of second degree 
students, toward the second degree) at least 45 semester 
hours of work in residence at UNCG and has earned the req- 
uisite grade point average. 

Commencement Ceremonies 

Commencement ceremonies are held in May and 
December • of each year; there is no formal ceremony in 
August. The names of August degree recipients are printed in 
the December commencement program and on the 
University Registrar's Web site at: 

www.uncg.edu/reg/DegreeFiles/index.html 

Commencement Participation Policy 

Approved by the Chancellor, February, 19, 2003 

Students completing all degree requirements by the end 
of the spring semester are encouraged to participate in May 
Commencement. Students completing degree requirements 
by the end of the fall semester are encouraged to participate 
in the December Commencement. 

Students completing degree requirements by the end of 
the Summer Session may participate in either the May or 
December commencement ceremony by applying to gradu- 
ate, paying the graduation fee, and notifying the University 
Registrar's Office. 

Please note: Degree candidates will not earn degrees 
nor be graduated from the University until they have com- 
pleted all degree requirements. Participation in a com- 
mencement ceremony does not presume graduation from 
the University. 

Students who do not apply for graduation before the 
published deadline for any semester must apply for gradua- 
tion during the next semester. Students who have applied for 
graduation but fail to meet the requirements must reapply for 
graduation by the published deadline for the semester in 
which they will fulfill the requirements. 

Degrees are conferred only after all requirements are 
completed and the Board of Trustees has taken official action. 



Other Regulations 

Requirements for a Second Baccalaureate Degree 

A student with a bachelor's degree may receive a second 
baccalaureate degree if it is a different degree or a different 
major. In such a case, all the requirements for the second 
degree and major as stated in the catalog which the student is 
entitled to follow must be met. In any case, a minimum of 31 
semester hours in residence beyond requirements for the first 
degree must be completed. 

Meeting requirements for a second major does not qual- 
ify a student to receive a second degree. See p. 68 for an expla- 
nation of second majors. 

Simultaneous Degrees 

A student may receive two degrees at the same time if 
the requirements for both degrees are met. A minimum of 31 
hours in residence beyond the requirements for the first 
degree must be completed (e.g., if the first degree requires 122 
hours, a total of 153 hours must be completed). 

Honors for Second Degree Recipients and Transfer 
Students 

To maintain equity with students who have attended all 
four years at UNCG and who may have a semester GPA that 
would qualify them for honors, the following policy is in 
place: Any second degree candidate or degree candidate who 
transferred to UNCG from another institution is eligible for 
graduation with honors who, at the end of the final year, has 
completed toward the degree (in the case of second degree 
students, toward the second degree) at least 45 hours of work 
in residence at UNCG and has earned the requisite grade 
point average. 

Dual Registration as Undergraduate and Graduate 

Undergraduate students at UNCG who plan to under- 
take graduate study at UNCG, and who lack no more than 12 
semester hours of work to fulfill all requirements for the 
bachelor's degree, may enroll in The Graduate School. Total 
graduate credit obtained in this dual status may not exceed 
12 hours Students must apply for admission to a graduate 
program before requests for dual registration can be 
approved, but do not have to be formally admitted until the 
end of the semester in which credit is earned. For dual regis- 
tration status, the approval of the Dean of The Graduate 
School, the Director of Student Academic Services, and the 
student's major advisor are required. 

Students should be advised that approval for dual regis- 
tration does not guarantee nor constitute acceptance into any 
graduate program. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



47 



5. University Requirements 



Undergraduate Degrees 
& Degree Requirements 

Undergraduate Degrees 

UNCG offers seven baccalaureate degrees: 

B.A. Bachelor of Arts 

B.F.A. Bachelor of Fine Arts 

B.M. Bachelor of Music 

B.S. Bachelor of Science 

B.S.M.T. Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology 

B.S.N. Bachelor of Science in Nursing 

B.S.W. Bachelor of Social Work 

Requirements for a Bachelor's Degree 

A bachelor's degree from UNCG is awarded to a student 
who has met the following requirements: 

1. Successful completion of a minimum of 122 semester 
hours, distributed as follows: 

a. General education core (GEC): 
36-37 s.h. (minimum) 

b. General education marker courses (may also satisfy 
General Education core and/or major requirements) 

c. Additional College/School requirements 

d. Major subject and related areas: 
as required by program 

e. Electives: as required by program 
Total minimum s.h.: 122 



2. A grade point average on the semester hours attempted 
of not less than 2.0 



3. At least 36 s.h. of courses at the 300 course level or above 

4. At least 31 s.h. in residence at UNCG, 12 of which must 
be in the major field and nine (9) of which must be in the 
minor if a minor is sought 

The College of Arts and Sciences and each of the six (6) 
professional schools — Joseph M. Bryan School of Business 
and Economics; Education; Health and Human Performance; 
Human Environmental Sciences; Music; Nursing — have 
structured their individual degree programs to comply with 
this all-University degree framework. 

Students who are undecided about their major are 
advised through the College of Arts and Sciences Advising 
Center (CASA). CASA advisors help these students deter- 
mine the major program (in the College or one of the profes- 
sional schools) which is best suited for them while they com- 
plete courses in the General Education Core. 

Programs of study leading to the baccalaureate degree 
are listed in chapter 6. 



Average Time to Graduation 

Many factors affect both the length of time and the num- 
ber of semester hours an individual student will require to 
complete the baccalaureate degree. At UNCG the median 
number of months to graduation for full time students is 46. 
The median number of hours completed is 125. 

Full time undergraduate students are expected to complete 
at least 12 hours per semester. Failure to complete an average of 
15 hours per semester may lengthen the student's time to grad- 
uation. Some majors do require formal admission beyond that 
required for admission to the University in general. 

Students should meet with their academic advisors reg- 
ularly to plan their academic schedules. To graduate, stu- 
dents must complete specific University requirements as well 
as requirements within the major. Students who change 
majors may find that additional requirements must be ful- 
filled. Changing majors excessively, or after the third or 
fourth semester of study, may also lengthen the time to grad- 
uation. Also see Tuition Surcharge in chapter 3. 

Criteria for admission to a specific major (outlined in this 
Bulletin) and continuation in that major may include a 
University grade point average exceeding that required for 
continuation within the University as a whole. Students con- 
sidering such majors should become familiar with the guide- 
lines, and work with an academic advisor as soon as possible 
to ensure that they meet the criteria. 

Changes in Degree Requirements and Other 
Regulations 

The University reserves the right to make changes as 
required in course offerings, curricula, academic policies, and 
other rules and regulations affecting students, to be effective 
whenever determined by the University. These changes will 
govern current and formerly enrolled students. Enrollment of 
all students is subject to these conditions. 

General Education Program 

The UNCG General Education Program, approved by 
the UNCG Faculty Senate in March 2000, is effective for new 
undergraduates entering UNCG in fall 2001 and thereafter. 
The Speaking Intensive (SI) General Education Marker 
requirement became effective fall 2002. [All-University Liberal 
Education Requirements and College Liberal Education 
Requirements (AULER/CLER) and courses approved for 
AULER/CLER area credit in effect for students enrolled at UNCG 
prior to fall 2001 may be found in Appendix C] 

Philosophy of UNCG's General Education Program 

The faculty and staff of The University of North Carolina 
at Greensboro are dedicated to student learning and believe 
that the best evidence of this commitment is the caliber of 
UNCG graduates. A UNCG graduate should combine special- 
ized education in a major with the skills, knowledge, and 
understanding necessary to be a lifelong learner, an ethical and 
independent decision maker, a critical and creative thinker, a 
clear and effective communicator, and a responsible citizen. 



48 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



The character and abilities of an educated person are the 
product not solely of a specific battery of courses but of an 
entire process of education. The mandate to foster the knowl- 
edge, character, and sensibility of a university-educated per- 
son belongs to the entire university, not to a single depart- 
ment or unit. To the extent possible, learning in the General 
Education Core should provide foundations and alternative 
perspectives for the more specialized knowledge gained in 
the major, while learning in the major should build upon and 
extend the work that is done in general education courses. 

Student Learning Goals 

Proficiencies 

A university education should result in the student's abil- 
ity to gather, comprehend, and evaluate information and to 
communicate this knowledge. Because such skills are impor- 
tant to lifelong learning and participation in a modern society, 
graduates should demonstrate the following proficiencies: 

• ability to write and speak clearly, coherently, and effec- 
tively as well as to adapt modes of communication to 
one's audience 

• ability to interpret academic writing and discourse in a 
variety of disciplines 

• ability to interpret numerical data and perform basic 
computation 

• ability to locate, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate 
information 

• ability to utilize appropriate technologies 
Knowledge and Understanding 

A university education should also result in knowledge 
and understanding of a wide range of important subject mat- 
ter and ways of thinking and knowing. Such knowledge and 
understanding are necessary for a person to be a lifelong 
learner, an independent decision-maker, a critical and cre- 
ative thinker, and a responsible and participating citizen. 
Students should acquire broad knowledge and understand- 
ing of the following: 

• Scientific principles and their use in scientific inquiry 

• Mathematical principles and their use in solving problems 

• Historical, cultural, and philosophical traditions that 
have shaped our diverse society 

• Significant elements of the world's diversity of cultural 
and national experiences, and interconnections among 
them 

• The aims and methods of intellectual, spiritual, literary, 
and artistic expression 

• The importance that abstract ideas and artistic expres- 
sion have in the process of self-understanding and in the 
shaping of society 

• The individual, society, and interactions between them 
Habits of Mind and Attributes of Character 

In addition to specified proficiencies and areas of knowl- 
edge and understanding, the university-educated person 
should possess certain habits of mind and attributes of char- 
acter. These qualities are the consequence of a total educa- 
tional experience rather than any segment of it. 



• Sensitivity to social and cultural differences 

• Sensitivity and attentiveness to the ethical dimensions of 
any problem or experience 

• A disposition to weigh opposing viewpoints in the bal- 
ance of reason and to develop an informed perspective 

• A disposition to continue learning and to welcome new 
knowledge and insight (intellectual curiosity) 

• Openness to the value of new social, cultural, or aesthetic 
forms (flexibility of mind and sensibility) 

• An appreciation for the broader social, intellectual, and 
historical contexts of individual events and situations 

• Recognition of social and intellectual responsibility 

To ensure that students attain these Student Learning 
Goals by graduation, UNCG requires that they complete the 
General Education Core (GEC) requirements listed below. 
Other requirements and opportunities in the major program, 
the minor program (if any), and the total undergraduate 
experience build on the foundation of the GEC and con- 
tribute to the attainment of these goals. Students are thus 
given the opportunity to work toward each goal not just in 
one course, but in a series of courses and learning experiences 
encountered from the freshman through the senior year. 
Alternative ways to demonstrate competencies will be avail- 
able to students with documented disabilities. 

General Education Core Category/Marker 
Descriptions 

The following are brief descriptions of the General 
Education Core categories and markers, their methods, and 
learning goals. 

Humanities and Fine Arts (GLT, GFA, GPR) 
Literature (GLT) 

Students read and write about selected works of prose 
and /or poetry from diverse cultural traditions, analyzing 
the context, aims, and methods of literary expression. 

Fine Arts (GFA) 

By focusing on painting, sculpture, architecture, drama, 
dance, cinema, or music, students gain understanding of 
the aims and methods of artistic expression and the role 
of cultural traditions and artistic value in human society. 

Philosophical/Religious/Ethical Perspectives (GPR) 
For two or more significant philosophical, ethical, 
and /or religious traditions, students examine and com- 
pare assumptions, modes of thought, and attendant 
practices, and analyze their effects on behavior. 

Historical Perspectives (GHP) 

Students use an historical approach to a specific region and 
period to explore the context of events (social structure, 
economics, political systems, culture, or beliefs), evaluate 
evidence and divergent interpretations, and communicate 
historical ideas in writing. 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 

By focusing on the concepts of one physical or biological 
science, students gain understanding of scientific inquiry 
as they analyze empirical information, distinguish between 
primary research and secondary reports, and communicate 
effectively about scientific issues. 



A 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



49 



► 



University Requirements 

Mathematics (GMT) 

Students gain the skills to perform computations on data, 
to use mathematical principles to solve problems, and to 
reason with and manipulate concepts within a mathemati- 
cal system. 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 

Students gain skills in intellectual discourse, including con- 
structing cogent arguments, locating, synthesizing and 
analyzing documents, and writing and speaking clearly, 
coherently, and effectively. 

Social and Behavioral Science (GSB) 

By focusing on a particular discipline which studies the 
behavior of individuals, groups, or organizations, students 
learn to use its methodology and theoretical framework to 
interpret, analyze, and evaluate the broader social contexts 
of individual events or situations. 

Markers (GL, GN, SI, WI) 
Global (GL) 

In a course in any subject, students focus on the intercon- 
nections among regions of the world, interpret and eval- 
uate information on diverse ecologies, human societies, 
artistic achievements, or political systems, and gain sen- 
sitivity to cultural differences on a global scale. 

Global Non-Western (GN) 

In a course in any subject, students focus on the intercon- 
nections among regions of the world other than North 
America, Great Britain, and continental Europe, interpret 
and evaluate information on diverse ecologies, human 
societies, artiste achievements, or political systems, and 
gain sensitivity to cultural differences on a global scale. 

Speaking Intensive (SI) 
In a course in any subject, students receive instruction in 
an appropriate mode of oral communication (interper- 
sonal or small group communication, or presentational 
speaking), and enhanced opportunities to practice 
improvement of oral communication skills. 

Writing Intensive (WI) 

In a course in any subject, students demonstrate their 
understanding of its concepts and materials through writ- 
ing, using constructive criticism from readers to revise 
drafts and produce one or more clear, coherent, and effec- 
tive written assignments appropriate to the field. 

General Education Core (GEC) Requirements 

I. GEC Category Requirements 

(36-37 total semester hours required) 

Select courses as indicated from the following categories: 
Category S.H. 

Humanities and Fine Arts 12 

One course from Literature list (GLT) 3 

One course from Fine Arts list (GFA) 3 

One course from Philosophical /Religious/ 

Ethical Perspectives list (GPR) 3 

One additional course from any of the above 3 

Historical Perspectives (GHP) 3 

One course from Historical Perspectives list 



Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

Two courses from Natural Science list as follows: 

• One must be a laboratory course. 

• Each must have a different departmental prefix. 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

One course from Mathematics list 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

• ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101 3 

• One additional course from Reasoning and 
Discourse list 3 

Social and Behavioral Science (GSB) 6 

Two courses from Social and Behavioral Science list 



II. GE Marker Requirements 

Fulfill the following requirements: 



One writing intensive course (indicated in the online 
Schedule of Courses by marker WI) in any discipline 
[In addition to this GE Writing Intensive requirement, students 
must also complete a second Writing Intensive course within the 
major. The College of Arts and Sciences requires additional 
Writing Intensive courses; see chanter 6.] 

One speaking intensive course (indicated in the online 
Schedule of Courses by marker SI) in any discipline 
[In addition to this GE Speaking Intensive requirement, students 
must also complete a second Speaking Intensive course within 
the major. 1 

Four Global Perspectives courses (indicated in semester 
Schedule of Courses by markers GL or GN) 

• At least one of the Global Perspectives courses must 
carry the GN (non-Western course) marker 

• GL/GN courses may include a maximum of two (2) 
courses in a foreign language (6 s.h.) 

• One GL/GN course requirement is waived for each 
semester completed in a credit-bearing Study Abroad 
experience, up to a maximum of two course waivers. A 
summer program abroad counts as a semester. 

• A foreign language course completed to meet an admis- 
sion deficiency does not meet a GL or GN requirement. 
Courses used to meet the Core Category Requirements 

(#1 above) also fulfill the Marker Requirements if the course 
carries the indicated marker in the online Schedule of Courses. 
Other marker courses are also available, including courses in 
the major. It is therefore possible to meet all GE Marker 
requirements while completing the courses under #1 above 
and /or courses required for the major. 

Waivers of Marker Courses for Transfer Students 

For students who initially transfer to UNCG as juniors or 
seniors, SI and WI courses outside the major requirements 
and two GL/GN courses are waived. WI course requirements 
for students transferring to the College of Arts and Sciences 
are governed by policies stated in chapter 6. 



50 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



III. Work toward Student Learning Goals outside the 
GEC 

The General Education Core provides a foundation for 
progress toward the UNCG Student Learning Goals. These 
goals are then reinforced in the major and minor programs 
which students complete before graduation. In addition to 
the GEC and marker requirements described above, all bach- 
elor's degree programs require: 

• At least one additional writing intensive course (WI) in 
the major 

• At least one additional speaking intensive course (SI) 
in the major 

• Proficiency level in technology as required for the 
major 

• Proficiency level in information skills/research as 
required for the major 

General Education Core Approved Courses 

The courses listed in the following categories have been 
approved by the General Education Committee responsible 
for their oversight, and by the Undergraduate Curriculum 
Committee. Courses listed below may also carry GL, GN, SI, 
or WI markers for a given semester. See the Web-based 
semester Schedule of Courses for complete General Education 
core and marker listings. Also see General Education Course 
Summary table at the end of this chapter. 

GEC Category Approved Courses 

Humanities and Fine Arts 

GEC requires 12 semester hours: one course from each category 
(GLT, GFA, and GPR), and one additional course from any of the 
three categories. 

Literature (GLT) 

CCI 227 Comparative Studies in World Epics 

CCI 228 Comparative Studies in World Drama 

CCI 305 Classical Tragedy 

CCI 324 The Age of Cicero 

CCI 325 The Age of Augustus 

CCI 326 The Age of Nero 

ENG 104 Approach to Literature 

ENG 105 Introduction to Narrative 

ENG 106 Introduction to Poetry 

ENG 107 Introduction to Drama 

ENG 108 Topics in British and American Literature 

ENG 109 Introduction to Shakespeare 

ENG 110 World Literature in English 

ENG 201 European Literary Classics: Ancient to Renaissance 

ENG 202 European Literary Classics: Enlightenment to Modern 

ENG 204 Non-Western Literary Classics 

ENG 208 Topics in Global Literature 

ENG 209 Topics in Non-Western Literature 

ENG 210 Literature and the Arts 

ENG 21 1 Major British Authors: Medieval to Neoclassical 

ENG 212 Major British Authors: Romantic to Modern 

ENG 251 Major American Authors: Colonial to Romantic 

ENG 252 Major American Authors: Realist to Modern 

ENG 315 Postcolonial Literatures 

ENG 331 Women in Literature 

ENG 339 Shakespeare: Early Plays and Sonnets 

ENG 340 Shakespeare: Later Plays 

ENG 371 Literary Study of the Bible 

FMS 120 Freshman Seminar in Literature 

FMS 121 Freshman Seminar in Literature — Global Perspectives 



FMS 122 Freshman Seminar in Literature — Global Non-Western 

Perspectives 
FRE 222 Explorations in French Literature: English Versions 
FRE 323 Albert Camus: English Versions 
FRE 353 Survey of French Literature 

GER 217 Masterworks or German Literature Read in English 
GER 218 Masterworks or German Literature Read in English 
HSS 207 Seminar in Literature 

RCO 220-229 Residential College Seminars in Literature 
RCO 280-289 Residential College Seminars in Literature 
RUS 201 Russian Literature in Translation 
RUS 313 Major Authors in Russian Literature 
RUS 314 Major Movements in Russian Literature and Culture 
SPA 222 Hispanic Masterpieces in English Translation 
SPA 351 Approaches to Hispanic Literature 
SPA 402 Spanish Literature I 
SPA 403 Spanish Literature II 
SPA 404 Spanish American Literature I 
SPA 405 Spanish American Literature II 
THR 500 Theatre History I 
THR 501 Theatre History II 

Fine Arts (GFA) 

ART 100 Introduction to Art 

ART 101 Survey of Western Art 

ART 103 Survey of Visual Art in Non-Western Traditions 

BCN 101 The Development of the Cinema 

BCN 225 Masterpieces of Cinema 

BCN 226 Masterpieces of Television Drama 

CCI 306 Classical Comedy 

CCI 312 The Art and Archaeology of Egypt 

DCE 101 Introduction to Dance 

DCE 200 Dance Appreciation 

FMS 130 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts 

FMS 131 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts — Global Perspectives 

FMS 132 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts — Global Non-Western 

Perspectives 
HSS 205 Seminar in the Fine Arts 
HSS 215 Seminar the Fine Arts: Global Non-Western 
IAR 221 History of Design I 
IAR 222 History of Design II 
IAR 321 Design Perspectives 
MUS214 Jazz Appreciation 
MUS 241 Music Appreciation 
MUS 332 History of Western Music II 
RCO 230-239 Residential College Seminars in Fine Arts 
THR 100 Drama Appreciation 
THR 130 Fundamentals of Acting 
THR 205 Development of American Musical Theatre 
THR 323 The Arts as Human Experience 
THR 502 Theatre History III 

Philosophical/Religious/Ethical Perspectives (GPR) 

CCI 205 Mythology 

CCI 321 The Archaic Age 

CCI 340 Ancient Cosmology 

CCI 350 Roman Law and Society 

FMS 140 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and Ethical 

Principles 
FMS 141 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and Ethical 

Principles — Global Perspectives 
FMS 142 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and Ethical 

Principles — Global Non-Western Perspectives 
HSS 206 Seminar in Philosophical/Religious/Ethical Principles 
MUS 343 Music Cultures of the World 
PHI 111 Introduction to Philosophy 
PHI 119 Introduction to Ethics 
PHI 121 Contemporary Moral Problems 
PHI 220 Medical Ethics 
PHI 331 Social and Political Philosophy 
PHI 359 Philosophy of Religion 



A 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



51 



University Requirements 



► 



PHI 361 Ethical Issues in Business 

PHI 388 Ethics and International Affairs 

PSC 105 Political Issues 

PSC 270 Introduction to Political Theory 

PSY 380 Psychology and the Law 

RCO 210-219 Residential College Seminars in Philosophical, 

Religious, and Ethical Principles 
REL 101 Introduction to Religious Studies 
REL 104 Religion, Ritual, and the Arts 
REL 109 Religion and Contemporary Culture 
REL 111 Non-Western Religions 
REL 207 Modern Problems of Belief 
REL 209 Elements of Christian Thought 
REL 218 Non-Western Religions: China 
REL 220 Non-Western Religions: Japan 
REL 221 Buddhism 
REL 223 Hinduism 
REL 225 Islam 

REL 232 American Religious Thought: A Survey 
REL 250 Religious Traditions and Care of Earth 
REL 251 Topics in Religious Social Ethics 
REL 258 Darwin, Evolution, and Human Nature 
REL 259 Philosophy of Religion 

REL 327 American Religious Thought II: The Romantic Tradition 
WGS 350 Introduction to Feminist Theories 

Historical Perspectives — Western Culture (GHP) 

GEC requires one GHP course (3 s.h.). 

AFS 201 Introduction to African American Studies 

CCI 201 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Greeks 

CCI 202 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Romans 

CCI 21 1 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Greece) 

CCI 212 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Rome) 

CCI 220 The Ancient World 

CCI 240 Ancient Warfare 

CCI 307 Roman Myth and Legend 

CRS 372 Survey of Historic Costume 

FMS 150 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern 

FMS 151 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodem- 

Global Perspectives 
FMS 152 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodem- 

Global Non-Western Perspectives 
FMS 160 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern 
FMS 161 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern — 

Global Perspectives 
FMS 162 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern — 

Global Non-Western Perspectives 
HIS 203 History of Africa to 1870 
HIS 204 History of Africa since 1870 
HIS 211 The United States: A General Survey to 1865 
HIS 212 The United States: A General Survey since 1865 
HIS 215 The Civilizations of Asia 
HIS 21 6 The Civilizations of Asia 
HIS 217 The World in the Twentieth Century 
HIS 218 The World in the Twentieth Century 
HIS 220 The Ancient World 
HIS 221 Medieval Legacy 
HIS 222 Europe 1400-1789 
HIS 223 Modern Europe 
HIS 239 Latin America: Colonial Period 
HIS 240 Latin America: National Period 
HIS 251 The History of Western Science: A Survey 
HIS 252 The History of Western Science: A Survey 
HIS 301 Race and Slavery 
HIS 302 Race and Segregation 
HIS 31 1 Darwin and the Theory of Evolution 
HIS 327 American Cultural History 
HIS 335 The American Colonial Period, 1607-1763 
HIS 336 The Age of the Democratic Revolution 



HIS 360 The Structure of Scientific Change: Topics in the History of 

Science 
HIS 369 History of Spain 
HIS 371 Europe since World War I 
HIS 373 English History to 1660 
HIS 374 English History since 1660 
HIS 381 The Near and Middle East 
HSS 201 Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern 
HSS 202 Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern 
MUS 331 History of Western Music I 
MUS 334 History of Western Music IV 
PHI 251 History of Ancient Philosophy 
PHI 252 History of Modern Philosophy 
RCO 108-109 Residential College Core Course: The American 

Experience 
RCO 208-209 Residential College Core Course: The American 

Experience 
RCO 240-249 Historical Perspectives of Western Culture 
REL 202 Hebrew Scriptures 

REL 204 New Testament and the Origins of Christianity 
REL 210 Christianity to the Reformation 
REL 212 Christianity from the Reformation to the Present 
REL 215 Judaism 

REL 229 Introduction to African American Religions 
REL 231 Religion in America 
REL 240 Modern Jewish Thought 
WCV 101 Western Civilization 
WCV 102 Western Civilization 
WGS 333 Women in Non-Western Cultures 

Mathematics (GMT) 

GEC requires one GMT course (3 s.h.). 

FMS 195 Freshman Seminar in Mathematics 

MAT 112 Contemporary Topics in Math 

MAT 115 College Algebra 

MAT 120 Calculus for Business and the Social Sciences 

MAT 150 Precalculus I 

MAT 151 Precalculus II 

MAT 191 Calculus I 

RCO 110-119 Residential College Seminars in Mathematics 

STA 108 Elementary Introduction to Probability and Statistics 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 

GEC requires two GNS courses (6-7 s.h.): 

• each must have a different departmental prefix 

• one must be a laboratory course 
AST 203 Conceptual Astronomy 

AST 209 Astronomy: The Solar System 

AST 235 Astronomy: The Universe 

ATY 253 Introduction to Physical Anthropology 

BIO 105 Major Concepts of Biology 

BIO 105L Major Concepts of Biology Laboratory 

BIO 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I 

BIO 112 Principles of Biology II 

CHE 101 Introductory Chemistry (formerly 106) 

CHE 103 General Descriptive Chemistry I 

CHE 104 General Descriptive Chemistry II 

CHE 110 Introductory Chemistry Laboratory 

CHE 1 1 1 General Chemistry I 

CHE 112 General Chemistry I Laboratory 

CHE 1 14 General Chemistry II 

CHE 115 General Chemistry II Laboratory 

FMS 183 Freshman Seminar in Physical Science 

FMS 183L Freshman Seminar in Physical Science Laboratory 

FMS 184 Freshman Seminar in Life Science 

FMS 184L Freshman Seminar in Life Science Laboratory 

GEO 103 Introduction to Earth Science 

GEO 106 Geosystems Science 

GEO 106L Geosystems Science Laboratory 

GEO 1 1 1 Physical Geology 

GEO 1 1 1 L Physical Geology Laboratory 



52 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



GEO 121 Introduction to Geographic Information Science 

GEO 311 Weather and Climate 

GEO 31 1L Climatology Laboratory 

GEO 314 Physical Geography: Landscape Processes 

GE0 314L Physical Geography Laboratory 

HSS 203 Seminar in the Physical Sciences 

HSS 204 Seminar in the Life Sciences 

NTR 213 Nutrition Facts and Fantasies 

PHY 205 Conceptual Physics 

PHY 205L Conceptual Physics Laboratory 

PHY 21 1 General Physics I 

PHY 211 A General Physics I 

PHY 212 General Physics II 

PHY 21 2A General Physics II 

PHY 291 General Physics I with Calculus 

PHY 292 General Physics II with Calculus 

PSY 230 Biological Psychology 

RCO 250-259 Residential College Seminars in Natural Science 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 

GEC requires two GRD courses (6 s.h.) to be taken as follows: 
Note: ENG 101, FMS 115, and RCO 101 are considered equivalent courses, and 
only one may be taken for credit. Additionally, ENG 102, FMS 116, and RCO 102 
are considered equivalent courses, and only one may be taken for credit. 

ENG 101 English Composition I 

or FMS 115 Freshman Seminar in Reasoning & Discourse I 

or RCO 101 English Composition I 

and one of the following: 

CCI 102 The Classical Art of Persuasion 

CST 105 Introduction to Communication Studies 

ENG 101N English Composition I 

ENG 102 English Composition II 

FMS 115 Freshman Seminar in Reasoning and Discourse I 

FMS 116 Freshman Seminar in Reasoning and Discourse II 

PHI 115 Practical Reasoning 

PHI 310 Introduction to Formal Logic 

PSY 318 Belief in "Weird" Things 

RCO 101 English Composition I 

RCO 102 English Composition II 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 

GEC requires two GSB courses (6 s.h.). 

AFS210 Blacks in American Society: Social, Economic, and Political 

Perspectives 
ATY 100 Contemporary Non-Western Cultures 
ATY212 General Anthropology 
ATY 213 Cultural Anthropology 
ATY 258 World Prehistory 
BCN 325 Gender and Media Culture 
CRS 321 Social Psychology of Dress 
ECO 101 Introduction to Economics 
ECO 201 Principles of Microeconomics 
ECO 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 
ENG 262 Sociolinguistics 

ESS 330 Sociocultural Analyses of Sport and Exercise 
FMS 170 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies 
FMS 171 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies — Global 

Perspectives 
FMS 172 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies— Global 

Non-Western Perspectives 
GEO 105 Cultural Geography 
GEO 202 World Production and Marketing Systems 
GEO 301 Urban Geography: Global Patterns 
GEO 344 Geography of the United States and Canada 
HDF 211 Life Span Development in the Human Environment 
HDF 212 Families and Close Relationships 
HDF 302 Infant and Child Development in the Family 
HDF 303 Adolescent Development in the Family 
HEA 201 Personal Health 
HEA 260 Human Sexuality 
HSS 208 Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies 



LIN 262 Sociolinguistics 

PSC 100 American Politics 

PSC 210 Introduction to Public Policy 

PSC 240 The International System 

PSC 260 Introduction to Comparative Politics 

PSY 121 General Psychology 

PSY 250 Developmental Psychology 

PSY 260 Psychological Perspectives on Social Psychology 

PSY 341 Abnormal Psychology 

RCO 270-279 Residential College Seminars in Social and Behavioral 

Sciences 
RPM 101 Leisure and American Lifestyles 
SES 200 People with Disabilities in American Society 
SES 240 Communication Development in Children 
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 
SOC 201 Social Problems 
SOC 202 Social Problems in Global Context 
SOC 222 Sociology of Deviant Behavior 
SOC 227 Race and Ethnic Relations 
SWK 31 1 Human Behavior and Social Environment 
WGS 250 An Introduction to Women's and Gender Studies: The 

American Woman 

GE Marker Approved Courses 

GEC requires four Global perspectives courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker. Courses listed below carry marker credit 
as designated on a permanent basis. 

Global Perspectives (GL) 

ATY 325 Caribbean Societies and Cultures 

ATY 300 The Culture of Baseball 

ATY 385 Language and Culture 

CCI 102 The Classical Art ot Persuasion 

CCI 201 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Greeks 

CCI 202 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Romans 

CCI 205 Mythology 

CCI 206 Classical Origins of the English Language 

CCI 21 1 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Greece) 

CCI 212 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Rome) 

CCI 227 Comparative Studies in World Epics 

CCI 228 Comparative Studies in World Drama 

CCI 230 Women in Antiquity 

CCI 305 Classical Tragedy 

CCI 306 Classical Comedy 

CCI 307 Roman Myth and Legend 

CCI 321 The Archaic Age 

CCI 324 The Age of Cicero 

CCI 325 The Age of Augustus 

CCI 326 The Age of Nero 

CCI 340 Ancient Cosmology 

CCI 350 Roman Law and Society 

CCI 355 The Roman Empire, 44 b.c-a.d. 337 

DCE 200 Dance Appreciation 

ECO 300 International Economy 

ENG 110 World Literature in English 

ENG 201 European Literary Classics: Ancient to Renaissance 

ENG 202 European Literary Classics: Enlightenment to Modern 

ENG 208 Topics in Global Literature 

ENG 371 Literary Study of the Bible 

FMS 121 Freshman Seminar in Literature — Global Perspectives 

FMS 131 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts — Global Perspectives 

FMS 141 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and Ethical 

Principles — Global Perspectives 
FMS 151 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern — 

Global Perspectives 
FMS 161 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern — 

Global Perspectives 
FMS 171 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies — Global 

Perspectives 
FRE 101 Beginning French 
FRE 101B Beginning Business French 



< 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



53 



University Requirements 



► 



FRE 102 Beginning French 

FRE 102B Beginning Business French 

FRE 203 Intermediate French 

FRE 204 Intermediate French 

FRE 222 Explorations in French Literature: English Versions 

FRE 232 Images of France and the Francophone World 

FRE 241 Intermediate French: Culture and Business 

FRE 312 French Conversation and Culture 

FRE 315 Advanced Grammar and Composition 

FRE 323 Albert Camus: English Versions 

FRE 341 Business French 

GEO 202 World Production and Marketing Systems 

GEO 301 Urban Geography: Global Patterns 

GER 101 Elementary German I 

GER 102 Elementary German II 

GER 203 Intermediate German 

GER 204 Intermediate German Topics 

GER 215 German Civilization: Readings in English 

GER 216 German Civilization: Readings in English 

GER 217 Masterworks or German Literature Read in English 

GER 218 Masterworks or German Literature Read in English 

GER 221 Germanic Mythology: Readings in English 

GER 291 German Conversation Topics 

GER 301 German Conversation and Composition: Topics 

GER 305 German Literature: Advanced Intermediate Topics 

GER 306 German Culture: Advanced Intermediate Topics 

GER 306F German Culture: Advanced Intermediate Topics in German 

Film 
GER 31 1 Business German 

GER 404 German Civilization: Research and/or Internet Projects 
GRK 201 Elementary Ancient Greek I 
GRK 202 Elementary Ancient Greek II 
GRK 203 Intermediate Ancient Greek I 
GRK 204 Intermediate Ancient Greek II 
GRK 303 Greek Drama 
GRK 304 Greek Drama 
GRK 31 1 The Greek Orators 
GRK 312 Greek Historical Writers 
GRK 313 Greek Historical Writers 
GRK 341 Homer 

HDF 410 Families and Children in Global Perspective 
HIS 221 Medieval Legacy 
HIS 222 Europe 1400-1789 
HIS 223 Modern Europe 
HIS 309 Unity and Unrest in Medieval Towns 
HIS 310 Daughters of Eve: Women in the Middle Ages 
HIS 349 The World at War, 1914-1945 
HIS 355 The Roman Empire, 44 b.c.-a.d. 337 
HIS 369 History of Spain 
HIS 371 Europe since World War I 
HIS 375 Germany in the Nineteenth Century: 1800-1914 
HIS 376 German History, 1914-1945 
HIS 392 The Holocaust: History and Meaning 
HIS 393 Medieval Church and State 
HTM 251 Multicultural Issues in Hospitality and Tourism 
IAR 221 History of Design I 
IAR 222 History of Design II 
IAR 321 Design Perspectives 

IAR 499 International Field Studies in Interior Architecture 
INS 233B International Studies Seminar 
ITA 101 Beginning Italian 
ITA 102 Beginning Italian 
ITA 203 Intermediate Italian 
ITA 204 Intermediate Italian 
LAT 101 Elementary Latin I 
LAT102 Elementary Latin II 
LAT 140 Elementary Latin Review 
LAT 203 Intermediate Latin I 
LAT 204 Intermediate Latin II 



LAT 301 Roman Lyric Poetry 

LAT 302 Roman Letters and Men of Letters 

LAT 303 Roman Drama 

LAT 31 1 The Roman Orators 

LAT 312 Roman Historians 

LAT 321 Roman Satire 

LAT 401 Vergil 

MGT 301 Introduction to International Business 

MUS 241 Music Appreciation 

MUS 333 History of Western Music III 

MUS 375 Opera Performance Techniques 

PHI 251 History of Ancient Philosophy 

PHI 252 History of Modern Philosophy 

POR 101 Beginning Portuguese 

POR 102 Beginning Portuguese 

POR 203 Intermediate Portuguese 

POR 204 Intermediate Portuguese 

PSC 240 The International System 

PSC 260 Introduction to Comparative Politics 

RCO Various Sections 

REL 101 Introduction to Religious Studies 

REL 104 Religion, Ritual, and the Arts 

REL 204 New Testament and the Origins of Christianity 

REL 209 Elements of Christian Thought 

REL 210 Christianity to the Reformation 

REL 212 Christianity from the Reformation to the Present 

REL 215 Judaism 

REL 240 Modern Jewish Thought 

SOC 202 Social Problems in Global Context 

SOC 223 Global Deviance 

SOC 344 Global Society 

SPA 100 Spanish for Health Care 

SPA 101 Beginning Spanish 

SPA 101 B Beginning Business Spanish 

SPA 102 Beginning Spanish 

SPA 102B Beginning Business Spanish 

SPA 203 Intermediate Spanish 

SPA 204 Intermediate Spanish 

SPA 222 Hispanic Masterpieces in English Translation 

SPA 233 Hispanic Cultures and Civilizations 

SPA 240 Intermediate Spanish I for Business 

SPA 241 Intermediate Spanish II for Business 

SPA 301 Advanced Spanish 

SPA 31 1 Spanish Conversation 

SPA 315 Intermediate Spanish Composition 

SPA 332 Introduction to Spanish Culture 

SPA 334 Introduction to Spanish American Culture 

SPA 341 Business Spanish 

SPA 351 Approaches to Hispanic Literature 

SPA 402 Spanish Literature I 

SPA 403 Spanish Literature II 

SPA 41 1 Advanced Spanish Conversation 

SPA 415 Advanced Spanish Composition 

SWK 522 Comparative Study of Cross-Cultural Social Work Practice 

WCV 101 Western Civilization 

WCV 102 Western Civilization 

Global Non-Western Perspectives (GN) 

ART 103 Survey of Visual Art in Non-Western Traditions 

ART 314 African Art 

ATY 100 Contemporary Non-Western Cultures 

ATY212 General Anthropology 

ATY 213 Cultural Anthropology 

ATY 258 World Prehistory 

ATY 330 Cultures of North American Indians 

ATY 333 Latin American Societies and Cultures 

ATY 335 Cultures of Africa 

ATY 337 Cultures of the Pacific 

ATY 465 An Overview of Medical Anthropology 

CCI 312 The Art and Archaeology of Egypt 



54 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



CHI 101 Elementary Chinese I 

CHI 102 Elementary Chinese II 

CHI 203 Intermediate Chinese I 

CHI 204 Intermediate Chinese II 

CRS 121 Culture, Human Behavior, and Clothing 

DCE 205 Dance History I: World Dance Traditions 

ECO 100 Economic Development of the Non-Western World 

ENG 204 Non-Western Literary Classics 

ENG 209 Topics in Non-Western Literature 

FMS 122 Freshman Seminar in Literature — Global Non-Western 

Perspectives 
FMS 132 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts — Global Non-Western 

Perspectives 
FMS 142 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and Ethical 

Principles — Global Non-Western Perspectives 
FMS 152 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern — 

Global Non-Western Perspectives 
FMS 162 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern — 

Global Non-Western Perspectives 
FMS 172 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies — Global 

Non-Western Perspectives 
GEO 104 The Geography of the Non-Western World 
GEO 105 Cultural Geography 
GEO 114 The Geography of World Affairs 
GEO 303 World Population Problems 
HEA 207 International Health 
HIS 203 History of Africa to 1870 
HIS 204 History of Africa since 1870 
HIS 215 The Civilizations of Asia 
HIS 216 The Civilizations of Asia 
HIS 217 The World in the Twentieth Century 
HIS 218 The World in the Twentieth Century 
HIS 239 Latin America: Colonial Period 
HIS 240 Latin America: National Period 
HIS 320 Central American History 
HIS 381 The Near and Middle East 
HIS 383 Chinese History to 1800 

HIS 384 The Modern Transformation of China: 1800 to Present Day 
HSS 208 Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies 
HSS215 Seminar in the Fine Arts: Global Non-Western 
INS 233A International Studies Seminar 
JNS 101 Elementary Japanese 
JNS 102 Elementary Japanese 
JNS 203 Intermediate Japanese 
JNS 204 Intermediate Japanese 
JNS 220 Modern Japan 
MUS 343 Music Cultures of the World 
MUS 425 Music of Sub-Saharan Africa 
MUS 468 Teaching Music in a Multicultural Population 
PHI 361 Ethical Issues in Business 
POR 233 Topics in Brazilian Culture and Civilization 
PSC 290 The Politics of the Non-Western World 
PSC 391 African Political Systems 
RCO Various Sections 
REL111 Non-Western Religions 
REL218 Non-Western Religions: China 
REL 220 Non-Western Religions: Japan 
REL221 Buddhism 
REL 223 Hinduism 
REL 225 Islam 

REL 250 Religious Traditions and Care of Earth 
REL 351 Religion in Traditional Societies 
RUS 101 Elementary Russian 
RUS 102 Elementary Russian 
RUS 201 Russian Literature in Translation 
RUS 202 Russian Literature in Translation 
RUS 203 Intermediate Russian 
RUS 204 Intermediate Russian 
RUS 306 Slavic Life and Letters: Topics 
RUS 313 Major Authors in Russian Literature 



RUS 314 Major Movements in Russian Literature and Culture 

SOC 300 Post Soviet Societies 

SPA 404 Spanish American Literature I 

SPA 405 Spanish American Literature II 

THR 506 Non-Western Theatre and/or Film 

WGS 333 Women in Non-Western Cultures 

Writing Intensive (WI) Courses 
and Speaking Intensive (SI) Courses 

GEC requires one WI and one SI marker course from any disci- 
pline; a second WI course and a second SI course are to be taken in 
the major. Please note that the College of Arts and Sciences requires 
additional WI courses. 

Throughout the year, Writing Intensive (WI) and Speaking 
Intensive (SI) courses are approved for offering by the General 
Education Writing Intensive and Speaking Intensive Committees. 
Since most WI and SI courses are approved to carry the WI or SI 
marker only for specific instructors or only for a given term, lists of 
WI and SI courses are not published in the Undergraduate Bulletin. 

Students and advisors should always refer to the Web-based 
semester Schedule of Courses for a current, valid listing of approved 
Writing Intensive and Speaking Intensive courses offered in a given 
term. The Web-based Schedule for any semester can be found at 
www.uncg.edu/reg/Schedule. 

Enrollment in certain Writing Intensive and Speaking Intensive 
courses is restricted to majors in that program. Students should 
always be aware of course prerequisites and other course restrictions 
as stated in this Bulletin before attempting to register for a course. 

General Education Credit through Study Abroad 

In addition to the above listed courses, students may receive 
General Education Core category and marker credit for courses taken 
in three overseas programs offered by the University's International 
Programs Center. For information about these courses, contact the 
International Programs Center, 127 Mclver Street, UNCG, 336/334- 
5404. 

Fall Semester in Estonia 

Political System and Administration (GSB) 

Estonian History (GHP) 

Estonian Literature in Translation (GLT-GN) 

Estonian Culture (GFA) 

Ecology and Nature in Estonia (GNS) 

Economy (GSB) 

Fall Semester in Finland 

Cultures and Societies of Scandinavia (GSB) 

Indigenous Cultures of the Polar Region (GN) 

Arts of Scandinavia (GFA) 

Finnish and Scandinavian Literature in Translation (GLT-GN) 

Nordic Nature and Environment (GNS) 

Spring Semester in Poland 

Arts in Contemporary Poland (GFA) 

Culture and Society in Contemporary Poland (GSB) 

Evolution of Political Systems in Eastern Europe (GSB) 

History of Poland (GHP) 

Transition of Central European Countries to Market Economies (GSB) 

Polish Literature in Translation (GLT-GN) 

Additional College of Arts and Sciences 
Requirements (CAR) 

Additional General Education requirements have been 
established by the College of Arts and Sciences, including 
requirements for foreign language study and writing inten- 
sive courses. These requirements are listed in detail below. 



< 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



55 



University Requirements 



Basic Technology Competencies 

UNCG recognizes that the ability to utilize appropriate 
technologies is an essential proficiency for a university gradu- 
ate in the twenty-first century. The University has established 
a list of Basic Technology Competencies in the categories of 
computer operation; setup; maintenance and troubleshooting; 
word processing; spreadsheet /graphing; library research; net- 
working; telecommunication; use of Internet/Web; media 
communications; and multimedia integration. The list of these 
competencies is available as an online resource, and provides 
several means available to UNCG students for acquiring each 
competency, with options that include campus workshops, 
computer lab staff support, and Web sites. Go to 
www.uncg.edu/tlc/student_competencies.hrml to view and 
access these resources. 

UNCG students are expected to use a variety of these basic 
technology competencies and additional competencies relevant 
to their fields of study. Incoming students should review the 
basic competencies and work to correct any deficiencies. 

Information & Research Skills 
Competencies 

In addition to basic technology skills, the acquisition of 
information skills and research competencies is an important 
Learning Goal of the General Education Program. Familiarity 
with library resources is essential in acquiring such skills. To 
assist students in this effort, UNCG's Jackson Library offers 
two levels of library instruction to undergraduates: 

1 . First- Year Undergraduates — students achieve orientation 
to research skills by completing the Library's Web tutorial 
and /or attending an instructional session in the Library. 

2. Upper Division Undergraduates — students who have 
not achieved the objectives of library instruction for first 
year students use the Library's Web tutorials designed 
for this purpose. In addition, these students are encour- 
aged to make an appointment with a reference librarian 
to seek individual assistance. 

See http://library.uncg.edu/depts/refAibinstruction and 
http://library.uncg.edu/depts/ref/tutorial for additional infor- 
mation. 

Definitions of Academic Program 
Terminology 

Undergraduate Areas of Study 

Undergraduate areas of study include all majors, concen- 
trations, teacher licensure programs, minors, and second 
majors that are available to UNCG students. Each area of 
study carries a unique code, which is used to identify the pro- 
gram. Students seeking a baccalaureate degree must select a 
primary major, and may, after consultation with an advisor, 
also select a minor or a second major. See chapter 10 for a list- 
ing of current Areas of Study codes. 

Also refer to chapter 6, Academic Units, for a complete 
list of available areas of study and the departmental listings 
for specific program and degree requirements. 



Major 

A major is a formalized curricular program leading to a 
degree. Each academic unit or department establishes the 
course requirements for each major program, concentrations 
within a major, and related area requirements. All program 
requirements follow the general structure described below. 

Concentration 

A concentration is a formalized curricular sequence 
established to achieve a specific goal within a major. 

Major Description 

The following information is always included at the 
beginning of any program description: 

1. Name of Major 

2. Degree Awarded 

3. Total Semester Hours Required for the Degree 

4. Area of Study Codes (AOS) 

5. Concentrations Available (if more than one area of study 
is available) 

Program Admission Requirements 

Special program admission and/or continuation require- 
ments, if any, are listed immediately following the descrip- 
tion of the major and degree. A number of programs have 
requirements that must be met before the student can be for- 
mally admitted to the major and permitted to take upper 
level courses. Such requirements usually involve completion 
of foundation courses, achievement of a certain GPA, and 
completion of a specified number of semester hours. Certain 
programs require portfolio review or audition for admission. 

Program Course Requirements 
General Education Requirements 

All students completing undergraduate degrees at 
UNCG are required to complete General Education Core and 
Marker Requirements as described above. 

All undergraduate programs follow General Education 
requirements. Most programs in the College of Arts & Sciences 
have requirements (CAR) in addition to the General Education 
requirements as described below. General Education Core and 
Marker requirements, including specific courses specified by 
the program, are listed prior to the major requirements. 

Major Requirements 

Major requirements include all courses that must be taken 
within the major department for completion of the degree. All 
undergraduate majors require a minimum of 27 semester 
hours in the major program of study. 

Majors that provide students with more than one con- 
centration or area of study within the major will usually sep- 
arate the Major Requirements into Core Requirements and 
Additional Concentration Requirements. 

A program of study taken by a student as a second major, 
in addition to the student's primary major, must meet all 
requirements as stated for that major. For example, a student 
pursuing English as his or her primary major who wishes to 
obtain a second major in French, must meet all the require- 
ments for the English major as well as those for the French 
major. 



56 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



Core Requirements 

Core courses are those courses required of all students in 
the major, regardless of concentration. 

Additional Concentration Requirements 

Concentration requirements are additional courses 
required only for a specific concentration. 

Related Area Requirements 

A number of majors require courses from other depart- 
ments or programs for completion of the degree. Such 
courses are listed as "Related Area" requirements following 
the major requirements. 

Teacher Licensure Requirements 

Programs that lead to teacher licensure also list teacher 
licensure requirements. 

Second Academic Concentration Requirements for 
Teacher Licensure Programs 

Several teacher licensure programs require students to 
complete a second academic concentration in addition to the 
primary major program. Students in teacher education pro- 
grams should check with their advisors or with the Teachers 
Academy for available second academic concentrations. Also 
see Teacher Education Programs in this Bulletin. 

Electives 

Most programs do not specify which electives a student 
must take although some may make suggestions. Electives 
are those courses taken to complete the semester hours 
required for the degree after fulfilling General Education 
requirements and major, related and /or other program 
requirements. 

Minors 

A minor is a formalized curricular sequence taken by a 
student outside his or her major area of study. Programs that 
can be taken as minors are described following descriptions 
of the major and second major. A minimum of 15 semester 
hours in a department is required to complete an area of 
study as a minor. Several areas of study can be taken only as 
minors. See individual programs for details. 

Special Curriculum Option (Plan II) 

For students whose needs are not met by the formal 
majors and degrees offered at UNCG, a special curriculum 
option — called Plan II — allows students to design their own 
course of study in consultation with appropriate faculty. 

Students desiring to pursue Plan II should be advised 
that there is no guarantee that their proposed program will 
lead to graduation until it has been fully approved. 
Developing a program is a time consuming process, often 
taking one year from initial intent to final approval. Students 
must file a statement of intent to pursue Plan II in the Office 
of Student Academic Services prior to registering for their last 
45 semester hours. Required steps have been adopted by the 
Undergraduate Curriculum Committee for approving Plan II 
programs. The following is an abbreviated description of the 
procedures that must be followed: 



1. Consult with the Director of Student Academic Services 
regarding general requirements and procedures. All gen- 
eral University requirements and minimum admission 
requirements for the desired departmental programs 
must be met by any Plan II program. 

2. Select a faculty advisor with expertise in the interdisci- 
plinary major. 

3. Select another member of the faculty to serve on an advi- 
sory committee. 

4. Develop a formal proposal with the committee. 

5. Send proposal to Undergraduate Curriculum Committee. 
Minor modifications to an approved Plan II program 

may be made if approved by both the faculty advisor and the 
Director of Student Academic Services. Other modifications 
require the full process outlined. 

Guide to Course Descriptions 

Course descriptions are comprised of the following 
information: 

1. Course Number 

2. Course Title 

3. Course Credit (in parentheses) 

4. Special Information, which may include: 

General Education credit 
Prerequisites and /or corequisites 
Special restrictions or other requirements 
Repeat-for-Credit notation (if course can be repeated) 
Grading Mode (if other than letter grade) 

5. Description of course content 

6. Frequency of offering (in parentheses); optional 

7. Equivalent courses (in parentheses) 

Each course description is represented by a three-letter 
prefix (indicating the department or program within which 
the course is taken) and a three-digit course number. After 
each course title are two (or three) numbers separated by 
colons which indicate semester hours credit, lecture, and lab- 
oratory hours. Following the credit indicator the following 
items may be listed: General Education credit; course prereq- 
uisites or corequisites; special restrictions or requirements; 
repeat-for-credit information if the course can be repeated for 
credit; and grading mode if the course is graded other than 
by letter grade. The course description itself may be followed 
by frequency of offering information. Explanations of each of 
these topics follows. 

Course Prefixes 

The following is a listing of current graduate and under- 
graduate course prefixes. 
ACC Accounting 
AFS African American Studies 
APD Apparel Product Design 
ART Art 
AST Astronomy 
ATY Anthropology 
BCN Broadcasting & Cinema 
BIO Biology 

BLS Humanities — Liberal Studies 
BUS Business Administration 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



57 



University Requirements 



CCI 


Classical Civilization 


CED 


Counseling & Educational Development 


CHE 


Chemistry & Biochemistry 


CHI 


Chinese 


CNR 


Conflict Resolution 


CRS 


Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies 


CSC 


Computer Science 


CSD 


Communication Sciences & Disorders 


CST 


Communication Studies 


CUI 


Curriculum & Instruction 


DCE 


Dance 


ECO 


Economics 


EDU 


Education/Teachers Academy 


ELC 


Educational Leadership & Cultural Foundations 


ENG 


English 


ENV 


Environmental Studies 


ERM 


Educational Research Methodology 


ESS 


Exercise & Sport Science 


FIN 


Finance 


FMS 


Freshman Seminars Program 


FRE 


French 


GEN 


Genetic Counseling 


GEO 


Geography 


GER 


German 


GRK 


Greek 


GRO 


Gerontology 


HDF 


Human Development & Family Studies 


HEA 


Public Health 


HHP 


Health & Human Performance 


HIS 


History 


HSS 


Honors Programs 


HTM 


Hospitality & Tourism Management 


IAR 


Interior Architecture 


INS 


International Studies 


ISM 


Information Systems & Operations Management 


ITA 


Italian 


JNS 


Japanese Studies 


LAT 


Latin 


LIN 


Linguistics 


LIS 


Library & Information Studies 


MAT 


Mathematics 


MBA 


Master of Business Administration 


MGT 


Management 


MKT 


Marketing 


MLS 


Master of Arts in Liberal Studies 


MUS 


Music 


NTR 


Nutrition 


NUR 


Nursing 


PHI 


Philosophy 


PHY 


Physics 


POR 


Portuguese 


PSC 


Political Science 


PSY 


Psychology 


RCO 


Residential College 


RCS 


Retailing & Consumer Studies 


REL 


Religious Studies 


CO 


2006-07 UNCG 



RPM Recreation & Parks Management 

RUS Russian 

SAS Student Academic Services 

SCM Supply Chain Management 

SEP Spartan Experience Program 

SES Specialized Education Services 

SOC Sociology 

SPA Spanish 

STA Statistics 

STR Strong College 

SWK Social Work 

THR Theatre 

UNS University Studies 

WCV Western Civilization 

WGS Women's & Gender Studies 

Course Type/Instructional Mode 

Courses at UNCG may be offered in several formats, 
based on the mode in which the course is taught or instruc- 
tion delivered. The type of course is reflected in the credit 
structure as well as being detailed in the course description. 
The semester Schedule of Courses also indicates a course's type 
or delivery mode. 

Lecture/Seminar Courses 

A lecture course consists of classes that meet weekly for a 
specified number of hours; instruction is delivered in a lecture 
or seminar setting. The semester hour structure of the course is 
expressed by two numbers, such as (3:3), where the first num- 
ber indicates that the course carries three semester hours of 
credit and the second number indicates that the course meets 
for three lecture /seminar hours per week. 

Laboratory/Studio/Practice Courses 

Such courses, which meet weekly, may combine a lecture 
component with a laboratory/studio/practice component, or 
may consist of a lab/studio/practice session only. 

In a combined lecture and lab /studio course, class ses- 
sions usually meet at different times and are detailed in the 
Schedule of Courses for each semester. The credit structure for 
such courses is always expressed by three numbers, such as 
(3:2:3), where the first number represents the semester hours 
credit, the second number represents the number of 
lecture /seminar hours the course meets per week, and the 
final number, the lab /studio hours required by the course 
each week. 

A course that is comprised of a lab/studio/practice com- 
ponent only will be expressed by the following credit struc- 
ture: (1:0:3), where the course receives 1 semester hour of 
credit, has no lecture component, and meets for three hours a 
week in a lab/studio/practice environment. 

Web-Based Courses 

Web-based courses are delivered via the Internet, totally 
or in combination with more conventional formats such as in- 
person lectures and /or labs. Web-based courses are denoted 
as such in the semester Schedule of Courses. 



Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



Service-Learning Courses 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro defines 
Academic Service-Learning as a teaching method that links 
community action and academic study so that each strengthens 
the other. Students, faculty, and community partners collabo- 
rate to enable students to address community needs, initiate 
social change, build effective relationships, enhance academic 
skills, and develop civic literacy. Service-Learning encourages 
critical consideration of the ethical dimensions of community 
engagement. Service-Learning courses are identified by the 
SVL course type in the semester Schedule of Courses. 

Experimental Courses 

An experimental course is a regular academic credit 
course offered only once on an experimental basis through an 
established academic program. Such a course is intended to 
accommodate the expertise of a visiting faculty member or to 
allow faculty to test a course within the UNCG academic 
community. An experimental course is always denoted as 
such by including "Experimental Course" in the title. 

Practicum/Internship Courses 

A practicum/ internship course is usually an upper level 
course, involving a career related learning experience of lim- 
ited duration in which an individual takes on responsible 
roles outside of the traditional university environment where 
training and supervision are included: in a non-profit organ- 
ization, a government office, or a private, for-profit business. 
An internship may last for a month, several months, or a 
year; be paid or voluntary; be taken for academic credit or 
not; be full-time or part-time. 

An example of a practicum/internship credit structure is 
(6:1:20), which indicates the course is taken for six (6) semes- 
ter hours credit, has a on campus seminar or lecture compo- 
nent that meets for 1 hour a week, and requires the student to 
spend approximately 20 hours weekly in the field at the off 
campus site. 

Course Numbers and Levels 

Course level numbers are structured as follows: 
100-199 — intended primarily for freshmen 
200-299 — intended primarily for sophomores 
300-399 — intended primarily for juniors 
400-499 — intended primarily for seniors 
500-599 — intended for advanced undergraduates and gradu- 
ate students; these courses are not open to freshmen and 

sophomores 
600-749 — registration restricted to students who are classified 

as graduate students 
750-799 — registration restricted to students admitted to 

doctoral programs 

Undergraduates are reminded that a minimum of 36 
semester hours must be completed at the 300 level or above 
to meet graduation requirements. 

Course descriptions for graduate-level courses (600 and 
700 level) are printed in The Graduate School Bulletin. 



Course Credit Hours 

Course credit, or semester, hours are indicated in paren- 
theses immediately following the course title. The first figure 
indicates the number of semester hour credits awarded for 
the course. The second and third figures indicate the number 
of lecture /seminar and laboratory /studio /practice hours 
normally scheduled each week during the semester in the 
course. 

For example, (3:2:3) indicates the course carries three 
semester hour credits, meets for two lecture /seminar hours 
and three laboratory/studio hours each week. 

When only two figures appear in the parentheses, there 
are no laboratory or studio hour requirements. For example, 
(3:3) indicates that the course carries three semester hour 
credits and meets for three lecture /seminar hours per week. 

Graduate courses and certain other courses may have 
only one figure enclosed in parentheses, which indicates only 
the number of semester hours credit given. 

Normally, a class period is 50 minutes in length for each 
semester hour given. 

Two course numbers separated by a comma indicate a 
sequence of two courses with closely related content. 

General Education Requirement Abbreviations 

Courses approved as meeting requirements in the general 
education core or marker areas are indicated by one of the fol- 
lowing abbreviations following the course title and credit: 

GEC Category Abbreviations 

GLT Literature 

GFA Fine Arts 

GPR Philosophical /Religious /Ethical Perspectives 

GHP Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 

GMT Mathematics 

GNS Natural Sciences 

GRD Reasoning and Discourse 

GSB Social and Behavioral Sciences 

GE Marker Abbreviations 

GL Global Perspectives 

GN Global Non-Western Perspectives 

SI Speaking Intensive 

WI Writing Intensive 

College's Additional Requirements (CAR) Abbreviations 

GPM Historical Perspectives — Western — Premodern 
GMO Historical Perspectives — Western — Modern 
GLS Natural Sciences — Life Science 
GPS Natural Sciences — Physical Science 
GFL Foreign Language 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



M 



University Requirements 



Course Prerequisites/Corequisites 

A prerequisite is a course that must be completed before 
another course may be taken. A corequisite is a course that 
must be taken concurrently with another course. 
Prerequisites and corequisites are indicated after the course 
title and credit by Pr. or Coreq. followed by the requirements 
that must be met before that course may be taken. 

A student may not enroll in a course without having 
completed the proper prerequisites unless these prerequisites 
have been waived by the head of the department in which the 
course is offered. 

Other Course Restrictions 

Some courses carry additional restrictions (Freshmen 
only; Majors only; etc.). Such restrictions are highlighted fol- 
lowing the listing of any course prerequisites. 

Grading Method 

Courses are graded by letter grade (A-F) unless other- 
wise noted in the course description. If a course is graded 
other than by letter grade, this information is stated after the 
prerequisite listing. Also see section on Grading. 

Pass/Not Pass Courses 

The following undergraduate /advanced undergraduate 
courses are graded P/NP (Pass/Not Pass) and are so noted in 
their descriptions: 

BCN 196, 496, 499; BUS 105B; CSC 312; CSD 219, 476; CUI 
461, 462; DCE 250, 365, 461; ESS 461, 462; GER 291; GRK 150 
HEA 428; HSS 299; ISM 411; LAT 198, 199; MUS 090, 091 
NUR 425, 435, 440; PFTY 401; RPM 315, 417; RUS 101L, 102L 
SAS 100; SPA 100 

Repeat-for-Credit Notation 

Some courses may be repeated for credit under special 
circumstances. Such information is highlighted following the 
listing of any prerequisites. 

Course Description 

The description of a course is necessarily brief and is 
intended to give students a concise overview of course con- 
tent. A course syllabus, which contains complete details 
about a course's content and requirements, may be obtained 
from the department or instructor. 



Frequency of Course Offering 

Many courses indicate the semester(s) in which they are 
usually offered. This information is indicated in parentheses 
at the end of the course description as follows: 
(Fall & Spring) — course usually offered both fall and spring 

semesters. 
(Fall & Spring & Summer) — course usually offered fall and 

spring semesters and summer session. 
(Fall or Spring) — course usually offered either fall or spring 

semesters. 
(Fall or Spring or Summer) — course may be offered fall 

semester, or spring semester, or summer session. 
(Fall or Spring or Winter) — course may be offered fall 

semester, or spring semester, or winter session. 
(Fall) — course usually offered fall only. 
(Spring) — course usually offered spring only. 
(Summer) — course usually offered summer only. 
(Alt) — course usually offered only in alternate semesters or 

years. 
(Even, Odd) — course usually offered in even or odd semes- 
ters or years. 
(Occ) — course offered occasionally. 

Students should also be aware that regularly scheduled 
undergraduate classes for which fewer than ten students 
enroll (or graduate classes for which fewer than five students 
enroll) will be offered only with special approval of the 
Provost. If enrollment does not justify continuation of a class, 
the class may not be offered that semester. 

Equivalent Course Credit/Cross-listed Courses 

A number of undergraduate courses have course content 
that is considered equivalent to other similar courses. Each 
semester a number of courses are cross-listed with courses 
taught in a different department. Ordinarily students can take 
only one of such cross-listed courses for credit. Cross-listed 
courses are indicated in parentheses following a course 
description ("Same as . . . "). Students should be aware of such 
equivalencies before registering in order to avoid taking a 
course for which they will not receive additional credit. 



60 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



General Education Course Credit Summary Table 

GE Core Category Codes 

GLT — Literature | GFA — Fine Arts | GPR — Philosophical/Religious/Ethical Perspectives | GHP — Historical Perspectives | GMT — Mathematics 
GNS — Natural Sciences | GRD — Reasoning & Discourse | GSB — Social & Behavioral Sciences 

CAR Codes 1 

GFL — Foreign Language | GPM — Historical Perspectives — Premodern | GMO — Historical Perspectives — Modern 
GLS — Natural Sciences — Life | GPS — Natural Sciences — Physical 

GE Marker Codes 

GL — Global Perspectives | GN — Global Non-Western Perspectives | WI — Writing Intensive 2 | SI — Speaking Intensive 2 
Additional Course Information Abbreviations 2 

L— Lab 

The following list includes courses that are approved for the noted credit status and which will carry the designated markers for all sections 
for 2006-07. 

^CAR codes (College Additional Requirements) are for use only by students pursuing majors in the College of Arts and Sciences; see chapter 6. 
^Writing Intensive (WI) and Speaking Intensive (SI) courses are not indicated on this table; refer to the Web-based semester Schedule of Courses for a 
listing of courses taught as SI or WIfor a given semester. 



Course 


GECORE 


CAR 


Global 


Global/ NW 


Lab 


AFS 201 


GHP 


GMO 








AFS 210 


GSB 










ART 100 


GFA 










ART 101 


GFA 










ART 103 


GFA 






GN 




ART 314 








GN 




AST 203 


GNS 


GPS 








AST 209 


GNS 


GPS 








AST 235 


GNS 


GPS 








ATY 100 


GSB 






GN 




ATY 212 


GSB 






GN 




ATY 213 


GSB 






GN 




ATY 253 


GNS 


GLS 






L 


ATY 258 


GSB 






GN 




ATY 300 






GL 






ATY 325 






GL 






ATY 330 








GN 




ATY 333 








GN 




ATY 335 








GN 




ATY 337 








GN 




ATY 385 






GL 






ATY 465 








GN 




BCN 101 


GFA 










BCN 225 


GFA 










BCN 226 


GFA 










BCN 325 


GSB 










BIO 105 


GNS 


GLS 








BIO 105L 


GNS 


GLS 






L 


BIO 111 


GNS 


GLS 






L 


BIO 112 


GNS 


GLS 






L 


CCI 102 


GRD 




GL 






CCI 201 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 






CCI 202 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 







CCI 205 



GPR 



GL 



Course 


GE Core 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW Lab 


CCI 206 






GL 




CCI 211 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




CCI 212 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




CCI 220 


GHP 


GPM 






CCI 227 


GLT 




GL 




CCI 228 


GLT 




GL 




CCI 230 






GL 




CCI 240 


GHP 


GPM 






CCI 305 


GLT 




GL 




CCI 306 


GFA 




GL 




CCI 307 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




CCI 312 


GFA 






GN 


CCI 321 


GPR 




GL 




CCI 324 


GLT 




GL 




CCI 325 


GLT 




GL 




CCI 326 


GLT 




GL 




CCI 340 


GPR 




GL 




CCI 350 


GPR 




GL 




CCI 355 






GL 




CHE 101 


GNS 


GPS 






CHE 103 


GNS 


GPS 






CHE 104 


GNS 


GPS 






CHE 110 


GNS 


GPS 




L 


CHE 111 


GNS 


GPS 






CHE 112 


GNS 


GPS 




L 


CHE 114 


GNS 


GPS 






CHE 115 


GNS 


GPS 




L 


CHI 101 








GN 


CHI 102 








GN 


CHI 203 








GN 


CHI 204 








GN 


CRS121 








GN 


CRS321 


GSB 









CRS 372 



GHP 



GMO 



< 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



61 



University Requirements 



General Education Course Credit Summary Table 



► 



Course 


GE Core CAR Global 


Global/NW Lab 


CST 105 


GRD 






DCE 101 


GFA 






DCE 200 


GFA 


GL 




DCE 205 






GN 


ECO 100 






GN 


ECO 101 


GSB 






ECO 201 


GSB 






ECO 202 


GSB 






ECO 300 




GL 




ENG 101 


GRD 






ENG 101N 


GRD 






ENG 102 


GRD 






ENG 104 


GLT 






ENG 105 


GLT 






ENG 106 


(.,1.1 






ENG 107 


GLT 






ENG 108 


GLT 






ENG 109 


GLT 






ENG 110 


GLT 


GL 




ENG 201 


GLT 


GL 




ENG 202 


GLT 


GL 




ENG 204 


GLT 




GN 


ENG 208 


GLT 


GL 




ENG 209 


GLT 




GN 


ENG 210 


GLT 






ENG 211 


GLT 






ENG 212 


GLT 






ENG 251 


GLT 






ENG 252 


GLT 






ENG 262 


GSB 






ENG 315 


GLT 






ENG 331 


GLT 






ENG 339 


GLT 






ENG 340 


GLT 






ENG 371 


GLT 


GL 




ESS 330 


GSB 






FMS 115 


GRD 






FMS116 


GRD 






FMS 120 


GLT 






FMS 121 


GLT 


GL 




FMS 122 


GLT 




GN 


FMS 130 


GFA 






FMS 131 


GFA 


GL 




FMS 132 


GFA 




GN 


FMS 140 


GPR 







I \is III 



62 



Cl'R 



Gl 



Course 


GE Core 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW 


Lab 


FMS 142 


GPR 






GN 




FMS 150 


GHP 


GPM 








FMS 151 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 






FMS 152 


GHP 


GPM 




GN 




FMS 160 


GHP 


GMO 








FMS 161 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 






FMS 162 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 




FMS 170 


GSB 










FMS 171 


GSB 




GL 






FMS 172 


GSB 






GN 




FMS 183 


GNS 


GPS 








FMS 183L 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


FMS 184 


GNS 


GLS 








FMS 184L 


GNS 


GLS 






L 


FMS 195 


GMT 










FRE101 






GL 






FRE 101B 






GL 






FRE102 






GL 






FRE 102B 






GL 






FRE 203 




GFL 


GL 






FRE 204 




GFL 


GL 






FRE 222 


GLT 




GL 






FRE 232 






GL 






FRE 241 




GFL 


GL 






FRE 312 






GL 






FRE 315 






GL 






FRE 323 


GLT 




GL 






FRE 341 






GL 






FRE 353 


GLT 










GEO 103 


GNS 


GPS 








GEO 104 








GN 




GEO 105 


GSB 






GN 




GEO 106 


GNS 


GPS 








GEO 106L 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


GEO 111 


GNS 


GPS 








GEO 111L 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


GEO 114 








GN 




GEO 121 


GNS 


GPS 








GEO 202 


GSB 




Gl 






GEO 301 


GSB 




GL 






GEO 303 








GN 




GEO 311 


GNS 


GPS 








GE0 311L 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


GEO 314 


GNS 


GPS 








GEO 314L 


GNS 


GPS 






L 



GEO 344 GSB 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



General Education Course Credit Summary Table 



Course 


GE Core 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW Lab 


GER 101 






GL 




GER 102 






GL 




GER 203 




GFL 


GL 




GER 204 




GFL 


GL 




GER 215 






GL 




GER 216 






GL 




GER 217 


GLT 




GL 




GER 218 


GLT 




GL 




GER 221 






GL 




GER 291 


, 




GL 




GER 301 






GL 




GER 305 






GL 




GER 306 






GL 




GER 306F 






GL 




GER 311 




GFL 


GL 




GER 404 






GL 




GRK201 






GL 




GRK202 






GL 




GRK203 




GFL 


GL 




GRK 204 




GFL 


GL 




GRK303 






GL 




GRK 304 






GL 




GRK 311 






GL 




GRK 312 






GL 




GRK 313 






GL 




GRK 341 






GL 




HDF 211 


GSB 








HDF 212 


GSB 








HDF 302 


GSB 








HDF 303 


GSB 








HDF 410 






GL 




HEA 201 


GSB 








HEA 207 








GN 


HEA 260 


GSB 








HIS 203 


GHP 


GPM 




GN 


HIS 204 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 


HIS 211 


GHP 


GMO 






HIS 212 


GHP 


GMO 






HIS 215 


GHP 


GPM 




GN 


HIS 216 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 


HIS 217 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 


HIS 218 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 


HIS 220 


GHP 


GPM 






HIS 221 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




HIS 222 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 





Course 


GE Core 


CAR 


Global ( 


Global/ NV\ 


' Lab 


HIS 239 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 




HIS 240 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 




HIS 251 


GHP 


GPM 








HIS 252 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 301 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 302 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 309 






GL 






HIS 310 






GL 






HIS 311 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 320 








GN 




HIS 327 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 335 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 336 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 349 






GL 






HIS 355 






GL 






HIS 360 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 369 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 






HIS 371 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 






HIS 373 


GHP 


GPM 








HIS 374 


GHP 


GMO 








HIS 375 






GL 






HIS 376 






GL 






HIS 381 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 




HIS 383 








GN 




HIS 384 








GN 




HIS 392 






GL 






HIS 393 






GL 






HSS 201 


GHP 


GPM 








HSS 202 


GHP 


GMO 








HSS 203 


GNS 


GPS 








HSS 204 


GNS 


GLS 








HSS 205 


GFA 










HSS 206 


GPR 










HSS 207 


GLT 










HSS 208 


GSB 






GN 




HSS 215 


GFA 






GN 




HTM 251 






GL 






IAR 221 


GFA 




GL 






IAR 222 


GFA 




GL 






IAR 321 


GFA 




GL 






IAR 499 






GL 






INS 233A 








GN 




INS 233B 






GL 






ITA 101 






GL 






ITA 102 






GL 







A 



HIS 223 GHP GMO GL ITA 203 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



GFL 



GI 



63 



University Requirements 



General Education Course Credit Summary Table 



► 



Course 


GECORE 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW 


' Lab 


ITA 204 




GFL 


GL 






JNS 101 








GN 




JNS102 








GN 




JNS 203 




GFL 




GN 




JNS 204 




GFL 




GN 




JNS 220 








. GN 




LAT 101 






GL 






LAT 102 






GL 






LAT 140 






GL 






LAT 203 




GFL 


GL 






LAT 204 




GFL 


GL 






LAT 301 






GL 






LAT 302 






GL 






LAT 303 






GL 






LAT 311 






GL 






LAT 312 






GL 






LAT 321 






GL 






LAT 401 






GL 






LIN 262 


GSB 










MAT 112 


GMT 










MAT 115 


GMT 










MAT 120 


GMT 










MAT 150 


GMT 










MAT 151 


GMT 










MAT 191 


GMT 










MGT 301 






GL 






MUS 214 


GFA 










MUS 241 


GFA 




GL 






MUS 331 


GHP 


GPM 








MUS 332 


GFA 










MUS 333 






GL 






MUS 334 


GHP 


GMO 








MUS 343 


GPR 






GN 




MUS 375 






GL 






MUS 425 








GN 




MUS 468 








GN 




NTR 213 


GNS 


GLS 








PHI 111 


GPR 










PHI 115 


GRD 










PHI 119 


GPR 










PHI 121 


GPR 










PHI 220 


GPR 










PHI 251 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 






PHI 252 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 






PHI 310 


GRD 











PHI 331 



64 



GPR 



Course GE Core 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW 


Lab 


PHI 359 


GPR 










PHI 361 


GPR 






GN 




PHY 205 


GNS 


GPS 








PHY 205L 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


PHY 211 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


PHY 211A 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


PHY 212 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


PHY 212A 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


PHY 291 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


PHY 292 


GNS 


GPS 






L 


POR 101 






GL 






POR 102 






GL 






POR 203 




GFL 


GL 






POR 204 




GFL 


GL 






POR 233 








GN 




PSC 100 


GSB 










PSC 105 


GPR 










PSC 210 


GSB 










PSC 240 


GSB 




GL 






PSC 260 


GSB 




GL 






PSC 270 


GPR 










PSC 290 








GN 




PSC 391 








GN 




PSY 121 


GSB 










PSY 230 


GNS 


GLS 








PSY 250 


GSB 










PSY 260 


GSB 










PSY 318 


GRD 










PSY 341 


GSB 










PSY 380 


GPR 










RCO 101 


GRD 










RCO 102 


GRD 










RCO 108 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 






RCO 109 


GHP 


GMO 








RCO 110-119 


GMT 










RCO 208-209 


GHP 


GMO 








RCO 210-219 


GPR 










RCO 220-229 


GLT 










RCO 230-239 


GFA 










RCO 240-244 


GHP 


GPM 








RCO 245-249 


GHP 


GMO 








RCO 250-254 


GNS 


GLS 








RCO 255-259 


GNS 


GPS 








RCO 260-269 








GN 




RCO 270-279 


GSB 











RCO 280-289 GLT 
2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



University Requirements 



General Education Course Credit Summary Table 



Course 


GE Core 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW Lab 


REL101 


GPR 




GL 




REL 104 


GPR 




GL 




REL 109 


GPR 








REL 111 


GPR 






GN 


REL 202 


GHP 


GPM 






REL 204 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




REL 207 


GPR 








REL 209 


GPR 




GL 




REL 210 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




REL 212 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 




REL 215 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 




REL 218 


GPR 






GN 


REL 220 


GPR 






GN 


REL 221 


GPR 






GN 


REL 223 


GPR 






GN 


REL 225 


GPR 






GN 


REL 229 


GHP 


GMO 






REL 231 


GHP 


GMO 






REL 232 


GPR 








REL 240 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 




REL 250 


GPR 






GN 


REL 251 


GPR 








REL 258 


GPR 








REL 259 


GPR 








REL 327 


GPR 








REL 351 








GN 


RPM101 


GSB 








RUS 101 








GN 


RUS 102 








GN 


RUS 201 


GLT 






GN 


RUS 202 








GN 


RUS 203 




GFL 




GN 


RUS 204 




GFL 




GN 


RUS 306 








GN 


RUS 313 


GLT 






GN 


RUS 314 


GLT 






GN 


SES 200 


GSB 








SES 240 


GSB 








SOC 101 


GSB 








SOC 201 


GSB 








SOC 202 


GSB 




GL 




SOC 222 


GSB 








SOC 223 






GL 




SOC 227 


GSB 








SOC 300 








GN 



SOC 344 



GL 



Course 


GE Core 


CAR 


Global 


Global/NW Lab 


SPA 100 






GL 




SPA 101 






GL 




SPA 101 B 






GL 




SPA 102 






CI 




SPA 102B 






GL 




SPA 203 




GFL 


GL 




SPA 204 




GFL 


GL 




SPA 222 


GLT 




GL 




SPA 233 






GL 




SPA 240 




GFL 


GL 




SPA 241 




GFL 


GL 




SPA 301 






GL 




SPA 311 






GL 




SPA 315 






GL 




SPA 332 






GL 




SPA 334 






GL 




SPA 341 






GL 




SPA 351 


GLT 




GL 




SPA 402 


GLT 




GL 




SPA 403 


GLT 




GL 




SPA 404 


GLT 






GN 


SPA 405 


GLT 






GN 


SPA 411 






GL 




SPA 415 






GL 




STA 108 


GMT 








SWK 311 


GSB 








SWK522 






GL 




THR 100 


GFA 








THR 130 


GFA 








THR 205 


GFA 








THR 323 


GFA 








THR 500 


GLT 








THR 501 


GLT 








THR 502 


GFA 








THR 506 








GN 


WCV 101 


GHP 


GPM 


GL 




WCV 102 


GHP 


GMO 


GL 




WGS 250 


GSB 








WGS 333 


GHP 


GMO 




GN 


WGS 350 


GPR 









< 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



65 



6. Academic Units 



The College of Arts 
and Sciences 

105 Foust Building 

Timothy D. Johnston, Professor and Dean of the College 
Denise N. Baker, Professor and Associate Dean 
Robert C. Hansen, Professor and Associate Dean 
Kevin W. Moore, Associate Dean for Research 
Karen H. Patrick, Assistant Dean 

Through its facult)', courses, and programs, the College 
of Arts and Sciences encourages intellectual inquiry and 
development of the knowledge and skills that enable critical 
examination of traditions and assumptions. A liberal educa- 
tion prepares students for informed and reflective participa- 
tion in society, for sustained cultural and aesthetic enjoyment, 
and for a lifetime of learning. 

Freedom and self-motivation in the context of a rational 
plan of disciplined study are fundamental to a liberal arts 
education. Students are encouraged to seek relationships 
among the various subjects studied and to develop a coher- 
ent intellectual perspective. To aid in this process, the College 
requirements build upon the University's General Education 
requirements. 

The College of Arts and Sciences is composed of the 
departments of Anthropology; Art; Biology; Broadcasting and 
Cinema; Chemistry and Biochemistry; Classical Studies; 
Communication Studies; Computer Science; English; 
Geography; German and Russian; History; Mathematics and 
Statistics; Philosophy; Physics and Astronomy; Political 
Science; Psychology; Religious Studies; Romance Languages; 
Sociology; and Theatre. The College also includes Freshman 
Seminars, African American Studies, Archaeology, Environ- 
mental Studies, Humanities (online Bachelor of Arts in Liberal 
Studies program), International Studies, Linguistics, and 
Women's and Gender Studies. 

CASA, the College advising center, provides academic 
assistance for first-year and pre-major undergraduate students. 

College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

In addition to the course requirements stated in the 
University's General Education Core (GEC) in chapter 5, stu- 
dents majoring in the College of Arts and Sciences must also 
complete the following: 

Humanities (Literature GLT, Fine Arts GFA, 
Philosophical/Religious/Ethical Perspectives GPR) 

Students in the College must distribute the 12 semester 
hours required by GEC in the Humanities as follows: GLT, 
six (6) hours; GFA, three (3) hours; and GPR, three (3) hours. 



Historical Perspectives — Western Culture 
(GPM and GMO) 

Students must complete a total of six (6) semester hours 
in GHP courses, with one course chosen from the premodern 
(GPM) list and one from the modern (GMO) list. See course 
lists on next page. 

Natural Sciences (GLS and GPS) 

Students must complete a total of 9-10 semester hours in 
GNS courses, with at least one course chosen from the Life 
Science (GLS) list, and at least one course chosen from the 
Physical Science (GPS) list. One of the three must include a 
laboratory. See course lists on next page. 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 

Students must complete a total of nine (9) semester hours 
in GSB courses, with courses taken from at least two different 
academic departments. 

Foreign Language (GFL) 

Students are required to demonstrate intermediate-level 
proficiency in a foreign language. The typical sequence of 
UNCG courses for foreign language is 101, 102, 203, and 204. 
The College considers successful completion of the 204 
course a demonstration of proficiency. Students may place 
out of one or more courses through a placement test. 

Students whose high school courses were taught in a for- 
eign language may document their proficiency with a high 
school transcript. Students who are proficient in a language 
other than those taught at UNCG may submit a letter of cer- 
tification from a professor at any accredited U.S. college or 
university documenting proficiency. Students with docu- 
mented learning disabilities or demonstrable long-standing 
difficulties learning a foreign language can apply for the 
Modified Foreign Language Program through which they 
may demonstrate proficiency. 

Six (6) hours of foreign language course work may be 
used toward the General Education marker requirement of 12 
hours of Global (GL) or Global Non-Western (GN) courses. 
See chapter 5. 

Writing Intensive Courses (Wl) 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences must com- 
plete a total of four (4) Writing Intensive (WI) courses: 

1. At least one of the four (4) Writing Intensive courses 
must be in the student's primary major and at least one 
must be in the upper division (300 and above). A single 
course may satisfy both the requirement for a course in 
the major and the requirement for a course in the upper- 
division, as long as a total of four Writing Intensives are 
taken. 

2. Students transferring to UNCG as sophomores, and 
returning students who completed 30-59 semester hours 
of their course work at UNCG prior to 1989, are required 
to take three Writing Intensive courses, distributed as in 
#1 above. Students transferring to UNCG as juniors, and 
returning students who completed 60-89 hours at 
UNCG prior to 1989, are required to take two Writing 
Intensive courses, at least one of which must be in the 



w> 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



department or program of their primary major. Students 
who transfer as seniors, or who return having completed 
90 or more hours at UNCG prior to 1989, must take one 
Writing Intensive course. NOTE: Writing Intensive 
courses may also meet General Education Core category, 
marker, or major requirements. 

Students who obtain a score of 5 on the English Advanced 
Placement Literature and Composition examination are 
exempted from one of the Writing Intensive courses. Contact 
the Department of English for further information. 

Summary of CAR 

Humanities 

Twelve semester hours required, distributed as follows: 

Literature (GLT) 6 AP 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 AP 

Philosophical/Religious/Ethical (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives — Western Culture 6 AP 

(based on GHP list) 

Six (6) semester hours required, including one course 
from each category: 

Premodern (GPM) (3 s.h.) 

CCI 201 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Greeks 

CCI 202 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Romans 

CCI 21 1 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Greece) 

CCI 212 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Rome) 

CCI 220 The Ancient World 

CCI 240 Ancient Warfare 

CCI 307 Roman Myth and Legend 

FMS 150 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern 

FMS 151 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern — 

Global Perspectives 
FMS 152 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern — 

Global Non-Western Perspectives 
HIS 203 History ot Africa to 1870 
HIS 215 The Civilizations of Asia 
HIS 220 The Ancient World 
HIS 221 Medieval Legacy 
HIS 222 Europe 1400-1789 
HIS 251 The History of Western Science: A Survey 
HIS 369 History of Spain 
HIS 373 English History to 1660 

HSS 201 Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Premodern 
MUS 331 History of Western Music I 
PHI 251 History of Ancient Philosophy 

RCO 108 Residential College Core Course: The American Experience 
RCO 240-244 Residential College Seminars in Historical Perspectives 

of Western Culture — Premodern 
REL 202 Hebrew Scriptures 

REL 204 New Testament and the Origins of Christianity 
REL 210 Christianity to the Reformation 
WCV 101 Western Civilization 

Modern (GMO) (3 s.h.) 

AFS 201 Introduction to African American Studies 

CRS 372 Survey of Historic Costume 

FMS 160 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern 

FMS 161 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern — 

Global Perspectives 
FMS 162 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern — 

Global Non-Western Perspectives 
HIS 204 History of Africa since 1870 
HIS 21 1 The United States: A General Survey to 1865 
HIS 212 The United States: A General Survey since 1865 
HIS 216 The Civilizations of Asia 
HIS 217 The World in the Twentieth Century: 1900-1945 



HIS 218 The World in the Twentieth Century: 1945-1999 

HIS 223 Modern Europe 

HIS 239 Latin America: Colonial Period 

HIS 240 Latin America: National Period 

HIS 252 The History of Western Science: A Survey 

HIS 301 Race and Slavery 

HIS 302 Race and Segregation 

HIS 31 1 Darwin and the Theory of Evolution 

HIS 327 American Cultural History 

HIS 335 The American Colonial Period, 1607-1763 

HIS 336 The Age of the Democratic Revolution 

HIS 360 The Structure of Scientific Change: Topics in the History of 

Science 
HIS 371 Europe since World War I 
HIS 374 English History since 1660 
HIS 381 The Near and Middle East 
HSS 202 Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern 
MUS 334 History of Western Music IV 
PHI 252 History of Modern Philosophy 
RCO 1 09, 208-209 Residential College Core Course: The American 

Experience 
RCO 245-249 Residential College Seminars in Historical Perspectives 

of Western Culture — Modern 
REL 212 Christianity from the Reformation to the Present 
REL 215 Judaism 

REL 229 Introduction to African American Religions 
REL 231 Religion in America 
REL 240 Modern Jewish Thought 
WCV 102 Western Civilization 
WGS 333 Women in Non-Western Cultures 

Natural Science (GPS and GLS) 9-10 AP 

(based on GNS list) 

Nine (9) to ten semester hours required including one 
laboratory course, and at least one course from each category: 

Physical Science (GPS) (3-7 s.h.) 
AST 203 Conceptual Astronomy 
AST 209 Astronomy: The Solar System 
AST 235 Astronomy: The Universe 
CHE 101 Introductory Chemistry (formerly 106) 
CHE 103 General Descriptive Chemistry I 
CHE 104 General Descriptive Chemistry II 
CHE 1 10 Introductory Chemistry Laboratory 
CHE 1 1 1 General Chemistry I 
CHE 112 General Chemistry I Laboratory 
CHE 114 General Chemistry II 
CHE 115 General Chemistry II Laboratory 
FMS 183 Freshman Seminar in Physical Science 
FMS 183L Freshman Seminar in Physical Science Laboratory 
GEO 103 Introduction to Earth Science 
GEO 106 Geosystems Science 
GEO 106L Geosystems Science Laboratory 
GEO 1 1 1 Physical Geology 
GE0 111L Physical Geology Laboratory 
GEO 121 Introduction to Geographic Information Science 
GEO 31 1 Weather and Climate 
GEO 31 1L Climatology Laboratory 
GEO 314 Physical Geography: Landscape Processes 
GEO 31 4L Physical Geography Laboratory 
HSS 203 Seminar in the Physical Sciences 
PHY 205 Conceptual Physics 
PHY 205L Conceptual Physics Laboratory 
PHY 211 General Physics I 
PHY 211 A General Physics I 
PHY 212 General Physics II 
PHY 212A General Physics II 
PHY 291 General Physics I with Calculus 
PHY 292 General Physics II with Calculus 
RCO 255-259 Residential College Seminars in Natural Science* 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



67 



Academic Units 



Life Science (GLS) (3-7 s.h.) 

ATY 253 Introduction to Physical Anthropology 
BIO 105 Major Concepts of Biology 
BIO 105L Major Concepts of Bio Laboratory 
BIO 1 1 1 Principles of Biology I 
BIO 112 Principles of Biology II 
FMS 184 Freshman Seminar in Life Science 
FMS 184L Freshman Seminar in Life Science Laboratory 
HSS 204 Seminar in the Life Sciences 
NTR 213 Nutrition Facts and Fantasies 
PSY 230 Biological Psychology 

RCO 250-254 Residential College Seminars in Natural Science* 
RCO 250-259 may carry either GPS or GLS credit; see advisor or 
semester Schedule of Courses. 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 9 AP 

Nine (9) semester hours required, with courses from at 
least two different academic departments 

Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 or proficiency AP 

Intermediate-level proficiency in one language required. 

Proficiency may be demonstrated by placement test or by 

completing course work through course number 204** in: 

French, Chinese, German*, Greek, Italian, Japanese, 

Latin, Portuguese, Russian, or Spanish. 

^Indicates that AP credit is available in these categories; see 

chapter 2 for AP course information. 

*ln German, proficiency may also be demonstrated by completing 

GER311. 

**Students are reminded that they will be eligible for election to 

the UNCG chapter of Phi Beta Kappa only if they have completed 

the equivalent of six (6) hours of foreign language study at the 

intermediate (203-204) college level. 

Non-native speakers of English are exempted from the 
College foreign language requirement. 

Writing Intensive (WI) 12 

Students must complete a total of four WI courses, with 
at least one at the 200 level or below, at least one at the 300 
level or above, and one in the major. See semester Schedule of 
Courses for complete listing of Writing Intensive courses. 

All students in the College must fulfill the foregoing 
College Additional Requirements (CAR). A course in the 
major may be used to satisfy College requirements. 

Requirements for each of the degrees offered by the 
College of Arts and Sciences are included in the descriptions 
of majors, concentrations, and minors under the respective 
departments. 

General Education/CAR Credit through Study Abroad 

In addition to the previously listed General Education 
courses, students may receive General Education Core and 
Marker Credit and College Additional Credit (CAR) for 
courses taken in three overseas programs offered by the 
University's International Programs Center. For information 
about these courses, contact the International Programs Center, 
127 Mclver Street, UNCG, 336/334-5404. 

Fall Semester in Estonia 

Political System and Administration (GSB) 

Estonian History (GHP) 

Estonian Literature in Translation (GLT-GN) 



Estonian Culture (GFA) 

Ecology and Nature in Estonia (GNS) 

Economy (GSB) 

Fall Semester in Finland 

Cultures and Societies of Scandinavia (GSB) 

Indigenous Cultures of the Polar Region (GN) 

Arts of Scandinavia (GFA) 

Finnish and Scandinavian Literature in Translation (GLT-GN) 

Nordic Nature and Environment (GNS) 

Spring Semester in Poland 

Arts in Contemporary Poland (GFA) 

Culture and Society in Contemporary Poland (GSB) 

Evolution of Political Systems in Eastern Europe (GSB) 

History of Poland (GHP) 

Transition of Central European Countries to Market Economies (GSB) 

Polish Literature in Translation (GLT-GN) 

Major Requirements 

Major requirements are described for each program 
listed. A course cross-listed in the major department must be 
taken within the major and counts toward the total semester 
hours in the major. 

Minor Requirements 

Most departments and interdepartmental programs of 
the College offer a minor program which may be taken in 
conjunction with a major. A minor usually requires 15 to 21 
semester hours in a department. No more than 8 of the hours 
in department courses may be taken at the 100 level and at 
least 9 hours must be taken in residence at UNCG. 

Second Majors 

A student may take a second major in conjunction with 
the first major. This program requires a minimum of 27 
semester hours in each of two approved majors. All require- 
ments of each major must be met; hours from the second 
major can be applied toward General Education require- 
ments. A student with a first major outside the College who 
chooses a second major in one of the College departments is 
required to complete all of the departmental requirements for 
the second major but need not satisfy the Additional College 
General Education requirements (CAR). In the case of trans- 
fer students, at least 15 hours in each major must be taken at 
UNCG. Students wishing to complete a second major should 
contact the Office of the Director of Student Academic 
Services so that an advisor can be appointed in each major. 

Career Skills Packages for Majors in the 
College of Arts and Sciences 

Career Skills Packages are designed to be paired with a 
major in the College of Arts and Sciences, and thus are 
designed for students seeking their baccalaureate degrees. 
Their purposes are to expand opportunities for majors in the 
liberal arts and sciences to pursue course work in profes- 
sional areas, thereby giving these students advantages in 
employment following graduation and a higher level of con- 
fidence in pursuing a major in the College from the outset. 

Career Skills Packages consist of approximately 12-18 
hour interdisciplinary curricular packages. In addition, an 
internship, preferably in an area related to the student's 
major, will be completed in the senior year. Most courses 
taken as part of the Career Skills Packages are above the 100 
level. Students working on "skills packages" will be assigned 



68 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



a certificate advisor as well as a major advisor. Completion of 
a skills package in an approved area will be recorded on the 
student's official transcript. 

The College currently offers Career Skills Packages in the 
following areas: 

• Computer Programming 

• Business 

Students who are interested in learning more about 
Career Skills Packages are asked to contact the College of Arts 
and Sciences Advising Center (CASA) at 336/334-4361. 

Career Skills Package in Computer 
Programming 

Required: 13-16 semester hours 
AOSCode: U910 

This Career Skills Package prepares students for entry- 
level positions in computer programming. It requires 13-16 
semester hours of courses and completion of an internship. If 
CSC 261 and MAT 353 are also taken, the program will prepare 
students to enter the M. S. in Computer Science program. This 
program is designed for current undergraduate students 
majoring in fields other than computer science. The program 
may be completed through day or evening classes. 

Requirements 

• MAT 150 (meets the GMT requirement) and MAT 253 

• Students with no previous programming experience: 
CSC 130, 230 or 231, and 330 

• Students with experience in programming equivalent to 
a one-semester course in a high-level programming lan- 
guage: CSC 231 and 330 

• One of CSC 261, 339 or 340 

• Completion of an internship, with emphasis on computer 
programming, to be selected from: ATY 499, BIO 497, BCN 
494, CHE 490, CCI 450, CST 412, ENG 401 or 402, ENV 399, 
GEO 495, PSC 399, SOC 499. Another internship can be 
substituted with permission of advisor. Department 
requirements for internships must also be met. 

Career Skills Package in Business 
Required: 15 semester hours 
AOSCode: U911 

This Career Skills Package prepares students majoring in 
the College of Arts and Sciences with a background in funda- 
mentals of accounting or economics as well as a basic set of 
business skills in the areas of communication, technology, 
and management. 

Requirements 

One of ACC 201, ECO 101, or ECO 201 
ISM 110 or CSC 130 
CST 341 or MGT 309 
One of MGT 200, 312, 330, 354/SOC 354 
One additional 3-hour course in ECO, ACC, or MGT cho- 
sen in consultation with advisor 

Completion of an internship to be selected from: ATY 
499, BIO 497, BCN 494, CHE 490, CCI 450, CST 412, ENG 
401 or 402, ENV 399, GEO 495, PSC 399, SOC 499. 
Another internship can be substituted with permission 
of advisor. Department requirements for internships 
must also be met. 



Professional Certificates in the College of 
Arts and Sciences 

Professional certificates in the College of Arts and 
Sciences are designed for students who have already earned 
their baccalaureate degrees but who wish to expand their 
employment opportunities or acquire additional professional 
expertise. Professional certificates consist of approximately a 
12-18 hour package of interdisciplinary course work that 
consists chiefly of introductory, foundational courses com- 
bined with some upper division courses. 

The College currently offers Professional Certificates in 
the following areas: 

• Computer Programming (see Mathematical 
Sciences) 

• Nonprofit Management (see The Graduate 
School Bulletin, Department of Political Science) 

• Women's and Gender Studies (see The Graduate 
School Bulletin, Women's and Gender Studies) 

• Museum Studies and Historic Preservation 
(see The Graduate School Bulletin, Department 
of History) 

Students who are interested in learning more about 
Professional Certificates are asked to contact the departments 
listed above. 

Special Academic Programs in CAS 
(also see alphabetical program listings) 

African American Studies 

Archaeology 

Freshman Seminars 

Environmental Studies 

Humanities 

International Studies 

Linguistics 

Medical Technology 

Preprofessional Programs 

Women's and Gender Studies 

Student-Designed Interdisciplinary Major (SDIM) 

The Student-Designed Interdisciplinary Major (SDIM) is 
an option available to students whose academic goals are not 
adequately served by any major, or combination of majors, 
second majors, and minors, available in the College of Arts 
and Sciences or in one of the professional schools. 

Students selecting the SDIM option must satisfy all 
College Additional Requirements and meet all University 
academic regulations. The option may not be used as a way 
of circumventing the requirements of an established major, 
and SDIM Plans (see below) that constitute only minor 
changes to an existing major will not be approved. An SDIM 
Plan must represent a coherent academic program of study, 
not simply a collection of courses assembled to enable a stu- 
dent to obtain a degree. 

The procedure for requesting approval of an SDIM is as 
follows: 

1 . A faculty member in the College must agree to serve as 
the student's advisor, to take responsibility for helping 
the student design a plan of study and for monitoring 
the student's progress. A student who wishes to pursue 
a SDIM, but is unsure which faculty to ask to serve as his 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



fil 



Academic Units 



or her advisor, should consult initially with the Associate 
Dean of the College, Room 100, Foust Building. 
The student and the advisor devise a Plan of Study for 
the major. The Plan consists of: 

(1) A brief paragraph describing the aims and inten- 
tions of the proposed major, and explaining why no 
existing major or combination of majors, second 
majors, or minors can be used to pursue those aims; 

(2) A list of courses (minimum of 27 credits) that will 
constitute the major; 

(3) Either a list of courses or a narrative paragraph 
explaining how the student will satisfy (or has satis- 
fied) the College's Liberal Education, foreign lan- 
guage, and writing-intensive requirements. 

The student's advisor should ensure that courses 
included in the Plan are in fact offered with reasonable 
frequency; not all courses listed in the Bulletin will be 
available with sufficient frequency to ensure timely 
graduation. 



5. 



The Plan is initially submitted to the Associate Dean of 
the College for review. The Associate Dean will ensure 
that the Plan meets all the requirements noted above and 
will send copies of the approved Plan to the student, the 
major advisor, and the Office of Student Academic 
Services. 

A student planning to graduate with a SDIM should sub- 
mit the Plan of Study for review as soon as possible, but 
in any case prior to registering for the last 45 semester 
hours needed for graduation. 

Any changes to the Plan after it has been submitted must 
be approved by the Associate Dean, who will forward 
the modified Plan to the Office of Student Academic 
Services. Generally, modifications will only be approved 
because some of the approved courses have become 
unavailable or because a new course appears to be better 
suited to the Plan than one that was originally included. 



The College of Arts and Sciences Undergraduate Areas of Study 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Hours Req Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 


African American Studies 


B.A. 


African Amer Studies 


122 ♦ African American Studies— U803 


Anthropology 


B.A. 


Anthropology 


122 ♦ Anthropology— U 101 

♦ Anthropology — U102 (Social Studies licensure) 



Art 



B.A. 



Art 



B.F.A. Art 



122 
128 



Art History/Museum Studies- 
Studio Art— U 105 



-U104 



Design— U1 11 

Painting— U1 13 

Sculpture— U1 15 

Art Education I— U107 (Spec Subj Area lie) 

Art Education II— U 109 (Spec Subj Area lie) 



Biology 



B.A. Biology 

B.S. Biology 



122 ♦ Biology— U1 17 

♦ Biology — U1 19 (Secondary licensure) 

♦ Environmental Biology — U122 

122 ♦ Biology— U1 16 

♦ Biology — U218 (Secondary licensure) 

♦ Biotechnology — U214 

♦ Environmental Biology — U118 

♦ Human Biology— U863 



Broadcasting & Cinema B.A. Media Studies 



122 



Film & TV Studies— U856 
Film & Video Production— U857 
News & Documentary — U858 
Media Management — U835 
Media Writing— U847 



18 
18 



Film & TV Studies (minor)- 
Radio (minor)— U848 



-U859 



Chemistry & Biochemistry B.A. Chemistry 

B.S. Chemistry 



B.S. Biochemistry 



122 ♦ Chemistry— U1 21 

♦ Chemistry — U125 (Secondary licensure) 

122 ♦ Biochemistry— U1 24 

♦ Chemistry— U1 23 

♦ Chemistry — U126 (Secondary licensure) 

♦ Chemistry Research — U168 

19 • Chemistry (minor)— U1 21 

122 ♦ Biochemistry— U860 



70 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



The College of Arts and Sciences Undergraduate Areas of Study 
Department Degree Major Hours Req 



Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 



Classical Studies 



B.A. 



Classical Studies 



122 



18 



♦ Classical Archaeology — U352 

♦ Classical Civilization — U354 

♦ Classical Language & Literature — U357 

♦ Latin— U 129 (Secondary lie) 

♦ Classical Studies (second academic 
concentration) — U1 30 





— 




15 


• Classical Studies (minor) — U350 


Communication Studies 


B.A. 


Communication Studies 


122 


♦ Communication Studies — U137 


Computer Science 


B.S. 


Computer Science 


122 
15 


♦ Bioinformatics — U838 

♦ Computer Science — U180 

♦ Computer Science (minor) — U180 


English 


B.A. 


English 


122 
18 


♦ English— U1 55 

♦ English — U1 57 (Secondary lie) 

♦ English (minor) — U155 



Geography 



B.A. 



Geography 



122 ♦ Earth Science/Environmental Studies — U167 

♦ Geographic Information Science — U164 

♦ Geography— U 163 

♦ Geography — U169 (Social Studies licensure) 

♦ Urban Planning — U165 



German & Russian 



B.A. 



German 



Russian 



122 ♦ German— U1 71 

♦ German — U173 (Spec Subj Area licensure) 

• German (minor) — U171 
15 • Russian (minor) — U160 



History 



B.A. 



History 



122 ♦ History— U1 75 

♦ History — U177 (Social Studies licensure) 



Mathematics and Statistics B.A. 



B.S. 



Mathematics 
Mathematics 



122 ♦ Mathematics— U 179 

♦ Mathematics — U183 (Secondary licensure) 

122 ♦ Applied Mathematics— U852 

♦ Applied Mathematics — U850 (Secondary lie) 

♦ Bioinformatics — U839 

♦ Computer Science — U182 

♦ Computer Science — U854 (Secondary lie) 

♦ Interdisciplinary — U178 

♦ Pure Mathematics — U853 

♦ Pure Mathematics — U851 (Secondary lie) 

♦ Statistics— U 184 

♦ Statistics — U855 (Secondary licensure) 

15 • Mathematics (minor) — U179 

15 • Statistics (minor)— U 192 



Philosophy 



B.A. 



Philosophy 



122 ♦ Philosophy— U 189 

♦ Philosophy/Pre-law— U190 

18 • Philosophy (minor)— U1 89 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



71 



Academic Units 



The College of Arts and Sciences Undergraduate 
Department Degree Major 



Areas of Study 
Hours Req 



Area of Study— AOS Code (Licensure) 



Physics & Astronomy B.A. Physics 

B.S. Physics 



122 ♦ Physics— U 191 

♦ Physics — U195 (Secondary licensure) 

122 ♦ Physics— U 193 

♦ Physics — U196 (Secondary licensure) 





— 




15 


• Physics (minor) — U191 


Political Science 


B.A. 


Political Science 


122 
15 


♦ Political Science— U 197 

♦ Political Science — U199 (Social Studies lie) 

♦ Political Science (minor) — U197 


Psychology 


B.A. 


Psychology 


122 

18-19 


♦ Psychology — U215 

♦ Psychology — U217 (Social Studies licensure) 

♦ Psychology (minor) — U215 


Religious Studies 


B.A. 


Religious Studies 


122 


♦ Religious Studies— U21 9 



Romance Languages 



B.A. 



French 



B.A. Spanish 



122 ♦ French— U 159 

♦ French — U161 (Spec Subj Area licensure) 

15-21 • French (minor)— U1 59 

122 ♦ Spanish— U227 

♦ Spanish — U229 (Spec Subj Area licensure) 

15-21 • Spanish (minor)— U227 



Sociology 



B.A. Sociology 



122 ♦ Sociology— U221 

♦ Sociology — U223 (Social Studies licensure) 

♦ Criminology— U222 

♦ Social Problems in a Global Society — U224 



Theatre 



B.A. Drama 



B.F.A. Drama 



122 ♦ Drama— U880 

18 • Drama (minor)— U880 

18 • Technical Theatre (minor) — U884 

124 ♦ Acting— U881 

124 ♦ Design & Technical Theatre— U882 

124 ♦ Technical Production— U885 

128 ♦ Theatre Education— U883 (Spec Subj Area lie) 



72 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



Special Degree Programs (sponsored by College of Arts & Sciences) 

Department Degree Major Hours Req Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 



Biology 



B.S. 



Bio/4+1 Med Tech 



124 ♦ Biology/Medical Tech— U 186 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



B.S. Biochem/4+1 Med Tech 124 

B.S. Chem/4+1 Med Tech 124 



♦ Biochemistry/Medical Tech — U861 

♦ Chemistry/Medical Tech — U188 



Interdepartmental 



B.S.M.T Medical Technology 



B.A. 



B.A. 



B.A. 



Special Programs in 
Liberal Studies 



124 
122 

18 
122 

122 



B.A. 




122 


— 




18 







18 


— 




18 


— 




27/18 


B.A. 




122 


B.A. 




122 


B.A. 


Women's & Gender 
Studies 


122 



♦ Medical Technology — U187 

♦ Archaeology— U808 

♦ Environmental Studies (minor) — U825 

♦ Humanities— U820 

International Studies, with the following options: 

♦ Global Affairs & International 
Development— U809 

♦ Inter-Cultural Studies— U810 

♦ International Studies (minor) — U814 

Regional Studies with emphases in: 

♦ African Studies (minor)— U81 8 

♦ Asian Studies (minor) — U819 

♦ European Studies 

(second major or minor) — U812 

♦ Russian Studies— U802 

♦ Applied Linguistics — U801 

♦ Linguistics — U806 

♦ Women's & Gender Studies — U871 



Special Certificate Programs (sponsored by College of Arts & Sciences) 

Dept Degree Certificate Program Hours Req Area of Study— AOS Code (Licensure) 



Interdepartmental 



Career Skills Package 15 ♦ Business — U911 



Mathematical Sciences 



Career Skills Package 13-16 ♦ Computer Programming — U910 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



7.3 



Academic Units 



Joseph M. Bryan School 
of Business and Economics 

401 Bryan Building 
www.uncg.edu/bae 

James K. Weeks, Professor and Dean of the School 

Donald L. McCrickard, Associate Professor and Associate Dean 

Pamela R. Cash, Assistant Dean 

Mission Statement 

The Bryan School's mission is to: 

• offer educational programs that prepare students to perform 
successfully as business professionals in a global economy, 

• conduct and disseminate scholarly research that enhances the 
performance of managed organizations and informs public 
policy decisions, 

• provide professional services and outreach, and thereby, 

• support the region 's, state's, and nation 's economic development. 

The Bryan School of Business and Economics is organ- 
ized into four academic departments, each of which offers a 
program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. The 
Department of Economics also offers a liberal-arts-oriented 
program leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Departments 

Accounting and Finance 

Business Administration 

Economics 

Information Systems and Operations Management 

The School's Office of Undergraduate Student Services 

provides academic advising which supplements and comple- 
ments faculty advising. The Director, with a professional 
staff, coordinates orientation and registration for the School, 
and administers admission and retention of majors in the 
School. 

The Office also coordinates the School's Internship 
Program that integrates academic study with career-related 
work for eligible students majoring in the Bryan School. A 
variety of internship plans are available to meet students' 
needs. Additionally, the Office houses the Bryan School loca- 
tion of the University's Career Services Center, which is ded- 
icated to working with business majors on career develop- 
ment and placement needs. 

In addition, the School supports one professional center 
and two professional offices. The Center for Global Business 
Education and Research promotes international business 
competency and literacy among students, fosters and dissem- 
inates research on global business issues, and creates out- 
reach programs for the Triad business community. The 
Office of Professional Development Programs designs and 
provides the Program for Management Development and a 
variety of other high value management development pro- 
grams and custom services designed to meet the specific 
needs of clients. The Office of Business and Economic 
Research conducts sponsored research of regional, national, 
and international interest. 



Accreditation 

Undergraduate and graduate programs offered by the 
Bryan School of Business and Economics are accredited by 
AACSB International, The Association to Advance Collegiate 
Schools of Business. 

Scope 

Programs within the Bryan School of Business and 
Economics prepare students for careers in business and other 
managed organizations, teaching, and government, or for 
graduate study. These programs combine the essentials of a 
professional education and the breadth of general education. 

The essential components of a professional education in 
business and economics (Bachelor of Science degrees) include 
common courses for breadth and opportunities for advanced 
work for depth in the various business and economics disci- 
plines. The common courses required for Bachelor of Science 
majors within the Bryan School of Business and Economics 
include ACC 201 or 218, 202; ECO 201, 202, 250, 300; FIN 315; 
ISM 110, 280; MGT 301, 309, 312, 330, 491; MKT 320; and SCM 
302. 

Noncredit courses, workshops, and special lectures and 
seminars by distinguished persons of national prominence 
promote continuing education for a diverse public. 

Collaboration with North Carolina Agricultural and 
Technical State University (located in Greensboro) permits 
UNCG students to take courses not offered on the home cam- 
pus — for example, Agricultural Economics or Agribusiness. 

Enrollment in Bryan School Courses 

Enrollment in Bryan School courses requires a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 2.0 on UNCG course work, regardless of 
the student's major or minor. This includes all courses offered 
under the following prefixes: ACC, BUS, ECO, FIN, ISM, 
MKT, MGT, and SCM. Courses numbered 300 and above may 
have additional enrollment restrictions that are outlined in 
the course description for each course. 

Requirements for Majoring or Minoring in Bryan 
School Programs 

Students pursuing a major or minor in the Bryan School 
of Business and Economics must have a grade point average 
no less than a 2.0 on UNCG course work. Students in the 
International Business Studies major and in the Accounting 
and Information Systems major must have at least a 2.50 on 
UNCG course work. Requests to major in one of the Bryan 
School's programs can be made in the Office of 
Undergraduate Student Services, 232 Bryan Building. After 
being accepted as majors in the Bryan School, students must 
then work toward admission to a specific program of study. 

Criteria for Admission to Programs of Study in the 
Bryan School of Business and Economics 

The following are minimum requirements for programs 
of study in the Bryan School. Individual programs may have 
additional requirements. 

Pre-Admission Courses 
B.S. programs: 

ACC 201 or 218, 202; CST 105; ECO 201, 202, 250; ENG 
101, 102; ISM 110, 280; and MAT 120 or 191 



74 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



Economics B.A. program: 

ECO 201, 202, 250; ISM 110; and MAT 120 or 191 
Business Minor program: 

ACC 201, 202, or 218, ECO 101 or 201, and ISM 110 
Students should plan to complete the pre-admission 
courses by the end of the sophomore year, or as soon as pos- 
sible thereafter. 

Application for Admission 

Students should apply for admission to the School and to 
a major during the semester in which they are completing 
pre-admission courses. Those completing the courses during 
a fall semester should apply by October 1. Those completing 
the courses during a spring semester or during the summer, 
should apply by March 1. Applications are available in the 
Undergraduate Student Services Office, 232 Bryan Building. 
Departments may require additional steps in the admission 
to major process. 

Admission to a program of study may be denied in cases where 
additional enrollments would threaten the academic quality of 
classes or programs. 

Criteria for Continuing in the Bryan School of 
Business and Economics 

Students who have been admitted to the Bryan School of 
Business and Economics must be in good academic standing 
at UNCG, must maintain at least the GPA required for pro- 
gram admission, and must meet the continuation require- 
ments of their programs of study. 

Foreign Language Requirements 

Foreign language through the first level of intermediate 
proficiency (through the 203 level) is required. The typical 
sequence of UNCG courses for foreign language is 101, 102, 
and 203. Students may be exempted from the beginning lev- 
els through a placement test. Students studying abroad may 
fulfill the foreign language requirement by taking any foreign 
language course in the host-country language, at any level. 

International Business Studies majors are required to 
take additional foreign language courses and should work 
closely with their advisor in selecting the appropriate 
sequence. 

Non-native speakers of English are exempted from this 
requirement. 

Transfers 

Since most of the courses in the major are taken during 
the junior and senior years, transfer students often complete 
their programs without extending their total stay beyond the 
usual four years. As a general guide, courses taught mainly to 
freshmen and sophomores here will usually, but not always, 
be accepted in transfer from accredited two-year colleges. 
Courses numbered 300 and above generally will not be 
accepted in transfer credit from two-year institutions. In 
order to allow timely completion of the pre-admission 
courses, transfer students are encouraged to complete MAT 
120 or 191 (Calculus) prior to transferring. 



Second Baccalaureate Degrees 

Students pursuing a second bachelor's degree must meet 
all requirements within the Bryan School. A minimum of 50% 
of the Bryan School and departmental requirements must be 
completed at UNCG. The Bryan School cannot, at this time, 
accommodate persons who seek only to complete a series of 
courses in one field (such as Accounting or Information 
Systems). 

Suggested Academic Workload Guidelines 

The faculty of the Bryan School of Business and 
Economics recognizes that many Bryan School students hold 
jobs to support college expenses. The faculty wishes to 
emphasize that academic excellence and scholastic achieve- 
ment usually require a significant investment of time in 
study, research, and out-of-class projects. To provide guid- 
ance to students in planning their academic and work sched- 
ules, the faculty of the Bryan School have endorsed the fol- 
lowing recommendations: 

1. In general, students should plan to devote between 2-3 
semester hours outside of class for each hour in class. 
Thus, students with a 15-hour course load should sched- 
ule between 30-45 hours weekly for completing outside- 
of-class reading, study, and homework assignments. 

2. Students who are employed more than 5-10 hours each 
week should consider reducing their course loads 
(semester hours), depending upon their study habits, 
learning abilities, and course work requirements. 

3. Students should take into consideration that many busi- 
ness courses require group work and plan accordingly. 

Scholarships and Fellowships 

Procedures and requirements for applying for under- 
graduate scholarships are described in chapter 3, Expenses, 
Payments, Refunds, and Financial Aid. 

Business Minor 

AOSCode: U398 

Required: minimum of 21 semester hours 

The Business Minor, consisting of 21 semester hours, is 
available for majors outside the Bryan School of Business and 
Economics who are in good standing in the University. The 
minor complements a variety of professional and arts and sci- 
ences fields. To earn a Business Minor, a student must meet 
the following requirements in the order listed: 

1. Complete ACC 201, 202, or 218, ECO 101 or 201, and ISM 
110 with a GPA of 2.0 or better. 

2. Apply for admission to the minor program in the Bryan 
School Student Services Office, Room 232, Bryan Building. 
A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 is required. 

3. Consult with an advisor in the Undergraduate Student 
Services Office to select 12 s.h. of electives. 

A cumulative GPA of 2.0 or better must be achieved in 
the 21 hours applied toward the minor. 

Admission to the minor may be denied in cases where addi- 
tional enrollments would threaten the academic quality of classes or 
programs. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



75 



Academic Units 



Honors Programs 

The Bryan School supports and encourages students to 
participate in the Honors Programs administered by the 
Lloyd International Honors College. 

Additional Information 

Additional information regarding academic planning, 
course sequencing, and course requirements can be found at 
www.uncg.edu/bae. 



Information Technology Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 
AOSCode: U318 

The Information Technology minor is available to any 
UNCG student (other than ISOM majors) who is in good 
standing in the University. The minor complements a vari- 
ety of professional and arts and sciences fields. It focuses 
on various IT tools and applications and the use of these 
technologies to improve decision-making in a variety of 
professional environments. 

Requirements 

1. Admission to the minor. See Undergraduate Student 
Services, 232 Bryan. 

2. Minimum GPA of 2.0 

3. ISM 110 or equivalent and ISM 210, three additional 
courses from ISM 206, 280, 324, and SCM 304, for a total 
of 15 s.h., nine (9) s.h. of which must be successfully com- 
pleted at UNCG 

Joseph M. Bryan School of Business and Economics Undergraduate Areas of Study 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Hours 


Req 


Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 


Accounting & Finance 


B.S. 
B.S. 


Accounting 
Finance 


122 
122 


♦ 
♦ 


Accounting — U301 
Finance— U360 


Business Administration 


B.S. 


Business Administration 


122 


♦ 
♦ 
♦ 
♦ 


Human Resources — U326 
Marketing— U327 

Entrepreneurship/Small Business — U337 
Business Studies — U331 


Economics 


B.A. 
B.S. 


Economics 
Economics 


122 
122 


♦ 
♦ 

♦ 


Economics — U305 

Economics — U309 (Social Studies lie) 

Business & Public Policy— U333 



♦ Applied Economic Analysis — U334 

♦ Global Economic Policy — U335 

♦ Economic Studies — U336 

♦ Financial Economics — U329 

♦ Economics — U31 1 (Social Studies lie) 





— 




18 


• 


Economics (minor) — U305 


Information Systems 
& Operations Management 


B.S. 


Information Systems 
& Operations Mgt 


122 
15 


♦ 
♦ 

• 


Information Systems — U313 
Supply Chain Management — U339 

Information Technology (minor) — U318 


Interdepartmental 
(Accounting/Information 
Systems & Operations Mgt) 


B.S. 


Accounting & 
Information Systems 


125 


♦ 


Accounting & Information Systems — U302 


Interdepartmental 


B.S. 


International Business 


122 


♦ 


International Business — U830 


Interdepartmental 


— 


Business 


21 


• 


Business (minor) — U398 



76 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



School of Education 

329 Curry Building 

Dale H. Schunk, Professor and Dean of School 

Betty Epanchin, Professor and Associate Dean for Teacher Education 

Ada Vallecorsa, Professor and Associate Dean for Operations 

The School of Education comprises six departments and 
five centers. 

Departments 

Counseling and Educational Development (CED) 
Curriculum and Instruction (CUI) 
Educational Leadership & Cultural Foundations (ELC) 
Educational Research Methodology (ERM) 
Library and Information Studies (LIS) 
Specialized Education Services (SES) 

Centers 

Center for Educational Research and Evaluation 
Center for Educational Studies and Development 
Center for School Accountability Staff 

Development, and Teacher Quality 
Collegium for the Advancement of Schools, 

Schooling, and Education 
Interdisciplinary Center for eLearning 



The School of Education also supports programs in 
teacher education conducted under the auspices of other 
schools (Music; Health and Human Performance; Human 
Environmental Sciences) and departments within the College 
of Arts and Sciences by responding to course requirements in 
the areas of social, philosophical, and psychological founda- 
tions, methodology, and curriculum and student teaching. 
Recent emphases in competency-based curricula and individ- 
ualized programming contribute to new designs of teacher 
education programs. 

All licensure programs for school personnel are 
approved by the North Carolina State Department of Public 
Instruction and accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

The School of Education continues to seek realization of 
its goals as a professional school to create and disseminate 
new knowledge in professional education, to engage in field 
services and apply research findings, to prepare practitioners, 
and to study the profession. A general discussion of Teacher 
Education may be found in Teacher Education Programs in 
chapter 7. 

Departments of the School of Education that offer under- 
graduate programs are listed below. Students seeking further 
information on graduate-level programs are referred to The 
Graduate School Bulletin. 



All departments are engaged in graduate programs lead- 
ing to master's, specialist's, and /or doctoral degrees. The 
Department of Curriculum and Instruction and the 
Department of Specialized Education Services offer under- 
graduate degrees as well; their Bachelor of Science programs 
prepare students for Class "A" licensure in North Carolina. 
Undergraduate majors are available in Elementary and 
Middle Grades Education, Education of Deaf Children, and 
Special Education. 

School of Education Undergraduate Areas of Study 



Department 



Degree Major 



Hours Req Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 



Curriculum & Instruction 



B.S. Elementary Education 122 ♦ 

B.S. Middle Grades Educ 122 ♦ 



Elementary Educ— U251 (K-6 lie) 
Middle Grades Educ— U254 (6-9 lie) 



Curriculum & Instruction 
and Specialized Education 
Services 



B.S. Dual Major: 

Elementary Education 
& Special Education: 
General Curriculum 



127 ♦ Elementary Education 

& Special Education— U252 



Specialized Education 
Services 



B.S. 



B.S. 



Education of 


125 


♦ 


Deaf Children 


122 


♦ 




128 


♦ 




126 


♦ 


Special Education: 


127 


♦ 


General Curriculum 







Auditory-Oral/B-K Licensure— U261 (B-K lie) 
Community-Based Services — U260 
Interpreter Training — U875 
Teacher Preparation — U145 (K-12 lie) 

Special Educ— U265 (K-12 lie) 



Specialized Education 
Services and Curriculum 
& Instruction 



B.S. Dual Major: 

Elementary Education 
& Special Education: 
General Curriculum 



127 ♦ Elementary Education 

& Special Education— U252 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



:: 



Academic Units 



School of Health 
and Human Performance 

401 Health and Human Performance Building 

David H. Perrin, Professor and Dean of School 
Robert Mayo, Professor and Associate Dean 

In the School of Health and Human Performance, aca- 
demic programs are offered through the Department of 
Communication Sciences and Disorders, the Department of 
Dance, the Department of Exercise and Sport Science, the 
Department of Public Health Education, the Department of 
Recreation, Tourism, and Hospitality Management including 
the Hospitality and Tourism Management Program. Each 
department offers varied courses for all University students 
and programs of study leading to undergraduate majors and 
minors in their respective areas. Graduate degrees in Dance, 
Communication Sciences and Disorders, Public Health 
Education, Recreation, Tourism, and Hospitality Management, 
and Exercise and Sport Science are also offered. The School's 
programs are designed to meet specialized interests of students 
and also the requirements of state and national accrediting 
agencies and professional associations. 

The Department of Communication Sciences and 
Disorders provides opportunities for the study of normal 
speech, language, and hearing and the associated disorders, 
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Speech Pathology 
and Audiology. The courses offered in this program are pre- 
professional and prepare the student for further study at the 
graduate level. Faculty and students in Communication 
Sciences and Disorders provide services to the University 
Speech and Hearing Center, and engage in cooperative work 
with area schools, hospitals, and other human service agen- 
cies. In addition, the faculty and students in Communication 
Sciences and Disorders are actively involved in research. 

In the Department of Dance, the Bachelor of Fine Arts 
degree provides a Dance major with an emphasis in choreog- 
raphy and performance. The Bachelor of Science degree, with 
a major in Dance Education, is designed to lead to North 
Carolina licensure for teaching in public schools. A teaching 
licensure concentration may also be added to other degree 
programs in the Department. The Bachelor of Arts degree in 
Dance offers concentrations in a variety of areas; it is espe- 
cially appropriate for students who wish to double major. A 
Concentration in Community Dance for individuals who 
wish to work as dance artists with underserved populations 
is available to students in any of the Department's majors. A 
Dance minor and master's degree are also available. 

The Department of Exercise and Sport Science offers 
the major in Exercise and Sport Science leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree. Within Exercise Science and Sport 
Studies, students may select concentrations in Fitness 
Leadership or Sports Medicine. The ESS Pedagogy concentra- 
tion prepares students for teaching in grades K-12 (licensure 
track) or in Community Youth Sport Development (non- 
licensure track). The Exercise Science and Sport Studies Major 
prepares students for careers in preventive and rehabilitative 
exercise and fitness, and may be tailored to meet the needs 
and interests of students planning graduate study in athletic 



training, medicine, occupational therapy, or physical therapy. 
This department also offers graduate studies leading to the 
master's degree and doctoral degrees. 

The Department of Public Health Education offers the 
Public Health major, leading to the Bachelor of Science 
degree. Within the Public Health major, students may select a 
concentration in Community Health Education or Health 
Studies. The Community Health Education concentration is a 
professional program preparing graduates to become Health 
Educators. The requirements of the Community Health 
Education concentration meet the professional standards of 
the field of Health Education allowing graduating students to 
sit for the Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES) 
national credentialing exam. A Health Studies concentration 
is available for those looking for a pre-professional or non- 
professional degree option. A Health Studies minor is also 
available. The department also offers graduate studies lead- 
ing to a Masters of Public Health degree (M.P.H.) in commu- 
nity health education. As a complement to the academic 
enterprise of the department, faculty, and students within 
Public Health Education are also actively involved in local 
and national research. 

In the Department of Recreation, Tourism, and 
Hospitality Management a student majoring in Recreation 
and Parks Management may choose from three areas of con- 
centration: Leisure Services Management, Therapeutic 
Recreation, or Commercial Recreation. These concentrations 
lead to the Bachelor of Science degree. A Recreation and 
Parks Management minor and a minor in Travel, Tourism, 
and Commercial Recreation, in addition to a Master of 
Science (M.S.) degree, are also available. The undergraduate 
program has been fully accredited by the NRPA/AALR 
Council on Accreditation since 1981. 

The Hospitality and Tourism Management Program 
offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in Hospitality and Tourism 
Management with two concentrations: Hotel and Restaurant 
Management and Travel and Tourism Management. The 
Bachelor of Arts degree balances business, hospitality, and 
tourism classes with work in the field through student intern- 
ships. Students are able to gain valuable industry experience 
and develop a professional industry network over the course 
of this degree program. Opportunities for international study 
are also available. 

Further details about specific major programs can be 
found in the alphabetical Department listings on the follow- 
ing page. Graduate degree programs and graduate-level 
courses are described in The Graduate Scliool Bulletin. 



78 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



HH P Course (HHP) 



The School of Health and Human Performance has devel- 
oped a course that aims to provide experiences to students in 
relating to others who are significantly different from them- 
selves, and to provide an increased sensitivity and under- 
standing of these differences. This course is designed espe- 
cially for freshmen and sophomores in the School of Health 
and Human Performance but is open to all undergraduates. 



Course for Undergraduates 

110 Bridging Differences through Community 

Relationships: Health and Human Performance (1) 

• Open to all undergraduates ■ 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Expanding experience of race, gender, ethnicity, social class, 
and /or other identities through developing relationships in com- 
munity settings related to health and human performance. 



School of Health and Human Performance Undergraduate Areas of Study 

Department Degree Major Hours Req Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 



Communication Sciences 
& Disorders 



B.S. Speech Pathology 

& Audiology 



122 ♦ Speech Pathology & Audiology— U 143 



Dance 



B.A. Dance 



B.F.A. Dance 

B.S. Dance Education 

— any Dance major 



122 ♦ Dance Studies— U435 

40-41 * Initial Dance Licensure 
(concentration) — U440 

128 ♦ Dance B.F.A.— U431 

128 ♦ Dance Education— U403 (Spec Subj Area lie) 

18 * Community Dance (concentration) — U428 



Exercise & Sport Science B.S. 



Exercise & Sport Science 



Exercise Science & Sport Studies 

122 ♦ Aquatic Instructor Leadership — U423 
122 ♦ Fitness Leadership— U4 12 
122 ♦ Sports Medicine— U421 

Exercise Pedagogy 

125-128 ♦ Physical Educ Teacher Educ— U409 
(Spec Subj Area lie) 
124 ♦ Community Youth Sport Development — U422 

21 • Sport Coaching (minor)— U410 



Public Health Education 



B.S. 



Health Education 



124 ♦ Community Health Educ— U407 
♦ Health Studies— U448 



Recreation, Tourism, B.S. 

and Hospitality Management 



Recreation and Parks 
Management 



122 

15 

15 



B.A. Hospitality and Tourism 122 

Management 

— 15 



♦ Leisure Services Management — U419 

♦ Therapeutic Recreation — U413 

♦ Commercial Recreation — U445 

♦ Recreation and Parks Management 
(minor)— U418 

♦ Travel, Tourism, & Commercial Recreation 
(minor)— U426 

♦ Hotel & Restaurant Management — U452 

♦ Travel & Tourism Management — U453 

♦ Hospitality & Tourism (minor) — U450 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



79 



Academic Units 



School of Human 
Environmental Sciences 

235 Stone Building 

Laura S. Sims, Professor and Dean 

Garrett Lange, Professor and Interim Associate Dean 

Marian E. Harrisoti, Assistant Dean 

Programs within the School of Human Environmental 
Sciences prepare students for careers in the field of applied 
human sciences. Our science-based teaching and research 
programs focus on humans in multiple environmental con- 
texts. 

Students receive a broad-based liberal education that 
includes University requirements and School requirements 
along with the courses required for their particular majors. 
Our programs are unique in their ability to utilize basic prin- 
ciples from many disciplines to solve human problems and to 
meet social needs. 



The strong research efforts within the School serve to 
enhance and support highly challenging undergraduate pro- 
grams. The five majors offered are: 

Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies 

Human Development & Family Studies 

Interior Architecture 

Nutrition 

Social Work 

Special facilities of the School of Human Environmental 
Sciences include six classrooms associated with the Child 
Care Education Program and the Historic Costume and 
Textile Collection, the Family Research Center, the North 
Carolina Agricultural Research Service, the Human 
Environmental Sciences Office of Research, Computer Aided 
Design laboratories in Interior Architecture and Apparel 
Product Design, the Apparel Production Management 
Center, the Harris Teeter, Inc. and The Dickson Foundation 
Cellular and Molecular Nutrition Research Laboratory, 
Center for Innovation in Interior Architecture, and the Center 
for New North Carolinians. 



School of Human Environmental Sciences Undergraduate Areas of Study 



Department 



Degree Major 



Hours Req Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 



Consumer, Apparel, 
& Retail Studies 



B.S. Consumer, Apparel, 

& Retail Studies 



122 ♦ Apparel Product Design— U538 

♦ Retailing & Consumer Studies — U539 



Human Development 
& Family Studies 



B.S. Human Development 

& Family Studies 



122 ♦ Birth thru Kindergarten Teh Lie— U526 (B-K lie) 

♦ Child & Adolescent Development 
in the Family— U508 

♦ Early Care & Education — U531 

♦ Family Studies— U530 

18 • Human Development & Family Studies 
(minor) — U514 



Interior Architecture 



B.S. Interior Architecture 



142 ♦ Interior Architecture (5-year program) — U540 



Nutrition 



B.S. Nutrition 



122 



♦ Nutrition Science — U550 

♦ Human Nutrition & Dietetics — U552 

♦ Nutrition & Wellness— U533 



Nutrition (minor) — U553 



Social Work 



B.S.W. Social Work 



122 ♦ Social Work— U894 

♦ School Social Work— U895 
(School Social Work licensure) 

15 • Social Work (minor)— U894 



80 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



Lloyd International Honors College 

205 Foust Building 

336/334-5538 *" 

www.uncg.edu/hss 

Dennis Patrick Leyden, Associate Professor and Director 

Pamela L. McRae, Assistant Director 

Laurie L. White, Assistant Director 

Mark Hens, Director Undergraduate Scholars Program 

Lloyd International Honors College, a member of the 
National Collegiate Honors Council, provides able and moti- 
vated undergraduate students with an enhanced and sup- 
portive intellectual and social experience that acculturates 
them to the life of the mind and helps them to become criti- 
cal, independent thinkers who are active in the design and 
pursuit of their own education, and prepared to lead success- 
ful and fulfilling professional, civic, and personal lives. 
Through enhanced academic opportunities, the inclusion of 
international and global perspectives, a variety of co-curricu- 
lar and extra-curricular activities, and the camaraderie of top 
students and faculty, Lloyd International Honors College 
provides its students with opportunities and challenges that 
provide benefits for a lifetime. Along the way, Lloyd 
International Honors College staff stands ready to provide 
guidance, support, and encouragement to help students craft 
a program of study that meets their individual needs and 
interests, and opens up new possibilities for the future. 

Admission to Lloyd International Honors College 

Admission to Lloyd International Honors College is 
required to take Honors courses and to participate in many of 
the Lloyd International Honors College's activities. To apply 
for admission, students must submit a completed application 
form. All application forms are available on the Lloyd 
International Honors College Web site. Minimum require- 
ments to be considered for admission depend on the appli- 
cant's status at the time of application. 

Incoming Freshmen 

Either a combined SAT math + verbal score of 1200 (ACT 
composite score of 27), or a weighted high school GPA of 3.80. 
The SAT math, verbal, and writing test scores must all be sub- 
mitted on the application. If the writing score is significantly 
lower than the verbal and math scores, the application runs 
the risk of being rejected. If the writing test score is especially 
high, the application may be accepted even if the high school 
weighted GPA and the combined math + verbal score is not 
quite at minimum levels. 

Transfer Students 

An aggregate GPA of 3.30 from all former institutions. 
Transcripts to verify the aggregate GPA should be submitted 
from all prior institutions attended. 

Continuing UNCG Students 

Continuing UNCG students must have at least a 3.30 GPA. 



Programs 

Lloyd International Honors College offers three 
enhanced academic programs — General-Education Honors 
Program, the Disciplinary Honors Program, and the Full 
University Honors Program. Students interested in pursu- 
ing any of these programs must consult with an 
International Honors College advisor before enrolling in 
Honors courses. 

The General-Education Honors Program is designed to 
complement and enrich the University's General-Education 
Program for students in any major. Students who complete 
the General-Education Honors Program replace regular gen- 
eral-education courses with Honors general-education 
courses, reach a basic level of language competency in a sec- 
ond language, and complete an international experience, thus 
providing themselves with a solid liberal education with 
international and global perspectives, that is a valuable foun- 
dation for study in any major and for life after graduation. 

The Disciplinary Honors Program allows students in all 
majors to do Honors work in their majors or in upper-divi- 
sion interdisciplinary studies. Through Disciplinary Honors, 
students have the opportunity to study topics in depth and to 
do original, sophisticated research under the supervision of a 
faculty member, thus giving themselves a competitive advan- 
tage when applying to graduate school or beginning a career. 

The Full University Honors Program provides students 
with a chance to engage in a comprehensive course of 
Honors study during their entire time at UNCG. Students 
who complete the Full University Honors Program replace 
regular general-education courses with Honors general-edu- 
cation courses, reach a basic level of language competency in 
a second language, complete an international experience, 
and conduct high level study in their majors that culminates 
in original, sophisticated research under the supervision of a 
faculty member. 

Courses 

Honors courses are taught by faculty members who are 
among the best at UNCG, who are deeply engaged with their 
disciplines, and who are dedicated to helping students 
achieve their greatest potential. Honors courses are typically 
small (20-25 students) and foster discussion, collaboration, 
and mutual discovery among students and faculty. Typically, 
Honors courses fulfill a variety of University and departmen- 
tal requirements. 

There are several types of Honors courses: 

• Honors Seminars in which students explore inter- 
disciplinary topics in greater breadth and /or depth 
than in typical courses while fulfilling General 
Education Core requirements; 

• Honors sections of regular UNCG courses that allow 
students to explore other topics or continue to do 
Honors work in their major; 

• Honors Tutorials and Honors Independent Study 
through which students either individually or in 
small groups work with a professor on a topic of 
mutual interest; 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



SI 



Academic Units 



• the Senior Honors Project in which a student, under the 
guidance of a professor, produces a research project. 

• Honors Contract courses that allow students to 
enhance a regular undergraduate course and receive 
Honors credit for that course. Note: Honors Contract 
courses can be used only to fulfill Disciplinary Honors 
Program requirements; they cannot be used to fulfill 
General-Education Honors requirements. 

The variety of Honors courses, and particularly the 
chance to customize one's curriculum through tutorials and 
independent studies, means that students have considerable 
control over their own education. Moreover, many of the 
advanced Honors courses, such as the Senior Honors Project, 
allow students to do original and sophisticated work, and are 
an excellent preparation for graduate school, professional 
training, and other post-graduation endeavors. 

Honors Advising 

Lloyd International Honors College staff offers top-rate 
group and individual advising to help students discover the 
best ways to take advantage of Honors at UNCG, and to 
make sure that students have the needed support and 
encouragement along the way to completing their degrees. A 
variety of informal information sessions and colloquia are 
also provided for students interested in talking about partic- 
ular topics of interest such as study abroad, internships, or 
graduate school. 

Extra-Curricular Activities and Student Involvement 

Lloyd International Honors College sponsors a number 
of extracurricular events. Among these events are weekly cof- 
fees where students and faculty get together to discuss vari- 
ous issues, the annual Raft Debate, the annual Student 
Symposium, lectures and special performances, field trips, 
dinners with faculty, and community service projects. 

Of special note is the Honors Student Advisory Board, 
that provides a student sounding board for the College, 
which is active in organizing and running various Honors 
events. 

UNC Semester in Washington Program 

Lloyd International Honors College is the UNCG admin- 
istrator for the UNC Semester in Washington Program, a joint 
program of The University of North Carolina System's con- 
stituent institutions. The UNC Semester in Washington 
Program is offered every fall, spring, and summer, and gives 
students from all academic disciplines a chance to engage in 
an internship and academic study while living in 
Washington, DC. Students earn twelve (12) hours of aca- 
demic credit — six (6) hours for an internship, three (3) hours 
for a Washington Experience course, and three (3) hours for a 
distance course or an independent study directed by a faculty 
member from their home institutions. Each of the participat- 
ing institutions can send up to three (3) students who live 
together with a UNC System faculty member on Capitol Hill. 

Interested students who have at least a 3.0 GPA and jun- 
ior or senior status may apply for consideration by the selec- 
tion committee. Membership in Lloyd International Honors 
College is not required to apply. 



Honors Abroad 

In collaboration with UNCG's Office of International 
Programs, Lloyd International Honors College offers a com- 
petitive Honors Abroad program for Honors students inter- 
ested in an Honors enhanced study abroad experience at 
select locations abroad. To be considered for the program, 
students must (1) submit an Honors Abroad application to 
Lloyd International Honors College and (2) be accepted for 
study abroad at an appropriate location by the Office of 
International Programs. Accepted students are given a grant 
to defray travel costs associated with studying abroad, and 
an all-expenses paid (except for food) week at a foreign loca- 
tion with a UNCG faculty member. 

Students accepted into the Honors Abroad Program 
enroll in HSS 310, a three-credit Honors course, in addition to 
whatever courses are taken at the foreign university. HSS 310 
requires that students meet with a UNCG faculty member 
before traveling abroad to discuss readings about their trip 
and the character of the country they are about to visit. 
Students and the UNCG faculty member then spend approx- 
imately a week exploring and taking in cultural activities 
abroad before students go to their foreign university for the 
semester. During their semester, students take classes, travel, 
and engage in a variety of writing assignments that allow 
them to reflect on their experience. Finally, students gather 
for a colloquium upon returning to UNCG the following 
semester. 

Scholarships 

Lloyd International Honors College administers the 
prestigious Undergraduate Scholars Program, a merit schol- 
arship program (see the Merit Awards Program entry in the 
Expenses, Payments, Refunds, and Financial Aid chapter of 
this Bulletin for details). Membership in Lloyd International 
Honors College is not required to apply; however, all mem- 
bers of the Undergraduate Scholars Program are strongly 
encouraged to join Lloyd International Honors College. 

Lloyd International Honors College also offers the 
Lichtin Family Honors Scholarship, a competitive, merit 
award for a rising junior or senior Honors student who plans 
on continuing to participate in Honors. 

For students interested in competing for nationally com- 
petitive scholarships and fellowships, many of which provide 
support for graduate study both in the U.S. and abroad, the 
Lloyd International Honors College provides in-depth advice 
and support. Students who wish to complete an application 
are given hands on coaching to assure that their application is 
of the highest quality. Among the scholarships and fellow- 
ships that students may compete for are the Fulbright, the 
Rhodes, the Marshall, the Goldwater, the Mellon, the 
Truman, and the Udall. Recent UNCG students have received 
awards for study in such diverse locations as Canada, 
Germany, Sri Lanka, and Mali. 

Honors Awards 

Lloyd International Honors College administers awards 
that recognize high achievement. At the Honors Convocation 
every spring, the College bestows the Student Excellence 
Award, the University's highest undergraduate honor, on out- 
standing seniors. The College also hosts an annual banquet to 
honor those students who have successfully completed one of 
Lloyd International Honors College's several programs. 



H2 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Academic Units 



School of Music 

220 Music Building 

John J. Deal, Professor and Dean of School 
David L. Nelson, Professor and Associate Dean 

The School of Music is an accredited institutional mem- 
ber of the National Association of Schools of Music. The 
requirements for entrance and graduation as set forth in this 
catalog are in accordance with the published regulations of 
the National Association of Schools of Music. The School of 
Music is the sole representative of the State of North Carolina 
to the National Association of Music Executives in State 
Universities. 

The School of Music offers the only comprehensive 
music program from undergraduate through doctoral study 
in both performance and music education in North Carolina. 
Unlike either more specialized programs in conservatory- 
type institutions or more general curricula encountered in 
most departments of music, studies in the School of Music 
complement rigorous professional training with that broad 
liberal education necessary for students both to function as 
informed, responsible citizens and, concurrently, to commu- 
nicate most effectively as musicians. 

The Bachelor of Music degree in Performance is a profes- 
sional music degree that prepares students for future careers 
as performers, composers, and /or teachers; it requires stu- 
dents to spend approximately two-thirds of their time in 
music study 



The Bachelor of Music degree in Music Education pre- 
pares students for positions as choral directors or teachers of 
general music (principal performance area usually voice, 
piano, or organ) or for positions as instrumental directors 
(principal performance area in orchestral or band instru- 
ments) in public schools; it requires students to spend 
approximately two-thirds of their time in music and teacher 
licensure study. 

The Bachelor of Music degree in Jazz Studies is a profes- 
sional music degree that prepares students for future careers in 
jazz performance, composition /arranging, and pedagogy. It 
requires students to spend approximately two-thirds of their 
time in music study. The principal instruments are saxophone, 
trumpet, trombone, piano, guitar, bass, and percussion. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree in Music is a liberal arts 
degree that provides valuable undergraduate preparation for 
a variety of careers; it requires students to spend approxi- 
mately one-third of their time in music study. Exceptions to 
prescribed degree programs must have written approval of 
the Dean of the School of Music. 

All prospective music majors and minors must audition 
for members of the music faculty for acceptance into the 
School of Music and for approval of the major or principal 
performance area. Such auditions should be arranged in 
advance through the School of Music; taped auditions are 
acceptable only if distance prohibits a personal audition. 
Composition majors should submit scores and /or recordings 
of completed compositions. Successful audition/composition 
submission results are valid for one calendar year. 

Please see chapter 7 for complete School of Music 
requirements, programs, and courses. 



School of Music Undergraduate Areas of Study 
School Degree Major 



Hours Req Area of Study — AOS Code (Licensure) 



Music 



B.A. Music 

B.M. Jazz Studies 

B.M. Music Education 

B.M. Performance 



122-123 
122-123 

124-125 

122-123 
124-125 



General Music— U602 

Jazz Performance — U618 

saxophone, trumpet, trombone, piano, guitar, 

bass, percussion 

Choral/General Music Educ— U626 
(Spec Subj Area lie) 
Instrumental Music Educ — U629 
(Spec Subj Area lie) 

Composition — U607 
Instrument Performance — U619 
strings, brass, woodwinds, percussion 
Keyboard Performance — U636 
Voice Performance — U635 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



83 



Academic Units 



School of Nursing 

112 Moore Building 

Lynne G. Pearcey, Professor and Dean 

Virginia B. Karb, Associate Professor and Associate Dean 

Eileen M. Kohlenberg, Associate Professor and Associate Dean 

Mission Statement 

As an integral academic unit of The University of North Carolina 
at Greensboro, the School of Nursing is dedicated to teaching, research, 
and service that contribute to the maintenance and improvement of 
health for individuals, families, and communities. With a commitment 
to excellence, the School of Nursing provides mutually supportive 
undergraduate and graduate nursing programs. 

Students are afforded opportunities at various stages of their lives 
to obtain an education that is firmly grounded in the liberal arts, con- 
gruent with standards for professional nursing practice, and prepara- 
tory for lifelong learning and professional development. The School of 
Nursing is dedicated to the primacy of teaching that is based in schol- 
arship and to the advancement of knowledge through research. The 
intellectual resources of the School of Nursing are used to provide pro- 
fessional and public services to a global society. 

As part of an urban university, the School of Nursing recognizes its 
responsibility to provide exemplary learning environments on campus, 
through distance education, and in underserved areas of North 
Carolina. The School of Nursing is committed to sustaining a commu- 
nity in which women and men of any racial or ethnic identity, age or 
background are motivated to develop their full potential and to achieve 
an informed appreciation of their own and different cultures. 

The School of Nursing offers an undergraduate program 
leading to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The first 
two years of study are in general education, basic sciences, 
humanities, and basic nursing. The majority of work in the 
junior and senior years is in nursing. 

The School of Nursing offers a Master of Science in 
Nursing degree to prepare persons for a leadership role in 
nursing education, administration, and clinical practice. This 
program has a strong research emphasis and is founded on 
specialization in clinical practice. The School, along with the 
Bryan School of Business and Economics, offers the 
M.S.N./M.B.A. The School of Nursing offers the Ph.D. in 
Nursing to prepare nurses as scientists in academia and 
industry. 

Accreditation 

The program offered by the School of Nursing is 
approved by the North Carolina Board of Nursing. It is 
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting 
Commission (NLNAC). For information, contact the NLNAC 
at 61 Broadway, New York, NY 10006, 212/363-5555. The 
School of Nursing is an agency member of the National 



League for Nursing in the NLN Council of Baccalaureate and 
Higher Degree Programs. 

The School of Nursing is accredited by the Commission 
on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), One Dupont 
Circle, NW, Suite 530, Washington, DC 20036-1120, 202/887- 
6791. 

Philosophy 

The philosophy of the faculty at the School of Nursing is a 
statement of the beliefs and values they hold about the disci- 
pline and profession of nursing, as well as nursing education. 
The conceptual framework and the goals of the undergraduate 
and graduate programs are built upon this philosophy. 

Nursing is both a practice discipline and a profession. 
Comprising the discipline is a unique body of knowledge 
that is integral to nursing practice, nursing education, and 
nursing administration. The body of knowledge is continu- 
ously developed and refined as an outcome of scientific, his- 
torical, philosophical, and ethical inquiry and clinical evalua- 
tion. Nursing knowledge is generated about health experi- 
ences and behaviors of persons across the life span. Clinical 
evaluation advances nursing knowledge through the testing 
and validation of interventions that are used in nursing prac- 
tice, nursing education, and nursing administration. The 
metaparadigm concepts of person, environment, health, and 
nursing form the foundation upon which inquiry and the 
profession are based. 

Professional nurses use knowledge developed by the 
discipline to promote optimal health in people and to achieve 
professional goals. Nursing is an essential component of the 
health care delivery system and includes the promotion of 
wellness, the detection of alterations in health, and the provi- 
sion of care for those with illness, disease, or dysfunctions. 
Professional nursing is characterized by inquiry, caring, and 
practice. Nurses are professionally, ethically, and legally 
accountable for the care they provide, and their practice 
includes independent and interdependent functions. 

Professional nursing education is built upon a founda- 
tion of liberal arts, humanities, and the sciences, and it pro- 
vides opportunities for learners to attain competencies 
required to practice professional nursing. Mature learners 
identify their own learning needs and assume responsibility 
for continued learning. Effective teachers establish an invit- 
ing learning environment that promotes collaboration among 
themselves and their learners for achievement of educational 
goals. Baccalaureate education prepares nurses to function as 
generalists, while education at the master's level prepares 
nurses as advanced practitioners in a speciality area. 

Please see chapter 7 for complete details on School of 
Nursing admission, policies, requirements, programs, and 
courses. 



School of Nursing Undergraduate Areas of Study 



School 



Degree Major 



Hours Req 



Area of Study— AOS Code (Licensure) 



Nursing 



B.S.N. Nursing 



122 ♦ Nursing— U701 

122 ♦ Nursing/RN to B.S.N.— U702 

122 ♦ Nursing/RN 2Plus Program— U710 



84 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



7. Departments, Programs, 

& Courses 



Department of 
Accounting and Finance 

Bryan School of Business & Economics 

418 Bryan Building 

336/334-5647 

www.uncg.edu/bae/acc 

Faculty 

Daniel T. Winkler, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Arrington, Collins 

Associate Professors Balbirer, Brown, Harden, Iyer, Watkins, 

Wingler 
Assistant Professors Livingstone, Shough, Upton 
Lecturers Harrison, Hersberger, Khanlarian, Milanese 

Mission Statement 

The mission of the Department of Accounting and Finance of the 
Joseph M. Bryan School of Business and Economics is (1) to provide 
high quality programs of education for accounting and finance majors at 
the undergraduate and graduate levels, (2) to provide high quality 
courses to support the undergraduate and graduate programs offered by 
the Bryan School and the University at large, (3) to simulate and sup- 
port productive, high quality research, scholarship, and publication, (4) 
to provide service, largely through committee representation to the 
University, the Bryan School, the Department, the Academic 
Accounting and Finance Community, and the Accounting profession, 
and (5) to foster faculty interaction with the external community that 
serves the needs of the external community. 

The primary goal of the department is to provide pro- 
grams of quality education in accounting and finance at the 
undergraduate and graduate levels. The undergraduate pro- 
gram provides an excellent foundation for careers in industry, 
government and other not-for-profit organizations; is suffi- 
ciently broad to qualify graduates for a wide range of entry- 
level, business-related positions; and prepares students for 
further graduate-level studies in areas such as accounting, 
finance, law, and business administration. 

The Department of Accounting and Finance also offers a 
Bachelor of Science degree with a major in finance. The 
undergraduate finance program deals with the theory, organ- 
ization, and operation of the financial system from both a 
market and a managerial viewpoint. Students are expected to 
develop analytical abilities and to present their analyses in 
both written and oral form. 

Undergraduate majors are offered a broad range of 
courses from the areas of financial management, financial 
institutions, and investments. 

Graduates may take managerial positions in controller- 
ship or treasury work in non-financial businesses as well as a 
wide array of careers in financial services and banking. In 
addition, the degree may lead to positions in risk management 
and real estate departments of public agencies and private cor- 
porations as well as insurance and real estate companies. 



At the graduate level, the Bryan School offers courses in 
finance as part of the Master of Business Administration 
(M.B.A.) program. 

Student Learning Goals 

Critical thinking, quantitative aptitude, teamwork, and 
good communication skills are necessary to function effec- 
tively in today's highly competitive, global environment. In 
order to assure that our graduates are prepared to meet the 
challenges of the future, our students will be able to: 

• Identify business and economic problems and opportu- 
nities, and evaluate the global, competitive aspects and 
the ethical, legal, and environmental dimensions of these 
problems and opportunities 

• Demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the 
role of demographic diversity and political, social and 
technological forces in creating and affecting identified 
problems and opportunities 

• Employ accounting, behavioral science, and economics 
to analyze identified problems and opportunities and to 
develop and evaluate alternative plans to address these 
problems and opportunities 

• Apply critical listening, reading, speaking, and writing 
skills to work and communicate with others effectively 
one-on-one, in team settings, and in formal presentations 

• Use appropriate mathematical, statistical, research, arid 
information technology skills in the analysis of problems 
and opportunities and in the development and evaluation 
of alternative plans 

• Engage in deeper critical analysis of business problems 
and opportunities from the perspective of a finance major 

Accounting Major (ACCT) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: U301 

General Program Requirements 

1. Formal admission to the Department of Accounting, 
including the following: 

a. Successful completion of ACC 202, 218; CST 105; 
ECO 201, 202, 250; ENG 101, 102; ISM 110, 280; and 
MAT 120* or 191 

b. Grades of C or better in ACC 202, 218, ECO 201, 
and ISM 280 

c. Cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 

2. Grades of C or better in ACC 318, 319, and 325 

3. 122 s.h. 

4. At least 50 percent of the business semester hours 
required for the degree must be earned at UNCG. 

*MAT 115 or 119 or 150 may be needed as a prerequisite for MAT 
120 depending upon math placement test score or completion of pre- 
vious college math. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



85 



Accounting & Finance 



I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Department specifies courses for: 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

foreign language XXX 203B (e.g., SPA 203B) 

or equivalent 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

MAT 120 or 191 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 (or FMS 115 or RCO 101), and ENG 102 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ECO 201 and 202 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers: 3-6 s.h. (1-2 
courses) of the same foreign language depending upon 
placement; 2-3 additional GL/GN courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major and Related Area Requirements 

1. ACC 202, 218, 318, 319, 325, 330, 420, 440, 450 
(Transfer credit will be given for Accounting courses at 
the 300 level or above only by examination.) 

2. BUS 105A**; CST 105*; ECO 201*, 202*, 250, 300*; ENG 
102*; FIN 315; ISM 110, 280; MAT 120* or 191*; MGT 
301*, 309*, 312, 330 or 331, 491; MKT 320; SCM 302 

3. Nine (9) s.h. of a foreign language*; see p. 75 for 
requirement details. 

*MAT 120 or 191 fulfills GMT; ENG 102 and CST 105 fulfill GRD; 
ECO 201 and 202 fulfill GSB; ECO 300, MGT 301, and foreign lan- 
guage fulfills 9-12 semester hours of GL/GN requirement; MGT 309 
fid fills major WI and SI; CST 105 fulfills SI outside major. 

**BUS 105A is for students entering UNCG as freshmen and must 
be taken during the first tzvo semesters of enrollment. 



IV Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Accounting & Information Systems Major 

(ACIS) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 125 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: U302 

This major is offered jointly with the Department of 
Information Systems and Operations Management. 

General Program Requirements 

1 . Formal admission to the Department of Accounting, 
including the following: 

a. Successful completion of ACC 202, 218; CST 105; 
ECO 201, 202, 250; ENG 101, 102; ISM 110, 280; and 
MAT 120* or 191 

b. Grades of C or better in ACC 202, 218, ECO 201, 
ISM 110 and 280 

c. Cumulative GPA of at least 2.50 

2. Grades of C or better in ISM 210, 240, 301, 318 and 
ACC 318, 319, and 325 

3. 125 s.h. 

4. At least 50 percent of the business semester hours 
required for the degree must be earned at UNCG. 

*MAT 115 or 119 or 150 may he needed as a prerequisite for MAT 
120 depending upon math placement test score or completion of pre- 
vious college math. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Department specifies courses for: 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

foreign language XXX 203B (e.g., SPA 203B) 

or equivalent 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

MAT 120 or 191 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 (or FMS 115 or RCO 101), and ENG 102 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ECO 201 and 202 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 



86 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Accounting & Finance 



Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers: 3-6 s.h. (1-2 
courses) of the same foreign language depending upon 
placement; 2-3 additional GL/GN courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major and Related Area Requirements 

1. ACC 202, 218, 318, 319, 325, 330 or 440, 460; ISM 110, 
210, 240, 280, 301, 318, 324 or 325 

(Transfer credit will be given for Accounting courses at 
the 300 level or above only by examination.) 

2. BUS 105A**; CST 105*; ECO 201*, 202*, 250, 300*; ENG 
101*, 102*; FIN 315; ISM 360; MAT 120* or 191*; MGT 
301*, 309*, 312, 330 or 331, 491; MKT 320 

3. Nine (9) s.h. of a foreign language*; see p. 75 for 
requirement details. 

*MAT 120 or 191 fulfills GEC MT; ENG 101, and ENG 102 or 
CST 105 fulfill GEC RD; ECO 201 and 202 fulfill GEC SB; ECO 
300, MGT 301, and foreign language fulfill 9-12 hours of GL/GN 
requirement; MGT 309 fulfills major WI and SI requirements; CST 
105 fulfills SI requirement outside major 

**BUS 105A is for students entering UNCG as freshmen and must 
be taken during the first two semesters of enrollment . 

IV Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 125 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Honors in Accounting 
Requirements 

For Honors requirements, check with the departmental 
office and see Honors Programs on pp. 213-216. 

Accelerated Master's Program 
for Accounting Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.S. in 
Accounting/M.S. in Accounting program requirements. 

Finance Major (FINC) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOSCode: U360 



General Program Requirements 

1. Formal admission to Finance major: 

a. Successful completion of ACC 202, 218; CST 105; 
ECO 201, 202, 250; ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 
ENG 102; ISM 110, 280; MAT 120* or 191 

b. Grade of C or better in ACC 202, 218 

c. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 

2. Grades of C or better in all ACC and FIN courses used 
toward the major. 

3. 122 s.h. 

4. At least 50 percent of the business semester hours 
required for the degree must be earned at UNCG 

*MAT 115 or 119 or 150 may be needed as prerequisites for MAT 
120 depending upon math placement test score or completion of pre- 
vious college math. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Department specifies courses for: 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

foreign language XXX 203B (e.g., SPA 203B) 

or equivalent 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

MAT 120 or 191 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and ENG 102 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ECO 201 and 202 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers: 3-6 s.h. (1-2 
courses) of the same foreign language depending upon 
placement; 2-3 additional GL/GN courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



87 



Accounting & Finance 



III Major Requirements 

1. FIN 330, 350, 410, 442 

2. At least two additional courses selected from: FIN 320, 
325, 420, 430, 444, 449, 493, 499; ACC 318, 319, 330 (for- 
merly 430), 420; ECO 351; BUS 450 

IV Related Area Requirements 

1. ACC 202, 218; BUS 105A**; CST 105*; ECO 201*, 202*, 250, 
300*; ENG 101*, 102*; FIN 315; ISM 110, 280; MAT 120* or 
191*; MGT 301*, 309*, 312, 330, 491; MKT 320; SCM 302 

2. Nine (9) s.h. of a foreign language; see p. 75 for require- 
ment details. 

*MAT 120 or 191 fulfills GMT; ENG 101, and ENG 102 or CST 
105 fulfill GRD; ECO 201 and 202 fulfill GSB; ECO 300, MGT 
301, and foreign language fulfill 9-12 semester hours of GE/GN 
requirement; MGT 309 fulfills major WI and SI requirements; CST 
105 fulfills SI requirement outside major. 

**BUS 105 is for students entering UNCG as freshmen and must 
be taken during the first two semesters of enrollment. Students are 
encouraged to take BUS 105 during their first semester if space is 
available. 

V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 total semester hours 
required for the degree. 

Accounting Courses (ACC) 

Enrollment in Accounting courses requires a minimum 2.0 
GPA on UNCG course work, regardless of a student's major 
or minor. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

201 Financial Accounting (3:3) 

Pr. MAT 115 
Introduction to external financial statements of organizations, 
emphasizing the use of accounting information in making invest- 
ment and other decisions. Addresses ethical considerations and 
role of financial reporting in society. 

202 Managerial Accounting (3:3) 

Pr. ACC 201 or 218 
Introduction to internal accounting and reporting of organizations, 
emphasizing the use of accounting information used by manage- 
ment and other decision makers within the organization. 

203 Double-Entry Formal Accounting Systems (1:1) 

Pr. grade of C or better in ACC 201; GPA 2.0 or above 
Essential aspects of accounting cycle, including journalizing and 
posting transactions, making necessary adjustments, preparing 
financial statements and closing the books. 
218 Financial Statement Preparation and Disclosures (3:3) 

Pr. MAT 115 

* Required entry course for all Accounting and Finance majors 
First financial accounting course for students desiring to pursue 
upper division accounting courses. Includes coverage of basic 
financial statement preparation, time value of money concepts, 
and techniques for accounting valuations. 

318 Intermediate Accounting I (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in ACC 218 and ECO 201 
Focuses on the conceptual framework underlying financial 
reporting by business enterprises, the processes by which author- 
itative accounting guidelines are promulgated, and the prepara- 
tion, presentation, interpretation, and use of financial statements. 

~^T 2006-07 UNCG 



319 Intermediate Accounting II (3:3) 

Pr. admission to program or other approved program; grade of C or 
better in ACC 318 
The second course in the two-course intermediate accounting 
sequence. Continues the examination of the preparation, presen- 
tation, interpretation, and use of financial statements. 

325 Accounting Transaction Processing Systems (3:3) 

Pr. admission to program or other approved program; grade of C or 
better in ACC 318 
Designed to provide an understanding of a variety of accounting 
subsystems, systems analysis, and design issues reinforced 
through case studies. 

330 Cost Accounting (3:3) 

Pr. admission to program or other approved program; grade of C or 
better in ACC 318 
Costs and cost accounting principles, costing systems, cost deter- 
mination procedures; control and analytical practices for mana- 
gerial decision-making. 

350 Internship in Accounting (3:0:20) 

Pr. grade of C or better in ACC 318; admission to the Accounting 
program; permission of internship coordinator 
This course provides students with an opportunity to apply 
accounting knowledge in a business environment and to gain a 
better understanding of the accounting profession. 

420 Federal Tax Concepts (3:3) 

Pr. admission to program or other approved program; grade of C or 
better in ACC 318 
Tax structure and tax principles. Accounting principles and pro- 
cedures related to tax accounting. Application of tax and 
accounting principles to specific problems 

440 Auditing Concepts (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in ACC 319 and 325; admission to program 
or other approved program 
Concepts underlying audit process, procedures used in external 
auditing, statistical application, preparation of audit programs, 
and reports. Use of audit software to conduct control risk assess- 
ment and substantive tests. 

450 Accounting, Ethics, and International Business (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in ACC 319, admission to Department or 
other professional program approved by Department 
First half of course focuses on ethical import of accounting in mod- 
ern organizations; second half of course focuses on accounting 
practices and regulations in different countries. 

460 Capstone Experience in Systems Assurance (3:3) 

Pr. admission to program or other approved program; grade of C or 
better in ACC 319, 325; ISM 240, 301, 318 
Course represents the culmination of a student's experience in 
the Accounting and Information Systems major. Students will 
apply concepts and design an AIS to support a company's busi- 
ness processes. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 
499 Independent Research in Accounting (1-3) 

Pr. admission to program, senior standing, and permission of 
Department 

• May be repeated for credit with approval of department head. 
Individual study of an issue or problem(s) in accounting of par- 
ticular interest to the student. Student must arrange time and 
course requirements with instructor prior to registration. 

Undergraduate Bulletin 



Accounting & Finance 



Finance Courses (FIN) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

300 The Management of Personal Finance (3:3) 

Pr. 2.0 GPA 
Personal budgeting and accounting; borrowing money; buying 
on credit; personal income tax returns; saving and wise invest- 
ment of savings; insurance; home ownership. 

315 Business Finance I (3:3) 

Pr. ACC 202, 201 or 218, ECO 201, 202, 250; 2.0 GPA 
Recognition and analysis of financial problems. Integrated 
approach to financial management emphasizing basic concepts 
of valuation, investment, and financial structure. 

320 Principles of Risk Management and Insurance (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in FIN 315; junior standing; admission to a 
program of study in the Bryan School or other professional 
program approved by the School 
Investigation of risk and the risk management process including 
the role of insurance. Social insurance, financial planning issues, 
employee benefits and pension and retirement planning are 
included. 

325 Fundamentals of Real Estate (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in FIN 315; junior standing; admission to a 
program of study in the Bryan School or other professional pro- 
gram approved by the School 
Examination of principles, practices, and policies affecting real 
estate markets. Topics include the nature of real property, mort- 
gages, real estate financing, and real property law. 

330 Financial Institutions and Markets (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in FIN 315; admission to a program of 
study in the Bryan School or other professional program 
approved by the School 
Principal institutions and markets comprising the financial system; 
their roles in short-term, long-term and equity financing, interest 
rate determination and capital formation. Interrelationships 
between domestic and international and financial markets. 
Government policy objectives and regulations as influences on the 
financial system. 

350 Principles of Financial Risk Management (3:3) 

Pr. grades of C or better in ACC 218 and FIN 315; junior standing; 
admission to approved program 
Investigation of risk and the financial risk management process 
including portfolio insurance. Topics include options, futures, 
hedging, decision trees, and sensitivity analysis. 

410 Business Finance II (3:3) 

Pr. grades ofC or better in ACC 218 and FIN 315; admission to 
approved program 
Theory and practical application of capital budgeting, cost of 
capital and capital structure analysis, working capital manage- 
ment, and financial analysis and planning. 

415 Advanced Corporate Finance (3:3) 

Pr. FIN 410; admission to a program of study in the Bryan School 
or other professional program approved by the School 
An examination of the interrelationships between major financial 
policy decisions. Topics include capital structure theory, corpo- 
rate debt capacity, risk and capital budgeting, dividend policy, 
corporate restructuring, and mergers and acquisitions. 



420 Real Estate Finance (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in FIN 315; admission to a program of 
study in the Bryan School or other professional program 
approved by the School 
Working knowledge of real estate finance. Topics include mort- 
gage markets and institutions, methods and practices of real 
estate finance, and real estate appraisal and investment analysis. 

430 Real Estate Investment (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in FIN 315; admission to a program of 
study in the Bryan School or other professional program 
approved by the School 
Introduction to the foundations and practices in real estate 
investment. The principal emphasis is on real estate investment 
principles and concepts, the investment environment, financial 
analysis and practical applications. 

442 Investments (3:3) 

Pr. grades of Cor better in ACC 218 and FIN 315; admission to 
approved program 
Investment principles and practices, investment policies, security 
analysis, and the mechanics and mathematics of security pur- 
chases. Long- and short-term fluctuations of security prices, 
functions of securities markets and regulatory bodies, and indi- 
vidual investment needs. 

444 International Finance (3:3) 

Pr. grades ofC or better in ACC 218 and FIN 315; admission to 
approved program 
Examination of international finance from standpoint of the firm. 
Topics include international money and capital markets, foreign 
exchange markets, investments in foreign operations, as well as 
financing strategies for foreign operations. 

449 Seminar in Finance (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in FIN 315; admission to a program of 
study in the Bryan School or other professional program 
approved by the School 
Independent study, research, and class discussion covering a 
topic or group of related topics of current interest in financial the- 
ory, policy, or practice. Topics may vary each semester. 

471 Life Insurance and Financial Planning (3:3) 

Pr. FIN 320; admission to a program of study in the Bryan School 
or other professional program approved by the School 
Emphasis on life insurance in the financial planning process. 
Explores the role of savings and investment and the creation, 
preservation, and taxation of wealth. 

472 Property and Liability Insurance (3:3) 

Pr. FIN 320; admission to a program of study in the Bryan School 
or other professional program approved by the School 
Examination of coverages and exclusions found in direct damage 
and indirect loss contracts and liability insurance contracts as 
risk management devices for the treatment of pure risk. 

473 Risk Management (3:3) 

Pr. FIN 320; admission to a program of study in the Bryan School 
or other professional program approved by the School 
Identification and evaluation of risk with emphasis on risk treat- 
ment. Attention given to risk financing, including cash-flow 
plans, self-insurance, and captive insurer alternatives. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. permission of instructor; see other prerequisites under Honors 

Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 
• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



89 



African American Studies 



499 Problems in Finance (3:3) 

Pr. senior majors; permission of instructor; grade of C or better in 
FIN 315 

• May be repeated for credit with approval of department head. 
Independent study, research, and class discussion covering a 
topic or group of related topics of current interest in theory or 
policy of finance. Topics may vary from semester to semester. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for graduate-level courses. 



African American Studies 
Program 

College of Arts & Sciences 

200 Foust Building 

336/334-5507 " 

www.uncg.edu/afs 

Committee Members 

Frank Woods, Director, African American Studies Program 

Shelly L. Brown, Department of Sociology 

Michael Cauthen, Lecturer, African American Studies Program 

Steven Cureton, Department of Sociology 

Audrey Daniel, Office of Multicultural Affairs 

George Dimock, Department of Art 

Sally Ann H. Ferguson, Department of English 

William D. Hart, Department of Religious Studies 

Thomas Jackson, Department of History 

Colleen Kriger, Department of History 

Deborah Pelli, Department of Biology 

Mission Statement 

The African American Studies Program is committed to sustaining 
an academic environment in which African American students and 
students of every race or ethnicity are motivated to develop to their full 
potential. Through interdisciplinary courses, the students can achieve 
an informed appreciation of the history and socioculture of persons of 
African descent, as well as the history and sociocidture of others. Set 
in an urban institutional environment, the Program offers students an 
array of scholastic and experiential opportunities. The Program con- 
tributes to the social, aesthetic, and ethical development of its students 
and supports them as they pursue their academic goals. African 
American Studies nurtures intellectual curiosity, tolerance, and com- 
mitment to the ideals of social justice and equality, attributes prized by 
the University community and society at large. 



Intensive. 



African American Studies Major (AFST) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOSCode: U803 

The African American Studies major gives students an 
integrated and critical understanding of the experiences and 
contributions of peoples of African descent in the Americas. 
African American Studies also provides students with the 

~gQ~ 2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



opportunity to examine experiences of African Americans 
using theories and methods from a wide range of disciplines. 
African American Studies students will be able to apply 
these theories and methods to better understand the social, 
political, and economic problems facing African Americans. 
They will also gain an enhanced recognition of the enduring 
strengths and heroic accomplishments that underlie the black 
presence in the New World. In addition, students graduating 
with the major will be well prepared for leadership in the 
African American community, in particular, and American 
society in general. The African American Studies Program is 
committed to offering an academically challenging curricu- 
lum coupled with a solid foundation of liberal arts education. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Student may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one additional 

GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

required: AFS 201 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: AFS 210 and one other GSB course 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 



African American Studies 



III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

one GHP/GPM course 

Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 

Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, demon- 
strated by placement test, or completion of course work 
through course number 204 

Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 
a total of four WI courses 

IV Major and Related Area Requirements 

Minimum 30 semester hours to include the following: 
Core Courses (15 semester hours) 

1. AFS 201*, 210*, 410 

2. ENG 374 or 376 

3. HIS 301 or 302 or 389 

Additional AFS and Related Area Courses (15 semester 
hours) 

Students should select an additional 15 hours from the 
following courses: 

AFS 200, 305, 310, 320, 400; ART 102; DCE 232, 332; ATY 325; 
ENG 204, 315; HIS 203, 204, 306, 399, 502, 524, 581; MUS 214; 
PHI 121; PSC 391; REL 229; SOC 222, 227, 425; WGS 333 

*AFS 201 satisfies GHP and CAR GMO; AFS 210 satisfies one 
GSB requirement 

V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

African American Studies as a Second Major 

Students who wish to declare a second major in African 
American Studies must complete all requirements listed 
above under the degree selected. 

African American Studies Minor 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

AFS 201 and 210 are required for all AFS minors. Students 
may select the additional 12 hours required for the minor from 
any courses listed in "Additional AFS and Related Area 
Courses". 



African American Studies Courses (AFS) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

200 African American Art History (3:3) 

The development of African American art placed within the con- 
text of mainstream American art and the history of the blacks in 
this country. 

201 Introduction to African American Studies (3:3) 

GECore: GHP CAR: GMO 

AULER/CLER: HP/CHP—CMO 
Introduction to African American culture through an historical 
and social perspective. (Fall & Spring) 

210 Blacks in American Society: Social, Economic, and 
Political Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Social, political, economic experience of blacks in the United 
States. Topics include the black family, Civil Rights Movement, 
black politicians, and blacks in the labor market. 

305 Special Topics in African American Studies (3:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 

An in-depth study of a selected topic or topics in African American 
Studies involving directed reading and research. (Fall or Spring) 

310 The Portrayal of African Americans in Film (3:3) 
An examination of African American film roles as a reflector of 
America's perception of black character and behavior. Various 
film genres will be considered for insight into movie portrayals 
as social commentary. (Fall) 

315 Experimental Course: Theories and Paradigms in 
African American Studies (3:3) 

Pr. 201 and 210 or permission of instructor 

• For majors and minors only. 

Examines theory and general epistemology in African American 
studies. (Offered spring '05 and '06) 

320 The African American Athlete (3:3) 

An examination of the lives and careers of African American ath- 
letes and their struggles to gain acceptance in both competitive 
and social settings. (Spring) 

400 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. permission of Director of African American Studies and faculty 
mentor. 
Intensive independent study on special topics related to the 
African American experience. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 

410 Seminar in African American Studies (3:3) 

Pr. completion of 12 s.h. of AFS core requirements (AFS 201, 210, 
ENG 374 or 376, HIS 301 or 302 or 389); junior or senior sta- 
tus; and permission of instructor 
Capstone seminar on issues in African American Studies and 
their significance to American society and the world. (Spring) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

See prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



91 



Anthropology 



Department of Anthropology 

College of Arts & Sciences 

426 Graham Building 

336/334-5132 

www.uncg.edu/ant/ 

Faculty 

Arthur D. Murphy, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Mountjoy, Sandford 

Associate Professor Andreatta 

Lecturers Davis, Hartley, Reichart, Stine 

Visiting Assistant Professors Kershner, Lassiter, Tatar 

Anthropology is a broad discipline which includes phys- 
ical anthropology — the study of humans as biological ani- 
mals; cultural anthropology — the study of humankind in a 
cultural perspective; archaeology — the recovery and inter- 
pretation of ancient human biological and cultural remains; 
and linguistics — the study of language in culture and society. 

The general undergraduate major provides for extensive 
study in cultural anthropology, archaeology, linguistics, and 
physical anthropology. Majors who develop a particular 
interest in one of the subdisciplines may pursue a concentra- 
tion in that area up to a maximum of 60 semester hours. 
Majors have opportunities to develop mentoring relation- 
ships with members of the faculty on current research proj- 
ects as well as fieldwork projects. Internships in various 
agencies are also available. 

Anthropology as a major prepares individuals to pursue 
many avenues of career development. It is the basis for a 
career as a professional anthropologist. Anthropology com- 
bined with other courses of study as double majors enhances 
career possibilities and professional development. There are, 
however, increasing opportunities for anthropologists to 
work in government agencies and business. In such settings, 
the knowledge which they have may be applied to the solu- 
tion of human problems. 

Through the accelerated master's program, an anthro- 
pology major may earn both a master's degree in a related 
field and a bachelor's degree in anthropology in approxi- 
mately five years. Majors must begin planning early in this 
program as well as obtaining careful advising. Opportunities 
exist for an M.A. in Economics and a Master of Business 
Administration. 

Anthropology Major (ANTH) 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOSCode: U101 

The General Anthropology Major provides training in 
human biological, social and behavioral science within the 
broader framework of a liberal arts education. The program 
presents a holistic view of the nature of humans in society, 
past and present, through courses in linguistics, prehistory, 
physical anthropology, and cultural anthropology. It provides 
a solid foundation for both a basic liberal arts education as 
well as for one of the concentrations in anthropology. 



Student Learning Goals 

Upon completion of the program, Anthropology majors 
will be able to: demonstrate a broad knowledge of cultural 
diversity, ethnocentrism, and cultural relativity; analyze the 
social, political, and religious structure of diverse societies; 
distinguish Old, New, and Post-Processual Archaeology, 
including the ability to recover and analyze artifacts from 
archaeological sites; demonstrate knowledge of the mecha- 
nisms of biological evolution and analyze fossil evidence for 
such; analyze phonemes, parts of speech, and the basic 
phrase structure of languages. 

Program Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Student may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select course) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

ATY 253 and one other GNS course with a 

different departmental prefix 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ATY 213 and two other GSB courses 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 



<P 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Anthropology 



Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Minimum 34 semester hours in anthropology above the 
100-level to include the following: 

Core Courses 

1. ATY 213*, 253*, 258, 411, 595 

2. Methods— One of the following: ATY 360, 476, or 553 

3. Five additional ATY courses at the 300 level or above 
Although not a requirement beyond the 34 hours mini- 
mum, majors may choose to take additional courses in general 
anthropology or the additional courses may be in one of the 
subdisciplines: 

Archaeology 
Cultural Anthropology 
Physical Anthropology 
Majors in consultation with a faculty member in the sub- 
discipline will select the appropriate courses. 

*ATY 213 satisfies one GSB; ATY 253 satisfies one GNS 

V Related Area Requirements 

Anthropology majors must take STA 108, which satisfies 
GMT. 

Majors who follow a plan for one of the accelerated mas- 
ter's programs should satisfy the related area requirements 
for that program. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Honors in Anthropology 

Requirements 

For Honors requirements, check with the departmental 
office and see Honors Programs information on pp. 213-216. 

Anthropology as a Second Major 

Students who wish to declare a second major in 
Anthropology must complete all requirements listed above 
under the degree selected. 

Anthropology as a Second Academic 
Concentration for Elementary Education Majors 
Required: 18 semester hours 

1. Required (9 s.h.): ATY 213, 253, 258 

2. One methods course (3 s.h.): ATY 360 or 476 or 553 

3. One elective at the 300 level (3 s.h.) 

4. One elective at the 400 or 500 level (3 s.h.) 



Anthropology Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 

All minors are required to take ATY 212. In addition, 
they must select a minimum of 12 hours at the 200 level or 
above. The following suggested course sequences may be of 
interest to students pursuing specific majors and with certain 
career objectives. 

1. General Anthropology— ATY 213, 253, 360, 387, 411 

2. Ethnology /Ethnography — especially useful for majors 
in social studies, history, geography, economics, and 
international studies. Courses recommended include 
ATY 213, 325, 330, 333, 335, 337, 371, 465, and 476. 

3. Linguistics — especially useful for majors in language 
arts, a foreign language, English, deaf education, speech 
pathology, social studies, and international studies. 
Courses recommended include ATY 385, 387, 585, and 
587. 

4. Archaeology — especially useful for majors in classical 
studies, geography, and environmental studies. Courses 
recommended include ATY 253, 258, 360, 362, 370, 533, 
and 553. 

5. Physical Anthropology — especially useful for majors in 
archaeology, biology, chemistry, nutrition, and psychol- 
ogy. Courses recommended include ATY 253, 331, 359, 
553, 555, and 559. 

Students in consultation with a member of the depart- 
ment may plan a minor to enhance their career objectives as 
they choose. They may also take approved independent 
study courses or approved selected topics courses. 

Anthropology with Teacher Licensure in 
Social Studies 
AOSCode: U102 

Students majoring in anthropology may seek Initial "A" 
teacher licensure in comprehensive social studies with an 
endorsement in anthropology. Completion of licensure 
requirements will allow majors to teach Social Studies as well 
as anthropology in secondary school. Please see Teacher 
Education Programs for complete requirements. Many of the 
requirements for licensure satisfy liberal education require- 
ments in the college as well as for the major and the Social 
Studies requirements. Majors who wish to pursue "A" licen- 
sure in social studies should consult with the departmental 
Social Studies committee representative. 

Accelerated Master's Programs 
for Anthropology Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.A. in 
Anthropology/M.B.A. or M.A. in Economics program 
requirements. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



93 



Anthropology 



Anthropology Courses (ATY) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Contemporary Non-Western Cultures (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 

• Freshmen only. 

Survey of contemporary non-Western societies which empha- 
sizes their distinctive cultural characteristics and how these 
relate to changes taking place in the world today. 

212 General Anthropology (3:3) 

GECore: GSB GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 

• Open to freshmen. 

Survey of general anthropology. Includes an inquiry into human 
origins, prehistory and comparative study of culture. 

213 Cultural Anthropology (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: AE/CAE 
Cultural anthropology attempts to stimulate interest in basic 
questions about human nature and human adaptation, including 
major theoretical approaches, the nature of field work, and an 
examination of selected topics. 

253 Introduction to Physical Anthropology (4:3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CLS 

Coreq. ATY 253L 
Lecture and laboratory cover human biology from an evolution- 
ary perspective. Topics include evolutionary theory, nonhuman 
primates, the fossil record, human osteology, molecular and pop- 
ulation genetics. (Fall & Spring) 

258 World Prehistory (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Development of culture from its Paleolithic beginnings through 
the rise of early civilizations. 

300 The Culture of Baseball (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
Ritual, superstition, racism, language, immigration: the history 
and culture of baseball provides a familiar lens to examine and 
contextualize sociocultural experience. Incorporates experience 
from baseball in the U.S., Caribbean, Mexico, and Japan. (Alt 
Fai i ) 

325 Caribbean Societies and Cultures (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Types of social systems and cultural patterns in the West Indies 
arising from relations between Europeans, West Africans, and 
Asians, with implications for development, social change, and 
identity. 

330 Cultures of North American Indians (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 
AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Traditional ways of life of indigenous people of North America. 



331 Human Variation (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: NS/CLS 
Physical differences within and between human populations: 
their source and effect. 

333 Latin American Societies and Cultures (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Tribal and peasant groups with special emphasis on their place in 
contemporary Latin America. 

335 Cultures of Africa (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Study of the peoples of Africa emphasizing family organization, 
religion, political organization, languages, and urbanism. 
Includes a study of African novelists. 

337 Cultures of the Pacific (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Ethnographic study of Pacific cultures, focusing on language, 
physical characteristics, psychology, and culture contact. 

340 Archaeology of North American Indians (3:3) 

A survey of the archaeological evidence of North American 

Indian culture, from earliest time to first European contact. (Alt 

Years) 

357 Monkeys, Apes, and Humans (3:3) 

• Taught as Writing Intensive (WI). 

An overview of primatology — the study of prosimians, mon- 
keys, apes, and humans. Involves in-depth study of selected pri- 
mates as well as discussion of major theoretical issues and ways 
in which the study of nonhuman primate behavior helps illumi- 
nate human evolutionary history. 

359 Forensic Anthropology (4:3:3) 

Pr. 253 or an introductory course in biology or chemistry 

Coreq. ATY 359L 
Methods of recovery and analysis of human remains in 
medicolegal contexts, including human and nonhuman skeletal 
material, decomposition, crime scene recovery, and skeletal signs 
of age, sex, and trauma. (Spring) 

360 Method and Theory in Modern Archaeology (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: AE/CAE 

• Taught as Speaking Intensive (SI). 

Analysis and evaluation of methods, theories, and concepts nec- 
essary for recovery and interpretation of cultural information 
about past societies relevant for anthropological goals. Includes 
issues of historiography, epistemology, and ethics. 

370 Introduction to Historical Archaeology (3:3) 
Basic introduction to historical archaeology method and theory. 
Historical archaeology is a multidisciplinary subfield of Anthro- 
pology covering the historic past through the present. 

(Alt Spring) 

378 Historical Archaeology Field Techniques (3:0:6) 

Archaeological excavation of historic period sites. Techniques of 
excavation, recording, surveying, and artifact analysis. 

385 Language and Culture (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
A survey of verbal and nonverbal behavior cross-culturally 
Emphasis on the use of language in the speech community, ges- 
tures, body languages, expressive behavior, verbal art, and lan- 
guage learning. 



94 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Anthropology 



387 Modern Linguistics (3:3) 

Systematic investigation of the general properties of language, the 
universal properties found in all languages, and the specific prop- 
erties of the grammars of individual languages. Includes linguistic 
differences found in selected dialects of American English. 

411 History of Anthropological Theory (3:3) 

• Not open to freshmen and sophomores. 

Developments in history of Western thought and study of culture 
leading to the emergence of anthropology as a scientific field. 

462 Archaeology of the Southeastern United States (3:3) 

• Taught as Writing Intensive (WI) and Speaking Intensive (SI). 
Investigation of Indian cultural development in the U. S. from 
the Mississippi River Basin to the Atlantic Coast, from earliest 
evidence to the European Contact Period, with special emphasis 
on the context of the East in the archaeology of North America 
and North Carolina. 

465 An Overview of Medical Anthropology (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

• Not open to freshmen and sophomores. 

Explores multiple causes of disease and cultural variation in health 
practices. Topics include culture and political ecologies of disease, 
ethnomedical systems, and healers in cross-cultural perpectives. 
(Alt Fall) 

476 Methods in Data Collection and Analysis in Cultural 
Anthropology (3:3) 

• Taught as Writing Intensive (WI). 

Review and discussion of major methodological principles and 
techniques used in anthropology. (Alt Spring) 

478 Field Methods in Archaeology (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Methods, techniques, and theories of archaeological field investi- 
gation. Includes site survey, mapping, systematic sampling, and 
controlled excavation. 

479 Analysis of Archaeological Data (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Instruction on proper treatment of material recovered through 
archaeological investigation. Includes classification, statistical 
manipulation of data, seriation, and analysis of spatial and tem- 
poral dimensions. Attention to special analytical techniques (e.g., 
C14 dating, chemical analysis, faunal analysis) with stress on 
ecological interpretation. 

480 Ethnographic Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology 
(4:3:6) 

Pr. 476 or permission of instructor 
Course applies qualitative research techniques (fieldnotes, par- 
ticipant and casual observations, interviews, data interpretation), 
and statistical techniques that supplement ethnographic descrip- 
tion and analysis at field sites. (Alt Summer) 

481 Study Abroad Experience for Anthropology Majors (3) 

Pr. 213, 253, 258, and two ATY courses at the 300 level or above, or 
permission of faculty member with whom student wishes to work 
This course offers majors the opportunity to broaden their expe- 
rience by studying anthropology in another country. Cross-cul- 
tural exchanges are designed to augment UNCG training. (Fall 
& Spring & Summer) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216). 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 



497, 498 Special Problems in Anthropology (1-3), (1-3) 

Pr. permission of faculty member with whom student wishes to work 
Opportunity for students to have directed instruction on problems 
of special interest. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



499 Internship in Anthropology (3:1:6-12) 

Pr. written permission required; junior status; appropriate prerequi- 
site courses in the relevant anthropology subfield selected for 
internship: Cultural— ATY 213; Physical— ATY 253; 
Archaeology— ATY 360; Linguistics— ATY 387. 
Faculty supervised practicum experience in an off campus setting. 
Host organization will provide the student with applied experi- 
ence directly relevant to a specific subfield of anthropology. 
(Fall & Spring & Summer) 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

501, 502 Selected Topics in Anthropology (3:3), (3:3) 

Pr. anthropologic major or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

Opportunity for advanced students to study in depth topic or 
issue of special interest. 
510 Archaeology of South America (3:3) 
Pr. junior or senior Anthropology or Archaeology majors, or per- 
mission of instructor 
Survey of the archaeology of South America from earliest evi- 
dence of human habitation up to the arrival of the Spanish. 
Emphasis placed on the Andean area of western South America. 

520 Economic Anthropology (3:3) 

Pr. 212, 213, or 3 s.h. of social science 
An analysis of the economic organization of tribal and peasant 
peoples with special attention given to their participation in a 
world economy; emphasis is on economic models of social change. 

524 Applied Anthropology (3:3) 

• Taught as Speaking Intensive (SI) and Writing Intensive (WI). 
Application of anthropological method and theory in situations 
of directed sociocultural change. 

526 Anthropological Perspectives on Food and Agriculture 
(3:3) 

Examines the linkages among food producers, marketing strate- 
gies, and natural resource use in different cultures, and explores 
the influence of agriculture on society and the environment. (Alt 
Spring) 

533 Archaeology of Mexico (3:3) 

Pr. junior or senior standing in Anthropology or Archaeology, or 
permission of instructor 

• Taught as Writing Intensive (WI). 

Major prehispanic cultural developments in Mexico with empha- 
sis on internal cultural change (from early man to rise of great 
civilizations such as Aztec and Maya) and relationships with 
adjacent areas. 

547 Belief and Value Systems (3:3) 

Examination of sacred and secular beliefs in cross-cultural per- 
spective. Emphasis on symbols, ritual, and their functions. 

553 Human Osteology: Description, Data Collection, and 
Analysis (3:2:3) 

Pr. 253 or 3 s.h. of biological science 
Detailed coverage of anatomical structures on bone and methods 
involving inventory, description, data collection, and analysis of 
human remains. Topics include functional and comparative 
skeletal anatomy, bone microstructure, and physiology. 

555 Human Evolution (3:3) 

Pr. 253 or 3 s.h. of biological science 
Biological and cultural evolution of humans from prehuman forms. 



95 



Anthropology; Archaeology 



557 Primate Behavior (3:3) 

Pr. 253 or permission of instructor 
An overview of primatology and of methods for studying the 
behavior of prosimians, monkeys, and apes. Involves experience 
in data collection, computerized data analysis, and producing a 
scientific report. 

559 Disease and Nutrition in Ancient Populations (3:3) 

Pr. 253 or NTR 213 or 3 s.h. of biological science 
Evaluation of past disease and nutritional status using skeletal 
remains and other tissues. Topics include differential diagnosis of 
pathology. Analysis of mummified material, and chemical meth- 
ods of dietary reconstruction. 

576 Culture and Personality (3:3) 

Cross-cultural analysis of effect and influence of culture and 

group membership on development of personality. 

578 Research Methods in Historical Archaeology (3:3) 

Pr. junior, senior, or graduate status 
Advanced training in research methods in Historic Archaeology, 
involving on-site training in field, laboratory and library compo- 
nents of Historic Archaeology. (Same as IAR 578 and HIS 578) 

583 Culture and Society (3:3) 

• Not open for credit to anthropology majors 

• May not be taken for credit by students who have prior credit for 
ATY213 

Concepts of culture and society and their employment in under- 
standing human behavior in a cross-cultural context. 

585 Social Dialects (3:3) 

Consideration of differences in social dialects (speech patterns) 
among males and females, social classes, regions, and ethnic 
groups. Includes attitudes about social dialects, models for describ- 
ing social dialect differences, and consequences of social dialects. 

587 Foundations of Linguistic Theory (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor. 
An in depth study of modern linguistic theory and its historical 
antecedents. An extensive background in a language related dis- 
cipline is required. Application of linguistic theory will be 
included. 

589 Experimental Course: The Social Roots of Infectious 
Disease (3:3) 

Exploration of the specific political, historical, cultural, and eco- 
nomic processes and pressures that have shaped the current 
global epidemics of HIV/AIDS, TB, and malaria. The course will 
draw on the work of critical medical anthropologists and sociol- 
ogists as well as the United Nations Millennium Project. 
(Offered spring '06) 

595 Contemporary Issues in Anthropology (3:3) 

Pr. senior status and anthropology major, or permission of 
instructor 
A capstone seminar focusing on current issues in various sub- 
fields of anthropology, how they relate to the discipline, and their 
significance to anthropology's role in the modern world. 

597, 598 Special Problems in Anthropology (3), (3) 

Pr. permission of faculty member with whom student wishes to work 
Opportunity for advanced students to undertake independent 
study or research of special interest. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Apparel Product Design 

(see Consumer, Apparel, and Retail 
Studies) 



Archaeology Program 

College of Arts & Sciences 

237 Mclver Building 

336/334-5590 
www.uncg.edu/arc 

Committee Members 

Jeffrey S. Soles, Chair, Archaeology Program, Department of 

Classical Studies 
Maura K. Heyn, Department of Classical Studies 
Joseph B. Mountjoy, Department of Anthropology 
Jeffrey C. Patton, Department of Geography 
P. Daniel Royall, Department of Geography 
Mary Kaye Sandford, Department of Anthropology 
Roy Stine, Department of Geography 
Linda Stine, Department of Anthropology 

The Special Programs in Liberal Studies major with a 
concentration in Archaeology introduces students to the 
ancient civilizations and cultures of the Old and New Worlds 
and to the analytical tools that facilitate their study. The major 
is designed to develop both anthropological and historical 
perspectives in archaeological research, to encompass the 
range of prehistoric to early historic cultures in the Old and 
New Worlds, and to introduce the theoretical concepts and 
methodological techniques appropriate to archaeological 
research. 

The Program's faculty are actively involved in field work 
in Greece, Mexico, and North Carolina, and students are 
expected to participate in those or other field work projects. 

Special Programs in Liberal Studies Major — 
Concentration in Archaeology (SPLS) 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: U808 

Program Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 



% 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Archaeology 



Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

required: CCI 211 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

Required: ATY 258, CCI 211 and 212, and one additional 
GL/GN course selected by student 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Minimum 30 semester hours distributed as follows: 
1. Core Requirements (12 semester hours) 

ATY 258* World Prehistory 

ATY 360 Modern Archaeology 

CCI 211* Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Greece) 

CCI 212* Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Rome) 
*ATY 258 satisfies GN Marker requirement; CCI 211 satisfies GHP; 
CCI 211 and 212 satisfy part ofGL Marker requirement. 



2. Area Requirements [six (6) semester hours with three 
(3) hours from each category] 

Old World Archaeology: 

CCI 312* The Art and Archaeology of Egypt 

CCI 313 Archaeology of the Aegean 

CCI 314 Ancient Cities 
New World Archaeology: 

ATY 462 Archaeology of the Southeastern 
United States 

ATY 510 Archaeology of South America 

ATY 533 Archaeology of Mexico 
*CCI 312 carries GN Marker credit, 

3. Analytical Methods and Techniques (6 semester hours 
with no more than 3 hours from ATY 378, ATY 478, 
CCI 401) 

ATY 378/578 Historical Archaeology Field Techniques 

ATY 478 Field Methods in Archaeology 

ATY 479 Analysis of Archaeological Data 

ATY 553 Human Identification 

ATY 559 Disease and Nutrition in Ancient Populations 

CCI 401 Archaeological Practicum 

GEO 314/314L* Physical Geography: Landscape 

Processes 
GEO 323 Remote Sensing 
*GEO 314/314L carries GNS Core credit and CAR GPS credit. 

4. Related Area Electives (6 semester hours from any of 
the above courses or the following related courses) 
ART 201 Ancient Art 

ART 281 Ceramics I 

ART 285 Photography 

ATY 213 Cultural Anthropology 

ATY 340 Archaeology of North American Indians 

ATY 501 Selected Topics in Anthropology (if in 

Archaeology) 
CCI 360 Archaeology of the Roman Provinces: Britain 

and Gaul 
CCI 365 Archaeology of the Roman Provinces: Asia 

Minor and Syria 
CCI 450 Internship in Classical Studies 
CCI 475 Archaeology of Death in the Classical World 
GEO 321 Cartography and Geographic Information 

Science 
HIS 220 The Ancient World 

PHI 325 Introduction to the Philosophy of Science 
Under special circumstances and with the permission of 
the Committee, some required courses may be substituted for 
others. 

V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Archaeology Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 

The Archaeology minor requires completion of a mini- 
mum of 15 hours with nine (9) hours chosen from the Core 
Requirements and three (3) hours chosen from each category 
of the Area Requirements. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



97 



Art 



Department of Art 

College of Arts & Sciences 

138 Studio Arts Center 

336/334-5248 

e-mail: artdept@uncg.edu 

www.uncg.edu/art 

http://digital.uncg.edu 

Faculty 

Pat Wasserboehr, Associate Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Aichele, Goldstein, Lee, Maggio 

Associate Professors Ananian, Dimock, Dimnill, Gottsegen, Rice, 

Lixl-Purcell 
Assistant Professors Blair, Campbell, Cassidy, Ellis, Holian, 

Martin, Steplmn 
Lecturer Gantt 
Adjunct Faculty Doll, Grimaldi, South 

The Department of Art offers the following degree 
programs: 
B.F.A. art major, concentrations in art education I & II, 

design, painting, and sculpture 
B.A. art major, concentrations in art history /museum 

studies and studio art 

The department believes that at the undergraduate level 
students are best served by a liberal university education with 
a specialization in art. Specialized degree programs empha- 
size the traditional disciplines of painting, sculpture, design, 
art history, and art education. Students seeking vocational 
specializations should pursue relevant post-baccalaureate 
studies. 

All transfer students should make an appointment with 
the department's Director of Transfer Advising, Mr. Richard 
Gantt, for a transcript and portfolio review to approve transfer 
studio art and art history transfer credit. Director of 
Undergraduate Advising, Dr. Roberta Rice, advises all art edu- 
cation majors and all other undergraduates throughout the 
year. 

Courses in drawing, painting, and sculpture in the 20s, 
30s, and 50s series emphasize working from dual approaches 
of observation and abstraction. Still life, landscapes, interior 
environments, and the human figure are the primary sources 
of study from which students work toward developing basic 
observational skills. Students focus on conceptual approaches 
as they incorporate research, skill, interpretation, and inven- 
tion into abstract forms of art making. Courses in the design 
concentration include digital imagery, ceramics, photography, 
color theory, and crafts. Courses in the 40s, 70s, and 80 to 84 
series focus on the inherent systemic logic, or functional 
aspects of art. 

The department provides a thorough background in art 
history and museum studies through introductory courses 
and subsequent graduated offerings that extend focus, range, 
and depth. 

The art education program offers courses in studio art 
and art history to majors while preparing them in theoretical 
and philosophical foundations as well as curriculum and 
teaching methods. Students gain the expertise necessary for 
teaching in a variety of settings. 



Students in all concentrations in the department also avail 
themselves to courses that allow for the advanced pursuit of 
relevant topics in studio art, art history, museum studies, art 
education seminars, independent study, internships, 
practicums, and student teaching experiences. The faculty 
includes studio artists, art educators, and art historians of 
acclaimed accomplishments in their areas of specialization. 

The Weatherspoon Art Museum and the Department of 
Art each sponsor a program of exhibitions, lectures, and work- 
shops that enhances the educational goals of the art curriculum. 

Starting in the fall of 2006, the department's studio and art 
education facilities will be located in a new art building on 
Highland Avenue. Art historians will remain in the 
Weatherspoon Art Museum. 

Art Major (ART) 

Degree: Bachelor of Fine Arts 

Required: 128 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Design (including Ceramics & Photography), U111 

Painting (including Drawing & Printmaking), U113 

Sculpture, U115 

The B.F.A. program allows a more intense concentration 
in studio work than is available in a B.A. program. This con- 
centration is gained by extending the program for the equiva- 
lent of one summer session. Because of the number of required 
courses, junior transfers cannot expect to complete a B.F.A. 
program in two years. 

Program Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

required: ART 100 or 101 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Art 



Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 
which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Requirements 

Core studio courses for major concentrations may be 
closed to students who are not enrolled in a degree program 
full-time. 
Core Courses for all Concentrations 

1. ART 100* or 101* 

2. Four art history courses above 100 level 

3. Art 120, 140, 150, 220, 221 

4. ART 498 and 499 to be taken in the senior year. All stu- 
dents must submit three (3) ready-to-exhibit works to 
the senior juried show, usually held in the spring 
semester. 

*ART 100 or 101 satisfies GFA. 

Design Concentration 

1. ART 120, 140, 150, 220, 221, 241, 285, 340, 347 

2. Advanced design courses from those numbered in 280s, 
340s, 440s, 470s, 480s, 520s, or 540s: 12 s.h. 

3. ART 498 and 499. Independent Study projects should be 
in graphic design, ceramics, photography, or another 
appropriate area of design specialization. 

4. Art or related electives: 9 s.h. (recommended but not 
required: choose from 300-level or above) 

Painting Concentration 

1. ART 120, 140, 150, 220, 221, 231, 232, 321, 322, 335, 337 

2. Printmaking: 6 s.h. 

3. ART 498 and 499. Independent Study projects must be in 
painting, drawing, or printmaking. 

4. Art or related electives: 9 s.h. (recommended but not 
required: choose from 300-level or above) 

Sculpture Concentration 

1. ART 120, 140, 150, 220, 221, 252 or 253, 322, 353, 355, 356, 
481, 550 

2. ART 498 and 499. Independent Study projects must be in 
sculpture. 

3. Art or related electives: 9 s.h. (recommended but not 
required: choose from 300-level or above) 

IV Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 128 semester hours 
required for the degree. 



Art Major (ART) 

Degree: Bachelor of Fine Arts 

Required: 128 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Art Education I, U107 

Art Education II, U109 

All studio art students who seek teacher licensure in art 
must take a B.F.A. under one of two concentrations: Art 
Education I offers academic breadth, Art Education II offers 
concentration in a studio discipline. Junior transfers cannot 
expect to complete these programs in two years. 

Program Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

required: ART 100 or 101 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: HEA 201 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 
which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



W 



Art 



III Major Requirements 

Art Education I (General Art) Concentration (18 semester 
hours) 

1. ART 100* or 101* 

2. Four additional courses in Art History above the 100 level 

3. ART 120, 140, 150, 220, 221 

4. Painting, Design: 3 s.h. in each 

5. Crafts: 6 s.h. 

6. Art or related electives: 7 s.h. 

7. Art Education courses: 360 (junior year); 363, 365, 463 
and 465 (senior year) 

8. Concentration in one studio area (Design, Painting, or 
Sculpture) of 15 s.h. above the 100 level 

This is a summary list from the studio requirements above. 

Art Education II (Studio Art) Concentration (24 semester 
hours) 

1. Same as Art Education I, numbers 1* through 7 

2. Independent Study in ART 498 and 499 or approved 
substitutes: 6 s.h. 

3. Single studio specialization, including at least 6 s.h. of 
independent studio (ART 498 and 499 or approved sub- 
stitute) in this specialty: 15 s.h. 

This is a summary list from the studio requirements above. 
*ART 100 or 101 satisfies GFA. 

IV Related Area Requirements 

(See Teacher Education for full explanation.) 

1. GEC requirements as identified within each major 

2. CUI or LIS 120: Introduction to Instructional 
Technology for Educational Settings 

3 . HE A 201 * Personal Health 

4. ELC 381 The Institution of Education 

5. CUI 450 Psychological Foundations of Education 

6. CUI 470 Reading Education 
*HEA 201 satisfies GSB. 

V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 128 semester hours 
required for the degree. 

VI Admission to Student Teaching: 

During the junior year students must apply for student 
teaching. Art Education methods courses 363 and 365 are pre- 
requisites to student teaching and are taken in the fall semes- 
ter of the senior year. Student Teaching 463 and 465 are taken 
in the spring semester. 

Admission requirements for Teacher Education include 
the following: 

1. Medical clearance 

2. Grade point average of at least 2.70 

3. Passing scores on Praxis I exam 

4. ART 360, Foundations of Art Education, which includes 
pre-student-teaching practicum 

5. Evidence of skills, knowledge, dispositions, and compe- 
tencies as set and evaluated by the department 



Art Major (ART) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Art History/Museum Studies, U104 

Studio Art, U105 

The Art History and Museum Studies concentration is 
for those students wishing to pursue careers either in art 
scholarship or the museum and gallery profession. Those 
thinking primarily of Art History are encouraged to study the 
foreign languages needed for scholarship, particularly French 
and German. 

The Studio Concentration combines a liberal arts educa- 
tion with the development of studio skills. 

Program Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

required: ART 100 or 101 
One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 



Intensive. 



100 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Art 



III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Art History/Museum Studies Concentration 

Minimum 36 semester hours in art 

1. ART 100* or 101* and three (3) courses chosen from: 
ART 201, 202, 203, 204 

2. 6-7 s.h. of studio art, including one of the following: 
ART 120, 140 or 150, and one 200-level studio course 

3. At least 12 s.h. of 300-level art history course work 
selected from: ART 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 
308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 400, 493, 500, 501 

4. ART 590 to be taken in the spring of the junior year 

5. At least one of the following: ART 393, 400**, or 401 
*ART 100 or 101 satisfies GFA. 

**Students enrolled in ART 400 should be encouraged to consider 
presenting a paper at the Mint Museum Undergraduate Art 
History Symposium. 

Studio Art Concentration 

Minimum 33 semester hours in art 

1. ART 100* or 101* 

2. Two courses from ART 120, 140, 150 

3. Art History above the 100 level: 12 s.h. 

4. Studio Art above the 100 level: 15 s.h. (recommended but 
not required: choose from 300-level or above) 

5. Enrollment in independent study courses (optional for 
qualified students) 

*ART 100 or 101 satisfies GFA. 

V Related Area Requirements 

No specific courses required. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for the degree. 



Qualifications 

• A grade of A or B in all course work used to satisfy the 
Honors requirements in Art 

• A declared Art Major 

• At least a 3.30 overall GPA at graduation 

Recognition 

The designation "Completed Disciplinary Honors in 
Art" and the title of the Senior Honors Project will be printed 
on the student's official transcript. 

Honors Advisor 

See Pat Wasserboehr for further information and guid- 
ance about Honors in Art. 

Art as a Second Major 

Students who wish to declare a second major in art must 
complete all requirements listed above under the degree 
(B.F.A. or B.A.) and concentration selected. 

Art as a Second Academic Concentration 
for Elementary Education Majors 

Required: 18 semester hours 
Art History Focus 

1. Required core courses (9 s.h.): ART 367 and either ART 
100 or 101 and either 120 or 140 

2. One studio course chosen from those for which ART 120 
or 140 are prerequisites 

3. Two additional art history courses at the 300 and/or 400 
level 

Studio Art Focus 

1. Required core courses (12 s.h.): Art 100 or 101, 120 or 140, 
232, 367 

2. One studio course from those for which ART 120 or 140 
are prerequisites 

3. One additional art history course at the 300 or 400 level 

Art Minor 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

An Art Minor requires 18 semester hours of studio 
and/or art history courses. A Minor in Art History requires 3 
hours in ART 100 or 101 and 15 additional hours of 200-level 
or above art history courses. A Minor in Studio Art requires 3 
hours in ART 100 or 101 and core studio courses ART 120, 
140,150,220,221. 



Honors in Art 

Requirements 

A minimum of twelve semester hours from the following: 
3 s.h. of HSS 490 Senior Honors Project 
3 s.h. of any Art Honors course above the 100 level 
Any 500-level Art course 
ART 493 (Independent Study) 
Any ART Honors contract course 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



101 



Art 



Art Courses (ART) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Art courses are listed under the following headings: Studio, 
Art History, Art Education, and Museum Studies. 



STUDIO Courses 
Courses for Undergraduates 

120 Fundamentals of Drawing (3:1:6) 

Basic course in the practice and principles of drawing. Emphasis 
on working from observation with a wide variety of media and 
genres explored. (Fall & Spring) 

140 Design I (3:1:6) 

Basic course in fundamentals of design. Work in two and three 
dimensions. (Fall & Spring) 

150 Clay Modeling (3:1:6) 

General course in preparation, designing, and modeling in clay. 
(Fall & Spring) 

220 Intermediate Drawing (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 
A continuation of the practices and principles of ART 120, with a 
greater emphasis on conceptual development. (Fall & Spring) 

221 Life Drawing I (3:1:6) 

Pr. 220 
Figure drawing from the model. (Fall & Spring) 

226 Woodcut and Wood Engraving (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 or 140 
Woodblock relief techniques as a printmaking medium. (Occ) 

228 Etching I (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 or 140 
Intaglio techniques as a printmaking medium. (Fall & Spring) 

229 Lithography I (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 or 140 
Planographic techniques as a printmaking medium. (Fall & Spring) 

231 Materials of Painting (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 
Materials and characteristic processes of major techniques. (Fall) 

232 Painting I (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 
Basic course which uses observation as a vehicle for learning the 
fundamentals of oil painting. 
241 Design II (3:2:3) 

Pr. 140 
Introduction to the computer as a design tool and art medium. A 
variety of imaging applications introduced through design stu- 
dio problems and visual problem solving. 

252 Techniques of Sculpture (3:1:6) 

Pr. 150 
Tools, materials, and characteristic processes of major techniques. 

253 Sculpture I (3:1:6) 

Pr. 150 
Working from observation, students will increase their percep- 
tual ability and skills through studio assignments. Emphasis on 
the comprehension of forms and structures in space. 



275 Metal Crafts I (3:1:4) 

Pr. 140 or 150 
Techniques required to make jewelry and small art objects from 
copper, brass, and precious metals. Includes gem and stone setting. 

281 Ceramics I (3:1:6) 

Basic course with emphasis on handbuilt forms. (Fall & Spring) 
285 Photography I (3:1:6) 

Pr. 140, or permission of instructor 
Equipment and basic techniques of photography. Students must 
purchase film and papers. 35 MM camera required. (Fall & Spring) 

321 Life Drawing II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 221 

• May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor and 
department head. 

Continuation of 221. (Fall & Spring) 

322 Variable Topics in Drawing (3:1:6) 

Pr. 221 
Practice and study of traditional and contemporary methods of 
drawing in a variety of media and genres. 

323 The Arts as Human Experience (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 
An examination of the meaning of the arts experience, including its 
historical and personal significance. Includes reading and related 
work in art, dance, drama, and music. (Same as DCE 323, THR 323) 

335 Painting II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 232 
Studio course with substantial work from the model. Emphasis 
on development of control of the medium for pictorial purposes. 

337 Painting III (3:1:6) 

Pr. 335 
Studio course with work from the model and other subject mat- 
ter; emphasis on control of pictorial elements and individual 
development. 

340 Design HI (3:2:3) 

Pr. 140 and 241 
Intermediate-level study of design fundamentals with emphasis 
on cross application work, presentation methods, and content. 
(Fall & Spring) 

341 Letters, Signs, and Symbols (3:2:4) 
Pr. 140 and 241 

Letter forms, signs, and symbols as configurations for design study. 

344 Digital Darkroom (3:2:4) 

Pr. 140, 241, or permission of instructor 

• 285 recommended. 

Studio based study of photo-based imagery and digital imaging. 
In-depth study of Photoshop and complementary photo-based 
software. (Alt) 

346 Kinetic Design (3:2:3) 

Pr. 10 s.h. of studio art including 140 
Motion and time sequence in two-dimensional and three- 
dimensional design. 

347 Color Theory (3:1:6) 
Pr. 140 

Major color theories and systems. Projects using properties of color 
in pigments, transparencies, and projected light. (Fall & Spring) 

348 Metal Sculpture (3:1:6) 

Pr. 252 or 253 
Studio course in non-cast metal sculpture techniques and concepts. 
Basic welding and fabrication of metal as a sculpture medium. 



102 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Art 



353 Metal Casting (3:1:6) 

Pr. 252 or 253 or permission of instructor 
Basic course in casting metal as a sculpture medium. Theory and 
practice of moldmaking and foundry processes. 

355 Sculpture II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 252 or 253 
Sculpture as a plastic idiom in creating forms in space. Emphasis 
on the development of individual expression. 

356 Sculpture HI (3:1:6) 

Pr. 355 
Advanced undergraduate work with emphasis on individual 
sculpture development. 

373 Design Methods for the Crafts (3:1:6) 

Pr. 100 or 101, 140, or permission of instructor 
Sources of and approaches to crafts design with materials such as 
wood, fiber, rrietal, and paper. Exploration of sources of design in 
natural and man-made worlds. Recommended for Art Education 
majors. 

375 Metal Crafts II (3:1:4) 

Pr. 275 
Advanced work in techniques required to make jewelry and 
small art objects from copper, brass, and precious metals. 

381 Ceramics II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 281 or permission of instructor 
Wheel-thrown forms; glazing and decorating techniques. (Fall 
& Spring) 

382 Ceramic Glaze Techniques (3:1:6) 

Pr. 281 
Glaze formulae; mixing and testing of glazes, glaze application, 
the care and operation of equipment. (Spring) 

384 Photojournalism (3:1:2) 

Pr. 285 or permission of instructor 
Course examines some aspects of photojournalism, dealing with 
photographs which answer questions of Who, What, When, 
Why, Where, and How; photographs which convey important 
information about the human condition. (Fall) 

385 Photography II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 285 or portfolio and permission of instructor 
Special techniques including those used in research laboratories; 
work with special types of film. Students must purchase films 
and papers. 

387 Color Photography (3:1:5) 

Pr. 285 
An introduction to the basic processes used to produce color pho- 
tographs and to an understanding of color photography as art. 

388 Photographic Interaction (3:3) 

Pr. 285 or permission of instructor 
Course expands the boundaries of image-making in still life, 
nature and human relationships. Includes advanced techniques 
in printing and sequencing images, including digital technology. 

389 Experimental Course: Advanced Photography (3:1:3) 

Pr. ART 285 and 385 
This course will combine the benefits of using the view camera 
with today's digital technologies: scanning negatives, color cor- 
rection, and archiving images. Students must purchase film and 
papers. (Offered fall '06) 

390 Experimental Course: Introduction to Web Design (3:3) 

Pr. ART 140 and 241 
An introduction to the design on interfaces for the Web using 



HTML and CSS. The course also addresses the issues of fluid 
design in interactive media. (Offered fall '06) 

393 Practicum/Internship in Art Careers (1-3) 

Pr. prior written approval of supervising instructor and department 
head, with written agreement of expectations from sponsor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Practical experience for art majors for developing career goals 
and skills. 

428 Etching II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 228 

• May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor or 
department head. 

Continued development of etching techniques introduced in 
Etching I. Emphasis placed on supervised independent work 
consistent with students' personal artistic goals. (Fall & Spring) 

429 Lithography II (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120 or 140, and 229 

• May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor or 
department head. 

Continuation of ART 229 with additional emphasis on multi- 
color imagery and the integration of advanced lithographic 
processes in students' assignments. 

439 Painting: Selected Media (3:1:6) 

Pr. 120, 220, 232, 335 
Special techniques and pictorial problems of various paint media. 

441 Books and Images (3:2:3) 

Pr. 140, 241, and 340 

• For advanced students. 

Advanced studio investigation into digital publishing with an 
emphasis on print-based and electronic publication forms. Primary 
focus on unique and challenging artist's books and image-intensive 
works. (Alt Years) 

442 Image Sequencing/Sequential Images (3:2:3) 

Pr. 140, 241, and 340 

• For advanced Design majors. 

Advanced studio-based exploration of digital video, sound, and 
animation through a range of digital software. Study of nonlinear 
editing, narrative, and experimental approaches to motion graph- 
ics and video. (Alt Years) 

445 Three-Dimensional Design (3:2:3) 

Pr. 140, 241, 340 
Three-dimensional modeling and animation. Development of 
three-dimensional systems as objects and environments. (Formerly 
ART 345) 

446 Graphic Design (3:2:3) 

Pr. 140, 241, and 340 

• For advanced students. 

An advanced investigation into graphic design; typography, 
branding, and information architecture. Advanced execution of 
print, Web-based, and motion graphics. (Alt Years) 

481 Ceramics III (3:1:6) 

Pr. 281, 381 
Advanced course in ceramics with emphasis on the entire ceramic 
process: preparation of clay body and glazes, forming, bisque and 
glaze firing. (Fall) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

See prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



103 



Art 



496 Special Problems, Studio (3:1:6) 

Pr. prior approval of supervising instructor required 

• May be repeated for credit with permission of department head. 

• May not be used in place of a required course in the Art major. 
Independent studio work adjusted to needs and interests of 
individual student. (Fall & Spring) 

498, 499 Independent Study (3:1:6), (3:1:6) 

Pr. senior status and permission of instructor 
Students complete work demonstrating technical accomplish- 
ment and self-motivation. 498: sequence of work must be sub- 
mitted for juried senior show. 499: sessions on portfolio presen- 
tation and preparation. (Fall & Spring) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

520 Anatomy for the Artist (3:1:6) 

Pr. 220 or permission of instructor 
Visual analysis of the human form with an emphasis on the 
skeleto-muscular system. 

525 Advanced Metal Casting (3:1:6) 

Pr. 353 or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 
Advanced theory and practice of metal casting. 

529 The Multi-Media Print (3:1:6) 

Pr. 226 or 228 or 229, and 241 
Experimental forms of image making utilizing diverse sources of 
technical and aesthetic references including electronic media, 
photography, monoprints, collagraphy 3-D constructions, and 
traditional printmaking methods and processes. (Fall & Spring) 

531 Painting (3:1:6) 

Pr. senior or graduate standing 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

Theories, methods, and techniques characteristic of recent trends 
in painting. 

535 Advanced Painting (3:1:6) 

Pr. advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Advanced practice and theory of painting. A wide variety of media 
and genres will be explored. 

540 Digital Visualization and Methods (3:2:3) 

Pr. 241 and 340, senior status or MFA status, or permission of 
instructor 

• May be repeated for credit once, with permission of instructor. 
Studio investigation of the ways that digital methods expand and 
change the visual vocabulary and methods. Emphasis on refining 
personal artistic vision and establishing connections between tra- 
ditional and digital methods. 

545 Interactive Web Design (3:2:3) 

Pr. 241, 340, or permission of instructor 
Development of Web graphics and interactive Web-based envi- 
ronments that demonstrate an understanding of navigation, 
usability, and functionality within a creative framework. (Fall) 

550 Sculpture/Installation (3:1:6) 

Pr. 355, 356, 481, or permission of instructor 
Investigation of the sculptural possibilities of a space through art 
making, conceptual development, and personal research with a 
focus on contemporary and historical issues. (Fall) 

557 Site-Specific Sculpture (3:1:6) 

Pr. 355, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Provides opportunity to make site-specific sculptures; process of 



making work in the public arena from initial conception, interac- 
tion with jury committee to completed sculpture. (Spring) 

592 Professional Practices, Aesthetics, and Preparation for 
the Visual Artist (3:3) 

Pr. graduate students: full time graduate status; undergraduates: 
completion of 50 s.h. toward studio major, or permission of 
instructor. 
• May be repeated once for credit. 
Emerging artists participate in their community and acquire the 
skills of career professionals. Students will engage in critical dia- 
log related to gallery lectures, exhibitions, and symposia, and 
prepare to exhibit, present, and document their studio work. 
(Fall & Spring) 



ART HISTORY Courses 
Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Introduction to Art (3:3) 

GECore: GFA 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 
Intensive study of selected works of art with an emphasis on for- 
mal analysis and the relationship between art and culture. (Fall 
& Spring) 

101 Survey of Western Art (3:3) 
GECore: GFA 
AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 

Major artists and periods starting with the ancient world through 
current times. (Fall & Spring) 

102 The Black Atlantic: Cross-Cultural Representations (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Course interprets visual constructions from the African, African 
American, and European traditions as they relate to the history 
of slavery and the colonization of the New World. 

103 Survey of Visual Art in Non-Western Traditions (3:3) 

GECore: GFA GE Marker: GN 

A survey of the visual arts in India, China, Japan, Mesoamerica, 
and Africa. (Fall) 

200 History of Western Architecture (3:3) 

Architecture in Europe and the U.S.A. from ancient Greece to the 
present. 

201 Ancient Art (3:3) 

Art and architecture of Ancient Greece and Rome from the 
Bronze Age through a.d. 337. 

202 Medieval Art (3:3) 

Art and architecture of Europe from Early Christian times 
through the late Gothic period ca. a.d. 1400. 

203 Renaissance through Rococo (3:3) 

Visual arts of Europe during the Renaissance, Mannerist, 
Baroque, and Rococo periods. (Fall) 

204 Modern Art (3:3) 

Visual arts in the West from ca. 1790 to the present. (Spring) 

300 Greek Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or 201 
Architecture, sculpture, and vase painting from ca. 1000 B.C. to 
the end of the Hellenistic period. 

301 Early Medieval Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or 202 
Early medieval art of the Mediterranean World from ca. a.d. 300 
to 1066 including Early Christian, Celtic, Carolingian, and Early 
Islamic periods. 



104 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Ak i 



302 Romanesque Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or 202 
Romanesque Art throughout Europe from ca. a.d. 1050 to ca. 1180: 
architecture, sculpture, manuscript illumination, and mural 
painting. 

303 Gothic Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or 202 
Art in Europe from ca. 1160 to ca. 1400: architecture, sculpture, 
manuscript illumination, and mural painting. 

304 Italian Renaissance Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100, or 101 and 203, or permission of instructor 
Art in Italy from ca. 1300 to ca. 1600; painting, sculpture, architec- 
ture. (Fall) 

305 Northern Renaissance Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or 203 
Art in Europe north of the Alps from ca. 1400 to ca. 1560. 
Painting and graphic arts emphasized. 

306 Baroque Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100, or 101 and 203, or permission of instructor 
Seventeenth-century art in Europe: painting, sculpture, architec- 
ture, and landscape architecture. (Spring) 

307 European Art in the Eighteenth Century (3:3) 

Pr. 100, or 101 and 203, or permission of instructor 
A survey of European art media, practice, theory, and issues 
surrounding patronage during the century. 

308 European Art in the Nineteenth Century (3:3) 

Pr. 100, or 101 and 204, or permission of instructor 
Painting, sculpture, and architecture from 1800 to 1900. 

309 Architecture in the Twentieth Century (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or 200 
The components of style, theory, structure, and material as 
embodied in the architecture of the century. 

310 American Art (3:3) 
Pr. 100 or 101 

Historical development of art in the United States including the 
colonial period. Painting and architecture emphasized. 

311 Early Twentieth-Century Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100, or 101 and 204, or permission of instructor 
Painting, sculpture, architecture, and other media from 1900 to 
World War II. 

312 Late Twentieth-Century Art (3:3) 

Pr. 100, or 101 and 204, or permission of instructor 
Traditional and new media in the last half of the century. 

313 History of Photography (3:3) 

Pr. 100 or 101 or permission of instructor 
A lecture course in the exploration of the photographic image, 
how it was produced, how it has evolved, and the work of the 
photographers who make it an art. 

314 African Art (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 
African art as one of the great and original world art traditions. 
Attention will be placed on concepts with stress on the religious 
and social functions of art. (Spring) 

315 History of Printmaking to Digital Imaging (3:3) 

Pr. ART 100 or 101 
A concise history of printmaking by Diirer, Rembrandt, Callot, 
Goya, Daumier, and others. Attention will focus on basic princi- 
ples and how they relate to digital imaging. (Alt) 



400 Special Problems, Art History and Criticism (3:3) 

Pr. 15 s.h. of art history and criticism and approval of instructor 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 
Directed program of reading and research. 

402 Experimental Course: History of Asian Art (3:3) 

Pr. ART 100 or 101, junior status 
Introductory survey to the history of Asian art, designed to 
examine ancient works of art and architecture from India, China, 
and Japan. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

See prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

500 Traditions of Art Criticism (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing or graduate status 
A study of the major critical traditions from the Italian 
Renaissance to the present, aiming to define the role of criticism 
in the production and reception of works of art. 

501 Topics in the History of Art (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing or graduate status 

• May be repeated when topic varies. 

Special topics in the history of art, ancient to modern. 

502 Historiography and Methodology (3:3) 

Pr. graduate status in the Art Department, completion of 15 or 
more undergraduate s.h. in art history, or written permission of 
the instructor 
Case studies in the development of art history as a discipline and 
applied practice of methodologies developed for art-historical 
analysis. (Fall) 



MUSEUM STUDIES Courses 
Courses for Undergraduates 

401 Special Problems: Museum Studies (3:3) 

Pr. 15 s.h. art history /criticism and approval of instructor 
• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 
Directed program of reading, research, or curatorial projects in 
the Weatherspoon Art Gallery and other museums. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

590 Museum Studies (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing and permission of instructor 
A study of the diverse operations and institutional missions of 
art museums, including management, governance, development, 
collections management, education, and curatorial activities. 



ART EDUCATION Courses 
Courses for Undergraduates 

360 Foundations of Art Education (3:2:1) 

Pr. junior standing 
An introduction to the art theoretical and philosophical founda- 
tions for Art Education K-12. A field placement practicum in 
schools or other appropriate settings is included. A prerequisite 
for student teaching. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



105 



Art; Biology 



363 Curriculum and Teaching Methods in the Elementary 
School (3:2:2) 

Pr. 360 and admission to Teacher Education or permission of the 
Art Education Coordinator 

• For art education majors only. 

Aims and philosophy of art education in elementary school. 
Special section for art majors only offered in the fall. (Counts as 
Art credit.) 

365 Curriculum and Teaching Methods in the Secondary 
School (3:2:2) 

Pr. 360 and admission to Teacher Education or permission of the 
Art Education Coordinator 
Aims, philosophy and curricula of art education in the second- 
ary school; selection, preparation, and use of teaching materials. 
(Counts as Art credit.) 

367 Child Art and Teaching (3:2:2) 

Pr. junior standing 

• Not open to Art Education majors. 

An introduction to the theoretical and philosophical foundations 
for Art Education (birth to middle school), including hands-on 
experience with school art media. 

463 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (6:1:10) 

Pr. senior standing or permission of the Coordinator of Art 
Education 
Supervised student teaching at the elementary school level. 

465 Student Teaching in the Secondary School (6:1:10) 

Pr. senior standing or permission of the Coordinator of Art 
Education 
Supervised student teaching at the secondary school level. 

468 Teaching Practice and Curriculum in Art (3:1:4) 

Pr. admission to the "SP-1" licensure only program for Art K-12 
and/or permission of the instructor 

• Enrollment restricted to "SP-1" licensure only students 
Curriculum development for K-12 art teaching, professional the- 
ory, development, standards and guides for effective teaching, 
and observations of student's classroom practice. (Spring) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

563 Trends and Teaching in Art: Special Populations (3:2:1) 

Pr. completion of 363, student teaching, or equivalent or permission 
of instructor 
Curricular and instructional principles, processes and designs 
applicable to special populations in various school, institutional, 
or community settings. 

565 Issues in Art Education (3:3) 

Pr. graduate status or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated once for credit when topics vary. 
Exploration of issues in art or education which affect the teaching 
of art. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Astronomy 
(see Physics & Astronomy) 

Biochemistry 
(see Chemistry and Biochemistry) 

Department of Biology 

College of Arts & Sciences 

312 Eberhart Building 

336/334-5391 

www.uncg.edu/bio 

Faculty 

John Lepri, Associate Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Cannon, Henrich, Hershey, Lacey, O'Brien, Rnblee, 

Stavn, Sullivan (Chancellor of UNCG) 
Associate Professors Adamson, Katula, Kirchoff, Lajeunesse, Leise, 

Schug 
Assistant Professors Hens, Kalcounis-Riippell, Mou, Patel, 

Remington, Rueppell, Steimle, Tomkiel 
Lecturers Bundy, Gouzoules, Green, Horton, Killon-Ativood, 

Lamb, Loreth, Maxwell, Pelli, Powell, Somers, Tomlin 

Adjunct Faculty 

Adjunct Professors Johnston, Logan, Mcintosh 
Adjunct Clinical Professor Lipford 
Adjunct Associate Professors Blake, Pratap 
Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor Hopkins 
Adjunct Assistant Professor Curtis 

Adjunct Clinical Instructors Anderson, Bean, Culton, Gaither, 
Hobson, Scaro, Shirley, Simmons, Yarborough 

The Department of Biology has a strong commitment to 
teaching at both the undergraduate and graduate levels. 
Recipients of undergraduate biology degrees find employment 
in a wide range of fields and are well-prepared for further 
study in graduate school and in health-related professions 
such as medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine. Writing- 
and speaking-intensive courses and laboratory classes help 
develop communication and research skills. 

The department's tradition of excellence in education is 
complemented by a faculty actively engaged in research in 
areas ranging from molecular biology and biochemistry to ecol- 
ogy and evolution. Students are encouraged to gain research 
experience through independent study with a faculty mentor. 



106 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Biology 



Transfer Credit 

Credit for courses above the 100 level is transferred as 
Biology elective credit only. To establish transfer credit for 
specific Biology courses above the 100 level, students should 
contact the Director of Undergraduate Studies. Transfer stu- 
dents are reminded that at least 12 semester hours in the 
major must be completed at UNCG. 

Biology Major (BIOL) 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Biology, U117 

Environmental Biology, U122 

The Department offers a full range of courses leading to 
the B.A. degree. The degree may lead to further study in grad- 
uate school, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, medical 
technology, biotechnology, and environmental biology. See 
also the descriptions of pre-professional programs, pp. 
281-284, concerning their requirements. Both study and labo- 
ratory facilities are available to advanced undergraduates. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 151 or 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: BIO 111 and CHE 111 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non- Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 



One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 4 

required: BIO 112 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Biology majors must complete BIO 111 and 112, and a 
minimum of 30 semester hours of Biology courses above the 
100 level. CHE 420 or 556 can be counted toward the mini- 
mum required 30 hours of Biology for the major in lieu of BIO 
535. A maximum of four hours at the 200 level may be 
counted toward the major. Students must have a grade point 
average of at least 2.0 in Biology courses completed at UNCG. 

Biology Core Courses 

In meeting this requirement for hours above the 100 
level, all B.A. in Biology majors must complete the following 
core courses; completion of at least four of these requirements 
is strongly recommended prior to enrollment in courses num- 
bered 400 and higher. 

1. Ecology: BIO 301 

2. Cell Biology: BIO 355 

3. Genetics: BIO 392 

4. Diversity: one of the following: BIO 322, 341, 354, or 370 

5. At least two of the following core laboratory courses: 
BIO 302, 356, or 393 

V Related Area Requirements 

Biology majors are required to take the following related 
area courses or their approved equivalents: 

1. CHE 111, 112, 114, 115 

2. MAT 151 or 191 

The department highly recommends the following 
courses in addition to the required courses listed above: 

1. CHE 351, 352, 354 

2. MAT 191, 292 

3. STA 271, or 571 and 571L 

4. PHY 211, 212 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



107 



Biology 



B.A. in Biology with Concentration in 
Environmental Biology 

This concentration is designed for students with a strong 
interest in environmental biology. The concentration provides 
students with a breadth and depth of environmental aware- 
ness, rigorously prepares them for advanced studies in envi- 
ronmental biology and trains them for environmentally-ori- 
ented professions. 

Basic requirements beyond the Biology Core 

1. BIO 302 

2. One additional course in Biological Diversity (BIO 322, 
341, 354, or 370) 

3. BIO 431 

4. At least two of the following advanced Biology courses: 
BIO 420, 430, 522, 526, 527, 528, 529, 560, or 579 

Additional requirements 

1 . Statistics (STA 271 or 571 and 571L) 

2. Introduction to Earth Science (GEO 103 or GEO 106) 

3. At least one of the following courses: CHE 252; GEO 
205, 303, 311, 314; PSC 312, 313; SOC 346; ECO 380 

Strongly recommended 

CHE 351, 352, 354; PHY 211, 212 or 291, 292; MAT 191 

Biology Major (BIOL) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Biology, U116 

Biotechnology, U214 

Environmental Biology, U118 

Human Biology, U863 

The Bachelor of Science degree is offered for those stu- 
dents aspiring to a professional career in biology, and for 
those students with particularly strong interests in the disci- 
pline. See also the descriptions of pre-professional programs, 
pp. 281-284, concerning their requirements. A student pursu- 
ing the Bachelor of Science is expected to develop a stronger 
background in mathematics and related sciences and to attain 
a greater understanding of biology than will a student pursu- 
ing a Bachelor of Arts degree. Bachelor of Science students 
will also be strongly encouraged to undertake an individual 
research project with a faculty member during their junior 
and /or senior year. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 



Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course {student may select) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: BIO 111 and CHE 111 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 4 

required: BIO 112 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

Intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

A total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Biology majors must complete BIO 111 and 112, and a 
minimum of 30 semester hours of Biology courses above the 
100 level. CHE 420 or 556 can be counted toward the mini- 
mum required 30 hours of Biology for the major in lieu of BIO 
535. A maximum of four hours at the 200 level may be 
counted toward the major. Students must have a grade point 
average of at least 2.0 in Biology courses completed at UNCG. 

Biology Core Requirements 

In meeting this requirement for hours above the 100 
level, all B.S. Biology majors must complete the following 
courses; completion of at least four of these requirements is 
strongly recommended prior to enrollment in courses num- 
bered 400 and higher. 



HIS 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Biology 



1. Ecology: BIO 301 

2. Cell Biology: BIO 355 

3. Genetics: BIO 392 

4. Diversity: one of the following: BIO 322, 341, 354, or 370 

5. At least two of the following laboratory core courses: 
BIO 302, 356, or 393 

6. At least one course at the 500 level 
Undergraduate Research (BIO 499) or Honors Work (BIO 

493), for 2 or more s.h., are also strongly recommended. 

V Related Area Requirements 

B.S. Biology majors are required to take the following 
related courses or their approved equivalents: 

1. CHE 111, 112, 114, 115, 351, 352, and 354 

2. MAT 191 and either MAT 292 or STA 271 (or STA 571 
and 571L) 

3. PHY 211, 212 or PHY 291, 292 

B.S. in Biology with Concentration in 
Biotechnology 

The concentration in biotechnology is designed for stu- 
dents with a strong interest in molecular biology and genet- 
ics. Courses will prepare students in both conceptual aspects 
of molecular biology and their practical application in 
biotechnology and genetic engineering. CHE 420 or 556 can 
be counted toward the required 30 semester hours of Biology 
needed for the major. 

Basic requirements beyond the Biology Core 

BIO 481, 494, 499 (at least 1 hr), BIO 535 (or CHE 420 or CHE 
556), BIO 596 (at least 1 hr), BIO 597 (at least 1 hr) 

Strongly recommended 

BIO 424, 528, 583, 584, 595, and additional s.h. of BIO 499, 
596, and 597 

Note: Students will be expected to attend seminars cov- 
ering biotechnology topics. 

B.S. in Biology with Concentration in 
Environmental Biology 

This concentration is designed for students with a strong 
interest in environmental biology. The concentration provides 
students with a breadth and depth of environmental aware- 
ness, rigorously prepares them for advanced studies in envi- 
ronmental biology and trains them for environmentally-ori- 
ented professions. 

Basic requirements beyond the Biology Core 

1 
2 



BIO 302 

One additional course in Biological Diversity (BIO 322, 

341, 354, or 370) 

3. BIO 431 

4. At least two of the following advanced Biology courses: 
BIO 420, 430, 522, 526, 527, 528, 529, 560, or 579 

Related area requirements same as B.S. degree above, plus 
the following additional requirements 

1. Statistics (STA 271 or 571 and 571 L) 

2. Introduction to Earth Science (GEO 103 or GEO 106) 

3. At least one of the following courses: CHE 252; ECO 
380; GEO 205, 303, 311, 314; PSC 312, 313; SOC 346 



B.S. in Biology with Concentration in 
Human Biology 

This concentration is designed for biology majors who 
want to develop the ability to integrate biological knowledge 
as it relates to human beings. The study of human biology 
requires fundamental knowledge of basic life science, since 
humans and other animals share a large number of structural, 
chemical, and control mechanisms. Moreover, human behavior 
occurs within a specific evolutionary and ecological setting, 
just as it does in other animals. Full appreciation of human 
biology, including our complex brains, our communication 
and conceptual abilities, and our social structures, requires an 
understanding drawn not only from biology but also from 
basic courses in anthropology and psychology, and from addi- 
tional academic disciplines in the humanities and sciences. 

Recommendation within the Biology Core 

Completion of a statistics course listed in the Related 
Area Requirements for the B.S. degree is strongly recom- 
mended (STA 271 or STA 571/571L). 

Basic requirements beyond the Biology Core 

1. BIO 277 or 271 

2. At least three of the following BIO courses: 425, 430, 
438, 453, 464, 472, 479, 481, 567, 578, 583, 584, 595 

Related area requirements same as B.S. above, plus the 
following additional requirements (12 semester hours) 

1. ATY 253 

2. PSY 230 

3. Two courses in two different departments selected from 
among the following: 

ATY 331, 357, 553, 555, 559; CHE 420, 556; ESS 375; GRO 
501; HIS 311, 359; HDF 211, 212; HEA 201, 207, 260, 314, 
315, 316; NTR 213; PHI 220, 520; PSY 435, 436, 457; SOC 
101, 201, 227, 261; SES 240 

Biology Minor 

Required: minimum of 17 semester hours 

A minimum of 17 semester hours in biology is required 
for a minor in biology. A student must have at least a 2.0 GPA 
in Biology courses completed at UNCG to receive a minor in 
Biology. The following courses are required: 

1. BIO 111 and 112 

2. One course from two of the following four categories: 
Ecology: BIO 301 
Cell Biology: BIO 355 
Genetics: BIO 392 
Diversity: BIO 322, 341, 354, or 370 

Biology as a Second Major 

Students who wish to declare a second major in Biology 
must complete all requirements listed above under the 
degree selected. 

Second Academic Concentration in Biology 
Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

The second academic concentration in Biology is 
designed specifically for Elementary Education and Physical 
Education Teacher Education students. It requires a mini- 
mum of 18 semester hours to include: 
1. Introductory Biology 111, 111L and 112, 112L. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin /()L) 



Biology 



2. One course from three of the following four core biology 
categories: 

Ecology: BIO 301 

Cell Biology: BIO 355 

Genetics: BIO 392 

Diversity: BIO 322, 341, 354, or 370 

3. Credit hours from Biology 271 or 277 will count toward 
completion of the 18 hour requirement, but these courses 
cannot be substituted for the Introductory or core course 
requirements. 

Biology Major with Secondary Subject-Area 
Teacher Licensure 

B.A. in Biology with "A" Licensure, U1 19 
B.S. in Biology with "A" Licensure, U218 

Undergraduates seeking secondary teacher licensure in 
biology must satisfy the requirements for the B.A. or B.S. degree 
in Biology and must also complete GEO 103, MAT 151 or 191, 
and PHY 205/205L or PHY 211 or PHY 291. See additional 
information in this catalog in Teacher Education Programs. 

Students seeking admission to the UNCG Teacher 
Education Program with a major in Biology must meet the fol- 
lowing minimum requirements of the Department of Biology: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 9 s.h. in biology courses, 
with at least 6 of those hours from courses taken at UNCG. 

2. A grade point average of at least 2.50 for biology courses 
completed at UNCG. 

Students already admitted to the UNCG Teacher 
Education Program with a major in Biology who are seeking 
admission to Student Teaching must meet the following 
requirements of the Department of Biology: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 18 s.h. of biology courses, 
with at least 15 of those hours from courses taken at UNCG. 

2. A grade point average of at least 2.50 for biology 
courses completed at UNCG. 

Initial "A" Licensure Only 

AOS Codes, see above 

Students who have an undergraduate degree and who 
are seeking Initial "A" Licensure in Biology must complete the 
requirements for a B.A. or B.S. in Biology at UNCG with a 
biology grade point average of 2.50 or better. Course selection 
must be completed in consultation with the Head of the 
Department of Biology. Students who have already taken biol- 
ogy courses as part of their undergraduate program should 
contact the Head of the Department of Biology to determine if 
any of those courses can be accepted as meeting some of the 
requirements for "A" licensure in Biology at UNCG. 

Questions about the above requirements should be 
directed to the Head of the Department of Biology. 

Honors in Biology 
Requirements 

Eighteen semester hours to consist of: 

• 3 s.h. of HSS 490 Senior Honors Project 

• 3-6 s.h. of BIO 493 Honors Work (only 6 s.h. may be 
counted toward the 30 s.h. minimum in the Biology major) 

• One hour credit in any of the Department's journal clubs 

• Two (2) 500-level Biology courses (for 6-8 s.h. credit) 



• One Contract Honors course in Biology at the 300, 400, or 
500 level (for 3-4 s.h. credit) 

• Oral presentation of Honors Thesis to a committee of 
three Biology Faculty is required. 

Qualifications 

• A grade of B or higher in all course work used to satisfy 
the Honors requirements in Biology 

• A declared Biology Major 

• At least a 3.30 overall GPA at graduation 

Recognition 

The designation "Completed Disciplinary Honors in 
Biology" and the title of the Senior Honors Project will be 
printed on the student's official transcript. 

Honors Advisor 

See Dr. Robert Cannon, Honors Liaison, for further infor- 
mation and guidance about Honors in Biology. 

Accelerated Master's Program 
for Biology Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.A. in 
Biology/M.S. in Chemistry program requirements. 

Biology Courses (BIO) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER. intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

105 Major Concepts of Biology (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CLS 

• For students not planning to take additional biology courses. 

• Students who have prior credit for BIO 111, 112 may not take 
BIO 105 for credit. 

Introduction to major concepts in biology. Topic sections emphasize 
specific areas including conservation biology, biotechnology, and 
current issues. Survey sections emphasize basic aspects of biology, 
including genetics, physiology and ecology. (Fall & Spring) 

105L Major Concepts of Biology Laboratory (1:0:2) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CLS 

Pr. or Coreq. concurrent enrollment in BIO 105 or previous credit 
for 105 

• For students not planning to take additional biology courses 

• Students who have prior credit for BIO 111, 112 may not take 
BIO 105Lfor credit. 

Designed to acquaint non-science majors with basic laboratory 
practices and major ideas in biology, including function of cells, 
the human body, mechanisms of heredity, ecology, and evolution. 
(Fall & Spring) 

111 Principles of Biology I (4:3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CLS 

Coreq. BIO 111L 
Prerequisite for most other biology courses. Lecture and labora- 
tory cover the fundamental principles of biology including the 
molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, and biotechnology. 
A passing grade in lecture must be achieved for successful com- 
petion of this course. (Fall & Spring) 



110 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Biology 



112 Principles of Biology II (4:3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CLS 

Pr. grade ofC- or better in 111 

Coreq. BIO 1121 
Prerequisite for 300-level courses and above. Continuation of 111 
and includes laboratory. Fundamental principles of biology 
including botany zoology evolution, and ecology. A passing 
grade in lecture must be achieved for successful completion of 
this course. (Fall & Spring) 

271 Mammalian Anatomy (4:3:3) 

Pr. a grade ofC- or better in BIO 111 
Human anatomy with study of skeletons, models, and anatomical 
preparations. Includes dissection of cat. 

277 Mammalian Physiology (4:3:3) 

Pr. a grade efC- or better in BIO 111 and high school chemistry 
with grade of C or better 
Human physiology with emphasis on homeostatic mechanisms. 

280 Fundamentals of Microbiology (4:3:4) 

Pr. a grade ofC- or better in BIO 111, and successful completion of 
either 271 or 277 

• Students cannot receive credit for both this course and BIO 481. 
General survey of microscopic life and its impact on medicine, 
public health, and the environment. Includes laboratory work 
with bacteria, emphasizing aseptic technique. 

Prerequisite for all remaining courses (300, 400, and 500 
levels): a grade of C- or better in both 111 and 112 

301 Principles of Ecology (3:3) 
Pr. Ill and 112 

introduction to fundamentals of ecology. Principles relating to 
populations, communities and ecosystems. Particular emphasis 
placed on the many dimensions of interdependence within 
ecosystems. (Fall & Spring) 

302 Introductory Ecology Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301 (may be taken concurrently) 
Laboratory course to accompany BIO 301. Several field trips. 
(Fall & Spring) 

322 Plant Diversity (4:3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112 
Introduction to the plant, fungi, and protista kingdoms. 
Emphasis is on structure, reproduction, and life cycles of the 
organisms. (Fall) 

341 Invertebrate Zoology (4:3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112 
Major invertebrate groups with emphasis on ecology, physiology, 
evolution, and structural adaptations of representative types. 
Weekend coastal field trip required. (Spring) 

354 Plant Systematics (4:3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112 
Introduction to the classification and evolution of vascular 
plants. The principles of classification and characteristics of 
selected plant families are emphasized. (Spring) 

355 Cell Biology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and CHE 114 or equivalent 
Study of cellular organization and function. Fundamental bio- 
chemical properties, including cellular components, enzyme 
function, energetics, and metabolism studied in relation to cellu- 
lar structure, membrane function, cell movement, and cytoplas- 
mic compartments. (Fall & Spring) 



356 Cell Biology Laboratory (1:0:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355 (may be taken concurrently) 
Laboratory exercises to complement lecture material of 355. 
(Fall & Spring) 

361 Biology and Conservation of Sea Turtles (3:1:6) 

Pr. Ill or permission of instructor 

• Travel fees involved, see instructor for details. 

Students spend 2 weeks in July /August in Tortuguero, Costa 
Rica assisting with tagging and collecting data on nesting turtles. 
Seminar and NC field trip in spring. (Odd) 

364 Experimental Course: Patterns in Life's Diversity (2:2) 

Pr. BIO 111 and 112 
Historical and contemporary patterns of life's diversity on earth 
and how these patterns have been generated, through time and 
space, by biotic and abiotic processes. (Offered spring '06) 

370 Vertebrate Zoology (3:2:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112 
Classification, identification, and phylogeny of all classes of ver- 
tebrates, with field work. (Fall) 

392 Genetics (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112 
Mendelism and modern trends in genetics. (Fall & Spring) 

393 Genetics Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 392 (may be taken concurrently) 
Laboratory course to complement BIO 392. Exercises employ 
both classic genetic approaches and modern recombinant DNA 
technology. (Fall & Spring) 

420 Marine Biology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and one of the four core courses 
An introduction to marine organisms and their habitats; special 
attention given to adaptations necessary for marine life, physical 
oceanography, and basic ecological principles; one weekend 
coastal field trip is required. (Even Spring) 

424 Plant Physiology and Biotechnology (3:2:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355 
Physiological processes involved in plant growth spanning 
effects from the molecular to the environmental level. 
Laboratories will utilize biotechnological manipulations of the 
model plant Arabidopsis. (Spring) 

425 Biological Clocks (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and one of the four core courses 
Descriptive survey of behavioral and physiological rhythms in 
humans and other animals, including circadian, tidal, lunar, sea- 
sonal and circannual cycles, with ecological considerations and 
implications for human health. 

430 Biological Evolution (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301 and 392, and a diversity course 
Survey of modern systematics and the biological mechanisms 
responsible for diversity among living forms. (Spring) 

431 The Biosphere (3:3) 

Pr.lll and 112, and 301 
A study of environmental issues in biology, specifically ecosys- 
tems, population dynamics, biodiversity and extinction. 

438 Animal Behavior (3:3) 

Pr. PSY 121 and 230, or BIO 111 and 112 

• Students cannot receive credit for both this course and BIO 439 
or PSY 438 or 438L. 

Application of theory of evolution to the explanation of animal 
behavior. Surveys a variety of species, addressing several behav- 
ioral categories as well as issues in sociobiology and human evo- 
lution. (Same as PSY 438) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



111 



Biology 



439 Animal Behavior with Laboratory (4:3:3) 

Pr. PSY 230 and 311, or BIO 111 and 111 

• Students cannot receive credit for both this course and BIO 438 
or PSY 438 or 438L. 

Application of theory of evolution to animal behavior. Includes 
laboratory and field techniques for assessing behavioral adapta- 
tions. Surveys several behavioral categories in a variety of 
species. (Alt Spring) (Same as PSY 438L) 

453 Vertebrate Morphogenesis (4:3:3) 

Pr.lll and 112, and 355 
Vertebrate development focussed on cellular and molecular mech- 
anisms of induction, differentiation, and morphogenetic processes 
that give rise to the adult body plan. Laboratory includes study of 
vertebrate embryos and adult specimens. (Fall) 

464 Developmental Biology (4:3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355 
A survey of developmental processes in plants and animals. 
Topics will include fertilization, achievement of multicellularity, 
cell determination and differentiation, pattern development, and 
the genetic regulation of such processes. (Spring) 

472 Histology (4:3:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355 
Microscopic anatomy of vertebrate tissues. Emphasis on correla- 
tion of cell and tissue functions with structures visible under the 
light and electron microscopes. (Odd Spring) 

477 Animal Physiology (3:3) 

Pr. BIO 111, 112, 355, and one of BIO 277, 341, or 370 
Physiology of invertebrates and vertebrates including metabo- 
lism, temperature regulation, respiration, blood, circulation, 
water and ion balance, excretion, and the nervous, sensory, 
endocrine, and muscular systems. (Even Fall) 

479 Neurobiology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355 
Survey of major integrative mechanisms used by nervous sys- 
tems from invertebrates to humans. Synaptic transmission, sen- 
sory processing and activity of neural circuitry controlling 
behavior will be analyzed. (Odd Fall) 

481 General Microbiology (4:3:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and two of the following three courses: 301, 355, 
392, or permission of instructor 
Introductory survey of microbiology, emphasizing the role of 
microorganisms in everyday life. (Fall) 

490 Medical Technology Clinical Year (30) 

• Enrollment restricted to majors in the Medical Technology pro- 
gram who have been accepted to a clinical program and are com- 
pleting requirements for the B.S.M.T.. 

Registration and credit are structured as follows: BIO 490A (fall 
semester— 12 s.h.), BIO 490B (spring semester— 12 s.h.) and BIO 
490C (summer session — 7 s.h.). 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

See prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes* 
*Only three (3) semester hours allowed in combination with BIO 

497 or 499 

494 Introduction to Biotechnology (4:3:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 12 s.h. of biology or chemistry above the 100 
level, including BIO 392 
Introduction to the principles and techniques of biotechnology. 
Includes molecular cloning, DNA sequencing, and gene expres- 
sion. Explores topics such as gene amplification, gene therapy, 
and DNA fingerprinting. (Spring) 



497 Internship in Biology (1-3:0:3-9) 

Pr. minimum overall GPA of 2.80; two (2) of 301, 322, 341, 354, 
355, 370, 392 with a grade of Cor better; and permission of 
instructor 

• May be repeated for up to six (6)* semester hours with depart- 
mental permission. 

*Only three (3) semester hours allowed in combination with BIO 
493 or 499 
Students work at site outside University for a minimum of 
45-135 s.h. under direction of faculty and on-site supervisor. 
Times vary. Prior approval required. 

498 Biology Seminar (1:1) 

Oral reports and discussions of topics from current literature of 
biology by students, faculty and guest lecturers. 

499 Undergraduate Research (1-3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and two (2) core courses, and permission of 
instructor 

• May be repeated for up to six (6)* semester hours with depart- 
mental permission. 

*Only three (3) semester hours allowed in combination with BIO 
493 or 497 
Biological research under the direction of a faculty member, cul- 
minating in a written report. Research will include laboratory 
and/or field work and/or directed readings of the literature. 
Times by arrangement. 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

501 Advanced Topics in Animal Ecology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and a previous course in ecology 
Directed readings in the literature of physiological ecology, 
growth and regulation of populations, community structure, 
energy flow, mineral cycling, and other areas of current research 
interest. 

502 Advanced Topics in Animal Physiology (3:3) 

Pr. HI and 112, and 277 and 355 
Study of physiological mechanisms; selected problems from 
current literature. 

503 Advanced Topics in Biochemistry (3:3) 
Pr.lll and 112, and 535 

Directed readings and reports from the biochemical literature. 
Structure and biosynthesis of macromolecules and the composi- 
tion and kinetic characteristics of biochemical pathways. 

504 Advanced Topics in Cell Biology (3:3) 

Pr.lll and 112, and 355 
Advanced treatment of cell biology covering selected topics such 
as gene regulation, protein sorting, cell cycle control, apoptosis. 
The course will consist of lectures and discussion of research 
articles. 

505 Advanced Topics in Ecological Physiology (3:3) 
Pr. Ill and 112, and 477 or 579 

Study of a major topic in ecological physiology of animals, 
including mechanisms by which physiological processes change 
in response to environmental alterations and the ecological sig- 
nificance of those changes. 

506 Advanced Topics in Genetics (3:3) 
Pr. Ill and 112, and 392 

Basic mechanisms of gene action in microbes, animals, and plants. 



222 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Biology 



507 Advanced Topics in Neurobiology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 111, and 477 arid 479, or permission of instructor 
Directed readings on fundamental physiological principles of 
nervous system functioning. Topics may include motor pattern 
generation, sensory transduction, sensori-motor integration, 
neurohormonal modulation of behavior. 

509 Advanced Topics in Microbiology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 481 
Critical review of current research covering a wide range of topics 
including infectious diseases, bacterial physiology, marine micro- 
biology, and immunology. Focus on students' interests or needs. 

510 Advanced Topics in Plant Ecology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and a previous course in ecology 
Studies of special terrestrial communities or plant groups. 

511 Advanced Topics in Plant Physiology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 424 
The physiology of growth and development in vascular plants 
treated in terms of phytohormones, nutrition, theories of trans- 
port, and environmental factors. 

512 Advanced Topics in Plant Structure and Evolution (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 322 or 354, or permission of instructor 
Study of current topics in plant structure, development, and evo- 
lution. A term paper is normally required. 

513 Advanced Topics in Reproductive Biology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 464, or permission of instructor 
Directed readings and original research on reproductive biology, 
with emphasis on structural, regulatory, behavioral, and evolu- 
tionary aspects. 

515 Advanced Topics in Vertebrate History (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 271 or 453, and 370, and 392; and permission 
of instructor 
Directed /independent study of classification and phylogeny of 
particular vertebrate groups that results in a term paper. 

520 Ecosystem Ecology (3:3) 

Pr. BIO 301 
Introduction to ecosystem function, structure, and dynamics; 
basic ecosystem theories; discussions of key processes governing 
energy flow and nutrient cycling; comparison of ecosystems; 
selected original literature. (Alt Spring) 

522 Landscape Ecology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301; STA 271 recommended 

Corea. 523 
Introduction to patch-corridor-matrix structure of landscapes 
and their impact on ecological processes. Discussion of landscape 
indices, spatial heterogeneity, current issues, and general 
approaches in landscape ecology. (Fall) 

523 Landscape Ecology Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301 

Coreq. 522 
Field labs to observe different landscape structures and conduct 
course projects for comprehending principles of landscape ecol- 
ogy. Students will use computer labs for GIS basics, landscape 
analyses. (Fall) 

526 Conservation Biology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, 301 arid 392; STA 271 recommended 
Introduction to habitat and species conservation; topics include 
genetic diversity, demographic patterns of rare species, habitat 
fragmentation, design and management of nature reserves, eco- 
logical restoration. (Even Fall) 



527 Terrestrial Plant Ecology (3:2:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301; STA 271 recommended 
Application of principles of ecology to plants and plant commu- 
nities. Experimental methods stressed in laboratory work. Two 
required weekend field trips. (Odd Fall) 

528 Microbial Ecology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301, and either 280 or 481, or permission of 
instructor 
Emphasis on current areas of active research with reference to 
applied problems. (Even Spring) 

529 Aquatic Ecology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 301, and CHE 114, or permission of instructor 
The study of the geology, physics, chemistry, and ecology of lakes, 
including reserviors and streams with comparisons to the ocean. 

530 Aquatic Ecology Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Pr. BIO 301 

Coreq. BIO 529 
Practical study of water chemistry methods, lake and stream mor- 
phometry, identification of freshwater zooplankton, benthic inver- 
tebrates and fish, and field trips to area reservoirs and streams. 
(Fall) 

535 Metabolic Regulation in Health and Disease (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 277 or 355 or 392, or permission of instructor 
Chemical properties of major cellular compounds; biosynthesis, 
degradation, and function of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, 
nucleic acids, vitamins, and hormones; energy metabolism; enzy- 
matic catalysis. (Spring) 

541 Entomology (3:2:3) 

Pr. BIO 111, 112, 301, 341, or permission of instructor. BIO 392 
recommended. 
A theoretical and practical overview of the insect orders, selected 
topics of insect behavior, ecology, and evolution, and an intro- 
duction to human-insect interactions. (Alt Fall) 

543 Biophysics (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and PHY 211/212 or 291/292; and MAT 191; and 
BIO 355; and CHE 111/114; or permission of instructor. 
Introduction to cellular biophysics, with emphasis on the physi- 
cal properties of membranes, including membrane transport 
mechanisms and electrical properties of membranes. (Alt Fall) 
(Same as PHY 543) 

545 General Biochemistry Laboratory (1:0:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 535 (may be taken concurrently) 
Experimental work designed to complement lecture material of 
535. (Fall) 

549 Current Topics in Biology (1-3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and permission of instructor 
Advanced topics courses in the biological sciences. Topics vary 
with instructor. 

552 Metamorphosis (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355, and one 400-level course in Biology 
Readings, discussions, and oral presentations of current litera- 
ture on metamorphosis in animals. Mechanisms controlling 
metamorphosis, evolution of complex life cycles, and adapta- 
tions to differing habitats. 

555 Vertebrate Reproduction (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 464 
An advanced treatment of the diversity of vertebrate reproduc- 
tive biology, with emphasis on structural, regulatory, behavioral, 
and evolutionary aspects. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



113 



Biology 



560 Symbiosis (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and any three core courses, or permission of 
instructor 
Symbiotic interactions of living organisms from an evolutionary 
perspective. Metabolic, genetic, behavioral, and ecological adap- 
tations which allow symbioses to be formed and maintained will 
be discussed. (Odd Spring) 

567 Chemical Senses (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355, and one of the following: BIO 277, 472, 
477, 479, PSY 435, PSY 436, or permission of instructor 
Exploration and interactive discussion of chemosensory stimuli, 
chemosensory transduction mechanisms, neural processing of 
chemosensory information, and organismal consequences of 
chemoreception. 

573 Drugs and the Brain (3:3) 

Pr. Ill, 112, 355, and one of the following: 277, 477, 479, PSY 230; 
or permission of the instructor. 

• CHE 351 recommended. 
Pharmacology of major neurotransmitter systems in the brain 
and nervous system. Actions of clinically relevant drugs on these 
systems will be analyzed along with major drugs of abuse. (Alt 
Fall) 

575 Neuroanatomical Techniques (3:2:4) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 355 and one of the following: BIO 453, 472, 
477, 479, PSY 435, or permission of instructor 
Practical experience with a variety of neuroanatomical proce- 
dures used to investigate the structural framework of nervous 
systems in invertebrate and vertebrate preparations. Students 
will learn to conduct independent projects. (Odd Spring) 

578 Hormones in Action (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 277 and 355 and 392 
Hormonal signaling in humans and other animals is examined 
using developmental, physiological, behavioral, cellular, and 
molecular perspectives, with special emphasis on the adrenal 
glands and the gonads. 

579 Environmental Physiology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 341 or 355 or 370, and 277 or 477 
Lectures, discussions, and student presentations on the physiol- 
ogy of animals as it is influenced by and is adapted to environ- 
mental conditions. (Odd Fall) 

583 Virology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 481 or permission of instructor 
Selected topics in virology. Emphasis upon new trends in the 
study of animal, plant, and bacterial viruses at both molecular 
and cellular levels. (Even Spring) 

584 Immunology (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 481, or permission of instructor 
Principles of immunology and serology covering both humoral 
and cellular aspects of immunobiology. Selected topics include: 
T and B cell, immunoglobulins, tolerance, hypersensitivity. (Odd 
Spring) 

586 Cell Cycle and Cancer (3:3) 

Pr. BIO 111, 112, 355, 392, or permission of instructor 
Molecular basis of cell division and cancer examined through lec- 
tures and discussions of primary literature. Topics include cell 
cycle control, genomic stability, carcinogenesis, and cancer genet- 
ics. (Alt Spring) 



589A Experimental Course: Insects (3:2:3) 

Pr. BIO 111, 112, 341, or permission of instructor 
Overview of the different insect orders, plus selected topics of 
insect behavior, ecology and evolution, and human-insect inter- 
actions. Laboratory includes behavioral experiments, ecological 
exercises, and training in taxonomy. (Offered fall '04) 

589B Experimental Course: Ecology of Forests and Soils (4) 

Pr. BIO 301 or equivalent 
Interrelationships between forest communities and their environ- 
mental variables; introduction to forest soils; ecology of forest trees, 
populations, communities, and ecosystems will be discussed. Field 
labs to visit different forests and soils. (Offered fall '04) 

591 Population Genetics and Molecular Evolution (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 392, or permission of instructor 
Application of population genetic and molecular evolutionary 
theory to the study of natural history, natural selection, genome 
variation and organization, human evolution, conservation biol- 
ogy, and forensics. (Alt Fall) 

592 Genomics (3:3) 

Pr. 392 or permission of the instructor 
An examination of genomic concepts and technologies, their 
application to understanding genome content, structure, func- 
tion, and evolution, implications for understanding fundamental 
biological and health questions, and management of genomic 
data. (Alt Fall) 

593 Genetics of Complex Traits (3:3) 

Pr. BIO 392 or permission of instructor 
Theory, experimental methods, and analysis related to the 
genetic basis for variation in complex traits, including quantita- 
tive and threshold traits in animals and plants, and complex 
human diseases. (Alt Spring) 

595 Advanced Genetics (3:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 392 
Selected topics in genetics at an advanced level. Emphasis placed 
on comparative view of molecular mechanisms underlying ani- 
mal and plant development. (Even Spring) 

596 Molecular Biological Approaches in Research (1:1) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 392 

• May be repeated for a total of three (3) semester hours. 

Use of novel molecular approaches to address current questions 
in the life sciences will be explored by analyzing recent research 
reports and learning the principles underlying these approaches. 

597 Workshops in Biotechnology (1:0.5:3) 

Pr. Ill and 112, and 494, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit as long as letter suffix of course differs: 
workshops of a given letter may only be taken once. 

Individual, intensive four-week workshops focused on specific 
techniques in biotechnology. Provides hands-on experience 
designing and implementing a focused project utilizing current 
methods and bioinformatics. (Fall & Spring) 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



114 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Broadcasting & Cinema 



Department of 
Broadcasting & Cinema 

College of Arts & Sciences 

321 Mclver Building 

336/334-5360 
www.uncg.edu/bcn 

Faculty 

John Lee Jellicorse, Professor and Head of Department 

Professor Fragola 

Associate Professors Adams, Ban, Edwards, Frierson 

Assistant Professors Bax/m, Ingram, Patrick, Podlas 

Lecturers Donaldson, Ferres 

Research Associate Bonney 

The Department of Broadcasting and Cinema offers a 
major in Media Studies. The Media Studies major is designed 
to produce exemplary liberal arts graduates who can think 
critically and creatively, who can communicate clearly and 
effectively in oral and written discourse, who can skillfully 
and ethically employ contemporary media technology, and 
who are knowledgeable of the history and theory of film and 
electronic media. Given the diversity and complexity of mov- 
ing image media, five concentrations are provided to permit 
each student to tailor his or her curriculum for in depth study 
in an area of the discipline. 

The Department offers two minors: a non-production 
Film and Television Studies minor and a Radio minor, each 
requiring 18 semester hours of courses. 

The Department's rich and varied curriculum is matched 
by an extensive co-curricular program that includes opportu- 
nities to participate in on-campus media productions, the stu- 
dent-run campus radio station, the UNCG Carolina Film and 
Video Festival (CFVF), various media workshops, and a 
strong local and national internship program. The CFVF is an 
annual, international competitive showcase for student and 
independent media producers. The Department hosts the 
Festival screenings and workshops each spring. 

The Department is housed in the Mclver Building and in 
the Carmichael Radio and Television Center. The Carmichael 
Center, originally constructed as a television and radio facil- 
ity, is a building unique within the city, region, and The 
University of North Carolina system. The Department's fac- 
ulty is composed of talented artists and scholars with excel- 
lent reputations as teachers. Students are encouraged to col- 
laborate with faculty and graduate students in the 
Department's Master of Fine Arts program as a means of 
enriching their course of study. 



Media Studies Major (MDST) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Film & Television Studies, U856 
Film & Video Production, U857 
News & Documentary, U858 
Media Management, U835 
Media Writing, U847 

Admission Procedures for the Media Studies 
Concentrations 

a. Admission to the University does not imply automatic 
admission to the Media Studies major. Students must 
make formal application. 

b. Application is made at the end of the fall and spring 
semesters. Applicants will obtain admission application 
forms in BCN 100. Admission application forms are also 
available from the Broadcasting and Cinema Departmental 
office in 321 Mclver Building. 

c. The deadline for filing an application is Reading Day of fall 
or spring semesters. Applications received after Reading 
Day will not be processed until the next semester. The 
foundation courses (ENG 101, BCN 100, and BCN 101 or 
102) must be completed prior to or during the semester at 
the end of which application will be made. 

d. Since admission to the Media Studies Major requires a 
probationary year at UNCG, transfer students will usu- 
ally require a minimum of six (6) semesters at UNCG to 
complete degree requirements. Community college 
transfers entering with associates degrees may not be 
able to enroll in a full-time schedule in the fall semester 
since BCN 101 and 102 are offered only in the spring. 

Criteria for Admission to the Media Studies Major 

a. Minimum overall grade point average of 2.20 

b. Completion of ENG 101, BCN 100, and BCN 101 or 102, 
with grades of C or better (C- is not accepted). 

c. Selection, upon admission, of a Media Studies concentra- 
tion as listed below. Students are limited to registration 
in only one concentration and must receive permission 
to take courses in another concentration. 

d. Students should not take courses outside their declared 
concentration. Exceptions will be made on a space avail- 
able basis by approval of the course instructor. Students 
who appear to be following a Media Studies concentra- 
tion but who have not been formally registered in that 
concentration may be prohibited from taking additional 
course work in that concentration. 

Criteria for Continuing in the Media Studies Major 

a. Initial admission to the Media Studies major does not 
guarantee the student the right to complete the degree 
program. 

b. Continuation in the Media Studies major is contingent 
upon the following requirements. 

(1) Maintenance of a minimum overall GPA (currently 
2.20). Students with GPAs below 2.20 may be 
granted up to two (2) semesters of probationary sta- 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



115 



Broadcasting & Cinema 



tus (sequentially or in separate semesters), after 
which they shall be removed from the major if the 
GPA remains below 2.20. Students placed on proba- 
tion may not take any restricted courses until they 
return to good standing. Restricted courses include 
BCN 271, 272, 350, 361, 370, 371, 373, 441, 468, 470, 
471, 473, 550, 551, 552, 553, 580, 585, 587, and 588. 

(2) Only grades of C or better (C- is not accepted) taken 
in BCN or related courses substituted in the major 
will count toward completion of a major or minor. 

(3) Demonstration of high quality oral and written 
communication . 

(4) Adherence to all building and equipment policies 
and procedures, including the departmental and 
University shooting protocols. 

(5) Professional conduct and treatment of program 
equipment, including prompt payment of any 
charges assessed for equipment damage. 

(6) Compliance with all University regulations 
including the Academic Honor Policy. Plagiarism, 
submitting the same work to more than one class, 
falsified attendance records, etc., are grounds for 
dismissal from the major. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 
One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers; at least one 

course must carry the GN marker. 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 



One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3^1 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Minimum 40 semester hours in Media Studies (all levels). 

Students must take the core requirements (22-23 hours) 
and one of five concentrations (18 hours) as listed below to 
complete the minimum requirements for the Media Studies 
major. 
Core Requirements (22-23 semester hours) 

BCN 100, 101 or 102, 203, 204, 205, 301, 407, 499 
Concentration Requirements (18 semester hours) 

1. Film and Television Studies 

Film and Television Studies provides a broad-based 
approach emphasizing the analysis of film and television aes- 
thetics, the social impact of film and television, and the inter- 
connection among film, television, and culture. Film and 
Television Studies is recommended especially for students 
interested in film and television art, criticism, research, history, 
and theory, and those who plan to undertake graduate studies. 

The concentration requires a minimum of six (6) courses, 
including a capstone course as indicated. At least four (4) of 
the courses must be at the 300 level or above: 

BCN 207 

Five (5) courses from the following, including a capstone 
course as indicated: 

At least two (2) but no more than four (4) courses chosen 

from: BCN 101 or 102 (one not chosen for the core 

requirement), 305, 325, 326, 515, 526, 527, 528. At least 

one from BCN 515, 526, 527, or 528 must be taken as a 

capstone course. 

At least one but no more than three (3) courses from: 

ART 313; CST 200, 555; ENG 329; GER 306F; HIS 399; 

SOC 365. The courses not selected from this group are 

recommended as University electives. 

2. Film and Video Production 

The Film and Video Production concentration provides a 
broad-based approach emphasizing the aesthetics and prac- 
tice of film and video production in both image and sound 
aspects for both fiction and nonfiction media genres. This 



116 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Broadcasting & Cinema 



concentration is especially recommended for students wish- 
ing to engage in the practice of film and video production 
and for those interested in graduate study in an MFA pro- 
gram in media production. 

The concentration requires a minimum of six (6) courses, 
including a capstone course as indicated. At least four (4) of 
the courses must be at the 300 level or above: 
BCN 271, 272, 373; 526 or 527 or 528 
Two (2) from among BCN 273, 370, 371, 470, 471, 473, 
580, 585, 587, 588. At least one (1) from BCN 470, 580, 585, 
587, or 588 must be taken as a capstone course. 

3. News and Documentary 

News and Documentary introduces students to the prac- 
tice and analysis of broadcast journalism, documentary, and 
other forms of electronic information gathering and presenta- 
tion. Emphasis is on a broad-based understanding of social 
processes and the development of writing, reporting, and 
production skills. 

The concentration requires a minimum of six (6) courses, 
including a capstone course as indicated. At least four (4) of 
the courses must be at the 300 level or higher: 

BCN 271, 272, 341, 371; 326 or 526; 441 or 588 (capstone 

courses) 

In addition, News and Documentary students must take 
the following General Education courses: 

ECO 101; HIS 211 and 212; PSC 100. The following elec- 

tives are recommended: ENG 219; BCN 305, 322, 326 or 

526 (the one not chosen above), 361, 443, 441 or 588 (the 

one not chosen above), 525. 

4. Media Management 

The Media Management concentration is designed to 
prepare students, within a liberal arts context, for careers in 
broadcast and media management. Emphases including 
strategic planning, corporate governance, financing, pro- 
gramming, and producing for broadcast, cable, cinema, and 
new media industries. 

The concentration requires a minimum of six (6) courses, 
including a capstone course as indicated. At least four (4) of 
the courses must be at the 300 level or higher: 

• BCN 207; one from 526, 527, 528 

• BCN 322, 324, 326, 343, 492, 494, 524, 525, 585, including 
designation of one from among 524, 525, or 585 as a cap- 
stone course. Students may count only three (3) semester 
hours of BCN 492 or 494 internship credit toward the 
concentration. 

In addition, majors in this concentration must complete the 
Business Minor (AOS code U398) in the Bryan School of 
Business and Economics (see p. 75 of the Undergraduate Bulletin). 

Recommended electives include BCN 324, 326, 343, 468, 
492, 494 (if not selected above); CST 308, 342, and 562. 

5. Media Writing 

Media Writing introduces students to conceptualization, 
research, organization, and execution of scripts for film and 
electronic media and is the recommended concentration for 
students who wish to become directors of film and electronic 
media productions. 



The concentration requires a minimum of six (6) courses, 
including a capstone course as indicated. At least four (4) of 
the courses must be at the 300 level or higher: 

BCN 207; one from 526 or 527 or 528 

Four (4) courses from BCN 252, 341, 343, 350, 443, 550, 

551, 552, 553. At least one from BCN 551, 552, or 553 must 

be taken as a capstone course. 

Capstone Courses 

It is strongly recommended that the capstone course be 
taken in the student's final semester. 

V Electives 

Major Electives 

Media Studies majors are encouraged to develop a 
strong minor or second major in a related area of communi- 
cation (e.g., Art, Communication Studies, English, etc.), a 
modern foreign language, or a content area (e.g., History, 
Psychology, Sociology, etc.). Media Studies majors may take a 
limited number of electives in the major, but it is strongly rec- 
ommended that these courses be limited to the following: 

1. Practicum courses (all require permission of instructor): 
BCN 190, 191, 196, 197, 296, 395, 396, 399, 490, 491, 496, 497. 
Practicum registrations are for individual or group work 
conducted under the supervision of a teaching assistant or 
a faculty member. 

2. Internship courses: BCN 492, 494 

3. Honors work: BCN 493 

University Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for the degree. 

Media Studies Minors 

On a space available basis, the Department of Broad- 
casting and Cinema supports the following two minors: 



Film & Television Studies Minor 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 
AOS Code: U859 

a. Required courses (6 s.h.): BCN 100 and 101 or 102 

b. Other courses (minimum 12 s.h.) from those listed below. 
Students wishing to complete the Film and Television 
Studies Minor must be officially registered with the 
Department of Broadcasting and Cinema for permission 
to enroll in some of the courses listed: 

BCN 101 or 102 (if not chosen for the core requirement), 
203, 205, 225, 301, 305, 322, 325, 326, 515, 525, 526, 527, 528 



Radio Minor 



Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 
AOS Code: U848 

a. Required courses (6 s.h.): BCN 100 and 102 

b. Other courses (minimum 12 s.h.) from those listed below. 
Students wishing to complete the Radio Minor must be 
officially registered with the Department of Broadcasting 
and Cinema for permission to enroll in most of the 
courses listed: BCN 190, 273, 305, 322, 326, 341, 343, 361, 
399, 473, 490, 526 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



117 



Broadcasting & Cinema 



Broadcasting & Cinema Courses (BCN) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Introduction to Media Studies (3:3) 

Introduction to the discipline of Media Studies with emphasis on 
the origins, characteristics, and effects of media. Media change 
and convergence as they effect media industries and society. 
(Fall & Spring) 

101 The Development of the Cinema (4:3:3) 

GE Core: GFA 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 
Development of motion picture industry. Emphasis on history 
and major film movements. (Spring) 

102 The Development of Broadcasting (3:3) 
Emergence, structure, and scope of radio, television, and cable. 
Examination of broadcasting theories and practices, with empha- 
sis on audience influences on broadcasting and the effect of 
broadcasting on individuals and society. (Spring) 

190 WUAG Practicum (1-2) 

• May be repeated for credit for a maximum of three (3) semester 
hours. 

Supervised participation in radio broadcasting or program pro- 
duction at the campus radio station WUAG. 

191 CFVF Practicum (1-2) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit for a maximum of three (3) semester 
hours. 

Supervised participation in the preparation for and implementa- 
tion of the UNCG Carolina Film and Video Festival. 

196 Media Workshop (1:2) 

• May be repeated for a total of three (3) semester hours. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Examination of specific aspects of broadcasting, film, and other 
media as provided by screenings and by instruction of industry 
professionals. (Fall & Spring) 

197 Media Production Practicum (1-3:0:3-9) 

• May be repeated for a total of three (3) semester hours. 
In-depth, hands-on exposure to the many aspects of the produc- 
tion and postproduction process of film and electronic visualiza- 
tion. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 

203 Applied Aesthetics for Film and Video (3:3) 

Study of the major aesthetic elements in film and video produc- 
tion — light, space, time-motion, and sound. (Fall & Spring) 

204 Introduction to Media Writing (3:3) 

Pr. ENG 101 or FMS 115, or permission of instructor 
Introduction to theory and practice of media writing with con- 
centrated exercises in developing messages and shaping those 
messages to the demands and characteristics of various media. 
(Fall & Spring) 

205 Film/Television Criticism (3:3) 

Pr. admission to Media Studies major, or permission of instructor 
Introduction to critical thinking, writing, and analysis of film or 
television and the interrelation among society, culture, and 
media texts. Fall: film emphasis; Spring: television emphasis. 
(Fall & Spring) 



207 Introduction to Film and Video Production (3:3:2) 

Pr. BCN 100, and 101 or 102, and admission to Media Studies 
major 
Introduction to basic equipment and facilities used in film and 
video production. (Spring) 

225 Masterpieces of Cinema (3:2:3) 

GE Core: GFA 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 
Analysis of selected, significant motion pictures of the world's 
cinema, from the silent period to the present. 

226 Masterpieces of Television Drama (3:2:3) 
GECore: GFA 

Analysis of selected, significant, prime-time television dramas 
with emphasis on recent works of major producers. (Fall & Alt 
Spring) 

252 Creative Process in Film and Video (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 101 
Various approaches for the enhancement of the visual imagina- 
tion, emphasizing the origination of ideas and their development 
into scripts for film and video. 

271 Introduction to Image and Sound Acquisition (3:3) 

Pr. admission to Media Studies major 

Coreq. BCN 272 must be taken simultaneously with this course. 
Theory and practice of single camera film and video image and 
sound acquisition. (Fall & Spring) 

272 Introduction to Image and Sound Postproduction (3:3:2) 

Pr. admission to Media Studies major 

Coreq. BCN 271 must be taken simultaneously with this course. 
Introduction to digital editing technology and basic aesthetic 
considerations of video editing. (Fall & Spring) 

273 Basic Audio Production (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203 and 205 
Basic sound production techniques including console operation, 
equipment use, microphone technique, sound for the moving 
image, analogue tape, and digital editing. 

296 Spartan Television Practicum (1-2) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit for a maximum of three (3) semester 
hours. 
Supervised participation in the production of television pro- 
gramming and promotion of the campus cable channel Spartan 
Television. (Formerly BCN 390) 

301 Media Communication Theory (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 100, and 101 or 102, 205, or permission of instructor 
Media communication theory as a tool for understanding media 
contexts and social effects. Additional emphasis given to research 
design and data gathering techniques for media studies. (Fall & 
Spring) 

305 The Development of Digital Media (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 100, and 101 or 102, or permission of instructor for non- 
majors 
Introduction to the development, future, and utilization of digi- 
tal media. (Fall) 

322 Broadcast Programming (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 102 ami 205 
Analysis of program sources for radio, television, and cable. 
Focus on program evaluation, selection, acquisition, and on 
scheduling practices. 



118 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Broadcasting & Cinema 



324 Media, Sport, and the Law (3:3) 

The study of media's influence on and intersection with sports 
and the law. 

325 Gender and Media Culture (3:3) 

GECore: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 

Pr. ENG 101 or FMS 115 or permission of instructor 
Examination of the nature of media contents and production 
processes as they influence the construction of feminine and mas- 
culine identities. 

326 News Analysis (3:3) 
AULER/CLER: AE/CAE 
Pr. BCN 205, 301 

Analysis of news practices and presentation across multiple 
media and formats from a variety of theoretical, philosophical, 
and historical perspectives. 

341 Broadcast Newswriting (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 204, and 205 
Writing and planning newscasts for broadcast media. 

343 Broadcast Copywriting (3:3) 

Pr. admission to Media Studies major or permission of instructor 
Analysis of persuasive radio and television spots and examina- 
tion of broadcast copywriting techniques with emphasis on 
development of writing skills for electronic media. 

350 Writing for the Screen (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 101, 203, 204, 205, 301; 252 recommended 
Study of techniques of script writing, both adaptations and 
original material. 

361 Radio and Television Announcing (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203 and 205, or permission of instructor 
Theory and practice of announcing skills and techniques in radio 
and television broadcasting. (Spring) 

370 Film Production I (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 101, 203, 271 and 272, 205 
Introduction to technique in the use of the camera to communicate 
visual ideas. Emphasis is given to technical skills and equipment. 

371 Field and Studio Production (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 205, 271, 272, or permission of instructor 
Intermediate principles of field and television studio video 
production. (Fall & Spring) 

373 TV and Film Lighting (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301, or permission of instructor 
Principles of light and color in lighting for television and film 
production. Application of the equipment and accessories used 
in the execution of lighting design through practical projects. 

395 Special Problems (1-3) 

Pr. Permission of faculty supervisor is required prior to registration. 

• May be repeated for credit. 
Guided individual study in an area of special interest to the stu- 
dent. 

396 Spartan Television II (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 296 or permission of instructor 
Intensive workshop in Spartan Television, the campus television 
channel, including conceptualization, design, and production of 
regularly scheduled programming. (Fall & Spring) 



399 Radio-TV-Film Production Workshop (3:0:9) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271 and 272, 301. Permission of faculty super- 
visor required prior to registration. 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Guided practice in a creative area of radio, television, or film, 
including writing, directing, performing, sound design, cine- 
matography, or editing. 

407 Media Law and Ethics (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 205 and 301, or permission of instructor 
Study of media law and questions of ethics as they apply to the 
mass media. 

441 Electronic Journalism (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 271, 272, 341, 371, or permission of instructor 
Study and practice of electronic news reporting skills and news- 
casting. Focus on writing news copy; reporting, shooting, and 
editing news packages; basic newscast production techniques. 
(Fall & Spring) 

443 Writing the Nonfiction Program (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 204 and 205 
Research, design, and writing of nonfiction programs such as 
documentary, magazine, instructional, and educational pro- 
grams. Emphasis given to the development and application of 
writing skills. 

468 Sportscasting (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, and 361, or permission of instructor 
Development of announcing skills and knowledge of sports nec- 
essary for sports broadcasting including play-by-play. (Alt Fall) 

470 Film Production II (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301 and 370, or permission of instruc- 
tor 
Further study of the camera and the creation of a 16 mm sync 
sound film utilizing the camera, the sound recorder, and postpro- 
duction methodologies. 

471 Editing (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301, or permission of instructor 
Survey of the history, aesthetics, and techniques in sequencing 
moving images. Laboratory experience, including digital editing. 

473 Media Sound Production (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 273, 301, or permission of instructor 
Techniques and aesthetics of digital sound design for the moving 
image. (Formerly BCN 413) 

490 WUAG Advanced Practicum (1-2) 

• May be repeated for credit for maximum of three (3) semester 
hours. 

Supervised participation at an advanced level of radio broadcast- 
ing or program production at the campus radio station WUAG. 

491 Advanced CFVF Practicum (1-2) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit for maximum of three (3) semester 
hours. 

Supervised participation at an advanced level in the preparation 
for and implementation of the UNCG Carolina Film and Video 
Festival. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



119 



Broadcasting & Cinema 



492 Broadcasting Internship (1-6) 

Pr. admission to the Media Studies major; BCN 203, 205, 207 or 
271 and 272, 301, and one additional production course 300 
level or above (341 required for Broadcast Journalism intern- 
ships), and approval by Director of Internships 

• May be repeated for credit for total of six (6) semester hours in 
BCN 492/494. 

Field learning experience in local broadcast media. Academic 
supervision provided by faculty member and direction in the 
field provided by job supervisor. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

See prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

494 Cinema Internship (1-6) 

Pr. admission to the Media Studies major; BCN 203, 205, 207 or 
271 and 272, 301, and one additional production course 300 
level or above, and approval by Director of Internships 

• May be repeated for credit for total of six (6) semester hours in 
BCN 492/494. 

Field learning experience in film industry. Academic supervision 
provided by faculty member and direction in the field provided 
by job supervisor. 

496 Advanced Media Workshop (1:2) 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

• May be repeated for a total of three (3) semester hours. 
Leadership role in examination of aspects of broadcasting, film, 
and other media through screenings and by instruction of indus- 
try professionals. (Fall & Spring) 

497 Advanced Media Production Practicum (1-3:0:3-9) 

• May be repeated for a total of three (3) semester hours. 
Advanced, in-depth, hands-on exposure to the many aspects of 
the production and posrproduction process of film and electronic 
visualization. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 

499 Senior Portfolio (1:1) 

Pr. admission to Media Studies major 

• To be taken in student's last semester at UNCG prior to 
graduation. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Preparation of a professional portfolio, reel, or resume tape. 
Includes assistance in writing resumes, interviewing, and career 
networking. (Fall & Spring) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

515 Film Theory (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 101, 203, 205, 301, or graduate standing, or permission of 
instructor 
Study of the principal theories of film through the writings of 
critics, theorists, and directors. 

524 Media Financing and Distribution (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 205 and 301, or graduate standing, or permission of 
instructor 
The processes of raising and budgeting funds and distributing 
film and videos for theatrical release, direct DVD/video release, 
or television broadcast. 

525 Media Organization and Management (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 101 or 102, 205, and 301, or graduate standing, or per- 
mission of instructor 
Principles and practices of the organization and management of 
electronic media and motion pictures. 



526 Actuality Genres (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 100, 101 or 102, 203, 205, 301, or graduate standing, 
or permission of instructor 
History and theory of reality-based genres in cinema, radio, televi- 
sion, and multimedia. Study of trends and significant works from 
the early actuality film through postmodern news docudramas. 

527 The Auteur (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 101 (film auteur) or 102 (radio or television auteur), 203, 
205, 301, or graduate standing, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Works of an individual director. Subject differs from offering to 
offering. 

528 Studies in Media Genres (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 101 (film genre) or 102 (radio or television genre), 203, 
205, 301, or graduate standing, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Technical, dramatic, social, and rhetorical dimensions of a media 
genre. Subject differs from offering to offering. 

550 Feature Film Script Analysis (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 204, 205, and 350, graduate standing, or permission 
of the instructor 
Analysis of the key structural and thematic elements of feature 
screenplays. 

551 Writing the Feature Film I (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 350, and 550; and admission to appropriate degree 
program; or permission of instructor 
Advanced study of screenwriting with emphasis on the creation 
of a step outline for a feature length screenplay. (Fall) 

552 Writing the Feature Film II (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 551 
A writing workshop in which students complete the first draft 
and a polish of a feature-length screenplay, based on the outline 
from BCN 551. (Spring) 

553 Advanced Media Writing (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 204, and 301; or permission of instructor 
Practice in television script writing with emphasis given to 
development of concepts and proposals for episodic television. 
Practice in analyzing and writing for existing television series 
and/or development of new programs. 

580 Directing for Television (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301, 371, and admission to appropri- 
ate degree program; or permission of instructor 
Fundamental principles of directing for television. Laboratory 
directing experience. 

584 UNCG Today (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301, 371, and admission to the 
appropriate degree program, or permission of the instructor 
Principles of directing for television in the context of live-to-tape 
studio techniques in the production of UNCG Today, UNCG's com- 
mercially released campus television program. (Fall & Spring) 

585 Advanced Radio-TV-Film Production (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 207 or 271 and 272, 301, and admission to 
appropriate degree program, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit 

Advanced application of principles and techniques of radio, tel- 
evision, or film production. 

586 Producing for UNCG Today (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 580 or 584 or permission of instructor 
Producing for television in the context of live-to-tape studio tech- 
niques in the creation of UNCG Today, UNCG's commercially 
released campus television program. (Fall & Spring) 



220 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Business Administration 



587 Animation Production (3:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301, and admission to appropriate 
degree program; or permission of instructor 
Study and practice of techniques of animation. 

588 Documentary Production (3:2:3) 

Pr. BCN 203, 205, 271, 272, 301, 371 (443 and 526 also recom- 
mended), and admission to appropriate degree program; or per- 
mission of instructor 
Documentary construction, research, planning, and production 
techniques. Further development of video production skills in 
supervised laboratory project. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Department of 
Business Administration 

including Business Administration, Management, 
and Marketing 

Bryan School of Business & Economics 

366 Bryan Building 

336/334-5691 

www.uncg.edu/bae/badm 

Faculty 

Stephen R. Lucas, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Ajami (Hayes Distinguished Professor of Business), 

Buttner, Miles, Muchinsky (Bryan Distinguished Professor of 

Business), Tullar 
Associate Professors Brown, Lowe, Roehm, Williamson 
Assistant Professors Acauaah, Kshetri, McKinney, Woodley 
Lecturers Beitler, Cash, J. Cox, Fernandes, Hassell, Holderness, 

James, Joshua, McLeod, Perry 
Visiting Assistant Professor McMillian 

Mission Statement 

The mission of tlie Department of Business Administration is to 
support the mission of the Bryan School, primarily through the 
imparting of knowledge through instructional programs and secondar- 
ily through the creation of knowledge through basic and applied 
research. A third priority is to provide service through involvement in 
University, professional and community activities. 

The Department of Business Administration offers the 
Business Administration major, which leads to the Bachelor 
of Science degree. 

Business Administration Major 

The objective of the Business Administration major is to 
provide liberally educated students with a broad exposure 
to the functional areas of business and a more comprehen- 
sive understanding of one of the managerial specialities 
through a choice of a concentration: 

Human Resources focuses on skills and knowledge 
needed by the professional human resources manager: job 
analysis, recruiting, screening, selection, training and devel- 
opment, performance appraisal, job evaluation, and salary 
administration. 



Marketing is concerned with the development and pric- 
ing of products, selection of distribution channels, and pro- 
motion of products to consumers and businesses. This con- 
centration leads to careers in sales, sales management, adver- 
tising, and retailing as well as marketing management. 

Entrepreneurship/Small Business focuses on special 
issues related to the organization and management of smaller 
enterprises, family-owned business, and entrepreneurship. 

Business Studies is most appropriate for those who 
want a broad business exposure without the need to concen- 
trate specifically in one functional area. (Also offered as an 
evening program.) 

Student Learning Goals 

Critical thinking, quantitative aptitude, teamwork, and 
good communication skills are necessary to function effec- 
tively in today's highly competitive, global environment. In 
order to assure that our graduates are prepared to meet the 
challenges of the future, our students will be able to: 

• Identify business and economic problems and opportu- 
nities, and evaluate the global, competitive aspects and 
the ethical, legal, and environmental dimensions of these 
problems and opportunities 

• Demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the 
role of demographic diversity and political, social and 
technological forces in creating and affecting identified 
problems and opportunities 

• Employ accounting, behavioral science, and economics 
to analyze identified problems and opportunities and to 
develop and evaluate alternative plans to address these 
problems and opportunities 

• Apply critical listening, reading, speaking, and writing 
skills to work and communicate with others effectively 
one-on-one, in team settings, and in formal presentations 

• Use appropriate mathematical, statistical, research, and 
information technology skills in the analysis of problems 
and opportunities and in the development and evaluation 
of alternative plans 

• Engage in deeper critical analysis of business problems 
and opportunities from the perspective of a business 
administration major 

Honors in Business Administration 
Requirements 

Twelve semester hours to consist of: 

• 9 hours of Business Administration Honors and /or 
BADM contract honors courses, and /or MGT 493 

• 3 hours of HSS 490: Senior Honors Project 

Qualifications 

• A grade of A or B in all course work used to satisfy the 
Honors requirements in Business Administration 

• A declared Business Administration Major 

• At least a 3.30 overall GPA at graduation 

Recognition 

Students who complete an Honors Program are recog- 
nized at a banquet held at the end of the spring semester. 
Students who complete the requirements for Disciplinary 
Honors receive a Certificate of Disciplinary Honors in [major/ 
Interdisciplinary Studies] and have that honor, along with the 
title of their Senior Honors Project, noted on their official 
transcripts. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



121 



Business Administration 



Honors Advisor 

See Eloise McCain Hassell for further information and 
guidance about Honors in Business Administration. 

Business Administration Major (BADM) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Human Resources, U326 
Marketing, U327 

Entrepreneurship/Small Business, U337 
Business Studies, U331 

General Program Requirements 

1. Formal admission to Business Administration: 

a. Successful completion of ACC 201, 202; CST 105; 
ECO 201, 202, 250; ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 
and ENG 102; ISM 110, 280; MAT 120* or 191 

b. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 

2. Grades of C or better in courses used to meet concentra- 
tion requirements 

3. 122 s.h. 

4. At least 50 percent of the business semester hours 
required for the degree must be earned at UNCG 

*MAT 115 or 119 or 150 may be needed as prerequisites for MAT 
120 depending upon math placement test score or completion of pre- 
vious college math. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Department specifies courses for: 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

or foreign language XXX 203B (e.g., SPA 203B) 

or equivalent 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

MAT 120 or 191 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and ENG 102 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ECO 201 and 202 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 



Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers: 3-6 s.h. (1-2 
courses) of the same foreign language depending upon 
placement; 2-3 additional GL/GN courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major and Related Area Requirements 

1 . ACC 201, 202; BUS 105A**; CST 105*; ECO 201 », 202*, 250, 
300*; ENG 101*, 102*; FIN 315; ISM 110, 280; MAT 120* or 
191*; MGT 301*, 309*, 312, 330, 491; MKT 320; SCM 302 

2. Nine (9) s.h. of a foreign language; see p. 75 for require- 
ment details. 

*MAT 110 or 191 fulfills GMT; ENG 101, and ENG 102 or CST 
105 fulfill GRD; ECO 201 and 202 fulfill GSB; ECO 300, MGT 
301, and foreign language fulfill 9-12 semester hours of GE/GN 
requirement; MGT 309 fulfills major WI and SI requirements; CST 
105 fulfills SI requirement outside major. 

**BUS 105 is for students entering UNCG as freshmen and must 
be taken during the first two semesters of enrollment. Students are 
encouraged to take BUS 105 during their first semester if space is 
available. 

IV Additional Concentration Requirements 

Students should select one of the concentrations listed 
below: 
Human Resources 

MGT 313, 315, 375, 475; and any two of the following: 
BUS 328, 450; MGT 314, 317, 318, 354, 414, 499. All stu- 
dents pursuing the Human Resources Concentration 
must receive a C or better in MGT 312. 

Marketing 

MKT 429 (formerly 321), 422, 424, 426, and any two of the 
following: BUS 450; MKT 325, 326, 327, 421. All students 
pursuing the Marketing Concentration must receive a C 
or better in MKT 320. 

Entrepreneurship/Small Business 

BUS 450; MGT 470; MKT 327, 403, and two of the follow- 
ing: MGT 313, 375, 409, 475; MKT 325, 326, 422, 424. All 
students pursuing the Entrepreneurship/Small Business 
Concentration must receive a C or better in MGT 312. 

Business Studies 

is comprised of 21 semester hours as approved by the 
Bryan School Undergraduate Student Services (BSUSS) 
or approved by the faculty advisor. At least 15 hours are 
to be at the 300-level or above. No more than 9 hours may 
be outside of the Department. All approved courses must 
address a career profile. Career profiles, planned by the 
BSUSS and the Department of Business Administration, 



122 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Business Administration 



are available to guide the student and the advisor. In 
cooperation with the student, the faculty advisor or a 
member of BSUSS can develop a new career profile or 
modify an existing career profile. Career profiles will be 
reviewed by the Department on an annual basis. 

V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 total semester hours 
required for the degree. 

Continuation Requirements 

Students who have been admitted to the Business 
Administration Major must be in good academic standing at 
UNCG, must maintain at least a 2.0 cumulative GPA, and 
must make a grade of C or better in the course work required 
for their concentration. 

Business Administration Courses (BUS) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Global Business, Markets, and Society (3:3) 

• Open to freshmen and sophomores; 2.0 GPA. 

Introductory exploration of the role of business in a free market 
society. Introduction to basic business terminology. Examination 
of current business issues facing actual companies. 

105A Introduction to Business Skills Development (1:2) 

• Open to first and second semester freshmen. 
Development of business skills determined by employers as crit- 
ical for success. Fosters development of skills early in a student's 
academic career to promote success in both college and work. 

105B Career Planning and Business Skills Assessment (1:1) 

Pr. sophomore standing; 2.0 GPA 

Pr. or coreq. ACC 201, 202; ECO 201, 202, 250; ISM 110, 280; 
ENG 101, 102; CST 105; MAT 115, 120 

• Course may not be repeated. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP). 

Introduction to career planning and development of business 
skills. Course includes exam to assess business skills development 
in the pre- and co-requisite courses. 

220 Field Experience in Business (3) 

Pr. permission of instructor; 2.0 GPA 

• Open to all majors. 

Provides students with an early business experience. Requirements 
consist of a minimum of 300 hours of employment and completion 
of designated educational activities. 

230 Applied Business Concepts (6:3:15-30) 

Pr. permission of instructor; 2.0 GPA 
Extension of business knowledge through on-site study of a busi- 
ness or organization. Includes 45 hours of classroom and profes- 
sional development activities. Written assignments, reports, 
and/or papers required. 

305 Introduction to the Business of Health-Care 
Management (3:3) 

Pr. sophomore standing; GPA of 2.0 or above 
Influence of health-care services /systems on business organiza- 
tions. Issues of health-care organizations, professions, ethics, and 
assessment. Organizational patterns for health-care delivery and 
issues in financing health care. 



328 Organizational Leadership (3:3) 

Pr. sophomore standing; GPA of 2.0 or above 
The course examines the theories and models of leadership. 
Environmental pressures, organizational objectives, company cul- 
ture, and individual ethical standards will be examined to incor- 
porate the situational determinants of leadership effectiveness. 

413 Special Problems in Business and Marketing 
Education (1-3) 

Pr. junior standing; permission of instructor; 2.0 GPA 
Opportunity for students to work individually on a problem of 
special interest. Student should secure recommendation from an 
instructor and consult with the Division Director before register- 
ing for the course. 
450 Directed Business Practice (1-4:1:3-12) 

Pr. junior standing; permission of instructor; 2.0 GPA 

• Open to all majors. 

Planned work experience approved in advance by instructor. 
Regularly scheduled class attendance as well as reading, writing, 
and skill practice assignments are required. 

455 Coordination of Work-Based Programs (3) 

Pr. junior standing; 2.0 GPA 
Philosophy, principles, strategies, techniques, and procedures for 
coordination of work-based programs. Emphasis on elements 
common to all areas of work-based programs. Review and analy- 
sis of pertinent research. 

463 Business/Marketing Education Instructional Materials 
and Methods (3:3) 

Pr. senior standing; 2.0 GPA 
Analysis, planning, and evaluation of instructions in business 
education and marketing education, including attention to spe- 
cial needs groups. 

465 Supervised Teaching (9) 

Pr. 463; ELC 381, CU1 450, 470; 2.0 GPA 
Observation, teaching under supervision, and participation in 
the total school and related community activities of a teacher. 
Full-time responsibility for at least twelve weeks. 

469 Business/Marketing Education Programs: 
Development, Organization, and Operation (3:3) 

Pr. senior standing 
Emphasizes historical development and present organizational 
structure of business education and marketing education at the 
district, regional, and state levels. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. permission of instructor; see other prerequisites under Honors 
Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

497 Survey of Business and Marketing Education (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing and permission of director; 2.0 GPA 
Emphasis on philosophy and organization of business and 
marketing education programs in North Carolina, curriculum 
and instructional design, sources and uses of occupational 
information and program evaluative measures. 

498 Curriculum and Classroom Organization of Business 
and Marketing Programs (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing and permission of director; 2.0 GPA 
Designed for pre-service and in-service teachers of business and 
marketing programs. Emphasis on curriculum development, 
teaching techniques, resources, facilities, and evaluation. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



123 



Business Administration 



499 Selected Topics in Business and/or Marketing 
Education (1-3) 

Pr. junior standing; permission of instructor; 2.0 GPA 
• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 
Study of topics of common interest to those interested in business 
and /or marketing education. Group discussion and study rather 
than independent study emphasized. Generally non-recurring 
topics studied. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for graduate-level courses. 

Master of Business Administration Courses 

(MBA) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

595 Selected Topics in Business Administration (1.5:1.5) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated when topic varies. 
Opportunity for advanced students of Business Administration 
to study in depth a topic or issue of special interest. 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 

Management Courses (MGT) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

200 Management of Organizations (3:3) 

Pr. sophomore standing; 2.0 GPA 
An introduction to how managers coordinate human and mate- 
rial resources to achieve organizational goals. Effective manage- 
ment practices that can be applied to business, educational, gov- 
ernmental, hospital, and social service organizations. 

240 Introduction to the Entrepreneurial Experience (3:3) 

Pr. sophomore standing or permission of instructor; GPA of 2.0 or 
above. 
Introduction to the entrepreneurial experience including histori- 
cal perspectives, the role of entrepreneurs in supporting the 
economy, the entrepreneurial process, venture creation, and 
innovation. 

301 Introduction to International Business (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. ECO 300; admission to approved program 
Introduction to the environmental factors which increasingly 
cause businesses to become international in the scope of their 
activities. Nature of global business and multinational organiza- 
tions analyzed. 

302 International Business: Operations and Environments 
in Foreign Jurisdictions (4:4-6:6) 

Pr. ECO 300 or permission of instructor; GPA 2.0 
Study of international business environments from the manage- 
rial aspect, and of practices and principles of conducting interna- 
tional business from the perspective of a specific foreign country. 

(Summer) 



303 Experience Business Abroad (2:2-6:6) 

Pr. permission of mstructor; 2.0 GPA 

• May be repeated for credit if course is taken in different country. 
Practices and principles for conducting business in foreign coun- 
tries. Experiential learning in management and organizational 
leadership skills. Lectures /seminars by academicians and business 
people. Creating, organizing presenting seminars, symposia. (Fall 
or Spring or Summer) 

304 Current Issues in International Business (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor; 2.0 GPA 
Selected topics in international business presented by visiting 
faculty. Topics are related to the expertise of the instructor. (Fall 
or Spring or Summer) 

309 Business Communications (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing and admission to approved program 

• Taught as Writing Intensive (WI) and Speaking Intensive (SI) 
Business and professional communication: job search skills; team- 
work; communication technology; verbal and non-verbal strate- 
gies. Emphasizes effective persuasive, interpersonal, intercultural, 
and organizational strategies through business styles, formats, and 
presentations. 

312 Human Behavior in Business Organizations (3:3) 

Pr. 2.0 GPA; sophomore standing 
Businesses as a generic class of organization. Relation of individ- 
ual worker and manager to organization and its impact upon 
them. Formal and informal groups. Management from behavioral 
point of view. Stability and change within business organizations. 

313 Human Resource Management (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312; admission to approved pro- 
gram; or permission of instructor 
An analysis of how human resources contribute to organizational 
performance, and the management of those human resources 
including recruitment, selection, compensation, training and 
development, performance, appraisal, and union/management 
relations. 

314 Industrial and Organizational Psychology (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312; admission to approved program 
Introduction to industrial and organizational psychology with 
special emphasis on employee motivation, selection, training, 
and organizational determinants of employee behavior. (Same as 
PSY 314.) 

315 Selection and Compensation (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312; MGT 313 or permission of 
instructor; admission to approved program 
Selection theory and the uses of assessment devices. Principles of 
compensation and job evaluation. Market surveys and their 
effects on pay structure. 

317 Training and Development in Organizations (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312; admission to approved program 
Principles of training and development. Training needs, assess- 
ment, training solutions to organization problems, skill training, 
different training options, and ways of integrating new behavior 
and attitudes into the organizational system. 

318 Organizational Change and Development (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312; junior standing; admission to 
approved program 
Introduction to the professional practice of OCD. Topics include 
overcoming resistance to change, the consultant/client relation- 
ship, diagnosis of organizational problems, and interventions 
used by internal and external OCD consultants. 



124 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Business Administration 



330 The Legal Environment of Business (3:3) 

Pr. GPA 2.0 or above 
Survey of the legal, political, and ethical environment in which 
business decisions are made. Antitrust, employment, and con- 
sumer laws included. Federal, state, and international laws 
covered. 

331 Legal Aspects of Business Transactions (3:3) 

Pr. admission to B.S. Accounting program 
Subjects covered include court systems, contract and sales law, 
professional ethics, business political activities, Antitrust laws, 
international laws, and other matters of public policy. 

332 Legal Aspects of Management (3:3) 

Pr. MGT 330 or 331; admission to approved program, or permis- 
sion of instructor 
Securities regulations, negotiable instruments law, and debtor 
and creditor rights included. Also covered are legal relation- 
ships-partnerships, corporations, and principal-agency 

354 Managing Diversity in Organizations (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing; GPA 2.0 or above 
Explores diversity in the workplace. Diversity is defined, exam- 
ined, and discussed as opportunities for companies to discover 
and appreciate differences while developing more effective 
organizations. 

375 Management Process Skills (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312; admission to approved program 
Practical application of management theory. Processes for per- 
forming the basic management functions of decision making, 
planning, organizing, leading, and controlling. Application of the 
processes to management cases. 

409 Advanced Business Communication (3:3) 

Pr. MGT 309 or permission of instructor 
Study of advanced business communication situations, including 
persuasive messages, crisis management, cross-cultural business 
communication, effective work team interaction, effective virtual 
communication. Attention to the technology that supports business 
communication. 

414 Human Resource Information Systems (3:3) 

Pr. MGT 313 or ISM 301; admission to approved program 
Application of ERP systems to managing human resource informa- 
tion. Topics include SAP, job analysis/evaluation; human resource 
planning, recruiting, screening, selection, training; employee devel- 
opment, performance appraisal, compensation, benefits. 

470 Entrepreneurship/Small Business Management (3:3) 

Pr. grade of "C or better in MGT 312; MKT 320, FIN 315, 
SCM 302; admission to approved program 
Application of management principles to small business organiza- 
tions. How to start a new enterprise. Requirements for successful 
operation of a small business. (Fall) 

475 Employment and Human Resource Law (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing; grade of at least C in MGT 312 or permission 
of instructor; admission to approved program 
National Labor Relations Act, Fair Labor Standards Act (includ- 
ing equal employment), and other statutes and court decisions 
relating to employment relations and their effect on managerial 
practices. 

491 Business Policy and Strategy (3:3) 

Pr. MGT 301, 309, 312, 330; MKT 320; FIN 315; ISM 280; 
SCM 302; senior standing; admission to approved program 



Capstone case course in top management policy and strategy 
determination. Students learn to integrate various business func- 
tions and to develop skills and judgment in solving problems of 
the organization as a total system in relation to its environment. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. permission of instructor; see other prerequisites under Honors 
Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

499 Problems in Management (3:3) 

Pr. senior majors; permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit with approval of department head. 
Independent study, research, and class discussion covering a 
topic or group of related topics of current interest in theory or 
policy of the business enterprise. Topics vary from semester to 
semester. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for graduate-level courses. 

Marketing Courses (MKT) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

320 Principles of Marketing (3:3) 

Pr. ISM 110, MAT 115, ECO 201, ACC 201, and CST 105; 
2.0 GPA; or admission to Bryan School approved program 
Introduction to marketing with an emphasis on market segmen- 
tation, targeting, and positioning for consumer and business 
markets in domestic and international economics. 

325 E-commerce in Marketing (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MKT 320; admission to a program of 
study in the Bryan School 
Introduction to e-commerce. Online and offline assignments, 
lectures, in-class group projects, case analyses, discussions and 
presentations. 

326 Introduction to Retailing (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MKT 320; junior standing; admission to 
approved program 
Introductory course in the fundamentals of store organization, 
management, and merchandising. 

327 Selling and Sales Management (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in MKT 320; junior standing; admission to 
approved program 
Problems in selling and sales management are dealt with from 
the strategic marketing perspective. The sales management 
process is addressed from the perspective of the profit-maximiz- 
ing allocation of resources of the firm. 

403 Marketing for Small Firms (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MGT 312 or MKT 320; senior standing; 
admission to approved program 
Focuses on marketing strategy, planning, and tactics for small 
firms. Addresses general marketing issues and specific "real 
world" marketing problems. Small firms serve as clients for stu- 
dent consulting teams. (Spring) 

408 Operating Problems in Retailing (3:3) 

Pr. MKT 326 and 327; junior standing; admission to approved 
program 
Examination and evaluation of politics and practices in retailing, 
with emphasis on advertising and its economic significance. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



125 



Business Administration; Chemistry & Biochemistry 



418 Advanced Merchandising (3:3) 

Pr. MKT 326 and 327; junior standing; admission to approved 
program 
Merchandising policies, buying, stock planning and control, and 
merchandise pricing in modern retail stores. 

421 Promotion Management (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in MKT 320; admission to approved 
program 
Promotion process and decision criteria for making promotion 
management decisions. Emphasis on behavioral and commu- 
nicative aspects of advertising, personal sales, and other promo- 
tional tools from a management decision-making viewpoint. 

422 Fundamentals of Marketing Research (3:3) 

Pr. ECO 250, grade of C or better in MKT 320; admission to 
approved program 
Marketing information systems, sampling theory, experimental 
design, psychological scaling techniques, longitudinal analysis. 
Particular attention to assumption structure underlying each 
technique. Case studies and problem approach. Student devel- 
ops programs of action on basis of marketing research results. 

424 Consumer Behavior (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in MKT 320; junior standing; admission to 
approved program 
Psychological and socioeconomic factors affecting consumer 
motivation, behavior, and buying decisions. Emphasis on current 
research on, and theory about, behavior of consumers as individ- 
uals and as members of socioeconomic groups. 

426 International Marketing (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in MKT 320; admission to approved 
program 
Issues in international marketing are addressed from both theo- 
retical and experiential learning perspectives. A comprehensive 
team-based project involves the intensive use of the Internet in 
accessing electronic databases. 

429 Advanced Marketing Management (3:3) 

Pr. MKT 422 and 424, or permission of instructor 
Advanced analysis and decision-making techniques in market- 
ing. Emphasis on strategic view. Major group project involves 
working with organizations to develop and present an actual 
marketing plan. (Formerly MKT 321) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. permission of instructor; see other prerequisites under Honors 

Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 
• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 



Department of 
Chemistry and Biochemistry 

College of Arts & Sciences 

435 Science Building 

336/334-5714 

www.uncg.edu/che 

Faculty 

Patricia Reggio, Professor and Head of Department 
Professors Bozven, Kelter, Knight, Nile, Walsh 
Associate Professors Banks, Haddy, Johnston, Raner 
Assistant Professors Cecil, Chin, Dawson, Duffy, Mazlo, Reddick, 

Spells 
Lecturer Linebarrier 
Laboratory Assistants Burnes, Katsikas 

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry offers 
five undergraduate programs: the Bachelor of Science in 
Chemistry, the Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry, the 
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry with a Concentration in 
Biochemistry, the Bachelor of Science with a Concentration in 
Research, and the Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry. A licensure 
program to prepare students to teach high school chemistry 
is offered. The Master of Science (M.S.) is offered at the grad- 
uate level (see The Graduate School Bulletin). A Master's degree 
with a Chemistry Education concentration is also offered 
through the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. 
Students who follow the program leading to the Bachelor of 
Science in Chemistry degrees are certified to the American 
Chemical Society as having met its rigorous requirements for 
undergraduate professional training in chemistry. 

The Department's biochemistry programs (B.S. in 
Biochemistry and B.S. in Chemistry with Concentration in 
Biochemistry) provide students with excellent preparation 
for graduate work in biochemistry and related life sciences, 
as well as for employment in chemical and biotechnological 
industries. These programs are also attractive to students 
planning careers in the health professions. 

One of the features of our undergraduate program which 
we particularly emphasize is the opportunity for students to 
engage in undergraduate research. Many of our majors do so, 
principally in their junior and senior years, and this provides 
excellent training for those who intend to continue their stud- 
ies at the graduate level. 

Chemistry Major (CHEM) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course levei 

AOSCode: U121 

The Chemistry Major (B.A.), while less specialized than 
the B.S. program, provides sound training in chemistry. It 
offers fine preparation for those planning to enter medicine 
or dentistry, secondary school teaching, or various vocations 
within the chemical industry. In fact, by electing some addi- 
tional courses in chemistry beyond the minimum required, 
the student may prepare for graduate work under this pro- 
gram as well as under the B.S. While this program allows a 



126 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



more flexible arrangement of schedules, the student should 
work closely with a chemistry advisor to be certain that the 
proper sequence of chemistry and related area courses is 
taken with regard to the prerequisites. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for; 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: CHE 111 and 112, and PHY 211 or 291 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers; at least one 

course must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

any GLS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 



IV Major Requirements 

1. CHE 111*, 112*, 114, 115, 242, 331, 333, 351, 352, 354, 372, 
401 (audit), 402, 406 or 461 

2. Two courses from among: CHE 420 or (556 and 557, 
which counts as one course), 442, 481, 531, 536, 553 
Only major requirement and related area requirement 

courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better 
in prerequisite major requirement and related area require- 
ment courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

V Related Area Requirements 

1. MAT 191*, 292 

2. PHY 211*, 212 or PHY 291*, 292 

Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better in 
prerequisite major requirement and related area requirement 
courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

*MAT 191 satisfies GMT; CHE 111, 112 and PHY 211 or PHY 291 
satisfy GNS. 

VI Electives 

Electives should be sufficient to complete the 122 semester 
hours required for the degree. Additional advanced courses in 
mathematics are advised. CST 105 is recommended as a GRD 
requirement. Additional chemistry courses above the 100 level 
may be taken. 

Chemistry Major (CHEM) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Chemistry, U 123 
Chemistry Research, U168 
Biochemistry, U124 

The Chemistry Major (B.S.) differs from the BA. in 
requiring additional advanced courses in chemistry and /or 
related sciences. It provides very thorough undergraduate 
training in chemistry and an excellent background for stu- 
dents planning to undertake graduate work or to enter the 
chemical industry. Students who complete this program will 
be certified to the American Chemical Society upon gradua- 
tion as having fulfilled the Society's requirements for under- 
graduate professional training. The sequence in which the 
required courses are taken is important, and the student 
should work closely with a chemistry advisor in planning a 
schedule. 

The concentration in Chemistry Research offers stu- 
dents the option to specialize in research and be exposed to 
four years of research. The concentration is designed to pre- 
pare students for graduate training in chemistry, biochem- 
istry, medicine, and related professions or for employment in 
chemistry, biochemistry, or related industries. The exposure 
to research will build strong research, communication, and 
leadership skills. Such skills are in great demand. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



127 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



The concentration in Biochemistry offers students the 
option to specialize in biochemistry within the curriculum 
leading to the B.S. in Chemistry. This concentration is 
designed to prepare students for graduate training in bio- 
chemistry, medicine, and related professions, or for employ- 
ment in biochemistry or biotechnology related industries. 
The sequence in which the required courses are taken is 
important, and the student should work closely with a chem- 
istry advisor in planning a schedule. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 6 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: CHE 111 and 112, and PHY 291 

students in the Chemistry Research concentration may 

also choose PHY 211 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global /Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers; at least one 

course must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

any GLS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 



Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 
demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 
course work through course number 204 

Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 
a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 
Chemistry Concentration 

CHE 111*, 112*, 114, 115, 242, 331, 333, 351, 352, 354, 372, 
401 (audit), 402, 420 or (556 and 557 which counts as one 
course), 442, 461, 462, 463, 464, 481, 531, 533 
Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better 
in prerequisite major requirement and related area require- 
ment courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

Chemistry Research Concentration 

1. CHE 111*, 114, 191, 192, 242, 291, 292, 331, 333, 351, 352, 
354, 372, 391, 392, 401 (audit), 402, 406 or 461, 491, 492 

2. Two courses from among: CHE 420 or 556 and 557 
(which count as one course), 442, 481, 531, 553 

Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better 
in prerequisite major requirement and related area require- 
ment courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

Biochemistry Concentration 

CHE 111*, 112*, 114, 115, 242, 331, 333, 351, 352, 354, 372, 
401 (audit), 402, 461, 462, 463, 531, 533, 556, 557, 558 
Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the concentration. Students must earn a C- or 
better in prerequisite major requirement and related area 
requirement courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

V Related Area Requirements 
Chemistry Concentration 

1. MAT 191*, 292, 293 

2. PHY 291*, 292 

3. At least one course selected from: CHE 490, 491, 492, 
(minimum of 2 s.h. total for any combination of 491 and 
492 count as one course), 493, 536, 553, 555, 570 (minimum 
2 s.h. total for any combination of CHE 570 courses, 
counts as one course); BIO 355, 392, 477, 479, 506; CSC 230, 
322, 330, 339, 523, 524; MAT 310, 311, 345, 390, 394, 395; 
PHY 321, 323, 325, 327, 412, 413, 421, 426 

Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better in 
prerequisite major requirement and related area requirement 
courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

Chemistry Research Concentration 

1. MAT 191*, 292 

2. PHY 211*, 212 or PHY 291*, 292 

Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better in 
prerequisite major requirement and related area requirement 
courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 



128 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



*MAT 191 satisfies GMT; CHE 111, 111 and PHY 211 and 291 
satisfy GNS. 

Biochemistry Concentration 

1. Advanced biochemistry: 3^4 credits from CHE 491 or 492 

2. BIO 111*, 112, 392 

3. MAT 191*, 292 

4. PHY 291*, 292 

Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the concentration. Students must earn a C- or 
better in prerequisite major requirement and related area 
requirement courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

*MAT 191 satisfies GMT; CHE 111, 112 and PHY 291 satisfy 
GNS; BIO 111 satisfies CAR GLS. 

VI Electives 
Chemistry Concentration 

Electives should be sufficient to complete the 122 semes- 
ter hours required for the degree. Additional advanced math- 
ematics courses are advised. Additional chemistry courses 
above the 100 level may be taken. CST 105, which fulfills the 
GRD requirement, is also recommended. 

Chemistry Research Concentration 

Electives should be sufficient to complete the 122 semes- 
ter hours required for the degree. Additional advanced math- 
ematics courses are advised. CST 105, which fulfills the GRD 
requirement, is recommended. 

Biochemistry Concentration 

Electives should be sufficient to complete the 122 semes- 
ter hours required for the degree. One additional advanced 
biology course (e.g., BIO 355 or 481) is strongly recom- 
mended. CST 105, which fulfills the GRD requirement, is rec- 
ommended. 

Biochemistry Major (BCHE) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOSCode: U860 

The Biochemistry Major (B.S.) is designed to prepare stu- 
dents for graduate training in the biochemical sciences, medi- 
cine, and other health professions, or for employment in 
biotechnology, pharmaceutical, and chemical industries. 
Students who complete the Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry 
will meet all or most of the academic requirements for admis- 
sion to medical, dental, veterinary, or pharmacy schools. 

The curriculum involves a solid foundation of Chemistry 
and Biology courses, along with core and advanced elective 
courses in Biochemistry. Undergraduate research is encour- 
aged, and students may collaborate with participating faculty 
from a variety of departments (Chemistry, Biology, Nutrition, 
Physics, and Exercise and Sport Science). 

This program follows the biochemistry curriculum rec- 
ommendations of the American Society of Biochemists and 
Molecular Biologists. 



Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: CHE 111 and 112, and PHY 211 or 291 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers; at least one 

course must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

required: BIO 111 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

• CHE 111*, 112*, 114, 115, 242, 331, 333, 351, 352, 354, 372, 
401 (audit), 402, 406, 463, 556, 557, 558 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



129 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



Only major requirement and related area requirement 
courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better 
in prerequisite major requirement and related area require- 
ment courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

V Related Area Requirements 

1. MAT 191*, 292 

2. BIO 111 and 112, and either BIO 392, 393 (lab), or BIO 355, 
356 (lab) 

3. PHY 211*, 212 or 291*, 292 

4. Advanced Biochemistry Elective or Independent Study 
(3-1 s.h.)— CHE 570B or BIO 494, or one of the following 
independent study courses: CHE 491, 492; BIO 499; ESS 
475; NTR 427; PHY 495 

5. Advanced Biological Science Elective (3-4 s.h.) — one or 
more of the following: BIO 277, 424, 464, 477, 479, 481, 
494 strongly recommended (if not used as Advanced 
Biochemistry elective), 578, 583, 584, 595, 596; PHY 543 
Only major requirement and related area requirement 

courses in which grades of C- or better are earned will be 
counted toward the major. Students must earn a C- or better 
in prerequisite major requirement and related area require- 
ment courses before advancing to subsequent courses. 

*MAT 191 satisfies GMT, CHE 111,112 and PHY 211 or 291 satisfy 
GNS. 

VI Electives 

Electives should be sufficient to complete the 122 semes- 
ter hours required for the degree. Additional advanced 
courses in Chemistry and Biology are recommended. CST 105, 
which fulfills the GRD requirement, is recommended. 

Chemistry Minor 

Required: minimum of 19 semester hours 

AOSCode: U121 

A student may earn a minor in chemistry by completing 
a minimum of 19 semester hours in chemistry including CHE 
114, 115 and eight (8) hours at the 300 level, with no more than 
eight (8) hours from introductory-level courses (CHE 101, 103, 
104, 110, 111, 112, 114, 115.) 

Chemistry Major with Secondary Subject-Area 
Teacher Licensure (CHEM) 

B.A. in Chemistry with "A" Licensure, U125 
B.S. in Chemistry with "A" Licensure, U126 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 



Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: CHE 111 and 112, and GEO 103 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: HEA 201 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers; at least one 

course must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 4 

required: BIO 111 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Completion of major requirements for either the B.A. in 
Chemistry or B.S. in Chemistry 

Additional requirements for teacher licensure, beyond 
the Chemistry Major requirements, are listed under Teacher 
Education Programs. In addition, students must take 6-8 
credits in biology and /or earth science chosen from the fol- 
lowing: 

1. BIO HI*, 112 

2. GEO 103* and one or more of GEO 111, 205, 311, 314. 
CHE 252 is also recommended. 

*BIO 111 satisfies CAR GLS; CHE 111 & 112 and GEO 103 
satisfy GNS. 



130 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



V Related Area Requirements 

(See Teacher Education for full explanation.) 

1. General Education Requirements as identified within 
each major 

2. HEA 201 * Personal Health 

3. ELC 381 The Institution of Education 

4. CUI 545 Diverse Learners 

5. CUI 450 Psychological Foundations of Education 

6. CUI 465 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary School 

7. CUI 470 Reading Education 

8. CUI 559 Teaching Practices and Curriculum in Science 
*HEA 201 satisfies GSB. 

Accelerated Master's Programs 
for Chemistry Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.A. in 
Chemistry/M.BA. and B.S. in Chemistry /M.S. in Chemistry 
program requirements. 

Chemistry Courses (CHE) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses For Undergraduates 

101 Introductory Chemistry (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

• For elementary education, business, and liberal arts majors. 

• Students cannot receive credit for both 101 and either 111 or 103. 

• CHE 110 is recommended as corequisite. 

Survey of fundamentals of measurement, molecular structure, 
reactivity, and organic chemistry; applications to textiles, envi- 
ronmental, consumer, biological, and drug chemistry. (Fall & 
Spring & Summer) (Formerly CHE 106) 

103 General Descriptive Chemistry I (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Coreq. CHE 110 must be taken concurrently unless student takes 
CHE 104 or CHE 111 later 

• Not open to students who have already taken CHE 111. 
Introductory course for students whose programs require only 
one year of college chemistry. Among the topics introduced 
are states of matter, atomic and molecular structure, nuclear 
chemistry, stoichiometry, and solutions. (Fall) 

104 General Descriptive Chemistry II (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Pr. 103 or permission of instructor 

Coreq. CHE 110 must be taken concurrently unless taken with 
CHE 103. 
Applications of the principles introduced in 103 to representative 
inorganic, organic, and biological systems. Topics include equi- 
librium, acid-base chemistry, and introductory organic and bio- 
chemical concepts. (Spring) 



110 Introductory Chemistry Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Coreq. To be taken concurrently with either CHE 103 or 104. Also 
may accompany CHE 101. 
Designed to acquaint non-science majors with basic laboratory 
practices. (Fall & Spring) 

111 General Chemistry I (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Pr. one year of high school chemistry or 103; students lacking high 
school chemistry should take the sequence CHE 103, 111, 114 

Coreq. 112 
Fundamental principles of chemistry, including stoichiometry, 
atomic structure, and states of matter. (Fall & Spring) 

112 General Chemistry I Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 
Coerq. CHE 111 
Laboratory work to accompany 111. (Fall & Spring) 

114 General Chemistry II (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Pr. CHE 103, 104, and 110 with performance in each at the B level 

or higher, or 111, 112 
Coreq. CHE 115 

• Designed primarily for science majors and is the prerequisite to 
upper level courses in chemistry. 

Continuation of 111 with attention to ionic equilibria, elementary 
kinetics and thermodynamics, acid-base theory coordination 
chemistry, and electrochemistry. (Fall & Spring) 

115 General Chemistry II Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Pr. 112 or equivalent 

Coreq. 114 
Laboratory work to accompany 114. Includes semi-micro qualita- 
tive analysis and ionic equilibria experiments. (Fall & Spring) 

191 Introduction to Research (1:0:3) 

Pr. CHE 111 and 112 

Coreq. CHE 114 
Introduction to the basic concepts of research, involving multi- 
step experiments and discussion of research opportunities. (Fall 
& Spring & Summer) 

205 Introductory Organic Chemistry (3:3) 

Pr. 104, 110; or 114, 115 
Coreq. 206 

• Students cannot receive credit for both 205 and 351. 

A course in organic chemistry designed for students whose pro- 
grams require only one semester in this area. (Fall) 

206 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1:0:3) 

Coreq. 205 
Laboratory work to accompany 205. (Fall) 

242 Inorganic Chemistry (2:2) 

Pr. 114, 115 
Introduction to descriptive inorganic chemistry, including oxida- 
tion-reduction, electrochemistry, acid-base, and coordination 
chemistry. (Fall) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



131 



Chemistry & Biochemistry 



252 Chemistry and the Human Environment (3:3) 

Pr. CHE 101, 104, or 114 or permission of instructor 
Study of chemical problems central to current technological, bio- 
medical, and environmental issues. Topics include energy alter- 
natives, food chemicals, environmental chemistry, molecular 
basis of drug action, and consumer products. (Spring) 

291, 292 Sophomore Research (1-3:0:3-9), (1-3:0:3-9) 

Pr. CHE 114 and 115 

• Each course may be repeated for credit for up to three (3) credits. 
Sophomore-level research in chemistry and biochemistry. 
Participation in a research project directed by a faculty supervisor. 
(291— Fall & Summer I; 292— Spring & Summer II) 

331 Quantitative Analysis (3:3) 

Pr. 114, 115 

Coreq. All students must take 333 concurrently unless they have 
previous credit for an equivalent course. 
Introduction to the theory and practice of volumetric and gravi- 
metric methods of analysis. (Fall) 

333 Quantitative Analysis Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Coreq. 331 must be taken concurrently. 
Laboratory work to accompany 331. (Fall) 

351 Organic Chemistry I (4:4) 

Pr. 114, 115 
Chemistry of aliphatic and aromatic compounds with attention 
to reaction mechanisms and synthetic applications, and the 
application of spectroscopy to structure determination. (Fall) 

352 Organic Chemistry II (3:3) 

Pr. 351 

Coreq. All students must take 354 concurrently unless they have 
previous credit for an equivalent course. 
Continuation of 351 with attention to alcohols, ethers, aldehydes 
and ketones, carboxylic acids and derivatives, amines, lipids, 
carbohydrates, and organic spectroscopy. (Spring) 

354 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Coreq. 352 must be taken concurrently. 
Laboratory work to accompany 352. Includes basic techniques of 
organic laboratory practice plus preparations involving repre- 
sentative reactions. (Spring) 

372 Introduction to Laboratory Methods (2:2) 

Pr. 205 or 351 
An introduction to the practical skills of laboratory work, to 
include safe handling and disposal of chemicals, laboratory prac- 
tice and equipment, data handling, chemical literature, and 
searching for chemical information. (Spring) 

391, 392 Junior Research (1-3:0:3-9), (1-3:0:3-9) 

Pr. CHE 352 and 354 or CHE 331 and 333 and permission of 
instructor 

• Each course may be repeated for credit for up to three (3) credits. 
Junior-level research in chemistry and biochemistry. Participation 
in a research project directed by a faculty supervisor. (391 — Fall 
& Summer I; 392 — Spring & Summer II) 

401 Chemistry Seminar Introduction (0:0) 

Pr. 372, senior standing 

• Students audit 401 and receive credit for 402. 

Preparation for seminar. Introduction to the selection of seminar 
topics and seminar presentation techniques. Attendance at 
weekly seminars required. (Fall & Spring) 



402 Chemistry Seminar (1:1) 

Pr. 401 

• Students audit 401 and receive credit for 402. 

Oral reports and discussion of topics from the current chemistry 
by students, staff, and guest lecturers. Attendance at weekly 
seminars is required. (Fall & Spring) 

406 Introductory Physical Chemistry (4:4) 

Pr. two semesters of chemistry beyond general chemistry, MAT 
292, one year of physics 

• Students cannot receive credit for both 406 and 461 toward an 
undergraduate degree 

Study of the concepts basic to chemical kinetics, equilibrium, 
energetics, spectroscopy, solution phenomena, electrochemistry, 
and colloidal behavior with applications to biological systems. 
Theory of methods and instrumentation also examined. (Fall) 
(Formerly CHE 506) 

420 Chemical Principles of Biochemistry (3:3) 

Pr. 352; BIO 111-112 strongly recommended 
Introduction to major classes of biomolecules and to genetic and 
metabolic pathways in living systems; emphasis on chemical 
nature of biological processes and the driving forces that make 
them work. (Fall) 

442 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3:3) 

Pr. 242, 406 or 461 

Coreq. 406 or 461 may be taken concurrently. 
Modern concepts of chemical bonding and its application to 
inorganic reactions and periodic relationships. (Spring) 

461 Physical Chemistry I (4:4) 

Pr. MAT 292 and PHY 292 

• Students cannot receive credit for both 461 and 406 toward an 
undergraduate degree. 

Chemical thermodynamics and equilibrium processes covered, 
including phase equilibria, thermodynamics of solutions, kinetics, 
and electrochemistry. (Fall) 

462 Physical Chemistry II (3:3) 

Pr. 461 
Subject material deals with microscopic world including intro- 
ductions to quantum mechanics, molecular spectroscopy, and 
statistical mechanics. (Spring) 

463 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Pr. 331, 333 

Coreq. 406 or 461 
Laboratory work related to 461 with emphasis on mathematical 
treatment of experimental data and communication of results in 
report form. (Fall) 

464 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory (1:0:4) 
Pr. 461, 463 

Coreq. 462 
Additional laboratory work primarily in kinetics and the deter- 
mination of molecular structure. This is a writing emphasis 
course. (Spring) 

481 Synthetic Techniques (2:0:8) 

Pr. 242, 352, 354, 372 
Theoretical discussion and laboratory practice in modern meth- 
ods of synthesis in the areas of organic and inorganic chemistry. 
Emphasis given to regions of overlap such as organometallic 
chemistry. (Fall) 



131 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Chemistry & Biochemistry; Classical Studies 



490 Internship in Chemistry and Biochemistry (3:0:12) 

Pr. 333 or 354; junior status; overall GPA of 3.0 or better; and per- 
mission of instructor 
Practical experience in local industrial setting. Includes bi- 
weekly meeting with Departmental internship coordinator. 
Students must complete 12 hours a week at an internship site. 
(Fall & Spring & Summer) 

491, 492 Senior Research (1-3:0:3-9), (1-3:0:3-9) 

Pr. three (3) years of chemistry or biochemistry and permission of 
instructor 

• May be repeated for credit for a maximum of three (3) credits. 
Senior-level research in chemistry and biochemistry. 
Participation in a research project directed by a faculty supervi- 
sor. (491 — Fall & Summer I; 492 — Spring & Summer II) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

499 Senior Thesis (2:0:8) 

Pr. completion of six (6) semesters of undergraduate research 
Preparation of a thesis based on a student's undergraduate 
research. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

531 Instrumental Analysis (3:3) 

Pr. 331, 333, 205 or 352 (either may be taken concurrently), 
PHY 212 or 292 
Theory and practice of advanced analytical techniques with 
emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. (Spring) 

533 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Coreq. 531 must be taken concurrently. 
Laboratory work to accompany 531. (Spring) 

536 Computational Chemistry (3:2:3) 

Pr. CHE 352, MAT 291, PHY 212 or 292 or permission of instructor 
Survey of modern computational chemistry methods, including 
molecular mechanics, molecular dynamics simulations, confor- 
mational searching, and computational quantum mechanics. 
(Spring) 

553 Advanced Organic Chemistry I (3:3) 

Pr. 352 
Advanced topics in organic chemistry with special emphasis on 
reaction mechanisms and stereochemistry. (Fall) 

555 Organometallic Chemistry (2:2) 

Pr. 352, 442 
Theoretical and synthetic aspects of organometallic chemistry 
and applications to catalysis and synthetic organic chemistry. 

(Spring) 

556 Biochemistry I (3:3) 

Pr. 352, BIO 111-112 
Introductory biochemistry presented from a chemical perspective. 
Topics include amino acids, proteins and enzymes, carbohydrates, 
nucleic acids, lipids, membranes, and carbohydrate catabolism. 
(Fall) 

557 Biochemistry II (3:3) 

Pr. 352, 556, BIO 111-112, or permission of instructor 
Continuation of CHE 556. Enzyme catalytic mechanisms, addi- 
tional topics in intermediary metabolism, genetic biochemistry, 
and selected topics in molecular physiology. (Spring) 



558 Biochemistry Laboratory (1:0:4) 

Pr. 556 or equivalent, 354, 333, or permission of instructor 
Introduction to biochemical techniques, including isolation, purifi- 
cation and characterization of biological molecules. (Spring) 

570 Special Topics in Chemistry (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for a maximum of six (6) semester hours when 
topic varies. 

• Hours per week and credit to be arranged. 

Study in special areas of chemistry as listed below. Areas identi- 
fied as follows: 570A, Analytical; 570B, Biochemistry; 570C, 
Inorganic; 570D, Organic; 570E, Physical; 570F, Chemical 
Education. 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin for additional 
graduate-level courses. 



Chinese 

(see German, Russian, Japanese, 
and Chinese Studies) 



Department of 
Classical Studies 

including Classical Civilization, Greek, and Latin 

College of Arts & Sciences 

1104 Hall for Humanities and Research Administration 

336/334-5214 

www.uncg.edu/cla 

Faculty 

Susan C. Sheimerdine, Professor and Head of Department 

Professor Soles 

Associate Professors Parker, Wharton 

Assistant Professor Williams 

Lecturers Danford, Kohn 

Mission Statement 

The mission of the Department of Classical Studies is to serve the 
educational interests of undergraduate and master's level students, the 
local and statewide community, and the health of the national discipline, 
by preserving, transmitting and interpreting the achievements of the 
Classical World, and by adhering to the best practises of our discipline. 

The Department of Classical Studies provides a compre- 
hensive approach to the study of the ancient Greek and 
Roman world. The Department believes that students should 
have a solid foundation in the language, history, and culture 
of Greek and Roman civilization. To this end, the program is 
designed to ensure that all students gain proficiency in the 
Greek or Latin language, as well as a broad understanding of 
Classical literature in its cultural and historical context, the 
influence of Graeco-Roman civilization on the conceptions 
and values of Western civilization, and the methods of critical 
inquiry which are central to the discipline of Classical Studies. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



133 



Classical Studies 



The Department offers a wide variety of courses in 
English on mythology, archaeology literature and culture, as 
well as courses in ancient Greek and Latin at all levels. 
Courses with a CCI prefix require no knowledge of either lan- 
guage; GRK courses require reading of texts in Greek and 
LAT courses require reading of texts in Latin. 

Students also have an opportunity in the summer to visit 
Athens, Rome, and other parts of the Classical world, to par- 
ticipate in archaeological excavation, and to earn semester 
hours of credit through CCI 393, 394, 401, or 450; GRK 393, 
394; LAT 393, 394; or through Study Abroad Programs. 

Classical Studies Major (CLAS) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Classical Language and Literature, U357 

Classical Civilization, U354 

Classical Archaeology, U352 

Classical Studies Major with Secondary Subject- 
Area Teacher Licensure in Latin, U129 

The Department offers a B.A. in Classical Studies, with 
four distinct concentrations in Greek Language and Literature, 
Latin Language and Literature, Classical Civilization, and 
Classical Archaeology. All four concentrations offer a broad lib- 
eral arts experience which provides an excellent foundation for 
a variety of careers including law, business, government, jour- 
nalism, and teaching. 

The Greek Language and Literature and the Latin 
Language and Literature concentrations are designed to ensure 
a solid preparation in the chosen language and to acquaint stu- 
dents with those works which form the origin of European lit- 
erature, history, and philosophy. These concentrations prepare 
students for graduate work in the Classical languages and liter- 
ature and for secondary school language teaching. 

The Classical Civilization and Classical Archaeology con- 
centrations provide a solid and wide-ranging background for 
understanding the origin and development of our Western 
ideas, values, languages, institutions, attitudes, and art. The 
Classical Civilization concentration is an excellent major for 
pre-law students, who should choose courses on Roman 
Civilization (CCI 202), Roman Law and Society (CCI 350), and 
Latin to fulfill major requirements. It is also an excellent sec- 
ond major for those interested in any area of primary or sec- 
ondary school teaching. The Classical Archaeology concentra- 
tion is intended especially for students wishing to pursue 
graduate work in Classical Archaeology. Students interested 
in other areas of archaeology should also consider the Special 
Program in Liberal Studies in Archaeology (p. 96). 

Classical Studies Courses Meeting General Education 
Core Requirements (GEO and College of Arts and 
Sciences Additional Requirements (CAR) 

For students entering college in fall 2001 and thereafter: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 

CCI 306, 312 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP/GPM) 

CCI 201, 202, 211, 212, 240, 307 



134 



2006-07 UNCG 



Literature (GLT) 

CCI 227, 228, 305, 324, 325, 326 
Philosophical /Religious /Ethical Perspectives (GPR) 

CCI 205, 321, 340, 350 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 

CCI 102 
College Foreign Language Requirements (GFL) 

GRK 203, 204 

LAT 203, 204 

In addition, most CCI, GRK and LAT courses carry GL 
marker credit. CCI 312 carries GN marker credit. 

Classical Studies Courses Meeting All-University Liberal 
Education Requirements (AULER) and College of Arts and 
Sciences Liberal Education Requirements (CLER) 

For students who entered college prior to fall 2001: 
Analytic and Evaluative Studies (AE, CAE) 

CCI 350 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (HP, CPM) 

CCI 201, 202, 211, 212, 220, 230, 323 
World Literature (WL, CWL) 

CCI 205, 223, 227, 228, 305, 306, 321, 324, 325, 326 
College Foreign Language Requirements (CFL) 

GRK 203, 204 

LAT 203, 204 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

required for Classical Studies Teacher Licensure: CCI 205 

For all other concentrations, student may select. 
One additional GLT course 3 

required for all concentrations (student may select) 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

required for Classical Language and Literature: 
CCI 201 or 202 

required for Classical Archaeology: CCI 211 or 212 

required for Classical Civilization: CCI 201 or 202 

required for Classical Studies Teacher Licensure: CCI 202 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required for Classical Studies Teacher Licensure: HEA 201 

For all other concentrations, student may select. 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Undergraduate Bulletin 



Classical Studies 



Department specifies courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

Required: 6 s.h. in the same foreign language: GRK 203 
and 204, or LAT 203 and 204; one CCI course carrying the 
GL or GN marker; and one additional GL/GN course 
selected by student. At least one course must carry the 
GN marker. 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

one GMO course 

Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 

Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

required: intermediate-level proficiency in one 
language, demonstrated by placement test or by 
completing course work through course number 204: 
required for Classical Language and Literature: GRK or 
LAT 204 

required for Classical Archaeology: GRK or LAT 204 
required for Classical Civilization: GRK or LAT 204 
required for Classical Studies Teacher Licensure: LAT 204 

Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 
a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Minimum 30 semester hours distributed as follows in 
one of the three (3) possible concentrations. Students must 
have at least a 2.0 GPA for courses in the major, and nine (9) 
hours at the 300 level or above, with three (3) hours in an 
advanced seminar (400 level or above). 

Classical Language and Literature 

1. 6 s.h. in core courses: CCI 201, 202 

2. 12 s.h. in one language 

Greek — must include at least one course at or above the 
300 level 

Latin — must include at least three (3) courses at or above 
the 300 level 

3. 3 s.h. in material culture chosen from CCI 211, 212, 312, 
313, 314, 360, 365, 475, 512 

4. 6 s.h. in literature in translation chosen from CCI 205, 
227, 228, 305, 306, 307, 321, 324, 325, 326, 405, 502 

5. 3 s.h. in a related field chosen from CCI 206, 240, 323, 336, 
340, 350, 351, 353, 354, 355, 490, or one of the above cate- 
gories 



Classical Civilization 

1. 6 s.h. in core courses: CCI 201, 202 

2. 3 s.h. in either Greek or Latin at or above the 204 level 

3. 3 s.h. in material culture chosen from CCI 211, 212, 312, 
313, 314, 360, 365, 475, 512 

4. 9 s.h. in literature in translation chosen from CCI 205, 

227, 228, 305, 306, 307, 321, 324, 325, 326, 405, 502 

5. 9 s.h. in a related field chosen from CCI 206, 230, 240, 323, 
336, 340, 350, 351, 353, 354, 355, 490, or one of the above 
categories 

Classical Archaeology 

1. 6 s.h. in core courses: CCI 211, 212 

2. 3 s.h. in either Greek or Latin at or above the 204 level 

3. 9 s.h. in material culture chosen from CCI 312, 313, 314, 
360, 365, 475, 512 

4. 3 s.h. in literature in translation chosen from CCI 205, 227, 

228, 305, 306, 307, 321, 324, 325, 326, 405, 502 

5. 9 s.h. in a related field chosen from CCI 206, 230, 240, 323, 
336, 340, 350, 351, 353, 354, 355, 490, or one of the above 
categories 

V Related Area Requirements 

No specific courses required. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Honors in Classical Studies 
Requirements 

• 9 s.h. of Honors work in CCI, GRK, and/or LAT courses 
above the 100 level (including Honors contract courses) 
with grades of at least a B (3.0) 

• 3 s.h. of HSS 490: Senior Honors Project with a grade of 
at least a B (3.0) 

Qualifications 

• A grade of at least 3.0 in all work used to satisfy the 
Honors requirement in Classical Studies 

• A declared Classical Studies primary major 

• A UNCG GPA of 3.30 or higher at graduation 

Recognition 

The designation "Completed Disciplinary Honors in 
Classical Studies" and the title of the Senior Honors Project 
will be printed on the student's official transcript. 

Honors Advisor 

See the department head for further information and 
guidance about Honors in Classical Studies. 

Classical Studies Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 

AOS Code: U350 

The Classical Studies Minor complements majors in a 
variety of fields including anthropology, art, English, foreign 
languages, history, philosophy, and religious studies. 
Requirements are flexible enough to permit students to 
develop and extend their major plan of study. 

The minor consists of 15 semester hours in courses above 
the 100 level to be worked out with the department advisor 
as best suited to each student's academic program. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



135 



Classical Studies 



Classical Studies Major with Secondary 
Subject-Area Teacher Licensure in Latin (CLAS) 
AOSCode: U129 

The Department of Classical Studies cooperates with the 
School of Education to prepare students for teaching Latin at 
the secondary level. The aim of the departmental program is 
three-fold: 

1. To promote proficiency in Latin by providing courses 
which focus on grammatical analysis and reading of 
Latin texts with understanding, and which cover a range 
of genres and authors; 

2. To make available a full variety of courses in literature, civ- 
ilization, and advanced language training to ensure stu- 
dents a broad base of cultural and linguistic experiences; 

3. To promote an understanding of and appreciation for the 
Classical foundations of the Western tradition. 

Requirements 

Minimum of 30 semester hours distributed as follows, 
with a minimum GPA of 3.0 in Latin (LAT) courses, and 9 
hours at the 300 level or above, with three (3) hours in an 
advanced seminar (400 level or above): 

1. 6 s.h. in core courses: CCI 201, 202* 

2. 12 s.h. in Latin language with at least 9 s.h. (three 
courses) at the 300 level or above 

3. 3 s.h. in LAT 531, Latin Grammar and Composition 

4. 3 s.h. in material culture chosen from CCI 212, 312, 314, 
360, 365, 475, 512 

5. CCI 205*, and 3 additional s.h. in literature in translation 
chosen from: 

CCI 227, 228, 305, 306, 307, 324, 325, 326, 405, 502 

6. 3 s.h. in a related field chosen from: 

CCI 206, 230, 240, 323, 336, 340, 350, 351, 353, 354, 355, 490, 

or one of the above categories 
*CCl 201 and 202 satisfy GHP/GPM; CCI 205 satisfies GPR. 

In addition, students must meet additional requirements 
in General and Professional Education (see Teacher 
Education). For further information concerning these require- 
ments students should consult with their advisor from the 
Department of Classical Studies. 

Classical Studies as a Second Academic 
Concentration for Elementary Education Majors 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 
AOSCode: U130 

This concentration is designed for students in the 
Elementary Education program. Much of the subject matter in 
the concentration (mythology, language and reading study, 
word origins, history, and culture) is easily adaptable for use 
with elementary grades students, and the flexibility of the con- 
centration is designed to accommodate the schedules of 
Elementary Education majors. 

Latin Focus 

1. LAT 101, 102 Elementary Latin, 6 s.h., or 
LAT 140* Elementary Latin Review, 3 s.h. 

*by placement exam or permission of the instructor 

2. CCI 202 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The 
Romans, 3 s.h. 



3. CCI 205 Mythology, 3 s.h. 

4. 6-9 s.h. in civilization courses selected from: 

CCI 206, 212, 220, 227, 228, 230, 305, 306, 307, 314, 324, 
326, 340, 350, 354, 355, 405 

Greek Focus 

1. GRK 201, 202 Elementary Greek, 6 s.h. 

2. CCI 201 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The 
Greeks, 3 s.h. 

3. CCI 205 Mythology, 3 s.h. 

4. 6 s.h. in civilization courses selected from: 

CCI 206, 211, 220, 227, 228, 230, 305, 306, 307, 314, 323, 
326, 340, 351, 353, 405 

Classical Civilization Courses (CCI) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses in English Translation; 
no knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

102 The Classical Art of Persuasion (3:3) 

GE Core: GRD GE Marker: GL 

Introduction to Greek and Roman rhetoric. Study of selected 
speeches in their ancient contexts (law courts, funerals, politics) 
and early views on the art and power of persuasion. 

Ill Introduction to Linguistics (3:3) 

Introductory study of the science of language: principles of 
, sound, meaning, structure, use, and the interactions of language 
and society. (Fall) (Same as ENG 111 and LIN 111) 

201 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Greeks (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GL CAR: GPM 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
Introduction to Greek civilization from its beginnings to the 
Hellenistic age. Lectures and discussion will focus on the develop- 
ment of Greek literature, thought, and art in the context of society. 

202 Introduction to Classical Civilization: The Romans (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GL CAR: GPM 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
Introduction to Roman civilization from its beginnings to the 
Roman Empire. Lectures and discussion will focus on the develop- 
ment of Roman literature, thought, and art in the context of society. 

205 Mythology (3:3) 

GECore: GPR GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Great myths of the world with emphasis on Greek and Roman 
mythology. Discussion of literary and artistic representations, 
religious, philosophical and ethical traditions, and different 
theories of myth. 

206 Classical Origins of the English Language (3:3) 
GE Marker: GL 

Analysis of Greek and Latin prefixes, stems, and suffixes used 
in English. Emphasis on the history of beliefs, institutions, and 
traditions reflected in the Greek and Latin elements. 

211 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Greece) (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GL CAR: GPM 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
Archaeological consideration of the Mycenaean, Archaic, 
Classical, and Hellenistic periods of Greek civilization. 



1M, 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Classical Studies 



212 Introduction to Classical Archaeology (Rome) (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GL CAR: GPM 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
Archaeological consideration of the Italian Peninsula with 
emphasis on the Etruscan sites and Rome. 

220 The Ancient World (3:3) 

GECore: GHP CAR: GPM 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
Early civilizations: Near Eastern, Egyptian, Greek, and Roman to 
Reign of Constantine. (Same as HIS 220) 

227 Comparative Studies in World Epics (3:3) 

GECore: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Major world epics in translation including the following works 
in whole or in part: Gilgamesh, Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, Chanson 
de Roland, Divine Comedy, Jerusalem Delivered, Beowulf, 
Joyce's Ulysses. 

228 Comparative Studies in World Drama (3:3) 

GECore: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Greek, Latin, and modern plays in translation: representative 
plays from Aeschylus through Euripides, Seneca, Terence, 
Racine, O'Neill, Cocteau, Anouilh, et al. 

230 Women in Antiquity (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
Public and private lives of Greek and Roman women of the 
Classical Period, focusing on women's political, religious, and 
domestic roles, their general social status, health and welfare. 

240 Ancient Warfare (3:3) 

GECore: GHP CAR: GPM 

Survey of ancient warfare covering major battles, generals, strat- 
egy, tactics, weapons, and technology from the ancient Near East 
through the Roman Empire. (Alt Fall) 

305 Classical Tragedy (3:3) 

GE Core: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Study of Greek tragedians of Athens in the fifth century and their 
subsequent influence on later literature. Readings from Aeschylus, 
Sophocles, Euripides, and Seneca. 

306 Classical Comedy (3:3) 

GECore: GFA GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Study of Greek comedy in the fifth and fourth centuries and its sub- 
sequent influence on later literature. Readings from Aristophanes, 
Menander, Terence, and Plautus. 

307 Roman Myth and Legend (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GL 

Examination of the myths and legends of ancient Rome and their 
connection to the history of Roman political and religious life. 
(OCC) 

312 The Art and Archaeology of Egypt (3:3) 

GECore: GFA GE Marker: GN 

Introduction to the archaeology of Egypt, emphasizing the rela- 
tions between Egypt and the Aegean in the Bronze Age. 

313 Archaeology of the Aegean (3:3) 

Introduction to the Minoans and Mycenaeans. The archaeology 
of the Aegean Islands, Crete, the coast of Asia Minor, including 
Troy, and the mainland of Greece in the Bronze Age. 



314 Ancient Cities (3:3) 

Introduction to the great cities of the past, emphasizing the phys- 
ical design of those cities, especially as it reflects changing polit- 
ical and social structures. 

321 The Archaic Age (3:3) 

GECore: GPR GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Study of the Greek Archaic period, from the end of the Homeric 
Age to the dawn of the Classical era. Focus on literature, art, and 
religion within their social context. 

323 The World of Alexander the Great (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: HP/CPM 
An introduction to the Hellenistic period of Greek civilization, 
emphasizing its art and architecture, its religion and literature in 
their historical context. 

324 The Age of Cicero (3:3) 

GE Core: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Introduction to Roman literature and society in the first century 
B.C. Focus on the development of the genres of Latin literature 
and the relationship between politics and literature. 

325 The Age of Augustus (3:3) 

GE Core: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Introduction to Roman literature and society during the reign 
of Augustus. Focus on the development of Latin epic poetry, 
historical writing, and elegy, and the relationship between 
authors and Emperor. 

326 The Age of Nero (3:3) 

GE Core: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Introduction to Roman literature and society during the reign of 
Nero and his immediate successors. Focus on the development of 
Latin drama, satire, and historical writing. 

336 Language Change (3:3) 

Pr. LIN 111, ENG 111, or ATY 387, or permission of instructor 
What makes languages change and how does language change 
affect individuals and societies? Survey of the empirical study of 
language change, with insights drawn from linguistics, sociolin- 
guistics, and anthropology. (Same as LIN 336) 

340 Ancient Cosmology (3:3) 

GECore: GPR GE Marker: GL 

Survey of ancient theories of the origins and configuration of the 
universe. Focus on Greek and Roman philosophical accounts, 
with some attention to Old Testament and Babylonian creation 
narratives. 

350 Roman Law and Society (3:3) 

GECore: GPR GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: AE/CAE 
Exploration of major concepts and principles of Roman law and 
the society in which they developed, primarily through the study 
of cases from the writings by Roman jurists. 

351 History of Greece, 2000 B.C.- 31 B.C. (3:3) 

Mycenaean society, Greek "dark ages," colonization and tyranny, 
Athens and Sparta, flowering in the fifth and fourth centuries, 
conquests of Alexander, Hellenistic empires, and the diffusion of 
Greek civilization. (Same as HIS 351) 

353 Athens in the Fifth Century B.C. (3:3) 

Pr. 220 or 351 or permission of instructor 
Study of the social and political history of Athens in the fifth 
century B.C. (Same as HIS 353) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



137 



Classical Studies 



354 The Roman Republic, 754 b.c-44 b.c. (3:3) 

Study of the social and political forces that led to Rome's conquest 
of the Mediterranean World and of the transformation which 
world conquest wrought on Rome itself. Topics covered include: 
the Roman Constitution and politics, the Roman conquest of Italy 
and then of the whole Mediterranean, and the decline of the 
Republic. (Same as HIS 354) 

355 The Roman Empire, 44 b.c.-a.d. 337 (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
Survey of politics and society at Rome under the Empire, when 
Rome dominated Western Civilization. Topics covered include: 
Augustus and the rise of one-man rule at Rome, the long "Roman 
Peace" and the civilizing of Europe under the Emperors, the rise 
of Christianity, and the transformed Empire of Constantine the 
Great. (Same as HIS 355) 

360 Archaeology of the Roman Provinces: Britain and 
Gaul (3:3) 

Pr. CCI 212 or permission of instructor 
Archaeological study of provinces of Gaul and Britain. Following 
in the footsteps of Julius Caesar to look at how incorporation into 
the empire changed the lives of the Celtic "barbarians." (Occ) 

365 Archaeology of the Roman Provinces: Asia Minor and 
Syria (3:3) 

Pr. CCI 212 or permission of instructor 
Archaeological study of Asia Minor and Syria, a region at the 
crossroads between East and West. Focus on the impact of the 
Roman Empire on Eastern culture and society. (Occ) 

389 Experimental Course: Women in Classical Drama (3:3) 

Examination of several Greek and Roman plays (tragedies and 
comedies) and performance techniques to understand women's 
presentation on the public stage as models and countermodels of 
conventional social mores. (Offered spring '05) 

393, 394 Classical Studies Abroad (3:3), (3:3) 

Pr. permission of department 
Extensive reading in Greek and Latin literature in translation, 
ancient history and archaeology, selected in accordance with stu- 
dent needs. For students participating in foreign study programs. 

401 Archaeological Practicum (1-3) 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Participation in the department's archaeological work in Greece 
and opportunity to learn the field methods of classical archaeology 
firsthand. 

405 Advanced Studies in Mythology (3:3) 

Pr. CCI 205 or permission of the instructor 
Study of selected myths from Greece, Rome, and comparative 
cultures. Focus on original literature, supplemented by ancient 
and modern critical works. Topics will vary; see description for 
each term. 

450 Internship in Classical Studies (1-6) 

Pr. permission of department head 

• May be repeated once, for a maximum of 12 semester hours 
credit, with the provision that no more than six (6) hours may be 
taken in the same country. 

Supervised field experience in museums or institutes devoted to the 
study of Ancient Greece or Rome and/or visitation of classical sites. 

475 Archaeology of Death in the Classical World (3:3) 

Pr. CCI 211 or 212 or ATY 258 or 360 
Survey of archaeological evidence for funerary customs and 
beliefs in the Bronze Age Aegean, Classical Greece, and Rome, 
with a study of comparative evidence from other ancient and 
modern cultures. (Alt) 



490 Seminar in Classical Studies (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic changes 

Seminar on the history and methodologies of scholarship in 
Classical Studies. Topics will vary. (Alt) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

501 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit for up to six (6) semester hours. 
Directed program of reading, research, and individual instruction 
in Classical Studies. 

502 History of Latin Literature (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
A survey of Latin literature in English translation from the third 
century B.C. to the beginnings of the Middle Ages. 

512 The Archaeology of Roman Daily Life (3:3) 

Study of Roman daily life and the evidence from archaeology 

and ancient literature for daily life. 

541 Ancient World: Selected Topics (3:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 

Varying topics in ancient Near Eastern, Greek, and Roman history, 
including politics and public rituals, patterns of social organization, 
ancient slavery, and cross-cultural interactions. (Same as HIS 541) 

550 Selected Topics in Classical Studies (3:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 

Varying topics in Greek and/or Roman literature, archaeology, or 
culture, chosen according to the needs of the students. All readings 
in English translation. (Fall or Spring or Summer) 

Greek Courses (GRK) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER. intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses require the reading of texts in Greek. 
Courses for Undergraduates 

150 Applied Modern Greek (1:1) 

Pr. open to all students with instructor's permission 

• May be repeated for credit up to four (4) semester hours. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

• Will NOT satisfy foreign language requirement. 
Training in spoken demotic Greek. 

201 Elementary Ancient Greek I (3:3) 
GE Marker: GL 

Introduction to ancient Greek. Emphasis on understanding prin- 
ciples of grammar and developing skills for reading ancient 
Greek. (Fall) 

202 Elementary Ancient Greek II (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 201 
Continuation of GRK 201. Emphasis on advanced grammar and 
reading of selections from ancient Greek authors (e.g., Euripides, 
Xenophon, Plato, New Testament). (Spring) 



138 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Classical Studies 



203 Intermediate Ancient Greek I (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

Pr. 202 
Designed to develop proficiency in the reading of ancient Greek 
prose and to introduce students to Greek prose authors. Plato 
and Lysias/Herodotus (or another historian) taught in alternate 
years. (Fall) 

204 Intermediate Ancient Greek II (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

Pr. 203 
Continuation of GRK 203. Designed to develop proficiency in 
reading ancient Greek poetry and to introduce students to Greek 
poets. Greek tragedy /Homer taught in alternate years. (Spring) 

303, 304 Greek Drama (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: ' GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selected works of Sophocles, Aeschylus, Euripides, and Aristophanes. 

311 The Greek Orators (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the works of Greek orators; emphasis on 
Antiphon, Lysias, Isocrates, and Demosthenes. 

312, 313 Greek Historical Writers (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the works of the Greek historians; emphasis on 
Herodotus and Thucydides. 

331 The New Testament (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of the instructor 
Selections from the New Testament. 

341 Homer (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from Iliad and Odyssey. 

350, 351 Special Topics in Greek Studies (3:3), (3:3) 

Pr. 203, 204. Student should consult instructor before registerhtg 
for course. 
Opportunity for students to work individually or in small groups 
on problems of special interest in Greek literature or language. 
Work may represent either survey of a given field or intensive 
investigation of particular problem. 

393, 394 The Study of Greek Abroad (3:3), (3:3) 

Pr. 204 and permission of department 
Extensive reading in Greek literature selected in accordance 
with student needs. For students participating in foreign study 
programs. 

401 The Greek Epic (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the works of Homer, Hesiod, and Apollonius of 
Rhodes. 

403 Greek Lyric Poetry (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Survey of Greek lyric poetry with emphasis on Sappho and 
Alcaeus; the pastoral poetry of Theocritus, Bion, and Moschus. 

405 Hellenistic Poetry (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from Hellenistic poetry; emphasis on Callimachus and 
Theocritus. 



421 The Greek Philosophers (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the Presocratics, Plato, Aristotle, and representa- 
tives of the Hellenistic schools. 

450 Seminar in Greek Studies (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Extensive reading in literature of the Classics selected in accor- 
dance with student needs. Periodic conferences, written reports, 
and quizzes throughout the semester. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

501 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for up to six (6) semester hours. 

Directed program of reading, research, and individual instruction 
in Greek language and literature. 

550 Topics in Greek Studies (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 

Studies in selected topics in Greek literature or language, e.g., the 
development of a genre, the nature of a period in literary history, 
or the treatment of a particular theme. 

Latin Courses (LAT) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER. intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses require the reading of texts in Latin. 

Students who have a background in high school Latin must 
take the Latin placement exam before registering for any Latin 
courses. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

101 Elementary Latin I (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
Introduction to Latin. Emphasis on understanding principles of 
grammar and developing skills for reading Latin. (Fall) 

102 Elementary Latin II (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 101 or appropriate score on the Latin placement exam 
Continuation of LAT 101. Emphasis on advanced grammar and 
selected readings. (Spring) 

140 Elementary Latin Review (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Accelerated elementary curriculum for students with previous 
Latin experience or a demonstrable aptitude for second-language 
acquisition. (Fall) 

198 Latin Sight Reading (1:1) 

Pr. LAT 203 

• May be repeated once for credit 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Sight reading of Latin texts from all periods of Latin literature. 
Does not count toward the language requirements of the College 
of Arts and Sciences or the Classical Studies major. (Alt) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



139 



Classical Studies 



199 Conversational and Modern Latin (1:1) 

Pr. LAT 102 or 140 or permission of instructor 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 
Practice in Latin conversation, supplemented by readings and 
informal exercises. Does not count toward the language require- 
ments of the College of Arts and Sciences or the Classical Studies 
major. (Occ) 

203 Intermediate Latin I (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

Pr. a grade ofC- or better in LAT 102 or 140, or appropriate score 
on the Latin placement exam, or permission of instructor 
Designed to develop proficiency in reading of Latin and introduce 
students to Latin prose and poetry. 

204 Intermediate Latin II (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

Pr. LAT 203, or appropriate score on the Latin placement exam, or 
permission of instructor 
Study of Latin prose and poetry with continued emphasis on 
developing proficiency in reading Latin. 

301 Roman Lyric Poetry (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the poetry of Catullus and Horace. 

302 Roman Letters and Men of Letters (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the letters of Cicero, Pliny and Seneca. 

303 Roman Drama (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from Plautus, Terence, and Seneca. 

311 The Roman Orators (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from the speeches and rhetorical works of Cicero and 
of other Roman orators. 

312 Roman Historians (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from Julius Caesar, Sallust, Livy, and Tacitus. 

321 Roman Satire (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selected satires of Horace and Juvenal. 

350, 351 Special Topics in Latin Literature (3:3), (3:3) 

Pr. 204. Student should consult instructor before registering for 
course. 
Opportunity for students to work individually or in small groups 
on problems of special interest in Latin literature or language. 
Work may represent either survey of a given field or intensive 
investigation of particular problem. 

393, 394 The Study of Latin Abroad (3:3), (3:3) 

Pr. 204 and permission of department 
Extensive reading in Latin literature selected in accordance 
with student needs. For students participating in foreign study 
programs. 



400 Intensive Reading of Latin (3:3) 

Pr. permission of the instructor 
Systematic review of Latin grammar and intensive reading of 
selected authors intended to prepare students for further work in 
Latin. 

401 Vergil (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Vergil's Aeneid VII-XII; reading from the Eclogues and Georgics. 

402 Ovid (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selected readings from Ovid's Metamorphoses, Amores, and Fash. 

405 Poetry in the Age of Augustus (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Survey of Latin literature from 40 B.C. to a.d. 14; selections from 
Vergil, Horace, the elegiac poets, and Ovid. 

421 Roman Philosophical Writings (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Selections from essays of Cicero, De Rerum Natura of Lucretius, 
and essays of Seneca. 

450 Seminar in Latin Studies (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Extensive readings in literature of the Classics selected in accor- 
dance with student needs. Periodic conferences, written reports, 
and quizzes throughout the semester. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

501 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for up to six (6) semester hours. 

Directed program of readings, research, and individual instruction 
in Latin language. 

531 Latin Grammar and Composition (3:3) 

Pr. 204, or permission of instructor 
Intensive study of Latin grammar, syntax, and prose style; includes 
reading of Latin texts and translation into Latin from English. 
Required for initial licensure in Latin. (Formerly LAT 431) 

550 Topics in Latin Studies (3:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 

Studies in selected topics in Latin literature or languages, e.g., the 
development of a genre, the nature of a period in literary history, 
or the treatment of a particular theme. 

552 Teaching Secondary-Level Latin: Current Trends (3:3) 
Pr. admission to the "A" licensure or M.Ed, in Latin program, or 
permission of instructor 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 

Recent trends and issues in teaching Latin at the secondary level. 
Topics include: review of textbooks, use of technology, research 
on second language acquisition, reaching diverse learners, and 
other current issues. 

571 Medieval and Renaissance Latin (3:3) 

Pr. permission of the instructor 
Selections from Medieval and Renaissance prose and poetry. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



140 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Communication Sciences & Disorders 



Department of Communication 
Sciences & Disorders 

School of Health & Human Performance 

300 Ferguson Building 

336/334-5184 

www.uncg.edu/csd 

Faculty 

Celici R. Hooper, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Kamhi, Mayo 

Associate Professors Cimorelli, Hinton, Nivokah, Phillips, Tucker 

Academic Professional Professor McCready 

Academic Professional Assistant Professors Flynn, Mankojf, 

Murray, Raleigh 
Adjunct Associate Professor Butler 
Adjunct Assistant Professors Barrie-Blackley, Campbell, 

Delagrange, Fox-Thomas, Ramsey 

Mission Statement 

The Mission of the Department of Communication Sciences and 
Disorders is to prepare students with a background in speech, language, 
and hearing sciences, and in speech, language, and hearing disorders in 
anticipation of their continued studies at the graduate level. 

Speech Pathology and Audiology Major (SPAU) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 

hours at or above the 300 course level 
AOSCode: U143 

The Speech Pathology and Audiology Major, offered by 
the Department of Communication Sciences and Disorders, 
provides a preprofessional program for those preparing for 
graduate study in speech-language pathology or audiology. 
The major is designed to satisfy some requirements for the 
N.C. license in Speech-Language Pathology or Audiology 
although no license is awarded until completion of the mas- 
ter's degree in speech language pathology and the Au.D. or 
Ph.D. in audiology. Instruction is designed to meet American 
Speech-Language-Hearing Association standards. Transfer 
students may require an additional semester to complete the 
undergraduate degree program. 

Student Learning Goals 

Students majoring in Speech Pathology and Audiology 
will be able to: 

Identify the foundations of normal communication 
(speech, language, hearing). 

Explain the theories and processes involved in the iden- 
tification and evaluation of communication disorders. 
Identify disorders of receptive and expressive written 
and oral language (phonology, morphology, syntax, 
semantics, and pragmatics). 

Identify disorders of speech production (articulation, 
voice, and fluency). 

Describe the cognitive and social aspects of communica- 
tion. 



• Relate issues of cultural diversity to communication and 
its disorders. 

• Explain relationships of hearing and hearing disorders to 
speech and language development and disorders. 

• Analyze and measure hearing function. 

• Describe habilitation and rehabilitation of individuals 
with hearing impairment. 

Admission Requirements 

a. Students must be formally admitted to the Speech 
Pathology and Audiology Major. Only students with a 
written acceptance will be permitted to enroll in required 
courses at the 300 level or above. 

b. Applicants for admission to the Speech Pathology and 
Audiology major may apply only after completion 
and /or transfer of 55 semester hours and must apply 
before enrollment in any required courses at or above the 
300 level in the major. Applicants must have an overall 
grade point average of at least 3.0 to be admitted to the 
major. 

c. The grade point average (see b. above) is a minimum 
requirement and simple compliance does not automati- 
cally imply admission. In all cases, admission is compet- 
itive and limited by space available in the program. 

d. Students seeking admission to the Speech Pathology and 
Audiology Major should proceed as follows: 

(1) Secure an official transcript(s) of undergraduate 
course work completed at colleges and universities 
other than UNCG, and an unofficial transcript from 
UNCG; 

(2) Secure an application from the Communication Science 
and Disorders Program Office, 300 Ferguson Building, 
or online at www.uncg.edu/csd/ugapp.htm; 

(3) Deliver both the transcripts and the completed 
application to the Program Office, 300 Ferguson 
Building, by May 31. 

(4) In some cases the Program may require additional 
information or an interview, so the application 
process should be initiated immediately after com- 
pletion of 55 hours. 

Criteria for Continuing in the Speech Pathology and 
Audiology Major 

a. Maintenance of a minimum overall grade point average 
of 3.0 

b. Minimum grade point average of 3.0 in major courses, 
with no grades in these courses below C- 

c. Demonstration of high quality oral and written commu- 
nication 

d. Compliance with all University regulations including the 
Academic Integrity Policy 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



141 



Communication Sciences & Disorders 



Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Required: PSY 121 and one other GSB course 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Department specifies courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

6 s.h. of a foreign language through the 102 level, and 
two additional GL/GN courses, one of which must carry 
the GN marker 

Students may select courses for; 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Requirements 

Minimum 27 semester hours above the 100 level. 

a. All majors are required to take: 

• CSD 295, 306, 307, 308, 309, 334, 336, 337, 476, 495, 
556 or 557, and 588; MAT 115 or higher; PSY 121*; 
SES 135. CSD 464 recommended. 

• one additional GSB course (in addition to the 6 s.h. 
required by GEC) from the list on p. 53 

• one additional GNS course from the list on p. 52 (in 
addition to the 6-7 s.h. required by GEC) 

• 6 s.h. of a foreign language through the 102 level* 
*PSY 121 satisfies one GSB; six (6) semester hours of a foreign lan- 
guage satisfy two GL requirements. 

b. Students preparing for graduate study in speech-language 
pathology are required to take: CSD 338, 339, and 550 

c. Students preparing for graduate study in audiology are 
required to take: STA 108 and ISM 110 

Communication Sciences and Disorders 
Courses (CSD) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

150 Communication Disabilities in Film (3:2:3) 

Popular films and their portrayal of individuals with various 
speech, language, or hearing problems; how that information 
promotes images that are positive and negative; and how those 
images influence public opinion. (Fall) 



219 Communication Disorders Laboratory (1:0:2) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Supervised therapy for students with speech, voice, language, or 
hearing problems. 

250 Concepts in Communication Sciences (3:3) 

• For freshmen and sophomores. 

Concepts essential in understanding human communication; 
factors affecting life-long development and competency of 
speech, language and hearing. 

295 Fundamentals of Speech and Language Analysis (3:3) 

Structural foundation and analytic tools for studying language 
disorders. (Fall) 

306 Introduction to Phonetics (3:3) 

Pr. majors only, or by permission of instructor 

Coreq. must be taken concurrently with 307, 308, and 309. 

• Not open to freshmen or sophomores. 

Recording of speech using the International Phonetic Alphabet in 
broad transcription. General American dialects and variations. 

307 Speech and Hearing Science (3:3) 
Pr. majors only, or by permission of instructor 

Coreq. must be taken concurrently with 306, 308, and 309. 

• Not open to freshmen or sophomores. 

Acoustic principles of speech and hearing; analysis of the 
acoustic characteristics of speech and physiological correlates; 
speech perception. 

308 Language and Speech Development (3:3) 
Pr. majors only, or by permission of instructor 

Coreq. must be taken concurrently with 306, 307, and 309. 

• Students cannot receive credit for both this course and SES 240. 

• Not open to freshmen or sophomores. 

Theory and evidence of the chronological development of 
phonology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics in the child. 

309 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and Hearing 
Mechanism (3:3) 

Pr. majors only, or by permission of instructor 

Coreq. must be taken concurrently with 306, 307, and 308. 

• Not open to freshmen or sophomores. 

Anatomical and physiological bases of human communication. 

334 Introduction to Audiology (3:3) 

Pr./Coreq. CSD 308, and either SES 240 or CSD 307; 
or permission of instructor 

• Speech Pathology/Audiology and Education of Deaf Children 
majors only 

Basic anatomy and physiology of the auditory system, funda- 
mental hearing science, and methods and techniques of hearing 
measurement and interpretation for the assessment, diagnosis, 
evaluation, and rehabilitation of hearing disorders. 

336 Articulation and Phonological Disorders Across the 
Life Span (3:3) 

Pr. CSD 306, 307, 308, and 309, or permission of instructor 
Assessment and treatment procedures for a variety of articulation 
and phonological disorders across the life span. 

337 Language Disorders (3:3) 

Pr. CSD 306, 307, 308, 309 
Nature, theory, measurement, and management of language 
problems across the life span. 



242 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Communication Sciences & Disorders 



338 Voice Disorders (3:3) 

Pr. 306, 307, 308, 309 
Factors related to voice disorders in children and adults. 
Procedures for the examination of voice. Remediation techniques. 

339 Fluency Disorders (3:3) 

Pr. 306, 307, 308, 309 
Basic theories and principles in the onset, development, and 
maintenance of stuttering and similar disorders. Principal factors 
in measurement, diagnosis, and treatment. 

464 Genetics and Communication Disorders (3:3) 

Pr. CSD 306, 307, 308, 309, 334 
Fundamentals of embryology of the organs of communication, 
Mendelian and non-Mendelian genetics including pedigrees, risk 
calculation, meiosis/mitosis, chromosomal abnormalities, 
genetic screening and counseling, environmental genomics, and 
disorders of communication. (Spring) 

476 Structured Clinic Observations (1:0:2) 

Pr. CSD 334, 336, and 337, or permission of instructor 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Guided clinical observations and experiences as a therapy assis- 
tant in the UNCG Speech and Hearing Center. (Fall & Spring) 

495 Special Topics Seminar (1:1) 

Pr. CSD 334, 336, and 337, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit twice during the senior year of UNCG 
undergraduates. Second degree students may enroll twice during 
the year they are taking undergraduate courses. 

Critical analysis of contemporary topics in Communication 
Sciences and Disorders. 



557 Pediatric Aural Rehabilitation (3:3) 

Pr. CSD 334 for undergraduates; permission of instructor for 
graduate students 
Study of new technologies available for children with hearing 
impairment and the impact of these technologies on therapy and 
teaching. (Spring) 

571 Beginning Clinical Practice in Speech-Language 
Pathology (3:2:4) 

Pr. admission to the appropriate degree program or permission of 
instructor 

• Grade: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory, S/U 
Beginning clinical practice in diagnosis of and therapy for com- 
munication disorders. 
575 Instrumentation for Communication Disorders (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Instrumentation commonly used in communication disorders; 
operation and measurement techniques for clinical and research 
applications. 

588 Neurology of Speech, Language and Hearing (3:3) 

Pr. 309 or permission of instructor 
An overview of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology with a con- 
centration on neurological mechanisms related to speech, language 
and hearing. 

589 Experimental Course: Hearing Technologies (3:3) 

Pr. 334 
Study of pediatric aural rehabilitation, focusing on child hearing 
aids, cochlear implants, and sound field systems. (Offered spring 
'05) 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

550 Diagnostic Procedures: Inquiry, Observation and 
Measurement (3:2:3) 

Pr. completion of all CSD 300-level courses required for the major 
or permission of the instructor 
Processes and techniques of data acquisition and analysis for the 
diagnosis, assessment, and evaluation of communication disorders. 

551 Speech and Language Disorders: Diagnostic 
Procedures (3:2:2) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Differential diagnosis of speech, language, voice, and rhythm 
problems. 

552 Communication and Aging (3:3) 

Pr. 308 or permission of instructor 
Development of communication in old age; factors affecting devel- 
opment and competency; communication evidence and theories of 
aging; facilitation of life-long functional communication. 

554 Advanced Speech Science (3:3) 

Pr. 306, 307, 308, 309 
Acoustic theory and methods of analysis; acoustic structure of 
speech and its physiological correlates; application of acoustic 
information to clinical management of disorders of communica- 
tion. 

556 Aural Rehabilitation (3:3) 

Pr. 334 
Principles of aural rehabilitation with hearing impaired adults 
and their significant others. (Spring) 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for additional graduate-level courses. 






2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



143 



Communication Studies 



Department of 
Communication Studies 

College of Arts & Sciences 

102 Ferguson Building 

336/334-5297 

www.uncg.edu/cst 

Faculty 

P. M. Kellett, Associate Professor and Head of Department 
Professor Schwartzman 
Associate Professors Bracci, Natalie 
Assistant Professors Carlone, Fujimoto, Jovanovic, Poulos 
Visiting Assistant Professor Manning 

Lecturers Baker, Cook, Cnny, Delk, Donahey, F airfield- Artman, 
Ferguson, Gisclair, Goldberg, Steger 

Mission Statement 

The mission of the Department of Communication Studies is to 
teach students the study of strategic and ethical uses of communi- 
cation to build relationships and communities. 

The curriculum is based solidly on our core values: (1) we teach 
theoretically grounded strategies for communication effectiveness in 
diverse contexts; (2) we teach ethical deliberation as a foundation for 
making informed choices; (3) we teach ways of understanding, 
improving, and contributing productively to changes in our personal, 
professional, and mediated relationships and communities. 

The Department offers the B.A. in Communication 
Studies as well as an undergraduate minor. The M.A. degree 
is also offered in the department. For details on the graduate 
program see Fhe Graduate School Bulletin. 

The Department of Communication Studies offers 
required and elective courses that are designed to make pro- 
ductive use of differing learning styles among students: the- 
oretical and applied, textual and experiential, topical and 
case study, course work and internships /service learning, 
individual and groups /team based performances. A number 
of courses involve service learning to link communication, 
action, and academic study. 

The Department of Communication Studies provides 
opportunities to study relational, group, workplace, and 
community communication. Communication courses con- 
tribute to a liberal education by teaching creative thinking 
and problem-solving, critical reasoning, and effective oral, 
written, and mediated communication. The faculty strongly 
believe in the interdisciplinary nature of communication, and 
this curriculum encourages elective course work be taken in 
allied disciplines such as African American Studies, 
Anthropology, Broadcasting and Cinema, Business, English, 
Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, and 
Women's and Gender Studies. Additionally the Department 
participates in Service-Learning, the Honors Programs 
administered by the Lloyd International Honors College, 
Writing Across the Curriculum (WAC) and Speaking Across 
the Curriculum (SAC) programs, and regularly offers fresh- 
man seminars. Opportunities also exist for Study Abroad (see 
p. 332) including exchanges in Europe. Communication 
Studies majors with a 3.0 GPA may apply to go abroad in the 
spring semester of their junior year to participate in the 
Intercultural Studies program at Vaxjo University in Vaxjo, 



Sweden. The program (taught in English) requires course 
work in socio-cultural theory, intercultural interactions, cul- 
tural analysis, and fieldwork, with optional study in basic 
Swedish. 

The undergraduate program in Communication Studies 
is designed to serve as a solid foundation for a variety of pro- 
fessional and entrepreneurial careers; it also provides 
preparatory work for graduate studies in communication, as 
well as related fields such as law, business, media studies, 
and the ministry. Faculty and students in the Department of 
Communication Studies are actively involved in research, 
service, and consulting with community, state, regional, 
national, and international organizations and agencies. 

Criterion for Progression in the Major 

Only grades of C- or better, taken in Communication 
courses, will count toward completion of a major in the 
Department. 

Communication Studies Major (CMST) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level; minimum 2.0 
GPA 

AOSCode: U137 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and CST 105 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 
Students may select courses for: 
Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 



144 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Communication Studies 



One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements (36 semester hours) 

1. 15 s.h. to include : 

CST 105% 200, 207, 210, and 300 

2. 21 additional s.h. of CST electives at the 300 level or above 
*CST 105 fulfills three (3) semester hours ofGRD and serves as an 
SI course. 

V Related Area Requirements 

No specific courses are recommended. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Honors in Communication Studies 

Requirements 

For Honors requirements, check with the departmental 
office and see Honors Programs information on pp. 213-216. 

Communication Studies Minor 
Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

A minor in Communication Studies consists of CST 200, 
and at least 15 semester hours of additional courses in the 
Communication Studies Program. 

Communication Studies as a Second 
Academic Concentration for Elementary 
Education Majors 
Required: 18 semester hours 

1. Required core courses: 6 s.h. from either CST 105 or 200 
and either 311 or 305 

2. 12 s.h. from the following: CST 207, 210, 315, 344, 350, 599 



Communication Studies Courses (CST) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

105 Introduction to Communication Studies (3:3) 

GECore: GRD 

AULER/CLER: RD/CRD 
Introduction to the principles and skills for effective communica- 
tion in the contexts of public speaking, interpersonal communi- 
cation, and small group /team communication. Videotaping used 
to enhance personal growth. 

200 Communication and Society (3:3:1) 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Exploration of role and impact of communication in diverse com- 
munities. Ethical and social responsibilities of civic action are 
examined in the context of community problem solving. Includes 
service learning experience in a supervised setting. 

207 Relational Communication (3:3) 

Contemporary theory and practice of relational communication, 
with emphasis on increasing awareness of strategic and ethical 
uses of communication to build relationships. 

210 Communication Ethics (3:3) 

Provides students with an opportunity to think critically about 
ethical and moral dimensions of current practices in interper- 
sonal, institutional, and public communication. 

300 Communication Theory (3:3) 

Pr. 105 and junior standing 
Critical analysis and evaluation of scientific, rhetorical, and criti- 
cal theories of communication. Emphasis on how theory assists 
us to understand, predict, and transform society. 

305 Persuasion in Western Culture (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: HP/CMO 

Pr. 105 and junior standing 
Significant theories in persuasive communication from classical 
times to the present. Types of societies in which oratory flourishes. 
Critical analysis of selected speakers. Contemporary issues, 
including the ethics of persuasion. 

308 Strategies in Organizational Communication (3:3) 

Surveys of organizational communication theories, practices, and 
functions, as strategic communication that enable organizations to 
function both ethically and effectively, to achieve goals within 
communities. 

311 Cooperative Argumentation (3:3) 

Course content explores the theory and practice of collaborative 
argumentation. This includes analysis and deliberation over con- 
temporary issues and training in reasoned, persuasive oral and 
written communications. (Fall) 

315 Strategic Communication (3:3) 

The course provides an overview of contemporary theories, 
philosophy, and practice of persuasive communication in per- 
sonal, group, and mass media. Analyze and apply theories of 
persuasion and rhetorical patterns in messages and inquire into 
evaluative and ethical issues that can affect judgment. 

333 Special Problems (1-3) 

Pr. permission of faculty supervisor 
• May be repeated for credit. 
Guided individual study in an area of special interest to the student. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



145 



Communication Studies 



337 Intercultural Communication (3:3) 

Drawing from multiple theoretical perspectives, this course 
explores theories, research, and issues important to the under- 
standing of communication between people from different racial, 
ethnic, national, and other cultural backgrounds. (Fall) 

341 Business and Professional Communication (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: RD/CRD 
Foundation for achieving goals through communication in busi- 
ness and professional settings. Emphasis on oral competency 
within variety of contexts: public, interpersonal, interviewing, 
teams. Videotaping used for presentation improvement. 

342 Communication and Public Relations (3:3) 

Public relations and its function within society and the organiza- 
tion. Theoretical base and practical approaches to communicating 
with target publics. 

344 Negotiation and Conflict Management (3:3) 

Role and functions of negotiation in conflict management. 
350 Small Group and Team Communication (3:3) 
Theory and practice of small group/team communication, 
emphasizing student participation. Develops skills for leadership 
in small group/teams. Develops framework for analysis of effec- 
tive small groups /teams. 

390 Studies in Communication Across the Curriculum (3:3) 

Pr. CST 105 or 341 (may be taken as a corequisite); 3.0 GPA in the 
student's major; written permission from the Speaking Across 
the Curriculum Center Director 
Explores principles of Communication Across the Curriculum, 
applying them to interpersonal communication, listening, group 
communication, public speaking, and pedagogy to prepare 
Communication Consultants in UNCG's Speaking Intensive 
program. 
399 Communication Research Methods (3:3) 

Pr. 100, 107, 110, 300, 305 
Theoretical examination and practical application of the philo- 
sophical, ideological, and processual bases for selecting, using, 
and evaluating methods of conducting and reporting communi- 
cation research. 

412 Communication Internship (3-6) 

Pr. will vary; junior or senior status, and permission of instructor 

• Open to majors only. 

• May be repeated for maximum of six (6) semester hours. 

Field learning experience using communication theory, research, 
and strategies in agencies and organizations within the larger 
community. (Fall & Spring) 

460 Special Topics in Communication Research (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit an unlimited number of times when 
topics vary. 

Seminar in applying communication theory and research to cur- 
rent research topics. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 116) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

499 Senior Project Seminar (3:3) 

Pr. senior status and permission of instructor 
"Capstone experience" for majors. Course explores the themes 
of strategies, ethics, relationships, and communities, in their 
academic experience. 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

502 The Semiotics of Everyday Life (3:3) 

Pr. graduate status or permission of instructor 
Language, meaning, and sign systems as communication 
process. Emphasis on projects to apply theoretical concepts from 
general semantics and semiotics to promote understanding of 
how humans symbolically construct reality. 

506 Speaking Out for Community Change (3:3) 

Pr. 305 recommended for undergraduates 
Exploration of theory and practice in community advocacy. Focus 
on public deliberation, moral conflict, and community dialogue in 
value-laden topics and controversies. (Fall or Spring) 

555 Relational Communication and the Hollywood Feature 
Film (3:2:3) 

Pr. undergraduates: 107, 300 or 305, and upper division standing 
Analysis and applicaton of images, discourses, and practices con- 
cerning human communication and relationships as they are rep- 
resented in the powerful cultural medium of film. (Alt Years) 

562 Organizational Change (3:3) 

Pr. graduate status or permission of instructor 
Instruction in communicating changes into existing organizations. 
Methods of creating a climate for change, diffusing new ideas and 
technologies, and assessing change consequences. 
599 Communication Pedagogy (3:3) 

Pr. graduate status or permission of instructor 
Seminar focusing on the effect of communication upon learning. 
For graduate teaching assistants in any discipline, graduates or 
undergraduates interested in teaching or training. Emphasis on 
pedagogical principles and instructional materials. 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



146 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Computer Science 



Department of 
Computer Science 

College of Arts & Sciences 

320 Bryan Building 
336/256-1112 

Faculty 

Professors Blanchet-Sadri, Lea, Sadri 

Associate Professors Green, Suthaharan 

Assistant Professor Fu 

Instructor Kilgariff 

Lecturers Armstrong, Carter, Case, Fritz 

The Computer Science program is accredited by the CAC 
division of A"BET. The courses in the department are designed 
to teach the foundations of computing rather than a particu- 
lar technology, so that the student is prepared to change with 
changing technology. Courses use the C++ programming lan- 
guage. Introductory courses use networked microcomputers; 
advanced courses use UNIX™ workstatons. The job market in 
computer science is strong. A student completing a bachelor's 
degree with a strong academic record can expect job offers as 
a systems programmer or analyst, applications programmer, 
systems support staff member, technical staff member, or 
similar position. A computer science student completing a 
master's degree can expect job offers for senior level system 
programmer or analyst positions. Master's degree recipients 
who choose to continue their education experience will find 
the program at UNCG a well-respected platform for entry 
into the Ph.D. programs at other universities. 

Computer Science Major (CMPS) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Computer Science, U180 

Bioinformatics, U838 

The B.S. degree in Computer Science program is accred- 
ited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET. 

Students must maintain a grade point average of at least 
2.0 in the core courses, required electives, and required sup- 
porting discipline courses. 

Because computer science courses change rapidly, it is 
recommended that the sequence 130, 230, 330 be completed 
within four (4) consecutive semesters. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 



Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 191 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: PHY 291 or CHE 111, 112, and one additional 

GNS course with a different departmental prefix 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3^1 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

Computer Science Concentration 

A. Students with no programming experience: 

1. CSC 130, 230 or 231, 261, 312, 330, 339, 340, 490, 553, 
562 

2. CSC Electives: 12 additional s.h., selected from any 
CSC course at the 300 level or above (except 553 and 
562) 

B. Students with previous programming experience (equiv- 
alent to a one-semester course in a high-level program- 
ming language): 

1. CSC 231, 261, 312, 330, 339, 340, 490, 553, 562 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



147 



Computer Science 



2. CSC Electives: 14 additional s.h., selected from any 
CSC course at the 300 level or above (except 553 and 

562) 

Bioinformatics Concentration 

A. Students with no programming experience: 

1. CSC 130, 230 or 231, 261, 312, 330, 339, 340, 471, 490, 
521, 526, 553, 562 

2. CSC Elective: 3 s.h. selected from any CSC course at 
the 500 level (except 521, 526, 553, 562) 

B. Students with previous programming experience (equiv- 
alent to a one-semester course in a high-level program- 
ming language): 

1. CSC 231, 261, 312, 330, 339, 340, 471, 490, 521, 526, 
553, 562 

2. CSC Electives: 5 s.h. selected from any CSC course at 
the 500 level (except 521, 526, 553, 562) 

V Supporting Discipline Requirements 

Computer Science Concentration 

1. MAT 191*, 253, 292, 293, and one of 310 or 353; one of 
STA 271 or STA 290 

2. One of MAT 515, 531, 532, 541, 542, 556, STA 551, 552, 580 

Bioinformatics Concentration 

1. MAT 191*, 253, 292, 293; one of STA 271 or 290; 580 

*MAT 191 satisfies GMT. 

VI Science Requirements 
Computer Science Concentration 

1. Either PHY 291* and 292 or CHE 111*, 112*, 114, 115 

2. At least 4 additional s.h. of science courses selected from 
any course carrying credit toward a biology, chemistry, 
or physics major. 

Bioinformatics Concentration 

1. CHE 111*, 112* 

2. BIO 111*, 112*, 392, 393 

*BIO 111 or 111 satisfies GLS; CHE 111, 112, PHY 291 satisfy GNS. 

Computer Science Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours (minimum of 

9 hours in residence at UNCG) 

The minor in computer science consists of at least 15 
semester hours of work, chosen as follows: 
Students with no programming experience 

1. MAT 253 

2. CSC 130, 230 or 231, 330 

3. One of CSC 261, 339, 340 

Students with previous programming experience (equiva- 
lent to a one-semester course in a high-level programming 
language): 

1. MAT 253 

2. CSC 231, 330 

3. Two of CSC 261, 339, 340 

The Computer Science Minor requires three (3) to four 
(4) semesters to complete. 

Honors in Computer Science 
Requirements 

For Honors requirements, check with the departmental 
office and see Honors Programs information in this chapter. 



Career Skills Packages and Professional 
Certificate Programs 

In addition, the Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers career skills packages and certificate programs for 
majors outside the department. Majors in other departments 
of the College of Arts and Sciences may acquire a Career 
Skills Package in Computer Programming. Persons already 
holding a baccalaureate degree in a field outside the depart- 
ment may acquire a Professional Certificate in Computer 
Programming. Also see Career Skills Packages for Majors in 
the College of Arts and Sciences. 



Career Skills Package 
in Computer Programming 
Required: 13-16 semester hours 
AOSCode: U910 

This Career Skills Package prepares students for entry- 
level positions in computer programming. It requires 13-16 
semester hours of courses and completion of an internship. If 
CSC 261 and either MAT 310 or MAT 353 are also taken, the 
program will prepare students to enter the M.S. in Computer 
Science program. This program is designed for current 
undergraduate students majoring in fields other than com- 
puter science. The program may be completed through day 
or evening classes. 
Requirements 

• MAT 150 (meets the GMT requirement) and MAT 253 

• Students with no previous programming experience: 
CSC 130, 230 or 231, and 330 

• Students with experience in programming equivalent to 
a one-semester course in a high-level programming lan- 
guage: CSC 231 and 330 

• One of CSC 261, 339 or 340 

• Completion of an internship, with emphasis on com- 
puter programming, to be selected from: ATY 499, BIO 
497, BCN 494, CHE 490, CCI 450, CST 412, ENG 401 or 
402, ENV 399, GEO 495, PSC 399, SOC 499. Another 
internship can be substituted with permission of advi- 
sor. Department requirements for internships must also 
be met. 



Professional Certificate 
in Computer Programming 
Required: 19-25 semester hours 
AOSCode: U920 

This certificate program prepares students for entry- 
level positions in computer programming and also serves to 
prepare students to enter the M. S. in Computer Science pro- 
gram. This program is designed for post-baccalaureate stu- 
dents with degrees in fields other than computer science. The 
program may be completed through day or evening classes. 
Requirements 

• MAT 150, 253, and one of 310 or 353 

• Students with no previous programming experience: 
CSC 130, 230 or 231, 261, 330, 340 

• Students with experience in programming equivalent to 
a one-semester course in a high-level programming lan- 
guage: CSC 231, 261, 330, 340 



148 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Btdletin 



Computer Science 



Computer Science Courses (CSC) 

Courses For Undergraduates 

101 Introduction to Computer Concepts (3:3) 

Introduction to computers and computing. Topics cover impact 

of computers on society, ethical issues, hardware, and software 

applications. (Fall & Spring) 

130 Introduction to Computer Science (3:2:2) 

Pr. acceptable score on the mathematics placement test or a grade of 
at least C in MAT 119 or 150 
Programming in a high-level language. Emphasis on problem 
analysis, problem-solving techniques, and software design prin- 
ciples and techniques. (Fall & Spring) 

230 Elementary Data Structures and Algorithms (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 130 

• Credit cajmot be earned for both this course and CSC 231. 
Advanced syntax of high level language taught in CSC 130. 
Emphasis on modularization and abstraction. Big-O analysis of 
algorithms. Design and use of abstract data types with various 
implementations. (Fall & Spring) 

231 Object-Oriented Programming and Data Structures (4:4) 

Pr. programming experience or grade of at least C in CSC 130 

• Credit cannot be earned for both this course and CSC 230. 
Integrated study of object-oriented language with applications to 
data structures and algorithms. For students with programming 
experience equivalent to a one-semester course in a non-object- 
oriented language. (Fall & Spring) 

237 Programming Language Laboratory (1-3; 1-3) 

• May be taken twice for credit with permission of the department 
head. 

Syntax and use of a programming language. Language covered 
announced at preregistration. 

261 Computer Organization and Assembly Language (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 230 or CSC 231 and in MAT 253, 
or permission of instructor 
CPU, memory, I/O devices, digital logic design, psw. Number 
representations and machine language. Assembly language 
instruction types, registers, addressing, arithmetic, instruction 
format, opcodes, pseudo-opcodes, assembler directives, system 
calls, and macros. (Fall & Spring) 

312 Ethics in Computer Science (1:1) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 230 or CSC 231 and in MAT 253 

• Computer Science majors only. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Historical and social context of computing, ethical responsibili- 
ties of the computing professional, intellectual property rights, 
and risks and liabilities. (Fall & Spring) 

330 Advanced Data Structures (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 230 or CSC 231 and in MAT 253 
Static and dynamic data structures emphasizing binary trees and 
graphs. Advanced programming techniques. Advanced sorting 
and searching algorithms. Hashing techniques. Performance 
analysis. Methods of developing large applications programs. 
(Fall & Spring) 

339 Concepts of Programming Languages (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 330 
Concepts of block-structured, object-oriented, functional, logic, 
and concurrent programming languages. Comparative study of 
syntactic and semantic features of these languages and writing 
programs using them. (Spring) 



340 Software Engineering (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 330 
Practical and theoretical concepts of software engineering. 

(Spring) 

471 Principles of Database Systems (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 330, or permission of instructor 
Contemporary database systems. Emphasis on query processing, 
design, and implementation of applications in relational (SQL) 
databases. Introduction to other database models such as XML, 
object-oriented, and deductive. (Fall) 

490 Senior Project (3:3) 

Pr. 340 and senior standing, or permission of instructor 
Application of classroom knowledge and skills in computer sci- 
ence to solve real-world problems and to develop research and 
development skills. (Fall & Spring) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

521 Computer Graphics (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in 340, MAT 292 and MAT 310 or MAT 
353, or permission of instructor 
Survey of graphics algorithms, data structures, and techniques. 
(Odd Spring) 

522 Digital Image Processing (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 330, MAT 292, and either MAT 
353 or MAT 310 or permission of instructor. Successful comple- 
tion ofSTA 271 or STA 290 recommended. 
Image representation, enhancement, compression, coding, 
restoration, and wavelet transforms. (Fall) 

523 Numerical Analysis and Computing (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 130, MAT 293, and either 
MAT 310 or 353, or permission of instructor 
Number systems and errors, solutions of non-linear and linear 
systems, eigenvalue problems, interpolation and approximation, 
numerical differentiation and integration, solution of differential 
equations. (Even Spring) 

524 Numerical Analysis and Computing (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in 523 
Continuation of 523 with special topics in numerical analysis, 
emphasis on applied mathematics. (Odd Fall) 

526 Bioinformatics (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Introduction to the problems and methods in Bioinformatics. 
Problem areas include restriction mapping, map assembly, 
sequencing, DNA arrays, and sequence comparison. (Spring) 

529 Artificial Intelligence (3:3) 
Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 330 
Logical foundations, knowledge representation and reasoning, 
search and selected topics such as natural language processing 
and reasoning under uncertainty. (Odd Spring) 

539 Introduction to Compiler Design (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in 261 and 330 or permission of instructor 

• Successful completion of 553 helpful. 
Basic techniques of compiler design and implementation: lexical 
analysis, parsing, code generation. Sizable programming project 
implementing a compiler for a block-structured language with 
strong typing. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



149 



Computer Science; Conflict Resolution 



540 Human-Computer Interface Development (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 330 and STA 271 or STA 290 or per- 
mission of instructor 
Survey of concepts and techniques for human-computer inter- 
face development. Topics include user-centered design, user 
interface programming, and usability evaluation. (Fall) 

553 Theory of Computation (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in MAT 310 or MAT 353, or permission of 
instructor 
Finite state automata and regular expressions, context-free gram- 
mars, push-down automata and their use in parsing, overview of 
language translation systems, models for programming lan- 
guage semantics, computability and undecidability. (Fall) 

555 Algorithm Analysis and Design (3:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in 330 
Sequential algorithm design and complexity analysis. Dynamic 
programming. Greedy algorithms. Graph algorithms. Selected 
advanced topics from NP-completeness; approximation, ran- 
domized, parallel, number-theoretic algorithms; Fast Fourier 
Transform; computational geometry; string matching. (Fall) 

561 Principles of Computer Architecture (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 261, CSC 330, and MAT 253, or per- 
mission of instructor 
Hardware and software components of computer systems, their 
organization and operations. Topics: comparative instruction set 
architectures, microprogramming, memory management, 
processor management, I/O, interrupts, and emulation of 
processors. (Fall) 

562 Principles of Operating Systems (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in 261 and 340 or permission of instructor 

• Successful completion of 561 helpful. 
Techniques and strategies used in operating system design and 
implementation: managing processes, input/output, memory, 
scheduling, file systems, and protection. (Spring) 

563 Basic Systems Administration Laboratory (1:0:3) 

Coreq. CSC 562 and CSC 567, or permission of instructor 
Installing operating systems, peripherals, hardware, and soft- 
ware. Backups, recompiling the kernel (loading /unloading mod- 
ules), providing Web services, and user administration. (Fall & 
Spring) 

564 Intermediate Systems Administration Laboratory (1:0:3) 
Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 563 

Topics selected from routing, firewall, Primary Domain 
Controller, Backup Domain Controller, Domain Controller trust, 
SAMBA, DNS round robin, and PPP connectivity setup. (Fall & 
Spring) 

565 Advanced Systems Administration Laboratory (1:0:3) 

Pr. grade of at least C in CSC 564 
Automated installation, software installation, systems program- 
ming, system administration in a large organization. Projects will 
include departmental or university computer system work. 
(Fall & Spring) 

567 Principles of Computer Networks (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 261 and CSC 330, or permission of 
instructor 
Hardware and software components of computer networks, their 
organization and operations. Topics: open system interconnec- 
tion; local area networks; TCP/IP internetworking, routing, and 
packet switching; network programming. (Spring) 



568 Principles of Wireless Networks (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 330 and CSC 567, or permission of 
instructor 
Digitial communications, communication networks, wireless 
communication technology, wireless networking, wireless LANs, 
and wireless network programming. (Spring) 

580 Cryptography and Security in Computing (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 330 and one of CSC 471, CSC 561, 
CSC 562, or CSC 567, or permission of instructor 
Modern development of cryptography and secure encryption 
protocols. Program security and viruses. Operating system pro- 
tection. Network and distributed system security. Database secu- 
rity. Administering security. (Fall) 

583 Firewall Architecture and Computer Security (3:3) 

Pr. grades of at least C in CSC 567 and CSC 580, or permission of 
instructor 
Firewall hardware and software technologies. Architectures, pro- 
tocols and their applications. (Spring) 

593, 594 Directed Study in Computer Science (1-3), (1-3) 

(Fall & Spring) 



Conflict Resolution 

Master of Arts and Post-Baccalaureate Certificate 
Programs 

The Graduate School 

North Campus 

5900 Summit Avenue 

Brown Summit NC 27214 

336/217-5100 

Fax 336/217-5101 

www.uncg.edu/grs/Conflict_Resolution 



Cathie Witty, Director 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for graduate-level courses. 



150 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies 



Department of Consumer, Apparel, 
and Retail Studies 

School of Human Environmental Sciences 
210 Stone Building 

336/334-5250 
www.uncg.edu/crs 

Faculty 

Gwendolyn S. O'Neal, Professor and Chair of Department 

Professor C. Dyer 

Associate Professors B. Dyer, Hodges, Kilduff 

Assistant Professor Watchavesringkan 

Lecturer Ramsey 

The Consumer, Apparel, and Retail Studies Department 
offers two major concentrations: Apparel Product Design and 
Retailing and Consumer Studies. These concentrations pre- 
pare students for positions with companies that focus on the 
process of concept to consumer for apparel and consumer- 
related products. Graduates may take positions in product 
design, product development, fashion trend forecasting and 
analysis, quality control, sourcing, merchandising, buying, 
and retail management. 

During the first two years of study, students will com- 
plete the majority of their general education requirements 
and begin introductory consumer, apparel, and retailing 
courses. Because many students change majors early in their 
academic careers, the majority of consumer, apparel, and 
retailing courses are offered during the junior and senior 
years. An apparel product construction proficiency exam 
must be passed to be admitted to the Apparel Product Design 
concentration. Additionally, for both concentrations, a grade 
of C (2.0) or better must be earned in all courses in the major. 

International exposure is built into the curriculum. Study 
of foreign languages is encouraged and international study 
experiences are possible. All majors take supporting courses 
in the Bryan School of Business and Economics. All students 
in the Retailing and Consumer Studies concentration auto- 
matically earn a business minor by fulfilling their major and 
concentration requirements. 

Internship experiences are required of all CARS students 
through a structured two-course sequence that includes a 
pre-internship class that prepares them both to find intern- 
ships and to achieve successful internship experiences. The 
CARS Internship Program Coordinator structures and super- 
vises internships to ensure quality experiences. Because of 
the proximity to North Carolina's strong apparel and retailing 
industries, the majority of students have internships within 
the state; however, the long-standing relationships between 
CARS and the apparel, fashion, and retailing industries link 
students to opportunities for out-of-state internships in such 
exciting places as New York City, Atlanta, and the West Coast. 



Consumer, Apparel, and Retail Studies Major 

(CARS) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Apparel Product Design, U538 
Retailing and Consumer Studies, U539 

Criterion for Progression in the Major 

Only grades of C (2.0) or higher in CRS, APD, and RCS 
courses will count toward completion of the CARS major and 
concentrations. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Department specifies courses for: 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 7 

required: CHE 101 or 103, and CHE 110; 

and one additional GNS course with a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

required: ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 

and CST 105 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: SOC 101 or PSY 121, and any other 

ATY, PSY, or SOC course 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: MAT 115 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Student may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

Four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers; at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker. 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



151 



Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies 



III Major and Related Area Requirements 
Major Area Requirements 

CRS 231, 255, 312, 321, 331, 332, 463, 481 
Apparel Product Design Concentration Required Courses 

APD 250, 342, 443, 444, CRS 372 

Retailing and Consumer Studies Concentration Required 
Courses 

RCS 261, 361, 362, 464, 484, 560 
Related Area Requirements for Both Concentrations 

ACC 201; CHE 101 or 103, and 110; CST 105; ISM 110; 
MAT 115; PSY 121 or SOC 101; 3 s.h. of MGT from 200, 
309, 312, 330, or 354 

Related Area Requirements for Apparel Product Design 
Concentration 

IAR 101 and 321 

Related Area Requirements for Retailing and Consumer 
Studies Concentration 

ECO 101 or 201, and 250; MKT 320 

IV Electives 

Apparel Product Design Concentration 

• Four (4) required electives to be taken in the CARS major 

• One required elective from MKT, MGT, or ECO 

• Remaining electives sufficient to complete total semester 
hours required for degree 

Retail and Consumer Studies Concentration 

• Four (4) required electives to be taken in the CARS major 

• One required elective from MKT, MGT, or ECO to com- 
plete the requirements for a minor in Business 

• Remaining electives sufficient to complete total semester 
hours required for degree 

Retailing and Consumer Studies Minor 
Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 

Majors in programs outside of the Consumer, Apparel, 
and Retail Studies Department may elect a minor in 
Consumer, Apparel, and Retail Studies by completing 15 
semester hours, one course of which must be at the 500 level. 
Required courses (9 hours) for the minor are CRS 231, 255, 
and 261; the remaining courses can be selected from the fol- 
lowing, provided prerequisites are met: RCS 361, 362, 464, 
484, 560, or CRS 312, 321, 372, 463, 530, 562. 

Apparel Product Design Courses (APD) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

242 Design Principles Applied to Textile Products (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C (2.0) or better in CRS 211 or its equivalent as deter- 
mined by the instructor 
Application of the elements and principles of design to analysis 
of textile products and solution of design problems. Emphasis on 
textile product design evaluations through verbal and written 
communications. (Formerly TDM 242) 



244 Visual Communication for the Textile Products 
Industry (3:2:3) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in 242 or its equivalent as determined 
by the instructor 
Survey of industry methods for communicating design concepts 
and presenting finished products. Emphasis is on use of media 
and development of techniques for rendering fabrics and textile 
product designs. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 244) 

250 Product Design Studio I: Process & Structure (3:2:3) 

Pr. overall GPA ofC (2.0) or better or permission of instructor 
Introduction to the apparel design process. Introduction to basic 
flat pattern, draping, and fitting principles. Theories and meth- 
ods in designing apparel for various target markets. (Spring) 
(Formerly TDM 250) 

251 Principles of Apparel Evaluation (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in CRS 211, 231 or their equivalents 
as determined by the instructor 
An examination and evaluation of ready-to-wear apparel includ- 
ing terminologies, production techniques and price /quality rela- 
tionships. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 251) 

341 Apparel Design Techniques (3:1:6) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or belter in CRS 211, APD 242, 250 or their 
equivalents as determined by the instructor 
Development of apparel designs by flat pattern techniques and 
original design process. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 341) 

342 Product Design Studio II: Process & Structure (3:1:6) 

Pr. overall grade ofC (2.0) or better in APD 250 or permission of 
instructor 
Development of the design process for apparel and related prod- 
uct design. Emphasis on designing for specific target markets. 
Advanced principles and methods of developing patterns for the 
body, including advanced flat pattern, draping, and fitting prin- 
ciples. Use of CAD tools for pattern development. (Fall) 
(Formerly TDM 342) 

441 Computer Applications for Textile Products (3:1:6) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in APD 341 or its equivalent 
as determined by the instructor 
Utilizing computer technology to create, merchandise, and 
develop textile product lines including design, fabrication, pro- 
duction specifications, markers, grading and presentations. 
(Formerly TDM 441) 

443 Product Design Studio III: Creative and Experimental 
Design (3:1:6) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in APD 342 or by permission of 
instructor 
Principles and methods of product design with an emphasis on 
creative and experimental approaches. Development of visual 
vocabulary and knowledge of trend prediction to generate 
design ideas. Use of diverse materials and structures for three- 
dimensional design. (Spring) (Formerly TDM 443) 

444 Product Design Studio IV: Technical Design (3:1:6) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in APD 443 or by permission of 
instructor; senior majors only. 
Analysis and improvement of apparel fit, specification develop- 
ment, and quality. Process of costing, development of technical 
design, as well as understanding of sizing systems and specific 
markets in product design. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 444) 



152 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies 



452 Textile Products Production Management (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in CRS 211, 231 or their equivalents 
as determined by the instructor or permission of the instructor 
Overview of management issues in textile product production 
including raw material selection and evaluation, computer inte- 
gration, equipment selection, planning production, costing, and 
quality control. Several manufacturing systems are analyzed. 
(Spring) (Formerly TDM 452) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

545 Experimental Product Design (3:2:3) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in APD 342, 441, 443, and 444, or their 
equivalents as determined by the instructor or permission of the 
instructor 
Interrelationship of factors involved in textile product design for 
the mass market; use of industrial design processes and equip- 
ment, cost analysis, and production methods. (Spring) 
(Formerly TDM 545) 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 

Consumer, Apparel, and Retail Studies 
Courses (CRS) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

121 Culture, Human Behavior, and Clothing (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Interaction of clothing and textiles with the individual and 
society: sociological and psychological implications for non- 
western cultures. (Formerly TDM 121) 

211 Textile Science: From Fiber to Finish (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 
Principles of textile science with emphasis on fiber chemical com- 
position, physical structure, and properties; analyses of yarn and 
fabric structures and properties; and fundamentals of coloration 
and finishing. (Formerly TDM 211) 

231 Introduction to Apparel and Consumer Retailing: 
From Concept to Consumer (3:3) 

Interaction of the consumer with apparel, retail, and associated 
industries. Overview of industry processes from raw material to 
consumption for apparel and other consumer products. Career 
opportunities explored. (Formerly TDM 231) 

255 Consumer Survival: Coping with Rights and 
Responsibilities (3:3) 

Study of consumers and consumer choices, big and small, right 
and wrong, in today's complex, ever-changing marketplace. 
Consumer rights, responsibilities, and diversity considered. 
Basis for informed and wise consumer decisions. (Fall & Spring) 

312 Quality Analysis of Consumer Goods (3:2:3) 

Pr. CHE 101 or 103 and CHE 110 or permission of instructor 
Overview of the physical structure and properties of fiber, yarns, 
fabric, and apparel. Examination and evaluation of ready-to- 
wear apparel and related consumer goods from a consumer per- 
spective. (Formerly TDM 312) 



321 Social Psychology of Dress (3:3) 

GECore: GSB 

Pr. grade ofC or better in SOC 101 or 341 or PSY 121 or their 
equivalents as determined by the instructor 
Social and cognitive processes related to the meanings people 
assign to clothing cues when perceiving one another. Focus on 
appearance-related stereotypes: age, gender, physical attractive- 
ness, status, and ethnicity. (Spring) (Formerly TDM 321) 

331 Pre-internship: Consumer, Apparel, and Retail 
Industries (3:3) 

Pr. 12 s.h. in the major; application required 
Guidance and preparation for relevant and successful internship 
experiences in the major. Emphasis on professional norms and 
behavior. Examination of processes, content, requirements, and 
options for self-directed learning opportunities. (Spring) 
(Formerly TDM 461) 

332 Internship: Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Industries (3:3) 

Pr. 18 s.h. in major; overall GPA of 2.20; application required. 

• May not be taken concurrently with CRS 331. 
Campus-monitored, structured internship experiences in off- 
campus businesses. Application and development of profes- 
sional skills relevant to the consumer, apparel, and retail indus- 
tries. (Summer) (Formerly TDM 462) 

372 Survey of Historic Costume (3:3) 

GECore: GHP CAR: GMO 

Survey of historic costume from prehistory to present, with 
emphasis on social, economic, and political events as well as var- 
ious cultures that have influenced modern dress. (Fall) 
(Formerly TDM 372) 

400 Special Problems in Consumer Apparel and Retail 
Studies (1-4) 

Individual study. Conference hours to be arranged. (Formerly 
TDM 400) 

401 Supervised Professional Experience (1-4:0:3-12) 

Internship with selected commercial or industrial organizations, 
public or private agencies in accordance with the major course of 
study. (TDM 500 prior to fall 2004; TDM 401 during 2004-05) 

463 Global Sourcing of Apparel and Related Consumer 
Products (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C (2.0) or better in CRS 231, 312, 321; junior or senior 
standing or permission of the instructor 
Sourcing strategies for apparel and related consumer products, 
global platforms, business and cultural environments, and finan- 
cial transactions used in conducting business in the international 
marketplace. (Formerly TDM 463) 

481 Contemporary Professional Issues in Consumer, 
Apparel, and Retail Studies (3:3) 

Pr. senior majors 
Study of contemporary issues related to consumer, apparel, and 
retail studies. Application of knowledge and skills to solve real 
world industry problems. (Spring) (Formerly TDM 581) 

482 Special Problems in Consumer, Apparel, and Retail 
Studies (1^1) 

Individual study. Conference hours to be arranged. (Formerly 
TDM 482) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites under Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 
(Formerly TDM 493) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



153 



Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies; Counseling & Educational Development 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

513 Apparel and Related Consumer Products Analysis and 
Standards (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in CRS 312 or permission of the 
instructor 
Process of developing and analyzing product standards as they 
relate to consumers, industry and international trade. Analysis 
of products in relation to existing or proposed standards. (Alt 
Spring) (Formerly TDM 513) 

530 Economics of the Textile and Apparel Complex (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC or better in ECO 201 or its equivalent as determined 
by the instructor or graduate standing or permission of instructor 
Economics and social aspects of production, distribution, and 
utilization of apparel and textiles. (Formerly TDM 530) 

563 Analysis of Apparel and Related Industries (3:3) 

Analysis of apparel and related industries from raw materials 
through consumption. Examination of production and market- 
ing of products, technological developments, and domestic and 
global market strategies. (Summer) (Formerly TDM 563) 

582 Problems in Consumer, Apparel, & Retail Studies (2-6) 

Individual study. (Formerly TDM 582) 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 

Retailing and Consumer Studies Courses (RCS) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

261 Introduction to Consumer Retailing (3:3) 

Overview of consumer and apparel retailing, focusing on basic 
retail principles. Analysis of retail interfaces with special emphasis 
on fashion retailing and related consumer products. Career oppor- 
tunities investigated. (Formerly TDM 261) 

361 Fundamentals of Retail Buying and Merchandising (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in CRS 231, RCS 261, or their equivalents 
as determined by the instructor or permission of instructor 
Investigation of the roles and responsibilities of buyers and man- 
agers in retail operations. Fundamentals of merchandise mathemat- 
ics and buying. (Spring) (Formerly TDM 361) 

362 Integrated Marketing Communications for Apparel 
and Consumer Retailing (3:3) 

Integrated marketing communication approach to consumer, 
apparel, and retailing communication issues. Special emphasis 
put on professional oral and visual communication of advertis- 
ing and promotional concepts. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 362) 

464 Multicultural and Multichannel Retailing (3:3) 

Pr. RCS 261, 361, 362 
Investigation of consumer benefits offered by multichannel 
retailing of apparel and related consumer products. Focus on the 
importance of culture to successful retailing to diverse consumer 
groups in the United States. (Spring) (Formerly TDM 464) 

484 Retail Strategy (3:3) 

Pr. RCS 464, 560 
Investigation of retailing from a strategic perspective. Concepts 
are analyzed and integrated into applied problem-solving sce- 
narios focused on consumer needs. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 484) 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

560 Apparel & Related Consumer Products Marketing (3:3) 

Pr. grade of C (2.0) or better in RCS 261, or permission of the 
instructor 
An intensive analysis of marketing principles applied to the tex- 
tile products industry. (Fall) (Formerly TDM 560) 

562 Behavior of Soft Lines Consumers (3:3) 

Pr. grade ofC (2.0) or better in CRS 321 or permission of instructor 
Study of environmental, individual, and psychological influ- 
ences on behavior of consumers during the soft lines consump- 
tion process. (Spring) (Formerly TDM 562) 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Department of Counseling & 
Educational Development 

School of Education 

228 Curry Building 

336/334-3423 * 

www.uncg.edu/ced 

Faculty 

L. DiAnne Borders, Professor and Chair of the Department 

Professors Benshoff, Cashwell, Myers 

Assistant Professors Lewis, Milsom, Murray, Paladino, Villalba, 

Wester 
Adjunct Professors Claivson, Disque, Foreman, Wiles 

The Counselor Education program at UNCG adheres to 
the scientist problem-solver model of training. Consistent 
with this approach is the program's goal of graduating stu- 
dents who have knowledge of basic counseling, possess a 
high level of competency in providing professional services, 
and have the skills necessary to conduct research. The tenets 
underlying the program include (a) exposure to a variety of 
theoretical orientations for counseling, (b) reliance on both 
the clinical-counseling and vocational-education approaches 
in designing counseling and programmatic interventions, (c) 
a commitment to developing the student's skills as a 
researcher, and (d) an emphasis on developing the normal 
developmental issues of the individual as opposed to an 
approach based on pathology. 

Counseling and Educational Development Degrees 

Degrees offered — Master of Science (M.S.), Dual Degrees 
Master's and Educational Specialist (M.S. and Ed.S.), Doctor 
of Education (Ed.D.), Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 

There are no undergraduate areas of study offered by 
this department. 



154 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Counseling & Educational Development; Curriculum & Instruction 



Counseling and Educational Development 
Courses (CED) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

210 Career/Life Planning (3:3) 

Introduction to career/life planning; knowledge of career 
development theories and decision-making theories; emphasis 
on collecting information related to the world of work and 
relating this information to the individual. 

310 Helping Skills (3:3) 

Pr. advanced undergraduates in appropriate major. 
Skills useful for facilitating helping relationships. Practical 
model for counseling and learning about helping by practicing 
the helping skills. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 
506 Institutes in Education (1-3) 

• Students may apply no more than three (3) semester hours of 
this course to any degree program. 

• Grade: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory, SfU. 

Practicum or workshop experiences to focus on issues, problems, 
or approaches in the profession. 

574 Contemporary Topics in Counseling (3:3) 

Pr. advanced undergraduates in appropriate major 

• May be repeated for credit when topics vary. 

Designed to study issues, problems, and new approaches in help- 
ing relationships. Emphasis placed on current topic(s) of interest. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Department of Curriculum and 
Instruction 

School of Education 

336 Curry Building 

336/334-3437 
www.uncg.edu/cui 

Faculty 

Samuel D. Miller, Professor and Chair of Department 

Professors Baber, Duffy, Goldman, Levin, Matthews, Schunk, 

Upriclmrd 
Associate Professor Johnston 
Assistant Professors Ayers, Carlone, Cooper, Pi, Salas 

Undergraduate majors in this department are prepared to 
receive North Carolina Class "A" licensure for teaching in pub- 
lic schools, grades K-6 and 6-9. The majors in this department 
include Elementary (K-6) and Middle Grades (6-9) Education. 

Elementary and Middle Grades Education majors 
progress through their professional studies in Inquiry Teams of 
about 25 students under the guidance of a university instruc- 
tor, who serves as their field supervisor, academic advisor, and 
weekly seminar leader. Students assigned to an Inquiry Team 
take all Elementary or Middle Grades methods courses 



together and do 10-hour per week internships in Professional 
Development Schools. Three internships are required prior to 
student teaching. New Inquiry Teams begin in the fall semes- 
ter and continue for four consecutive semesters. 

Student Learning Goals 

Student Learning Goals are consistent with standards set 
forth by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher 
Education (NCATE) programs at www.ncate.org, the 
Interstate New Teacher Assessment and Support Consortium 
(INTASC) at www.ccsso.org/intascs.html, the National 
Educational Technology Standards at www.iste.org, and the 
North Carolina Department of Public Instruction at their Web 
site www.ncpublicschools.org. 

Admission to the Teacher Education Program and to 
the Elementary or Middle Grades Education Majors 

Admission to the University does not guarantee admis- 
sion to Teacher Education with a major in the Department of 
Curriculum and Instruction. 

The School of Education's Department of Curriculum 
and Instruction reserves the right to refuse admission where 
additional enrollments would threaten the academic quality 
of classes or programs. The size of each junior class coming 
into Elementary or Middle Grades Education is determined 
by the availability of instructors for student practicum and 
student teaching experiences. Therefore, it may not be possi- 
ble to assure space for each student who meets the quantita- 
tive criteria for admission to the major as specified above. 
Interviews and /or other qualitative criteria will be imple- 
mented in such instances. 

In addition to admission to teacher education (see 
Teacher Education), a student who seeks admission to the 
Elementary or Middle Grades Education major is expected to 
achieve: 

1. A minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.75; 

2. A grade of C or better in CUI 250; 

3. Completion of all courses needed to fulfill the General 
Education Requirements; and 

4. Satisfactory scores on the Professional Assessment for 
Beginning Teachers (Praxis series). 

Admission to Student Teaching 

The department has specific grade point average expecta- 
tions and performance criteria to remain active in the program. 
Please contact the department office for this information. 

Second Academic Concentration Requirement 

All students majoring in Elementary Education are 
required to complete an approved second academic concen- 
tration of at least 18 semester hours in a basic academic disci- 
pline or in an approved interdisciplinary studies program, 
although some departments (e.g., French and Spanish) have a 
24 hours requirement. Depending upon the concentration 
selected, a maximum of six (6) hours may be counted toward 
the General Education Core requirements as well as toward 
the concentration. All students majoring in Middle Grades 
Education must complete 27 hours in one of four middle- 
level content fields: Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, or 
Social Studies plus an additional concentration of 15 hours in 
one of these four areas. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



155 



Curriculum & Instruction 



Elementary Education Major 

with K-6 Teacher Licensure (ELED) 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: U251 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: HDF 302 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive 
(see CUI 400). 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Requirements (42 semester hours) 

CUI 250 (prerequisite for admission to the major) 
CUI 320, 346, 350, 360, 370, 375*, 380, 400*, 420 
CUI 461 (taken last semester of program) 

*CU1 375 is taught as Writing Intensive (WI); CUI 400 is taught 

as Speaking Intensive (SI). 

IV Teacher Licensure Requirements 

1. ELC 381 

2. HDF 302 



3. ART 367; MUS 361; DCE 345 or THR 396 

4. HEA 341 

5. ESS 341 

V Second Academic Concentration Requirements 
(18 semester hours) 

All students majoring in Elementary Education are 
required to complete an approved second academic concen- 
tration consisting of 18 hours in a basic academic discipline or 
in an approved interdisciplinary studies program. 
Depending upon the concentration selected, a maximum of 
six (6) hours may be counted toward the General Education 
Core requirements as well as toward the concentration. The 
following 18 hour interdisciplinary academic concentrations 
have been approved for Elementary Education: American 
Studies, Art, Environmental Education, Language and 
Communication, and Science. The following 18 hour second 
academic concentrations have been approved: Anthropology, 
Art (Art History or Studio Art), Classical Studies (Latin or 
Greek), Communication Studies, English, Geography, German, 
History, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics and Astronomy, 
Political Science, Psychology, Religious Studies, and Sociology. 
The following 24 hour second academic concentrations have 
been approved: French, Spanish. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for the degree. Electives should increase students' 
knowledge in general education and in a content field (such as 
psychology or multicultural education). 

Elementary Education and Special Education 
Dual Major (SPEL) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 
Required: 127 semester hours 
AOS Code: U252 

The Departments of Curriculum and Instruction and 
Specialized Education Services are offering a dual major in 
elementary education and special education. Students com- 
pleting the dual major will have initial licensure in elemen- 
tary education K-6 and special education: general curricu- 
lum K-12. Students must be admitted to the teacher educa- 
tion program during the fall of their sophomore year and will 
begin professional course work spring of the sophomore year. 

The 127-semester-hour dual major in elementary educa- 
tion and special education follows the admission guidelines 
to the School of Education teacher programs regarding (a) 
achievement of minimum passing score requirements set 
forth by the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction 
of the Professional Assessment for Beginning Teachers 
(Praxis I); (b) the recommendation of the departments; and (c) 
completion of at least 12 semester hours at UNCG [waived 
for transfer students who meet GPA requirements, have 
departmental recommendation, and have passed the 
Professional Assessment for Beginning Teachers (Praxis I)]. 

Additional departmental requirements include (a) a 
grade of C or better in either CUI 250 or SES 250 and (b) com- 
pletion of all courses needed to fulfill the UNCG general edu- 
cation requirements (GEC). A minimum 3.0 GPA is required 
for admission. 



156 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Curriculum & Instruction 



Admission to Student Teaching 

3.0 or better GPA, recommendation of departments, and 
C (2.0) or better in professional courses. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 6 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: HDF 302 and SOC 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Requirements 
Elementary Education 

33 s.h. to include CUI 250 or SES 250, CUI 320, 346, 350, 
360, 370, 380, 400, 420, 461** 

Special Education 

34 s.h. to include SES 252, 350A, 350C, 360, 447, 460, 
465**, 466, 469, 471, 472 

**Students will student-teach for a total of 12 semester hours Ten 
weeks in an elementary education setting that enrolls students with 
identified disabilities and six weeks in a secondary special education 
setting is required. 

IV Teacher Licensure Requirements 

1. ART 367 

2. CUI 450 



3. 


DCE 345 or THR 315 


4. 


ELC 381 


5. 


ESS 341 


6. 


HDF 302 


7. 


HEA 201 or 341 


8. 


LIS 120 


9. 


MUS 361 



V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 127 semester hours 
required for the degree. 

Middle Grades Education Major (MDED) 
with 6-9 Teacher Licensure 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: U254 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: HDF 303 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



157 



Curriculum & Instruction 



III Major Requirements (36 semester hours) 

Note: students completing AULER rather than General 
Education Requirements are required to complete two writ- 
ing intensive courses, one of which must be in the major. 

CUI 250 (prerequisite for admission to the major) 

CUI 335, 350, 375, 400, 442, 462 

Two methods courses to match concentrations (CUI 518, 

519, 520) 

IV Licensure Requirements 

1. ELC 381 

2. HDF 303 

3. HEA 341 or 201 

V Second Academic Concentration Requirements 
(27 semester hours) 

Students must complete a coherent course of study 
(interdisciplinary) of 27 semester hours in one of four middle- 
level content fields: Language Arts, Mathematics, Science, or 
Social Studies. The 27 hours must follow the requirements 
designated in each field, as listed in the Middle Grades 
Second Academic Concentrations. 

VI Additional Concentration 
(minimum 15 semester hours) 

Students also must complete an additional concentration 
of 15 semester hours in one of four areas: Communication 
Skills, Mathematics, Science, or Social Studies. Specific 
courses will be approved by the student's advisor to fulfill 
North Carolina Licensure requirements. 

Dual certification in elementary and middle grades edu- 
cation is available under advisement. 

VII Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for the degree. Electives should increase students' 
knowledge in general education and in a content field (such 
as psychology or multicultural education). 

Curriculum and Instruction Courses (CUI) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

120 Introduction to Instructional Technology for 
Educational Settings (1:1:1) 

• For students seeking initial North Carolina teaching licensure in 
any area. 

• Students may not receive credit for both CUI 120 and LIS 120. 
Provides an introduction to instructional technology, knowledge, 
and skills for classroom settings. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 
(Same as LIS 120) 

198 Freshman Teaching Fellows Seminar I (1:1) 
Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 

This course is designed to assist first-year Teaching Fellows into 
the academic and social systems of higher education and provide 
an introduction to the field of public school education. (Fall) 

199 Freshman Teaching Fellows Seminar II (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Felloiv 
This course is designed to assist first-year Teaching Fellows into 
the academic and social systems of higher education and provide 
an introduction to the field of public school education. (Spring) 



202 Human Development (3:3) 

• Required for Middle Grades Education Majors. 
Introduction to current knowledge about human growth and 
development from adolescence to old age and death. Designed to 
contribute to student's general education as well as to subse- 
quent professional development. (Fall) 

250 Teaching as a Profession (3:3:2) 

Pr. minimum 24 s.h. completed 
A study of traditional and contemporary perspectives on teach- 
ing and learning; analysis of contemporary educational issues 
from teachers' perspectives; exploration of personal needs and 
goals in relation to teaching. Field experience in schools required. 
(Fall & Spring & Summer) 

298 Sophomore Teaching Fellows Seminar I (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 
This course is designed to assist sophomore Teaching Fellows in 
exploring their beliefs about teaching with emphasis on cultural, 
legal, and ethical dimensions of teaching in schools. (Fall) 

299 Sophomore Teaching Fellows Seminar II (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 
This course is designed to assist sophomore Teaching Fellows in 
exploring their beliefs about teaching with emphasis on cultural, 
legal, and ethical dimensions of teaching in schools. (Spring) 

320 Language Arts Education (3:3:3) 

Pr. admission to Elementary Education 
Curriculum and teaching strategies in the Language Arts with 
emphasis on the interrelatedness of all language processes: read- 
ing, writing, listening, and speaking. (Spring) 

335 Integrated Reading Instruction (3:3:3) 

Pr. admission to Middle Grades Education 
A study of reading and writing processes, ways to integrate read- 
ing and writing instruction in the content areas, ways to promote 
higher literacy among all of their students. (Odd Fall) 

346 Children's Literature and Instructional Media (3:3:3) 

Pr. admission to Elementary Education 
Multimedia approach to literature for children; functions and use 
in the elementary curriculum with emphasis on integration of lit- 
erature into the curriculum. (Fall) 

350 Internship I: Inquiry in Teaching and Learning (3:2:4) 

Pr. admission to Elementary or Middle Grades Education 
Supervised in-school internship and on-campus seminar focused 
on applying research-based principles from educational psychol- 
ogy and classroom management to teaching and learning. (Fall) 

360 Elementary Social Studies Education (3:3:3) 

Pr. admission to Elementary Education major 
An examination of curriculum, instruction, and learning in K-6 
social studies education. Emphases include development of the 
social studies; curricular principles and components; teaching 
strategies; and learner outcomes. (Fall) 

370 Science Education in the Elementary School (3:3:3) 

Pr. CHE 101, GEO 103, PHY 205, or equivalents 
Curriculum and teaching techniques in science for undergradu- 
ate prospective elementary school teachers (K-6) with emphasis 
on problem solving and critical thinking abilities. (Fall) 
375 Internship II: Inquiry in Teaching and Learning (3:2:4) 

Pr. admission to Elementary Education major 
Supervised in-school internship and on-campus seminar focused 
on applying research-based principles from educational psychol- 
ogy and classroom management to teaching and learning. 
(Spring) 



158 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Curriculum & Instruction 



380 Mathematics Education (3:3:3) 

Pr. admission to Elementary/Middle Grades Education 
Provides for the development of knowledge and skills necessary 
to prepare students to teach mathematics in elementary /middle 
school classrooms. (Spring) 

398 Junior Teaching Fellows Seminar I (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 
This course is designed to assist junior Teaching Fellows in 
exploring the community aspects of teaching to diversity. (Fall) 

399 Junior Teaching Fellows Seminar II (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 
This course is designed to assist junior Teaching Fellows in 
exploring the community aspects of teaching to diversity. 
(Spring) 

400 Internship III: Inquiry in Teaching and Learning (3:2:4) 

Pr. admission to Elementary Education major 
Supervised in-school internship and on-campus seminar focused 
on multicultural education teaching to diversity and under- 
standing the classroom as culture. (Fall) 

420 Reading Education (3:3:3) 

Pr. admission to Elementary Education 
Curriculum and teaching strategies with emphasis on 
reading /writing connections, corrective reading, and differenti- 
ated instruction. (Fall) 

442 Teaching and Learning in the Middle Grades (3:3:3) 

Pr. 250 
Students will explore the developmental needs of early adoles- 
cents, analyze educational practices designed to meet those 
needs and investigate issues identified in internship experiences. 

(Even Fall) 

450 Psychological Foundations of Education (3:3) 

Designed to develop and demonstrate application of knowledge 
and understanding of the processes and methods of learning and 
teaching in respective school settings. Includes study of learner's 
growth and maturation, individual differences, and application 
of psychology to task of the teacher in evaluating pupil progress. 
Classroom observation and simulated experiences emphasized. 
Appropriate emphasis on adolescent. (Fall or Spring or 
Summer) 

461 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary Grades (12) 

Pr. permission of department chair 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Supervised student teaching in an elementary setting (grades 
K-6) under direction of a cooperating teacher with University 
supervision. Full-time teaching assignment in cooperating 
schools for a full semester. Conferences and seminars required. 
(Spring) 

462 Student Teaching and Seminar: Middle Grades (12) 

Pr. permission of department chair 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP). 

Supervised student teaching in a middle grades setting (grades 
6-9) under direction of a cooperating teacher with University 
supervision. Full-time teaching assignment in cooperating 
schools for a full semester. (Spring) 

465 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary School (12) 

Pr. admission to Student Teaching 
Supervised student teaching in senior high school under direc- 
tion of University supervisor. Observation, participation, and 
appropriate classroom teaching experience on a full-time teach- 
ing assignment for full semester with weekly seminar. (Spring) 



470 Reading Education for Secondary and Special Subject 
Teachers (2:2) 

Pr. admission to teacher education or permission of instructor 
Designed to prepare secondary and special subject teachers to 
deal with students who exhibit a variety of reading abilities. 
Emphasis placed upon understanding scope of public school 
reading endeavors as well as teaching practices that can be gen- 
eralized to a variety of instructional settings. Work with materi- 
als for student's major area required. (Fall or Spring or Summer) 

491 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Guided readings, research, or individual project work under 
direction of a staff member. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

498 Senior Teaching Fellows Seminar I (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 
This course is designed to assist senior Teaching Fellows in syn- 
thesizing learnings from prior Teaching Fellows seminars and 
preparing for positions in public schools. (Fall) 

499 Senior Teaching Fellows Seminar II (1:1) 

Pr. North Carolina Teaching Fellow 
This course is designed to assist senior Teaching Fellows in syn- 
thesizing learnings from prior Teaching Fellows seminars and 
preparing for positions in public schools. (Spring) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

506 Institutes in Education (1-3) 

• Students may apply no more than three (3) semester hours of 
this course to any degree program. 

• Grade: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory, S/U 

Practicum or workshop experiences to focus on issues, problems, 
or approaches in the profession. 

516 Emergent Literacy and Literature (3:3) 
Explores emergent literacy development in preschool /kinder- 
garten settings and introduces the wide range of literature avail- 
able for young children. Emphasis on using books to stimulate 
language and cognitive development. (Spring & Summer) 

518 Mathematics in the Elementary and Middle Schools 
(3:3) 

Current mathematics program, including emphasis on meaning 
theory and on instructional materials, methods, and procedures 
in teaching fundamental operations. (Fall & Spring) 

519 Science in the Elementary and Middle Schools (3:3) 

Emphasis on helping teachers to assist children in developing 
experiences for working in the field of science. Consideration 
given to an understanding of nature of elementary school sci- 
ence, developing criteria for selecting appropriate materials, and 
role of children's interests in designing learning experiences. 
(Summer & Fall) 

520 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3:3) 

Designed to help educators gain more complete understanding 
of elementary school social studies. Special emphasis given to 
evaluation of the field beginning with the separate subjects 
approach to correlation, to broad fields, to integration, and sepa- 
rate disciplines approach. Emphasis also given to identification 
of key skills that help children function intelligently in this field. 
Development of democratic citizens also a major consideration. 
(Summer & Fall) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



159 



Curriculum & Instruction; Dance 



523 Legal, Historical, and Cultural Issues in ESL (3:3) 

Pr. "A" licensure in another area or permission of instructor 
Exploration of legal and historical bases of English as a Second 
Language. Analysis of differences among home and school cul- 
tures, especially related to language. (Spring) 

527 Teaching Second Languages: Elementary/Middle 
Schools (3:3) 

Pr. 545 and admission to teacher education program or permission 
of instructor 
Study of second language teaching approaches applicable to the 
elementary/middle school pupil. Materials development and 
evaluation. Organizing effective second language programs in 
the elementary and middle schools. (Fall) 

530 Middle Grades Language Arts (3:3) 

Pr. admission to middle grades education major 
Course develops competencies in middle grades language arts 
instruction as related to adolescent learners. Emphases include 
practical and theoretical attention to best-practices, curriculum, 
assessment, and standards of practice. (Fall) 

535 Literacy in the Content Area (3:3) 

Pr. admission to teacher education or M.Ed, program 
Designed to prepare middle grades, secondary, and special sub- 
ject or content area teachers to work with students who exhibit a 
variety of reading and writing levels. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 

545 Diverse Learners (3:3:2) 

Pr. admission to teacher education, or permission of department 
Provides students with a broad base of knowledge and skills that 
will facilitate their effectiveness in meeting the needs of diverse 
learners through appropriate instructional, curricular, and 
behavioral strategies. (Fall & Spring) 

551 Teaching Practices and Curriculum in English (3:3:2) 
Pr. 450, 545, and admission to teacher education 

Coreq or pr. 470, or permission of instructor 

• Required of student teachers in English. 

Designed to acquaint prospective teachers with modern concepts 
and practices of English instruction in secondary schools; 
emphasis on teaching four fundamental language arts: speaking, 
writing, reading, and listening. (Fall) 

552 Teaching Practices and Curriculum in Foreign 
Languages (3:3:2) 

Pr. 450, 545, and admission to teacher education 

Coreq. or pr. 470, or permission of instructor 
Designed to acquaint second-language teachers with modern 
methods and techniques of instruction in secondary schools. 
Emphasis on proficiency in listening, speaking, reading and writ- 
ing and on teaching materials. (Fall) 

553 Teaching Practices and Curriculum in Social Studies 
(3:3:2) 

Pr. 450, 545, and admission to teacher education 
Coreq. or pr. 470, or permission of instructor 

• Required of student teachers in social studies. 
Organization of social studies in secondary schools; classroom 
methods, techniques, and activities; teaching materials; testing 
and evaluation. (Fall) 

554 Middle Grades Social Studies Education (3:3) 

Pr. admission to Middle Grades Education major 
Examination of candidate competencies in middle grades social 
studies instruction. Emphases include practical and theoretical 
attention to curriculum development, planning, resources, stan- 
dards, instructional strategies, and assessment. 



555 Multicultural Education (3:3) 

Philosophical and sociocultural perspectives on pluralism and 
diversity. Emphases include interdependent individual, cultural, 
and institutional behaviors related to race, religion, class, cul- 
tural/ethnic heritage, and gender. (Spring) 

557 Teaching Practices and Curriculum in Mathematics 
(3:3:2) 

Pr. 450, 545, and admission to teacher education 
Coreq. or pr. 470, or permission of instructor 

• Required of student teachers in mathematics. 

Special teaching problems in secondary mathematics. Teaching 
procedures for important topics discussed in relation to their 
foundations in mathematics and logic. (Fall) 

559 Teaching Practices and Curriculum in Science (3:3:2) 

Pr. 450, 545, and admission to teacher education 
Coreq or pr. 470, or permission of instructor 

• Required of student teachers in science. 

Development of philosophy of science teaching and of attitudes 
and values relative to science teaching in secondary school. 
Emphasis on recent curriculum studies in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and earth-science and the changing approaches to teach- 
ing these subjects. (Fall) 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Department of Dance 

School of Health and Human Performance 

323 Health and Human Performance Building 

336/334-5570 

www.uncg.edu/dce 

Faculty 

Jan Van Dyke, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Gamble, Lavender, Stinson 

Associate Professors Dils, Green, Santos 

APT Associate Professor Pore 

Assistant Professors Cyrus, Gee, Sullivan 

APT Assistartt Professor Vulpi 

Mission Statement 

The Department of Dance at UNCG offers bachelors and masters 
degrees that provide professional preparation balanced with liberal 
education for a variety of career outcomes in dance. The Department 
prepares students for further study and for the task of creating their 
lives as artists, educators, scholars, and/or related professionals, 
whether at a state, regional, or national level. 

The Department's primary emphasis is teaching students the tech- 
nical skills required for creative work and the critical skills essential to 
the creative process and to scholarly inquiry along with the knowledge 
of dance and related areas they will need to pursue diverse careers. The 
Department also plays a significant role in enhancing the cultural 
environment of the campus and larger community through the presen- 
tation of work by faculty, students, and other artists. 

The Department of Dance is an accredited institutional 
member of the National Association of Schools of Dance. The 
requirements for entrance and graduation as set forth in this 
Bulletin meet the published regulations for the National 
Association of Schools of Dance. 



260 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Dance 



Admission to Dance Majors (B.A., B.S., and B.F.A.) 

Admission for all dance major programs in the 
Department of Dance is by application only. All prospective 
Dance or Dance Education majors must participate in a selec- 
tive admission process. This includes students currently at 
UNCG who have not been accepted as majors in the 
Department. The audition process includes a written applica- 
tion, an audition class, a writing sample, and an interview. 
Application forms and details are available from the 
Department. 

Dance Major (DANC) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: Dance Studies, U435 

The Dance major (B.A.) is designed to provide students 
with a general education in dance. Majors in Dance Studies 
(B.A.) are required to complete the following program. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

required: any GFA course except DCE 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

required: DCE 200 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

required: one GNS lab course and an additional GNS 

course with a different departmental prefix (NTR 213 

recommended) 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 
Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

required for GL Marker: DCE 200 

required for GN Marker: DCE 205 

Students select: 2 additional courses carrying GL/GN 

markers 
One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 

also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 

major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

DCE 505 serves as the major SI course. 



One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. DCE 305 serves as the major WI course. 

Ill B.A. Requirements (45 semester hours) 

• DCE 117 

• Dance History: DCE 205, 305, and 505 

• DCE 200, 217, 241, 253, 255, 340, 355 

• Theory and Practice of Dance (9 s.h.): 

• minimum two (2) s.h. from modern sequence: DCE 
111, 112, 212, 312, 324, 412, 424 

• minimum two (2) s.h. from ballet sequence: DCE 
113,114,214,314,414 

• minimum 1 s.h. from: DCE 132, 232, or 332, plus 1 
s.h. DCE 216, 231, 232, 316, or 332 

• minimum 1 s.h. from: DCE 312, 324, 412, 424, 314, 
414, 316, 332 

• remaining two (2) s.h. may be taken from any of the 
above, or DCE 230 or 233 

Students must take 10 additional DCE credits at the 
300-500 level. 

IV Electives 

Sufficient electives to complete the 122 total semester 
hours required for the degree. 

Dance Major (DANC) 
Degree: Bachelor of Fine Arts 

Required: 128 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: U431 

The Dance major (B.F.A.) is planned to provide experi- 
ences in dance as an art form with emphasis on creative and 
performance activities. Course work in modern dance, ballet 
technique, choreography, and performance are central in the 
curriculum, providing a basis for graduate study and for 
careers related to dance. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

required: any GFA course except DCE 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

required: DCE 200 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bidletin 



161 



Dance 



Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

required: one GNS lab course and an additional GNS 
course with a different departmental prefix (NTR 213 
recommended) 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 
Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

required for GL Marker: DCE 200 

required for GN Marker: DCE 205 

Students select: 2 additional courses carrying GL/GN 

markers 
One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 

also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 

major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

DCE 505 serves as the major SI course. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. DCE 305 serves as the major WI course. 

III Major Requirements (78 semester hours) 

1 . Dance technique and theory (24 s.h.) 

• contemporary dance: 6 s.h. selected from DCE 111, 
112, 212, 312, 324, 412, 424 

• ballet: 4 s.h. selected from: DCE 113, 114, 214, 314, 
414 

• African and other forms: DCE 232 or 332, plus three 
(3) additional s.h. selected from: DCE 216, 231, 232, 
316, 332 

• dance technique electives: 10 additional s.h. selected 
from any of the above, or DCE 230 or 233 

2. Grade of B+ or higher in DCE 412 or 424 

3. DCE 117, 200, 205, 217, 241 , 253, 255 (twice), 305, 340, 353, 
355, 417, 453, 470 or 487, 505, 546; DCE 455 or THR 284 or 
584 

4. Dance performance (6 s.h.) selected from: 

DCE 243, 250, 343, or 443; must include at least 2 s.h. of 
DCE 343 or 443 

5. Dance Electives to total 78 s.h. in Dance 

6. Overall 2.75 GPA or higher in courses taken at UNCG 

IV Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 128 total semester 
hours required for degree, at least 42 hours outside Dance, 
including GEC. 

Dance Education Major (DEDU) with Teacher 
Licensure in Special Subject-Area 

Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 128 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Code: Dance Education Major, U403 



The Dance Education major (B.S.) is planned to develop 
an understanding of dance as an art form and as creative arts 
education. In addition to core courses in dance technique, 
choreography, performance, history, and scientific founda- 
tions, dance education students also study the teaching/ 
learning process in dance. Extensive observation, participa- 
tion, and laboratory experiences with a variety of age groups 
are included. The Dance Education major is designed to lead 
to North Carolina licensure for teaching in public schools. 

Specific course requirements for the B.S. degree with a 
major in Dance Education are detailed in the following sections. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

required: any GFA course except DCE 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

required: DCE 200 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

required: one GNS lab course, and one additional 

GNS course with a different departmental prefix (NTR 

213 recommended) 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

required: HEA 201 and one additional GSB course 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 
required for GL Marker: DCE 200 
required for GN Marker: DCE 205 
Students select: 2 additional courses carrying GL/GN 
markers 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 
DCE 505 serves as the major SI course. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. DCE 305 serves as the major WI course. 



Ib2 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Dance 



III Major Requirements (66 semester hours) 

1. Dance technique and theory (12 s.h.), including at least 
one semester of DCE 312, 314, 316, or 332: 

• contemporary dance: two (2) s.h. selected from DCE 
111, 112, 212, 312, 324, 412, 424 

• ballet: two (2) s.h. selected from DCE 114, 214, 314, 
414 

• jazz: 1 s.h. selected from DCE 216 or 316 

• other global forms: DCE 232 or 332, plus 231 

• five (5) s.h. from any course listed under dance tech- 
nique and theory or DCE 230 (recommended) 

2. DCE 117, 200, 205, 217, 241, 253, 255, 305, 340, 353, 355, 
417, 458, 461, 463, 505, 546, 557 

3. Dance performance (1 s.h.) selected from DCE 243, 250, 
343, or 443 

4. Dance electives (3 s.h.) 

IV Teacher Licensure Requirements 
(9 semester hours) 

Completion of University Teacher Education require- 
ments (see Teacher Education). HEA 201 also satisfies 
General Education Core Requirements for the GSB 
category. 

1. ELC 381 The Institution of Education 3 

2. CUI 450 Psychological Foundations of Education 3 

3. CUI 470 Reading Education (2) 

or CUI 535 Literacy in the Content Area (3) 2-3 

4. LIS/CUI 120 1 
Total Licensure Requirements 9-10 

V Electives (17 semester hours) 

Electives sufficient to complete 128 total semester hours 
required for degree. 

Dance as Second Major 

Students desiring to take Dance as a second major 
should follow the degree requirements for the B.A. degree in 
Dance. 

Dance Minor 

Required: minimum 15 semester hours 
AOSCode: U406 

A Dance minor is available for students not wishing to 
specialize but who have an interest in dance and want a con- 
centration of study in the area to complement an affiliated pro- 
gram of study. Students wishing the minor program must have 
their declaration of the minor approved by the Department. 
Dance majors are given priority in registration for most 
courses, but minors receive special consideration. The minor 
includes a minimum of 15 semester hours, with no more than 
eight (8) at the 100 level, and at least three (3), but no more than 
nine (9), in any one of the areas listed below: 

• Technique 

Ballet: select from DCE 113, 114, 214, 314, 414 

Contemporary: select from DCE 111, 112, 212, 312, 324, 

412, 424 

Jazz: select from DCE 116, 216, 316 

Other: DCE 132, 231, 232, 233, 332 

• Creative Work: Improvisation, Choreography, Repertory, 
Performance, Creative Synthesis: select from DCE 101, 
217, 250, 253, 343, 417 



• Historical/Cultural Aspects: select from DCE 200, 205 

Additional courses may be selected from other DCE 
offerings to total a minimum of 15 hours. 

Community Dance Concentration 
For All Dance Majors: 
Required: minimum 18 semester hours 
AOSCode: U428 

The Community Dance Concentration is designed for 
dance majors who wish to work as dance artists responding 
to the needs of particular communities, such as individuals 
with disabilities, pregnant adolescents, prison inmates, recent 
immigrants, or senior adults. 

This concentration is available to all Dance majors (B.F.A., 
B.S., or B.A.) who wish to work as artists in a community dance 
setting. 

Students must meet all requirements for a B.A., B.F.A., or 
B.S. in Dance in addition to the following requirements. 

Requirements 

DCE 353, 365, 446, 457, 555; DCE 455 or THR 284 

Additional Requirements 

1. Must achieve a B or higher in DCE 312, 324, 412 or 424 

2. DCE 216 or 316 (jazz) for 1 s.h. 

Initial Dance Licensure Concentration 
For B.A. and B.F.A. Dance Majors: 
Required: 40-41 semester hours 
AOSCode: U440 

The A-licensure concentration is designed for B.F.A. and 
B.A. majors in dance who wish to earn a license for teaching 
dance in K-12 public schools along with their degree. In addi- 
tion to course work, students must apply and meet require- 
ments for admission to Teacher Education and Student 
Teaching, as specified by the Teachers Academy. Students 
must meet all requirements for a B.A. or B.F.A. in Dance in 
addition to the following requirements (some of the follow- 
ing are required for one of these degrees or may be selected 
from among choices for the degree): 

• DCE 231, 216 or 316, 241, 353, 458, 461, 463, 546, 557 

• Ballet: DCE 114, 214, 314, or 414 

• LIS 120, HEA 201, ELC 381, CUI 450, CUI 470 or 535 

Dance Courses (DCE) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses For Undergraduates 

101 Introduction to Dance (3:3) 

GE Core: GFA 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 

• For non-majors; Dance majors should enroll in DCE 117. 
Introduction to the basic concepts and principles of modern/post- 
modern dance through readings, studio experiences, discussions, 
and concert attendance. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



163 



Dance 



111 Beginning Contemporary Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Introduction to the movement techniques of modern dance, with 
emphasis on aesthetic and expressive qualities. (Fall & Spring) 

112 Advanced Beginning Contemporary Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of technical skills in modern dance, including 
rhythmic perception and spatial awareness, with emphasis on 
aesthetic and expressive qualities that lead to performance. (Fall 
& Spring) 

113 Beginning Ballet (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Introduction to basic ballet techniques. (Fall & Spring) 

114 Advanced Beginning Ballet (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of technical skills in ballet, including directions of 
the body, alignment, function and access of turnout, and use of 
the French ballet lexicon, with emphasis on safe and efficient 
body use. (Fall & Spring) 

116 Beginning Jazz Dance (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Introduction to the style, technique, and rhythmic structures of 
jazz dance with emphasis on increasing movement capabilities 
and personal expression. (Fall & Spring) 

117 Movement as a Medium (3:3) 

Pr. dance majors only 
Orientation to the art of dance and the principles governing it. 
Presentation of materials and experiences related to a realistic 
concept of the roles of dance in society. (Fall) 

132 Beginning African Dance (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Introduction to the history and vocabulary of West African 
dance, emphasizing the central role that dance plays in African 
cultures. (Fall) 

200 Dance Appreciation (3:3) 

GECore: GFA GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 

• Selected sections meet Writing Intensive (Wl) requirement. 

• Selected sections may be designated for Dance majors. 

Dance as an art form: historical and aesthetic perspectives, basic 
dance elements, and the relationship to other arts. Lectures, 
films, demonstrations, and practical dance experience. (Fall & 
Spring) 

205 Dance History I: World Dance Traditions (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

Pr. Dance majors and minors only. 
Study of the histories and aesthetic systems of selected world 
dance traditions, emphasizing interconnections between aes- 
thetic practice and religious and social needs and the impact of 
cultural convergence on dance. (Spring) 

212 Intermediate Contemporary Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Further development of technical skills in modern dance, including 
increased movement capabilities, rhythmic accuracy, and spatial 
relationships, with emphasis on aesthetic and expressive qualities 
that lead to performance. (Fall & Spring) 



214 Intermediate Ballet (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of technical skills in ballet, including safe and 
efficient alignment and clear articulation of movement vocabu- 
lary, with emphasis on increased vocabulary and musicality. 
(Fall & Spring) 

216 Intermediate Jazz Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. dance major, or departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 
Continuation of 116. (Fall & Spring) 

217 Exploration and Improvisation in Dance (2:1:3) 

Pr. sophomore, junior, or senior status and Dance major, or permis- 
sion of department 
Guided exploration in the elements of dance for the creative 
development of personal movement repertoire, spontaneous 
group interaction, and choreographic and movement observa- 
tion skills. (Spring) 

230 Somatic Practices in Dance (1:0:3) 

• Priority enrollment given to dance majors. 

The study of somatic practices in dance. Students will explore 
and discuss issues related to one body practice. Topics include 
body awareness, alignment, injury prevention, and movement 
observation. 

231 Global Dance Forms (1:0:3) 

Pr. required placement in DCE 112 or 114 dance technique or 
departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Classical and vernacular dances from Europe, Asia and the 
Pacific, Africa, and the Americas. Particular dance form varies by 
semester. (Fall & Spring) 

232 Intermediate African Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Intermediate-level African dance technique. Further exploration 
of the principles of West African movement and the historic and 
cultural contexts in which the dances are presented. (Fall & 
Spring) 

233 Tap Dance (1:0:3) 

• Sections will be designated in semester course schedule. 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Theory and technique of American tap dance forms with emphasis 
on basic listening, rhythmic and coordination skills, and audition 
strategies. (Fall & Spring) 

241 Music for Dance (2:1:2) 

Study of the relationship of sound and movement, accompaniment 
and dance, accompaniment/composer and teacher/choreogra- 
pher, and a practical application of these understandings. (Spring) 

243 Beginning Dance Repertory (1:0:3) 

Pr. or coreq. DCE 212 or higher 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of performance skills for low intermediate dancers 
through rehearsals and performances of a significant dance work 
choreographed by dance faculty or approved dance artists in the 
field. (Fall & Spring) 

250 Dance Performance Practicum (1:0:3) 

Pr. open by audition or invitation 

• May be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Extensive rehearsal culminating in performance of choreography 
created by students. (Fall & Spring) 



164 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Dance 



253 Choreography I: Craft (2:1:2) 

Pr. DCE 217, 241; junior or senior Dance major 
Study of the elements of time, space, and design as they are 
artistically significant in dance. (Fall) 

255 Dance Production Practicum I (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Supervised experience in introductory level technical production 
work supporting dance performances. (Fall & Spring) 

305 Dance History II: Dance in the United States (3:3) 

Pr. DCE 205 

• Dance majors, minors, and concentration students only. 

Study of the history of dance in the United States, emphasizing 
concert and social dance as syntheses of African and European 
dance traditions and including discussion of Native American per- 
formance. All sections are taught as Writing Intensive (WI). (Fall) 

312 High Intermediate Contemporary Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Further development of technical skills in modern dance, including 
increased complexity of movement capabilities, rhythmic structure, 
and spatial designs, with emphasis on aesthetic and expressive 
qualities that lead to performance. (Fall & Spring) 

314 High Intermediate Ballet (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Further development of technical skills in ballet, including 
dynamic alignment, body /mind connection, and proprioception, 
with emphasis on self expression through the ballet aesthetic. 
(Fall & Spring) 

316 Advanced Jazz Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Continuation of 216 for further development of skill, style, and 
understanding of the jazz form of dance. 

323 The Arts as Human Experience (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: FA/CFA 
An examination of the meaning of the arts experience, including its 
historical and personal significance. Includes reading and related 
work in art, dance, drama, and music. (Same as ART 323, THR 323) 

324 Contemporary Dance: Theory and High Intermediate- 
Level Technique (2:1:3.5) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Theory and practice of intermediate-level modern dance technique 
and its relationship to the artistic and professional field. (Fall & 
Spring) 

332 Advanced African Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Advanced study of complex rhythms of African dance. The class 
will connect traditional songs, dances, and music with the culture 
and use those elements in choreography. (Spring) 

340 The Body and Motion in Dance (3:3) 

Study of the body and movement as relevant to dance. Emphasis 
on anatomical and kinesiological principles, alignment, body 
issues, prevention and care of injuries. (Spring) 



343 Intermediate Dance Repertory (1:0:3) 

Pr. or coreq. 312 or higher 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of performance skills for intermediate dancers 
through rehearsals and performances of a significant dance work 
choreographed by dance faculty or approved dance artists in the 
field. (Fall & Spring) 

345 Dance Education in Elementary Schools (2:4 for 10.5 
weeks) 

Pr. junior, senior, or graduate standing in elementary education 
Observation/participation of dance education with elementary 
schools, as well as some special education students of varying 
ages, with reflection on the nature of dance and its educational 
significance. 

353 Choreography II: Process (2:1:2) 

Pr. DCE 253 
Study of and experience in various approaches to the choreo- 
graphic process as related to artistic concepts and to the philosophy 
of art as espoused by various traditional and contemporary dance 
artists and as developed by the individual student. (Spring) 

355 Dance Production Practicum II (1:0:3) 

Pr. 1 credit of DCE 255 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Supervised experience in advanced level technical production 
work supporting dance performances. (Fall & Spring) 

365 Practicum: Dance in Community Settings (1-6:0:3-18) 

Pr. junior or senior standing; 2.70 overall GPA with a 3.0 GPA in 
Dance; and permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit for a maximum of six (6) semester 
hours. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP). 

Practical experience in an approved dance or dance-related setting. 
Each credit earned requires a minirnurn of 45 clock hours. (Fall & 
Spring) 

412 Advanced Contemporary Dance (1:0:3) 
Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Refinement of technical skills in modern dance at the advanced 
level, including complex movement capabilities, rhythmic struc- 
tures, and spatial designs, with emphasis on aesthetic and 
expressive qualities that lead to performance. (Fall & Spring) 

414 Advanced Ballet (1:0:3) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Mastery of kinesthetic, expressive, and aesthetic principles of 
contemporary ballet at an advanced /professional level. (Fall & 
Spring) 

417 Contact Improvisation (1:0:3) 

Pr. 217 or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of improvisational performance skills for advanced 
dancers through a thorough study of Contact Improvisation. (Fall) 

424 Contemporary Dance: Theory and Advanced Level 
Technique (2:1:3.5) 

Pr. departmental permission 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Theory and practice of advanced-level modern dance technique 
and its relationship to the artistic and professional field. (Fall & 
Spring) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



165 



Dance 



443 Advanced Dance Repertory (1-3) 

Pr. DCE 312, 324, 412, or 424, and permission of instructor 

• By audition or by invitation of the instructor 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Development of performance skills for advanced dancers 
through rehearsals and performances of a significant dance work 
choreographed by dance faculty or approved dance artists in the 
field. (Fall & Spring) 

453 Choreography III: Group Forms (2:1:2) 

Pr. DCE 353; 2.50 GPA required 
Study of and experience in developing choreographic materials 
for various sized groups. Special emphasis on techniques for the 
integration of formal values and artistic intention. (Fall) 

455 Career Management for the Dance Artist (2:3) 

Pr. Dance majors only, or permission of instructor 
Overview of the professional dance world. Course work involves 
viewing videos of today's touring companies and learning basic 
skills in auditioning, applying for jobs, grant writing, and organ- 
izing promotional materials. (Alt Spring) 

456 Field Study: Dance in New York City (1) 

Pr. Dance major or permission of instructor 
A one week trip to New York City over Spring Break; activities 
include attending dance concerts and selected classes, and meeting 
with dancers who live and work in the City. (Even Spring) 

458 Field Experience Teaching in K-12 Dance Education (3:3) 

Pr. DCE 557 and admission to Teacher Education in Dance; grade 
ofB or higher in DCE 212 
Development of competencies for teaching dance in K-12 public 
school settings. 

461 Student Teaching in Dance Education (9) 

Pr. admission to Student Teaching 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Supervised student teaching experience in dance education. Full- 
time teaching in a school setting. (Fall & Spring) 

463 Seminar in Dance Education (3:3) 

Pr. DCE 457 or 557 
Synthesizing of experiences in teaching dance in public schools, 
with continuing development of professional competencies and 
preparation of portfolio required for K-12 licensure. (Spring) 

470 Creative Synthesis in Dance (3:3) 

Pr. B in DCE 453, or permission of instructor 
Culminating choreographic experience for students completing 
choreography concentration in B.F.A. (Spring) 

475 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. demonstrated competency for independent work and permission 
of academic advisor and instructor 

• May be repeated for a maximum of six (6) semester hours. 
Intensive work in area of special interest in dance. Available to 
exceptionally qualified students on recommendation of academic 
advisor and instructor. (Fall & Sprtng) 

476 Selected Topics in Dance (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated twice for credit. 

Current topics and issues in dance as art, education, or therapy 
for students with sufficient preparation for intensive study of 
identified area. 

487 Performance Theory and Practice (2:1:3) 

Pr. or coreq. DCE 412 or 424 
Rehearsal and performance of choreography designed to chal- 
lenge student dancers at their highest level of performance. 



Choreography by full time faculty. Selected readings and written 
assignments accompany practical work. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

505 Contemporary Dance: Aesthetic and Cultural Practice 
(3:3) 

Pr. DCE 205 and 305; 2.50 GPA; graduate students must have sat- 
isfied the dance history requirement for admission to a graduate 
dance program 
Study of cultural issues and aesthetic priorities of dance in the late 
postmodern world, especially contemporary dance. Provides 
opportunities to present ideas about and debate issues concerning 
contemporary dance. All sections are taught as Speaking 
Intensive (SI). (Spring) 

546 Perspectives on Dance Education (3:3) 

Theoretical foundations in dance education and their implications 

for curriculum and teaching. (Fall) (Formerly DCE 446) 

550 Creative Process: Dance Perspective (3:3) 

Pr. advanced standing in an arts program or permission of instructor 
Exploration and examination of issues related to creativity and the 
creative process in dance and related arts. Includes experiential 
and theoretical modes of encounter. (Alt Fall) 

553 Choreographic Workshop (3:3) 

Pr. 551 or 453, or permission of instructor 
Development of choreographic skills for advanced students 
through workshops which focus on a particular approach to 
dance composition developed by a contemporary professional 
artist. (Fall & Spring) 

555 Technology in the Creation and Preservation of Dance 
Works (3:3) 

Pr. DCE 355, or admission to graduate study in dance, 
or permission of the instructor 
Theory and practice in technologies used for creating and pre- 
serving dance works. Topics include software applications, light- 
ing, sound, costuming, scenery, and production management. 
Laboratory work with University dance concerts. (Fall) 

557 Dance Pedagogy for Ages 5-18 (3:2:2) 

Pr. DCE 546 

• For Dance and Dance Education majors only. 
Consideration of methodological issues related to teaching dance 
in public school and community settings. (Fall) (Formerly DCE 

457) 

560 The Dancer's Body (3:3) 

Pr. two semesters of dance technique, and 340 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor 
The study of body theories and practice in dance. Topics include 
somatic theory and practice and body issues related to dance per- 
formance, choreography, and pedagogy. (Odd Fall) 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for additional graduate-level courses. 



166 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Economics 



Department of Economics 

Bryan School of Business & Economics 

462 Bryan Building 

336/334-5463 

www. u ncg . ed u/bae/econ 

Faculty 

Stuart D. Allen, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Caldwell, Link, Neufeld, Rxihm 

Associate Professors Bearse, Layson, Leyden, McCrickard 

(Associate Dean), Snowden (Director of Graduate Studies) 
Assistant Professors Holland, Rosenbaum, Swann, Sylvester 
Lecturers Brod (Director of Office of Business and Economics 

Research), Overton, Sarbaum, Vaidyanathan 

Mission Statement 

The mission of the Department of Economics supports the teach- 
ing, research and service mission of the University and the Bryan 
School of Business and Economics. We strive to offer professional 
business and liberal arts education that prepares students to enter 
the competitive global job market, to enhance their careers, and to 
earn graduate and professional degrees; to provide quality teaching 
in our mutually supportive undergraduate and graduate programs; 
to gain national recognition for our scholarship and our graduate 
programs; and to use our expertise and service to encourage eco- 
nomic understanding among North Carolina citizens and to foster 
economic development within the Triad and the state. 

The Department of Economics provides students with an 
understanding of economic principles, concepts, and institu- 
tions and the ability to analyze economic problems and pub- 
lic policy issues. Economics is a social science concerned with 
public policy issues such as pollution and the environment, 
the health system, central bank policy and inflation, unem- 
ployment, the productivity of the labor force, economic 
growth, and international trade and finance. 

The Economics Department offers two undergraduate 
degrees: a liberal arts Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of 
Science through the Bryan School of Business and Economics. 
Requirements for the B.S. degree include a core of courses 
common to all professional degree programs in the Bryan 
School: twelve semester hours of economics and thirty-three 
hours in accounting, finance, management, and information 
systems and operations management, plus additional courses 
in economics to complete one of the five concentrations: 
Business and Public Policy; Applied Economic Analysis 
(quantitative and statistical analysis); Global Economic 
Policy; Economic Studies; and Financial Economics. 

The B.A. degree allows a student to earn a liberal arts 
degree and to have the flexibility to double major. A major in 
economics can be combined with a major in areas such as inter- 
national business studies, geography, political science, history, 
English, mathematics, and the sciences. Interdisciplinary work 
in the areas of the environment, regional development, public 
policy, health, or gerontology can be taken by the enterprising 
student who seeks out appropriate course work in a variety of 
departments. A degree in economics provides the student with 
enhanced access to the job market and to graduate and profes- 
sional schools. Additional statistical and quantitative course 
work allows a student to develop research skills and computer 
expertise that are very important for the job market and for 
entry into graduate programs. 



The Economics Department offers a Master of Arts 
degree in Applied Economics that provides the student 
with the theoretical and statistical training to enter the job 
market as a professional economist employed by financial 
institutions, health organizations, consulting firms, 
research organizations, and government agencies. 

The Economics Department also offers qualified students 
the opportunity to accelerate their study of economics by taking 
MA. courses for graduate credit during their senior year. See 
Accelerated Master's Programs for Undergraduates for 
details. The program enables students the opportunity to earn 
the MA. degree in one additional year of study. 

Teacher licensure is also available for economics majors 
(see Teacher Education Programs). 

Economics Major (ECON) 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 

Economics, U305 

Economics with Teacher Licensure in Social 
Studies, U309 

General Program Requirements 

1. Formal admission to the Department of Economics, 
including the following: 

a. Successful completion of ECO 101 or 201, 202, 250; 
ISM 110; and MAT 120* or 191 

b. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in ECO 101 or 201, 202, and 
250 

c. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 

2. 122 s.h. 

3. At least 50 percent of the major hours must be earned at 
UNCG 

*MAT100 and MAT 115 may be needed as prerequisites for MAT 120 
depending upon math placement test score or completion of previous 
college math. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

MAT 120 or 191 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and ENG 102 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ECO 201 and 202 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



167 



Economics 



II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for the following: 
Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers: 3-6 s.h. (1-2 
courses) of the same foreign language depending upon 
placement; 2-3 additional GL/GN courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major and Related Area Requirements 

1. ECO 101 or 201*, 202*, 250, 301, 327, 346; ISM 110; MAT 
120* or 191* 

2. Economics electives: 12-19 s.h. 

*MAT 120 or 191 satisfies GMT; ECO 201 and 202 satisfy GSB 

IV Additional Requirements for Economics Major 
with Teacher Licensure in Social Studies 

Students seeking teacher licensure should see Teacher 
Education Programs for additional licensure requirements. 
Licensure in social studies is available for economics majors 

(p. 333). 

V Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 total semester hours 
required for degree. 

Economics Major (ECON) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Codes for Economic Concentrations: 

Business & Public Policy, U333 
Applied Economic Analysis, U334 
Global Economics Policy, U335 
Economic Studies, U336 
Financial Economics, U329 
Economics with Teacher Licensure in Social 
Studies, U31 1 

General Program Requirements 

1. Formal admission to the Department of Economics, 
including the following: 

a. Successful completion of ACC 201, 202; CST 105; 
ECO 201, 202, 250; ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 
and ENG 102; ISM 110, 280; and MAT 120* or 191 

b. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in ECO 201, 202, and 250 

c. A cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 



2. 122 s.h. 

3. At least 50 percent of the business semester hours 
required for the degree must be earned at UNCG 

*MAT 100 and MAT 115 may be needed as prerequisites for MAT 
120 depending upon math placement test score or completion of pre- 
vious college math. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Department specifies courses for: 
One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

foreign language XXX 203B (e.g., SPA 203B) or equivalent 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

MAT 120 or 191 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and ENG 102 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ECO 201 and 202 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for the following: 
Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers: 3-6 s.h. (1-2 
courses) of the same foreign language depending upon 
placement; 2-3 additional GL/GN courses, one of which 
must carry the GN marker 
One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Requirements 

1. ECO 201*, 202*, 250, 300*, 301 

2. Remaining courses selected from one of the concentrations 
listed below: 

Business and Public Policy Concentration 

three of the following: ECO 311, 312, 323, 370, 375, 
380, 390, 510 



168 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Economics 



Applied Economic Analysis Concentration 

three of the following: ECO 319, 346, or 351, or 
approved advanced elective in statistics, data analy- 
sis or programming outside the department 

Global Economic Policy Concentration 

three of the following: ECO 310, 327, 346, 360, 363, 
365, 467 or approved advanced elective in the inter- 
national area outside the department 

Economic Studies Concentration 

12 s.h. of approved electives at the 300 level or above 

Financial Economics Concentration 

ECO 327 (or FIN 330), 346, 351, and three finance 
electives (not including FIN 300). Two additional 
economics and finance electives (not including ECO 
101) may be taken. 

IV Related Area Requirements 

1. ACC 201, 202; BUS 105A**; CST 105*; ENG 101*, 102*; 
FIN 315; ISM 110, 280, 360; MGT 301*, 309*, 312, 330, 491; 
MAT 120* or 191*; MKT 320 

2. Nine (9) s.h. of a foreign language; see p. 75 for require- 
ment details. 

*MAT 120 or 191 fulfills GMT; ENG 101, and ENG 102 or CST 
105 fulfill GRD; ECO 201 and 202 fulfill GSB; ECO 300, MGT 
301, and foreign language fulfill 9-12 semester hours of GE/GN 
requirement; MGT 309 fulfills major Wl and SI requirements; CST 
105 fulfills SI requirement outside major. 

**BUS 105A is for students entering UNCG as freshmen and must 
be taken during the first two semesters of enrollment. 

V Additional Requirements for Economics Major 
with Teacher Licensure in Social Studies 

Students seeking teacher licensure should see Teacher 
Education Programs for additional licensure requirements. 
Licensure in social studies is available for economics majors 
(p. 333). 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete 122 total semester hours 
required for degree. 

Honors in Economics 
Requirements 

For Honors requirements, check with the departmental 
office and see Honors Programs information on pp. 213-216. 

Economics as a Second Major 

Completion of a second major in economics is a good 
choice for students in other social sciences, mathematics, and 
other professional areas. The double major can usually be fitted 
into a normal four-year liberal arts course of study. In highly 
structured professional programs, additional semester hours 
beyond the minimum required for graduation are necessary. 

Students who double major in economics and another 
field must complete all major requirements in both areas as 
well as the general requirements for the degree which they 
are seeking. 



Economics Minor 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

AOSCode: U305 

ECO 101 or 201 plus fifteen additional semester hours of 
economics are required to complete a minor. 

An economics minor is especially appropriate for stu- 
dents whose majors are geography, history, mathematics, 
political science, sociology, or for students doing interdiscipli- 
nary study in the social sciences. 

Accelerated Master's Programs 
for Economics Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.A./ 
M.A. in Economics or B.A. in Economics /M. P. A. in Public 
Affairs program requirements. 

Economics Courses (ECO) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Economic Development of the Non-Western World (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

Pr. freshman or sophomore standing, or permission of instructor 
The economics of developing nations, with a natural emphasis 
on the non-Western world. Topics include demographics, educa- 
tion, employment, health care, the environment, foreign aid, 
international institutions, and theories of economic growth. 
(Fall & Spring) 

101 Introduction to Economics (3:3) 
GECore: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 

Pr. 2.0 GPA or above 

• Students with credit for ECO 201, 202 or equivalent, cannot also 
receive credit for 101. 
Introduction to basic economic concepts and public policy issues 
with application to the contemporary American economy. 

201 Principles of Microeconomics (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 

Pr. 2.0 GPA or above 
Introduction to microeconomic principles and analysis. Topics 
include: the market economy, supply and demand, shortages and 
surpluses, competition and monopoly international trade, and 
public policy issues. 

202 Principles of Macroeconomics (3:3) 
GECore: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 

Pr. 101 or 201; 2.0 GPA or above; or permission of instructor 
Introduction to macroeconomic principles and analysis. Topics 
include the national income, the monetary system, inflation, 
business cycles, fiscal policy, the national debt, exchange rates, 
balance of payments, and economic growth. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



169 



Economics 



250 Economic and Business Statistics I (3:3) 

Pr. MAT 115 or 150, ECO 101 or 201, and ISM 110; 2.0 GPA; or 
above or permission of instructor 
Introduction to statistical methods with applications in econom- 
ics and business. Topics include descriptive statistics, probability, 
statistical inference, correlation, and regression. Emphasis on 
problem solving with microcomputer applications. 

300 The International Economy (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

Pr. 101 or 201, and 202; 2.0 GPA; or permission of instructor 
• Students are required to take ECO 300 by the first semester of 
their junior year or as soon after admission to a degree program 
as possible. 
Examines the history, structure, and institutional foundations of 
the international trading system. Analyzes the impact of trade on 
economic growth, employment and living standards with a focus 
on contemporary issues. 

301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3:3) 

Pr. 101 or 201, MAT 120 or 191; 2.0 GPA 
Intermediate level analysis of consumer theory and theory of the 
firm. Other topics include market failure, savings and investment, 
risk and uncertainty, wage determination, and income distribution. 

310 The U.S. in the Global Economy: 1700-2000 (3:3) 

Pr. 101, or 201 and 202; 2.0 GPA; or permission of instructor 
Examination of the history of the United States in the interna- 
tional economy. Examines trade policy, technological and indus- 
trial leadership, immigration, the depression, and American 
post-WWII dominance. 

311 Managerial Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 250; 2.0 GPA 
Economic analysis of management and firm behavior. Topics 
include: the nature of the firm, managerial decision-making, 
demand, market structures, competitive strategies, finance, costs, 
supply, pricing, R&D, and mergers. 

312 Economics of Technology (3:3) 

Pr. 101 or 201; 2.0 GPA 
Economic analysis of technological change. Topics include sources 
of productivity, inventive activity, entiepreneurship, innovation 
strategy, R&D management, patenting, and technology assessment. 
(Fall) 

315 The Economics of Entrepreneurship (3:3) 

Pr. ECO 101 or 201 
Study of entrepreneurship from history of economic thought per- 
spective and application of such concepts to economic agents. 
Emphasis on economic thought, market activity, and economic 
growth. (Spring) 

319 Quantitative Analysis I (3:3) 

Pr. MAT 120 or 191, and ECO 201; 2.0 GPA 
Introduction to mathematical methods in economics. Includes 
applications of mathematics to consumer and production theory, 
equilibrium analysis, input-output models, and optimization. 

(Spring) 

323 Public Finance (3:3) 
Pr. 101 or 201; 2.0 GPA 

The analysis of taxes and expenditures. Topics include: rationale 
for government (public goods, externalities), expenditure analysis 
(including income redistribution), tax analysis (including income, 
sales, and property taxes). (Spring) 



325 Current Issues in Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 101 or 201, and 202; 2.0 GPA; or permission of instructor 
Economic analysis of current issues. Topics vary. Issues include 
trade policy, macroeconomic policy, environment and energy, 
discrimination, Social Security, regulation, education, health care, 
tax policy, agriculture, stock market. 

327 Money and Economic Activity (3:3) 

Pr. 202; 2.0 GPA 
Emphasis on legal, institutional, and economic forces which 
mutually interact to determine supply of money. Elementary 
monetary theory and monetary flows, institutions, policies, and 
problems analyzed. International as well as domestic monetary 
analysis. (Fall) 

346 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3:3) 

Pr. 301; admission to Department of Economics or other approved 
program 
Intermediate level analysis of national income and employment 
with attention to fiscal and monetary policy, theories of business 
fluctuations, and economic growth. (Spring) 

351 Economic and Business Statistics II (3:3) 

Pr. 250; 2.0 GPA 
Continuation of 250. Multiple regression, time series analysis, 
simple forecasting, basic econometric models applied to case 
studies in business, economics, and finance. Use of statistical 
programs. (Fall & Spring) 

360 International Monetary Economics I (3:3) 

Pr. 202; 2.0 GPA 
Analysis of balance of payments and international monetary 
systems. Monetary and fiscal policies under the gold standard, 
fixed exchange, and flexible exchange systems. Breakdown of 
the Bretton Woods system and the current exchange rate policies 
of central banks. (Spring) 

363 European Economic History (3:3) 

Pr. 101 or 201; 2.0 GPA 
Study of evolution of European economics from early modern 
times to the twentieth century. Emphasis on sources of growth: 
trade, migration, industry, technical change, labor, and capital. 
(Same as HIS 363.) 
365 The Economics of European Integration (3:3) 

Pr. 201 and 202; 2.0 GPA 
Examines the historical, current and expected future economics of 
the European Union. Topics include: trade, protectionism, harmo- 
nization, labor issues, the Euro, expansion and interrelation with 
the global economy. 

370 Labor Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 201; 2.0 GPA 
Examination of wage and employment determination in U.S. 
labor markets. Topics include labor supply and labor demand 
theory, investments in education and training, job search and 
migration, unemployment, unions, racial and sex discrimination, 
income inequality, and public policy. (Fall) 

375 Government and Business (3:3) 

Pr. 201; 2.0 GPA 
Government regulation and control of markets. Emphasis on 
antitrust laws and economics as well as control by regulation. 



170 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Economics 



380 Environmental and Natural Resource Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 101 or 201; 2.0 GPA; or permission of the instructor 
Examination of environmental problems in market economies. 
Topics include the economic theory of pollution and its control, 
common-property resources, renewable and other resources, 
endangered species, population growth, and international 
problems. (Spring) 

390 Health Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 101 or 201 or equivalent; 2.0 GPA; or permission of instructor 
Examination of supply and demand for health care, medical mal- 
practice, health insurance, government provision of health care, 
international comparisons, and health care reform. 

467 Economic Growth and Development (3:3) 

Pr. 300, or permission of instructor 
Investigation of the determinants of the long-run economic 
growth of nations. Application of economic concepts to problems 
of developing and lesser developed countries. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

499 Problems in Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 201 and consent of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit with approval of department head. 
independent study, research, and discussion covering a topic or 
group of related topics of current interest in economic policy or 
economic theory. Topics covered vary from semester to semester. 



organization of cities, metropolitan areas, and larger regions and 
to deal with their economic problems. Problem areas analyzed 
include growth, poverty, housing, transportation. 

553 Economic Forecasting (3:3) 

Pr. 351 or permission of the instructor 
Forecasting economic trends and fluctuations. Applications for 
regression analysis, exponential smoothing techniques, and Box- 
Jenkins procedures to forecast such economic variables as gross 
national product and unemployment levels. 

555 History of Economic Thought (3:3) 

Pr. 202 

• Course taught as Writing Intensive (WI) and Speaking Intensive (SI) 
Main currents in evolution of economic thought with emphasis 
on classical and neoclassical schools and developments in eco- 
nomic ideas during twentieth century. (Fall) 

570 Topics in Labor Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 301 or permission of instructor 
Advanced theory and research related to labor supply and 
demand theory, investments in human capital, job search theory, 
migration, unemployment, theories of discrimination, income 
distribution theory, and public policy. 

575 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (3:3) 

Pr. 301 or permission of instructor 
Theoretical and empirical study of firms relative to their rivals, 
suppliers, and customers. Use of theory and industry studies to 
understand the nature of competition and consequences of 
imperfect competition. 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

510 Law and Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 201 

* Taught as Writing Intensive and Speaking Intensive 

Applies economic theory in analysis of law. Presents framework 
for analysis, examines property rights, studies public regulation, 
and examines antitrust laws. (Spring) 

513 Directed Studies in Economics I (1-3) 

Pr. 21 s.h. of economics and permission of instructor 
Individual study of economic problems of special interest to the 
student. Regular conferences with instructor required. 

517 American Economic History: Colonial Times to 1865 
(3:3) 

Pr. 201 or permission of instructor 
Evolution of the American economy through the Civil War. 
Emphasis on sources of economic growth and welfare. (Same as 
HIS 517) 

518 American Economic History: 1865 to Present (3:3) 

Pr. 201 or permission of instructor 
Evolution of the American economy from the Civil War to present. 
Emphasis on economic performance through time measured 
against goals of full employment, price stability, and rapid growth. 
Course taught as Writing Intensive (WI) and Speaking Intensive 
(SI). (Spring) (Same as HIS 518) 

523 Topics in Public Policy (3:3) 

Pr. 301 

• Taught as Writing Intensive and Speaking Intensive. 
Examination of market failure, public goods, economic efficiency, 
and income incidence, allocative effects, and public policy. (Fall) 
530 Urban and Regional Economics (3:3) 

Pr. 301 or permission of instructor 
Application of analytical tools of economics to explain economic 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for additional graduate-level courses. 



Education (EDU courses) 

(see Teacher Education and 
Licensure Programs) 






2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



171 



Educational Leadership & Cultural Foundations; Education Research Methodology; 
English 



Department of 
Educational Leadership 
& Cultural Foundations 

School of Education 

239A Curry Building 

336/334-3490 

www.uncg.edu/elc 

Faculty 

Ulrich C. Reitzug, Professor and Chair of the Department 
Professors Hndak, Shapiro 

Associate Professors Casey, Lashley, Riehl, Villaverde 
Assistant Professors Carver, Chesley, Cooper, Gause 
Adjunct Assistant Professors Coble, Jones 

A major component of this department is an undergrad- 
uate course, ELC 381, "The Institution of Education," which 
is required of all students who are planning to seek teacher 
licensure. 

There are no undergraduate areas of study offered by 
this department. 

Educational Administration/Leadership Majors 

Degrees offered — Master of School Administration; 
Specialist in Education, Ed.S.; Doctor of Education, Ed.D. 

Curriculum and Teaching Major 

Degree offered — Cultural Foundations (Ph.D.) 

Educational Leadership and Cultural 
Foundations Courses (ELC) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

375 Philosophy of Education (3:3) 

Philosophical questions related to education, such as what is 
education, how are the aims of education to be decided, and 
what is knowledge, pursued in conjunction with classic historic 
readings in the philosophies of education and knowledge as well 
as selected contemporary reading. 

381 The Institution of Education (3:3) 

• Required of students seeking teacher licensure. 

School as a social institution concerned with transmission of 
ideological, moral, and cultural values; social reproduction and 
change; and competing philosophical visions of education with 
particular focus on democratic citizenship. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

506 Institutes in Education (1-3) 

• Students may apply no more than three (3) semester hours of 
this course to any degree program. 

• Grade: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory, S/U. 

Practicum or workshop experiences to focus on issues, problems, 
or approaches in the profession. 

581 Teaching in the Urban School (3:3) 

Pr. admission to teacher education or permission of instructor 
This course is designed to provide an opportunity for educators 
to examine research and literature related to the problems of 
teaching in the urban school. 



272 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Department of 

Educational Research 

Methodology 

School of Education 

206 Curry Building 

336/334-3471 
www.uncg.edu/erm 

Terry Ackerman, Professor and Chair of the Department 

Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for graduate-level courses. 



Department of English 

College of Arts & Sciences 

3143 Hall for Humanities and Research Administration 

336/334-531 1 

www.uncg.edu/eng 

Faculty 

Anne Wallace, Professor and Head of the Department 

Professors Baker, Beale, Cushman, Dischell, Evans, Gibson, 

C. Hodgkins, Kilcup, Langenfeld, Nova, Parker, Roskelly, 

S. Yarbrough, Zacharias 
Associate Professors Chiseri-Strater, Ferguson, Keith, 

G. McDonald, Moraru, Myers, Romine 
Assistant Professors Dowd, Schultheis, Stallcup, Van, Weyler, 

Wurr 
Lecturers Ahearn, Clark, Cline, H. Hodgkins, Kennedy, Meyers, 

Roberts, Steadman, Swofford 

The Department of English offers courses in major 
authors, in all major literary periods, in literary theory, in lin- 
guistics and rhetoric, in journalism, and in writing essays, 
fiction, and poetry. Senior-graduate courses are available to 
advanced students, and the graduate program offers the full 
range of literary and rhetorical studies leading to the M.A., 
M.Ed., and Ph.D. The creative writing program offers 
courses both to undergraduates seeking the B.A. degree and 
to graduate students seeking the MFA degree. 

English Major (ENGL) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Codes: 

English, U155 

English with Teacher Licensure in Secondary 
Subject- Area, U157 

The English Major provides a flexible program. Students 
who major in English participate in increasingly intensified 
study of language and literature that includes English, 



English 



American, and foreign literature in translation. Upon gradua- 
tion, English majors are well qualified to enter nearly all fields 
that do not require previous technical and professional training. 

Although the English major is an excellent preparation 
for a variety of careers, many students will seek licensure to 
teach, and others will choose to enter graduate school. 
English has long been recognized as a desirable major for 
prelaw and premedical studies. It is also beneficial for stu- 
dents who enter such fields as journalism, editing, communi- 
cations, diplomacy, advertising, and personnel work. 

A "Guide for English Majors and Minors" is available 
upon request from the departmental office. It provides cur- 
rent advice on planning a major or minor. Additional guid- 
ance is available from the Director of Undergraduate Studies 
in English and from faculty advisors. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies or suggests courses for: 
Literature (GLT) 3 

suggested: ENG 211 
One additional GLT course 3 

suggested: ENG 212 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 



III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

The department offers two major programs leading to the 
B.A. degree: "English" and "English — High School Teaching." 
Successful completion of the latter program qualifies the grad- 
uate to teach in high schools in North Carolina and other states 
with which North Carolina has reciprocal licensure agree- 
ments. A student may declare either major upon matriculation; 
to change one's major to English, or to change from one degree 
program to the other, one must have permission of the depart- 
ment. (See the Director of Undergraduate Studies in English.) 

For both concentrations, a minimum of 30 semester 
hours of English above the 100 level is required. No require- 
ment for the major may be met by a grade lower than C-. 

The courses must be distributed as follows in Section V. 

V Concentration Requirements 
English 

1. ENG 211, 212, 251. These courses provide an overview of 
English and American literature that gives perspective 
and establishes a basis for choosing courses. Students 
should take these courses as early as possible, usually 
during the sophomore and junior years. 

2. ENG 303, Critical Approaches to the Study of Literature 

3. One course in language (ENG 260, 261, 262, 302, 321, 513) 
or criticism (531, 549) or creative writing (221, 225, 325, 
326, 425, 426) or expository writing and journalism (219, 
223, 319, 320, 322, 323, 327, 522, 524), or internship (401, 
402) 

4. Four (4) courses in literature: 

• Two (2) 300-500 level courses in literature before 
1800, only one of which may be in Shakespeare (ENG 
332, 336, 337, 338, 339 or 340, 342, 360, 372, 381, 510, 
537, 540, 541, 561) 

• Two (2) 300-500 level courses in literature after 1800 
(ENG 315, 331, 333, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 350, 351, 
352, 353, 358, 359, 373, 374, 376, 377, 378, 379, 382, 
545, 550, 558, 559, 563, 564, 565, 582) 

5. One or more courses in English at or above the 200 
level 

English with Teacher Licensure in High School Teaching 
(Secondary Subject Area) 

1. English 211, 212, 251 

2. English 303 

3. English 321 

4. Four (4) courses in literature: 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



173 



English 



• Two (2) 300-500 level courses in literature before 
1800, only one of which may be in Shakespeare 
(ENG 332, 336, 337, 338, 339 or 340, 342, 360, 372, 
381, 450, 510, 537, 540, 541, 561) 

• Two (2) 300-500 level courses in literature after 1800 
(ENG 315, 331, 333, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 350, 351, 
352, 353, 358, 359, 373, 374, 376, 377, 378, 379, 382, 
451, 545, 550, 558, 559, 563, 564, 565, 582) 

5. English 322 

Besides completing the above courses in English, candi- 
dates for teaching licensure must meet additional requirements, 
including admission to teacher education (end of sophomore 
year) and to student teaching (junior year), successful comple- 
tion of Praxis, and course work outside the English 
Department. For full current information about all require- 
ments see Teacher Education Programs and the UNCG Teacher 
Education Handbook. Note: admission to teacher education 
and student teaching in English requires a minimum grade 
point average of 2.75, overall and in the major. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

Honors in English 

Requirements 

Twelve semester hours to consist of: 

• Three (3) s.h. of HSS 490 (Honors Thesis) 

• Six (6) s.h. of any English Honors course above the 100 
level 

• Three (3) s.h. of English at the 500 level, or three (3) s.h. 
of a Contract Honors course in English at the 300 level 

Six (6) semester hours from any of the following options: 
Any 500-level course in English 
Any Contract Honors course in English 
ENG 493 (Honors Work — independent study) 
ENG 494 (Honors Seminar) 
Any Honors courses, whether in English or not 

Qualifications 

• A grade of at least B in all course work used to satisfy the 
Honors requirement in English 

• A declared English Major 

• At least a 3.30 overall GPA at graduation 

Recognition 

The designation "Completed Disciplinary Honors in 
English" and the title of the Senior Honors Project will be 
printed on the student's official transcript. 

Honors Advisor 

See H. Hodgkins for further information and guidance 
about Honors in English. For further information on Honors 
Programs, see pp. 213-216. 

English as a Second Major 

Required: minimum of 30 semester hours 

Students must complete the requirements described 
above for the English major (30 s.h.). 



English as a Second Academic Concentration 
for Elementary Education Majors 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

The department also offers an 18-hour second academic 
concentration in English that meets requirements for 
Elementary Education (School of Education) and certain 
other University programs in education. Consult with your 
major advisor or with the Director of Undergraduate Studies 
in English. Education students who are required to complete 
another approved concentration in a basic academic disci- 
pline, must fulfill the following requirements (18 s.h.) for a 
second academic concentration in English. 

1. Required core courses (9 s.h.) — three (3) courses from the 
following: ENG 211, 212, 251, 252 

2. Either 321 or 262 or 302 for 3 s.h. 

3. Two (2) electives at the 200 or 300 level for 6 s.h. 

English as a Second Academic Concentration 
for Middle Grades Education Majors 

Required: minimum of 27 semester hours 

Middle Grades Education majors must fulfill the follow- 
ing requirements (27 semester hours) for a second academic 
concentration in English. Consult with your major advisor or 
with the Director of Undergraduate Studies in English. 

1. English and American Literature (9 s.h.), three courses 
from the following: ENG 211, 212, 251, 252 

2. Language and Writing (6 s.h.): ENG 321 and 322 

3. Expressive Writing (3 s.h.), one course from the follow- 
ing: ENG 221, 223, 225, 323, 325, 326 

4. Literature (6 s.h.), two courses chosen from English 
courses at the 200 or 300 level, in consultation with major 
advisor, from the following: ENG 332, 336, 337, 338, 339, 
340, 342, 360, 372, 381, 510, 537, 539, 540, 541, 542, 561, 
315, 331, 333, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 
355, 358, 359, 372, 373, 374, 376, 377, 378, 379, 382. 

5. Elective (3 s.h.), chosen from literature or writing courses 
at the 200 or 300 level (items 3 and 4 above), in consulta- 
tion with major advisor 

English Minor 

Required: minimum 18 semester hours 

AOSCode: U155 

ENG 101 and 102 satisfy the College Reasoning and 
Discourse (CRD) requirement and do not, therefore, count as 
part of the semester hours for an English minor. 

English minors have wide choice among courses offered 
in fulfilling the minimum of 18 hours in English. They are 
urged, however, to report to the Director of Undergraduate 
Studies as early as possible for help in planning a program. 

Requirements 

1. Any two courses, to be chosen by the student, from 
among the following: ENG 201, 202, 211, 212, 251, 252 

2. No more than six s.h. at the 100 level (but see head note, 
above); and at least six s.h. at the 300 level or above. 

For information on licensure toward a high school English 
endorsement, fulfilling the English minor requirements, see 
the Director of English Education. 



274 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



English 



English Courses (ENG) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Basic Writing (3:3) 

• Does not fulfill the University writing requirement. 

• Credit does not apply toward graduation nor count in the student's 
GPA. 

Instruction and practice in basic writing skills, in preparation for 
101. Admission to the course is by advice of the Director of 
Composition on the basis of SAT scores and placement testing. 

101 English Composition I (3:3) 

GECore: GRD 
AULER/CLER: RD/CRD 

• Equivalent credit to FMS 115/RCO 101. Students may not 
receive credit for both ENG 101 and either FMS 115 or RCO 101. 

Students read and write in varied forms, styles, and lengths. Goals 
include developing ideas and revising writing, experimenting 
with aims and approaches in producing writing, and understand- 
ing appeals to various audiences. (Fall & Spring) 

102 English Composition II (3:3) 

GECore: GRD 

AULER/CLER: RD/CRD 

Pr. 101, or FMS 115 or RCO 101 

• Equivalent credit to FMS 116/RCO 102; students may not 
receive credit for ENG 102 and either FMS 116 or RCO 102. 

Emphasizes developing ideas and supporting varied writing 
tasks. Goals include effective uses of evidence, control in style 
and voice, understanding varied forms and perspectives. (Fall 
& Spring) 

104 Approach to Literature (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
Critical reading and analysis of fiction, poetry and drama with an 
emphasis on a variety of major themes and their relevance to 
contemporary life. (Fall & Spring) 

105 Introduction to Narrative (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
Critical reading and analysis of American and British novels, 
short stories, and narrative poems. Attention to historical, cul- 
tural, and literary backgrounds as appropriate. (Fall & Spring) 

106 Introduction to Poetry (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
Critical reading and analysis of British and American lyric, dra- 
matic, and narrative poetry. Attention to historical, cultural, and 
literary backgrounds as appropriate. (Fall & Spring) 

107 Introduction to Drama (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
Critical reading and analysis of British and American drama. 
Attention to historical, cultural, and literary backgrounds, espe- 
cially the Continental dramatic background, as appropriate. 
(Fall & Spring) 



108 Topics in British and American Literature (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 
Variable topics. Offerings may include Southern Writers, The 
Mystery Novel, Women Writers, The Imperial Imagination, and 
Grail Literature. (Alt Years) 

109 Introduction to Shakespeare (3:3) 

GECore: GLT 
Intensive study of a limited number of plays (and perhaps some 
sonnets) using such approaches as textual analysis, historical 
material, filmed versions, attendance at productions, discussion, 
writing, and performance study. (Fall & Spring) 

110 World Literature in English (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GL 

Introductory survey of literature written in English by authors 
from regions outside the United States and the British Isles — the 
West Indies, India, Canada, Africa, Australia, and New Zealand. 
(Alt Years) 

111 Introduction to Linguistics (3:3) 

Introductory study of the science of language: principles of 
sound, meaning, structure, use, and the interactions of language 
and society. (Fall) (Same as CCI 111 and LIN 111) 

201 European Literary Classics: Ancient to Renaissance (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Critical reading and analysis of works in translation: Homer, Dante, 
Cervantes, and others. (Fall & Spring) 

202 European Literary Classics: Enlightenment to Modern 
(3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Critical reading and analysis of works in translation: Moliere, 
Goethe, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Kafka, and others. (Fall & Spring) 

203 Academic English for Speakers of Other Languages (3:3) 

• Restricted to students whose first language is not English. 

• Does not satisfy the University composition requirement. 
Emphasis on the active use of language skills: speaking, listening, 
reading, writing. (Fall & Spring) 

204 Non-Western Literary Classics (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Reading and analysis of the most influential literary texts of Non- 
Western cultures, ancient through modern; readings include 
translations of prose and poetry from Asia, the Middle East, and 
Africa. 

208 Topics in Global Literature (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GL 

Variable topics, with emphasis on regional interconnections. 
Offerings may include Europe at War, World Women Writers, 
Literature and Revolution, and Holocaust Literature. (Alt 
Years) 

209 Topics in Non-Western Literature (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GN 

Variable topics, with emphasis on regional interconnections. 
Offerings may include South Asian Diaspora, Postcolonial 
Childhood, Afro-Caribbean Writers, and Australasian Writers. 
(Alt Years) 

210 Literature and the Arts (3:3) 
GE Core: GLT 

Exploration of the relationships between literary and extraliterary 
arts such as music, visual arts, cinema, and architecture. 
Extraliterary focus will vary. (Alt Years) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



175 



English 



211 Major British Authors: Medieval to Neoclassical (3:3) 

GECore: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 

Pr. sophomore standing, or English major, or permission of instructor 
Major poets, dramatists, satirists read within the context of their 
times: Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, Pope, Swift, and others. 
(Fall & Spring) 

212 Major British Authors: Romantic to Modern (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 

Pr. sophomore standing, or English major, or permission of instructor 
Major authors of the Romantic, Victorian and Modern periods 
studied in relation to their times and traditions: Wordsworth, 
Tennyson, Yeats, Joyce, and others. (Fall & Spring) 

219 Journalism I: Fundamentals of Newswriting (3:3) 

Introduction to newspaper journalism. Emphasis on basic 
newswriting and reporting. Combines writing workshop and 
lecture. (Fall & Spring) 

221 Writing of Poetry: Introductory (3:3) 

Pr. satisfaction of GLT requirement 
Introductory workshop in writing poetry for students beyond 
the freshman year. 

223 Writing of Essays (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: RD/CRD 

Pr. 101 or exemption 
Course in reading and writing the essay, with particular attention 
to style and voice. (Fall & Spring) 

225 Writing of Fiction: Introductory (3:3) 

Pr. satisfaction of GLT requirement 
Introductory workshop in writing fiction for students beyond the 
freshman year. 

235 Science Fiction (3:3) 

Historical and critical study of science fiction in the twentieth 
century. 

236 Genre Fiction (3:3) 

Selected writers from a popular kind (genre) of fiction, such as 
horror, spy, crime, fantasy, sports. Topic to vary. 

251 Major American Authors: Colonial to Romantic (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 

Pr. sophomore standing, or English major, or permission of instructor 
Classic authors and their contributions to the intellectual life of 
America: Hawthorne, Melville, Douglass, Poe, Whitman, Dickinson, 
and others. (Fall & Spring) 

252 Major American Authors: Realist to Modern (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 

Pr. sophomore standing, English major, or permission of instructor 
Late nineteenth- and twentieth-century authors and their contri- 
butions to the development of modern thought: Dickinson, 
Twain, Frost, Faulkner, Hemingway, and others. (Fall & Spring) 

260 Introduction to the English Language (3:3) 
Relationship between the English language as a system and indi- 
vidual uses of language. Techniques for describing language, the- 
ories about language, and introduction to the structure and history 
of English. (Fall) 

261 Dialects of American English (3:3) 

Consideration of the historical, geographical, and social factors 
which have influenced the varieties of modern American 
English, the methodology of dialect study, and the representation 
of dialects in American literature. 



262 Sociolinguistics (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB 
Introduction to language in its sociocultural context. Topics 
include geographical and social dialects, language and identity, 
domains of language use, language attitudes, and the nature of 
multilingual societies. (Alt) (Same as LIN 262) 

302 Second Language Acquisition (3:3) 

Survey of language acquisition theories, including first and sec- 
ond language development issues; theoretical and pedagogical 
approaches to working with linguistically and culturally diverse 
learners. (Alt) (Same as LIN 302) 

303 Critical Approaches to the Study of Literature (3:3) 

Introduction to critical approaches to literature. Guidelines for 
and practice in writing about literature. (Fall & Spring) 

311, 312 Literary Studies Abroad (3:3), (3:3) 
Selected literary topics — themes, authors, genres, periods — with 
emphasis on their relationships to physical and cultural settings 
associated with the literature. Residence abroad. (Summer) 

315 Postcolonial Literatures (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

Pr. sophomore standing or higher 
Literature from South Asia, Africa, the Caribbean, Australia, and 
Canada marked by the experience of European colonialism. 
Topics include non-European literary forms, colonization, politi- 
cal resistance, nationalism, gender, postcolonial predicaments. 

318 Journalism IV: Advanced Reporting and Writing (3:3) 

Pr.ENG219 
This course focuses on developing advanced skills in print and 
online journalism. Students will pursue projects in investigative 
and feature writing, as well as computer-assisted reporting. 
(Fall or Spring) 

319 Journalism II: Editing the Newspaper (3:3) 
Pr. 219 or permission of instructor 

Values and practices in newspaper editing. Emphasis on ethics, 
editing skills, newspaper design, and writing editorials. (Spring) 

320 Journalism HI: Feature Writing and Reviewing (3:3) 

Pr. 219 or permission of instructor 
Writing workshop: values and journalistic practices in writing 
feature articles and reviews; includes book reviewing and critical 
writing on other arts. 

321 Linguistics for Teachers (3:3) 

Introduction to formal study of the English language, including 
intensive review of structural and transformational grammars. 
Other topics of interest to teachers of English, including geo- 
graphical and social dialects and teaching composition. Course 
satisfies a State requirement for prospective English teachers. 
(Fall & Spring) 

322 The Teaching of Writing (3:3) 

Pr. University Reasoning and Discourse requirements must already 
have been met. For students seeking licensure in English, it is 
recommended that 321 be taken first. 
Principles of written discourse with a survey of techniques of 
teaching composition. Instruction in composing, editing, and 
criticizing written discourse. (Fall & Spring) 

323 Literary Nonfiction (3:3) 

Pr. completion of Reasoning and Discourse requirement 
Workshop in writing essays and other types of nonfiction with 
emphasis on audience and style. 



176 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



English 



324 Practicum: Tutoring Writing (1:1:3) 

Pr. 321, 322, or permission of instructor 

• May be repeated twice for a total of three (3) semester hours. 
Training and experience in teaching writing in individualized or 
small-group tutorial sessions in the University Writing Center. 
(Fall & Spring) 

325 Writing of Fiction: Intermediate (3:3) 

Pr. 225 or permission of instructor 
Continuation of introductory workshop in writing fiction for 
students beyond the freshman year. 

326 Writing of Poetry: Intermediate (3:3) 

Pr. 221 or permission of instructor 
Continuation of introductory workshop in writing poetry for 
students beyond the freshman year. 

327 Writing in the Professions (3:3) 

Pr. University Reasoning and Discourse requirement must already 
have been met. 
Principles of clarity, precision, audience analysis, document design, 
collaboration, and usability applied to a variety of professional 
writing tasks. May include elements of visual design, Web site 
design, or grant writing. (Fall & Spring) 

329 Literature and Film (3:3) 

Selected short stories, novels, plays, film scripts and their film 
versions, with emphasis on rendering literary values into film. 

331 Women in Literature (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
Study of women as readers, writers, and characters in literature. 
Attention to questions of literary canon and to women's position 
in drama, the novel, and poetry. (Fall & Spring) 

332 English Women Writers before 1800 (3:3) 

Pr. 211 
Study of the literary and social significance of texts written in 
various genres by English women prior to 1800. 

333 Southern Writers (3:3) 

Fiction, poetry, drama of the modern and contemporary South. 
Emphasis on Southern perspectives, values, traditions. Faulkner, 
Welty, Wright, Tate, O'Connor, Percy, and others. 

336 Introduction to Chaucer (3:3) 

Pr. for advanced undergraduates 
Chaucer's major poetry examined within the context of medieval 
cultural traditions. Readings in the early dream visions, Troilus 
and Criseyde, and selected Canterbury Tales. Attention given to 
language and pronunciation. 

337 English Literature to 1500 (3:3) 

Culture of the Middle Ages. Selected reading in English literature 
from Beowulf to Malory. Works in Anglo-Saxon and some in 
Middle English in translation. 

338 The Sixteenth Century 1500-1610 (3:3) 

Earlier English Renaissance lyric, romance, prose, and drama; 
study of humanist backgrounds and contexts; emphasis on devel- 
opment of thought and style. 

339 Shakespeare: Early Plays and Sonnets (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
A selection of representative plays including Romeo and Juliet, A 
Midsummer Night's Dream, 1 Henry rV, Much Ado about Nothing, 
Henry V, and Hamlet. (Fall & Spring) 



340 Shakespeare: Later Plays (3:3) 

GECore: GLT 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 
A selection of representative plays, including Othello, King Lear, 
Macbeth, Anthony and Cleopatra, Measure for Measure, and The 
Tempest. (Fall & Spring) 

341 Themes in Literature (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: BL/CBL 

• May be repeated for credit when theme varies. 
Study of a major theme in literature of general interest. Through a 
variety of sources, mainly literature, but including art, film, history, 
and music, the class will explore the dimensions and complexities 
of the theme. 

342 The Seventeenth Century (3:3) 

Main lines of thought and style noted in major writers of the later 
Renaissance from Donne and Jonson through Milton. Emphasis 
on lyric and metaphysical poetry. 

344 Romantic Poetry and Poetics (3:3) 

Intensive study of works by Wordsworth, Coleridge, the 
Shelleys, Keats, and Byron, with attention to development of 
Romantic movement. 

345 Victorian Literature (3:3) 

Major Victorian writings: poems by the Brownings, Tennyson, 
the Rossettis, and others; prose works by Carlyle, Arnold, Mill, 
and others. 

346 English Literature from Victorian to Modern (3:3) 

Critical study of English literature from the end of Victorian 
period to beginning of the modern era. Features such writers as 
Pater, Wilde, Yeats, Shaw, Hardy, Conrad, Ford, and Wells. 

348 Contemporary British Literature and Culture (3:3) 

Post-1945 British literature in cultural, political/historical con- 
text. Topics include history, social class, sexuality, gender, race, 
immigration, post-imperial nostalgia, realism, the legacy of mod- 
ernism, postmodernism, and cultural studies. 

349 English Novel from Defoe to Hardy (3:3) 

Introduction to the great tradition of the English novel. Selected 
novels by Fielding, Austen, the Brontes, Dickens, and others. 

350 The Twentieth-Century English Novel (3:3) 
Development of the English novel from Conrad through end of 
World War II, featuring such writers as Forster, Lawrence, Joyce, 
Woolf, Huxley, and Greene. 

351 The American Novel through World War I (3:3) 

Historical and critical study of Hawthorne, Stowe, Twain, Alcott, 
Chesnutt, James, Johnson, and others. 

352 The Twentieth-Century American Novel (3:3) 
Historical and critical study of Wharton, Cather, Fitzgerald, 
Hemingway, Hurston, Faulkner, Wright, Welty, and others. (Fall 
& Spring) 

353 The Contemporary Novel (3:3) 

Historical and critical study of Updike, McCarthy, Gaddis, 
Morrison, Tan, Pynchon, and others. 

358 Modern Poetry (3:3) 

Poets and schools of poetry, British and American, from 1915 to 
1945, with emphasis on the great variety of styles and subjects. 

359 Contemporary Poetry (3:3) 

British and American poetry 1945 to present. Emphasis on 
themes and styles, with particular attention given to classical 
sources, world history, and modern innovations in technique. 

(Spring) 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bidletin 



177 



English 



360 The Eighteenth Century (3:3) 

Major writers of the Restoration and eighteenth century in a 
historical, literary and cultural context: Dryden, Behn, Pope, 
Swift, Johnson, and others. 

371 Literary Study of the Bible (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
The Bible as part of the world's great literature. Designed to give 
students a better comprehension of the Bible through study of its 
origins, history, structure, and literary qualities. 

372 Early American Literature (3:3) 

Literature in the New World to 1820. Topics include exploration 
and contact, Puritanism, the Great Awakening, the Revolution, 
and the rise of captivity and travel narratives and the novel. 

(Alt) 

373 American Romanticism (3:3) 

Survey of selected major romantic writers, c. 1800-1900: Irving, 
Bryant, Cooper, Prescott, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, and authors 
from the Brahmin and Transcendentalist groups. Authors and 
topics will vary. (Alt) 

374 Early African American Writers (3:3) 

Critical survey of the traditions, ideas, techniques, and directions 
of African American writing from its beginnings to the early 
Harlem Renaissance. 

376 African American Writers after the 1920s (3:3) 

Critical survey of the traditions, thought, and directions of 
African American writing from the late Harlem Renaissance to 
the present. 

377 American Realism and Naturalism (3:3) 

Survey of major realistic and naturalistic writers, c. 1860-1920: 
Stowe, Twain, Howells, James, Chopin, Dreiser, Chesnutt, 
Wharton, Glasgow, and others. Authors and topics will vary. 
(Alt) 

378 American Life-Writing (3:3) 

Survey of various forms of American life-writing, such as autobi- 
ographies, diaries, letters, journals, tribal history, narrative 
poetry, and travel writing; and affiliated critical work. 

379 American Women's Writing (3:3) 

Survey of a particular area, period, theme, or genre of American 
women's writing and affiliated critical work. 

381 English Drama to 1800 (3:3) 

Critical, cultural, and historical study of the English drama — 
excluding Shakespeare — from medieval plays to eighteenth-cen- 
tury comedy: Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, Dryden, Congreve, 
Sheridan, and others. 

382 Modern British and American Drama (3:3) 

Historical and critical survey of British and American drama 
1890 to the present: Shaw, O'Neill, Yeats, Synge, Pinter, Miller, 
Williams, and others. 

401 Internship in Journalism and Editing (3:0:8) 

Pr. English major; junior standing or higher; 3.0 cumulative GPA; 
recommendation of UNCG journalism instructor and permission 
of the Internship Coordinator 
Field experience for senior English majors with a newspaper or 
magazine publisher. Academic supervision provided by 
Internship Coordinator and direction in field provided by job 
supervisor. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 



402 Internship in English Studies (3:0:8) 

Pr. English major; junior standing or higher; 3.0 cumulative GPA; 

recommendation of UNCG English faculty member and permission 

of the Internship Coordinator 
Field experience for advanced English majors in jobs related to 
English studies. Academic supervision provided by Internship 
Coordinator and direction in field provided by job supervisor. 
(Fall & Spring & Summer) 

425 Writing of Fiction: Advanced (3:3) 

Pr. 325 or permission of instructor 
Advanced workshop in writing fiction. Discussion of student fic- 
tion supplemented by readings of fiction and essays about fiction 
by historical and contemporary masters of the genre. 

426 Writing of Poetry: Advanced (3:3) 

Pr. 326 or permission of instructor 
Advanced workshop in writing poetry. Discussion of student 
poetry supplemented by readings of poetry and essays about 
poetry by historical and contemporary masters of the genre. 

450 Pre-1800 Literature Senior Seminar (3:3) 

Pr. senior standing and English major, or permission of instructor 
Variable topic seminar course intended for senior English majors. 

451 Post-1800 Literature Senior Seminar (3:3) 

Pr. senior standing and English major, or permission of instructor 
Variable topic seminar course intended for senior English majors. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

494 Honors Seminar (3:3) 

Pr. English major with upperclass standing, and either enrollment in 
the Honors Programs or a minimum 3.30 overall GPA 
Study of an important topic in Literature, Criticism, Theory, or 
Rhetoric. (Fall) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

Prerequisite for credit in all courses in literature listed below: 
successful completion of at least six s.h. of approved courses 
in English and American literature at the 300 level or above. 

510 Old English (3:3) 

Language and literature of the Anglo-Saxon period (a.d. 
600-1100). The language is studied primarily in conjunction with 
literary texts in the context of their history and culture. 

513 History of the English Language (3:3) 

Origins and development of the English language, methods of 
historical language study, and competing theories of linguistic 
change. Practical emphasis on reading and analysis of texts in 
Old, Middle, and Early Modern English. 

522 Teaching Composition: Theories and Applications (3:3) 

• 321 or 660 recommended. 

Theories of the composing process and of discourse generally as 
they apply to the problems of teaching composition. Background 
studies in language and other related areas. Specific approaches 
to teaching composition, their rationales and their comparative 
usefulness. 

524 Writing — Advanced: Analytical and Technical (3:3) 
Problems of organization and expression in books, articles, and 
reports. For those writing for publication or whose work in 
business or government requires a great deal of writing. 



178 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 






English; Environmental Studies 



531 Feminist Theory and Women Writers (3:3) 

Examines gender and creativity, women's place in literary tradi- 
tion, and connections among art, gender, race, and class. Focuses 
on contemporary theory and on literary works from one historical 
period. 

537 Middle English Literature (3:3) 

Language and literature of the thirteenth-, fourteenth-, and fif- 
teenth-century England. 

540 Shakespeare (3:3) 

Major comedies, histories, tragedies selected for topical study. 
Related background readings and criticism. 

541 Milton (3:3) 

Milton's major poems and his most important prose works in 
their seventeenth-century setting. 

545 Nineteenth-Century British Writers (3:3) 

Major Romantic and/or Victorian writers. Attention to poetry 
and prose. 

549 The Critical Canon and Contemporary Issues (3:3) 
Important critical writings from ancient Greece through the nine- 
teenth century, emphasizing their influence upon modern theory 
and practice. 

550 Modern British Writers (3:3) 

Major novelists, poets, and playwrights of the modernist period. 

553 Topics in English Studies (3:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic varies. 
Studies in selected topics in English or American literature or 
language. 

558 American Poetry After 1900 (3:3) 

Critical and historical study of major twentieth-century 
American poets to World War II. 

559 Twentieth-Century British Poetry (3:3) 

Critical and historical study of twentieth-century British poetry 
to World War II. 

561 Eighteenth-Century British Writers (3:3) 

Selected major writers, 1660-1800, from among Dryden, Swift, 
Pope, Johnson, and others. 

563 American Poetry Before 1900 (3:3) 

American poetry and related critical theory with special empha- 
sis on Taylor, Poe, Emerson, Whitman, and Dickinson. 

564 American Prose Before 1900 (3:3) 

Genres, themes, and movements of American prose, fiction and 
non-fiction, written before 1900. 

565 American Prose After 1900 (3:3) 

American prose written after 1900, with an emphasis on histori- 
cal context, prose traditions in America, and the development of 
form, style, and genre. 

582 Modern Drama (3:3) 

Drama of late nineteenth century and twentieth century, conti- 
nental, English, and American. 

590 Literacy, Learning, and Fieldwork (4:3:3) 

Examines the historical, pedagogical, ideological and theoretical 
threads of literacy studies, debates and programs. Includes train- 
ing/tutoring fieldwork in local literacy programs, primarily in 
the public libraries. 



Environmental Studies Program 

College of Arts & Sciences 

219 Graham Building 

336/256-0520 

www.uncg.edu/psc/es.html 

Committee Members 

Susan Buck, Director, Environmental Studies Program 

Susan Andreatta, Department of Anthropology 

Bruce Banks, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 

Bruce Kirchoff, Department of Biology 

Steve Kroll-Smith, Department of Sociology 

Mike Lewis, Department of Geography 

Bill Markham, Department of Sociology 

Mark Schulz, Department of Public Health Education 

Environmental studies is an interdisciplinary field fos- 
tering understanding of the natural physical and biological 
setting in which life on Earth exists. It integrates scientific 
study of ecosystems, pollution, climate, energy, and other 
environmental and natural resource matters on a global, 
regional or local scale with cultural and policy-related study 
of politics, economics, sociology, history, and law. 

The Environmental Studies minor is designed to provide 
students with a broad exposure to topics related to the envi- 
ronment and to provide knowledge and skills to address 
major environmental issues. Students interested in the minor 
should work closely with their advisors to ensure that they 
meet prerequisites for upper division courses. In particular, 
students planning to take upper division biology courses 
should register for BIO 111/112 rather than for BIO 105/105L. 

Special Programs in Liberal Studies — 
Environmental Studies Minor (SPLS) 
AOSCode: U825 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 
Required courses: 

A. ENV 100 

B. A minimum of 15 semester hours outside the student's 
major department, with no more than 8 hours at the 100 
level: 

1. 6-9 s.h. from the following: BIO 105 (environmental 
focus section) /105L or BIO 111/112 (if student plans 
to take upper level BIO courses), 301, 302, 361, 420, 
431, 526; CHE 252; ENV 399*; FMS 184 (Campus 
Natural History or Endangered Species); GEO 103, 
106/106L, 305, 311, 312, 314/314L, 323, 330; RCO 252 

2. 6-9 s.h. from the following: ATY 526; ECO 380; ENV 
399*; GEO 205; HEA 316; ENV/PSC 312, 313, 314; 
PHI 363; REL 250; RPM 202; SOC 370 

*ENV 399 may not be repeated for credit. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for additional graduate-level courses. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



179 



Environmental Studies; Exercise & Sport Science 



Environmental Studies Courses (ENV) 

Courses for Undergraduates 

100 Introduction to Environmental Studies (3:3) 

Survey of current environmental issues from ecological, social, 

cultural, political, and economic perspectives. (Fall or Spring) 

312 Environmental Law and Policy (3:3) 

Study of federal and international environmental law and policy: 
topics include air and water pollution, hazardous and toxic sub- 
stances, climate change, atmospheric pollutions, and related 
issues. Buck (Same as PSC 312) 

313 Natural Resources Law and Policy (3:3) 

Study of state, federal, and international natural resources law 
and policy: topics include acquisition and management of public 
lands, wildlife, biodiversity, resource conservation. Buck (Same 
as PSC 313) 

314 Wildlife Law and Policy (3:3) 

Evolution of American wildlife law with focus on private property, 
federal-state relations, and federal protection of species, habitat, 
and biodiversity. (Same as PSC 314) 

399 Environmental Studies Internship (3:1:10) 

Pr. written permission of instructor 
150 hours of supervised work in a private, nonprofit, or public 
environmental agency; five 2-hour seminars to discuss assigned 
readings and internship experiences; research paper or written 
field project required. (Fall & Spring) 



Department of 
Exercise and Sport Science 

School of Health & Human Performance 

250 Health and Human Performance Building 

336/334-5308 

www.uncg.edu/ess 

Faculty 

Kathleen Williams, Professor and Head of Department 
Professors Gill, Goldfarb, Martinek, Perrin, Swanson, Williams 
Associate Professors Davis, Etnier, Jamieson, Karper, Schmitz, 

Shultz 
Assistant Professors Henning, Newcomer, Schilling, Wideman 
AP Associate Professors Brown, Poole, Richards 
AP Assistant Professor Stoudemire; AP Instructor Stevens 

Mission Statement 

The mission of the Department of Exercise and Sport Science is to 
prepare professionals at both the undergraduate and graduate levels 
through excellence in teaching, research, and service so that they may 
encourage enhanced performance and quality of life of all citizens of 
the Piedmont Triad and beyond through active lifestyles and lifetime 
physical activity. 



Exercise and Sport Science Major (EXSS) 
Degree: Bachelor of Science 

Required: 122-128 semester hours, to include at least 
36 hours at or above the 300 course level 

Available Concentrations and AOS Codes: 
Exercise Science and Sport Studies 

Fitness Leadership, U412 
Aquatic Instructor Leadership, U423 
Sports Medicine, U421 
Exercise and Sport Science Pedagogy 

Physical Education Teacher Education with K-12 

Licensure, U409 
Community Youth Sport Development, U422 

Transfer Students 

Students who enter the UNCG Exercise and Sport 
Science major as transfers in the junior year should expect to 
take at least an extra semester of work unless they enter with 
a strong background in science (BIO 111, 271, 277) and phys- 
ical education activities. For those students seeking Teacher 
Licensure who are also required to complete a second aca- 
demic concentration, the time commitment may be further 
extended. 

Requirements 

All concentrations in the Exercise and Sport Science 
Major require courses in the following areas: 

1. General Education Core Requirements 

2. General Education Marker Requirements 

3. Major Core Requirements 

4. Related Area Requirements 

5. Concentration Requirements 

6. Electives 

7. Additional Requirements 

Each concentration has additional requirements for 
graduation. The specific course requirements and additional 
requirements are listed in each concentration section. 



Fitness Leadership Concentration 
(122 semester hours) 

The Fitness Leadership concentration prepares students 
for careers in preventive and rehabilitative exercise and fit- 
ness. Graduates from this concentration are able to pursue 
careers in fitness, personal training, cardiac rehabilitation, 
exercise physiology and related fields. 

For complete information about admission to the Fitness 
Leadership concentration, please see VII Additional 
Requirements below. 

Student Learning Goals 

Students completing this program will demonstrate a basic 
knowledge of anatomy, biomechanics, exercise physiology, 
sociohistorical foundations of sport and exercise and human 
development over the life span, as it relates to pathophysiology, 
health appraisal, exercise program prescription and fitness test- 
ing. Graduates will be able to develop, manage and administer 
exercise programs for a range of diverse populations. 



180 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science 



I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: STA 108 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

required: BIO 111; and CHE 103 or CHE 111 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

required: ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 

and CST 105 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ESS 330 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Core Requirements 

ESS 250, 330*, 351, 375, 376, 386, and 388, and 6 activity 
courses** must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or 
higher. 

NOTE: No required ESS course may be taken more than 
twice. Students who receive a grade below C twice in the 
same required ESS course will be dropped from their con- 
centration. Students who receive a grade below C twice in 
the same ESS Theory Core course will be dropped from 
the major. 
*ESS 330 satisfies three (3) semester hours of GSB. 

**The 6 activity courses must include ESS 120, 130, and at least one 
of the following aquatics activities: 150, 151, 203, 252, 254, 256. 

IV Related Area Requirements 

BIO 111*, BIO 271, and 277 or approved transfer courses; 
CHE 103*, 104 and 110L, or CHE 111* and 112, and CHE 
114 and 115; CST 105*; HEA elective; NTR elective; PSY 
121*; STA 108* 



*BIO 111, and CHE 103 or CHE 111 satisfy GNS; CST 105 satisfies 
three (3) semester hours of GRD; PSY 121 satisfies three (3) semester 
hours of GSB; STA 108 satisfies GMT. 

V Additional Concentration Requirements 

ESS 220, 353, 379, 389, 467, 468, 469, 471, 570, and cap- 
stone experience* 

*Satisfactory completion of one of the following capstone options is 
required for graduation: 

a. ESS 595 (6 credits), or ESS 595 (3 credits) and ESS 475 (3 
credits) 

b. ESS 475 (6 credits) 

c. ESS 475 (3 credits) and ESS 495 (3-6 credits) . ESS 493 may 
be substituted for 475 and Senior Honors work may be 
substituted for ESS 495. 

d. Six additional credits of elective ESS course work and 
three additional credits of free elective course work at the 
300 level or above 

VI Electives 

Students may select courses to complete the 122 semes- 
ter hours required for degree. 

VII Additional Requirements 

Additional information may be found in the ESS 
Handbook. 

• A minimum GPA of 2.50 and a grade of at least C (2.0) in 
each required ESS course at the 100-399 levels are 
required for permission to enroll in ESS 467, 468, 469, 
471, 570, any of the capstone options required for gradu- 
ation listed in this Bulletin under V — Additional 
Concentration Requirements, and any other ESS 500- 
level courses in addition to ESS 570. 

• To apply for admission into the Fitness Leadership con- 
centration, students must satisfactorily complete BIO 
111, 271, 277, ESS 220, and one CHE course. Students 
may apply for admission into the concentration only 
while taking or after successfully completing ESS 375 
with a minimum grade of C. Transfer and second- 
degree students must complete the above requirements 
and successfully complete twelve (12) s.h. at UNCG 
before making application. Application does not guaran- 
tee admission. 

• Certification in First Aid and adult and child CPR must 
be current for enrollment in ESS 595. 

• ESS 595 (Internship experience) requires an application 
process with specific requirements. See section on 
"Requirements for Internships." 

• To qualify for graduation in this concentration, all majors 
must achieve a grade of C (2.0) or better in each required 
course with an ESS prefix. 

• To graduate, all majors must obtain at least 36 s.h. in 
courses at the 300-level or above. 

• Students in this concentration who do not graduate 
within seven years or who leave school and later re-enter 
are held for the current program requirements at the 
time of crossing from the seventh to the eighth year, or 
are held to the current program requirements during the 
year of re-entry. 

• Appeals of any of these requirements must be filed with 
the appropriate departmental committee within one 
academic year. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



181 



Exercise & Sport Science 



Aquatic Instructor Leadership Concentration 
(122 semester hours) 

The Aquatic Instructor Leadership concentration pro- 
vides entry-level professional preparation for students who 
will be competent to design and implement effective aquatic 
programs for a wide range of community settings. 

Student Learning Goals 

Students completing this concentration will demonstrate 
knowledge of basic anatomical structures and hydrodynamic 
principles pertaining to aquatic skill performance, as well as 
the sociohistorical, behavioral and biophysical aspects of 
exercise and sport. They will demonstrate knowledge and 
skills of basic water safety as well as appropriate health and 
safety practices for aquatic facilities. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: STA 108 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

required: BIO 111; and CHE 103 or CHE 111 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

required: ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 

and CST 105 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ESS 330 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Core Requirements 

ESS 250, 330% 351, 375, 376, 386, 388 and 6 activity courses 
must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. 



NOTE: No required ESS course may be taken more than 
twice. Students who receive a grade below C twice in the 
same required ESS course will be dropped from their con- 
centration. Students who receive a grade below C twice in 
the same ESS Theory Core course will be dropped from 
the major. 
*ESS 330 satisfies three (3) semester hours of GSB. 

IV Related Area Requirements 

BIO 111*, BIO 271, and 277 or approved transfer courses; 

CHE 103*, 104 and 110L, or CHE 111*, 112, 114 and 115; 

CST 105*; HEA elective; MGT 200; NTR elective; PSY 121*; 

RPM 111; STA 108* 
*B10 111, and CHE 103 or CHE 111 satisfy GNS; CST 105 satisfies 
three (3) semester hours of GRD; PSY 121 satisfies three (3) semes- 
ter hours of GSB; STA 108 satisfies GMT. 

V Additional Concentration Requirements 

ESS 202, 220, 258, 359, 390, 391, 458, 459, 494 

VI Electives 

Students may select courses to complete the 122 semes- 
ter hours required for degree. 

VII Additional Requirements 

Additional information may be found in the ESS Hand- 
book. 

A minimum GPA of 2.30 and a grade of at least C (2.0) in 
each required ESS course at the 100^99 levels is required 
for permission to enroll in any ESS 500-level course. 
Certification in First Aid and adult and child CPR must 
be current for ESS 494. 

ESS 494 (Internship experience) requires an overall GPA 
of 2.50 and an application process with specific require- 
ments. See section on "Requirements for Internships." 
To qualify for graduation in this concentration, all majors 
must achieve a grade of C (2.0) or better in each required 
course with an ESS prefix. 

To graduate, all majors must obtain at least 36 s.h. in 
courses at the 300 level or above. 

Appeals of any of these requirements must be filed with 
the appropriate departmental committee within one 
academic year. 



Sports Medicine Concentration 
(122 semester hours) 

The Sports Medicine concentration provides a prepro- 
fessional program of study with a focus on exercise and 
sport science that also encompasses other fields of science 
(biology, chemistry, physics, health, and nutrition). 
Completing this concentration is a first step toward a career 
in the field of sports medicine, providing students with the 
necessary academic and clinical experience for future study 
in allied health fields. Examples include, but are not limited 
to, athletic training, physical therapy, occupational therapy, 
physician's assistant, podiatry, dentistry, and medicine. 

Student Learning Goals 

Students completing this program will understand the 
basic scientific theories and principles that serve as a founda- 
tion for the allied health and medical professions as well as 
the sociohistorical, behavioral and biophysical aspects of 



182 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science 



exercise and sport. They will understand the structure and 
function of the human body and the stresses associated with 
movement, exercise and the demands of various sports as 
well as prevention, care and treatment of injuries and ill- 
nesses that commonly occur in physical activity. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

required: ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

other GRD course 
Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: STA 108 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 8 

required: BIO 111 and CHE 111 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ESS 330 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 
Students may select courses for: 
Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Core Requirements 

ESS 250, 330*, 351, 375, 376, 386, 388 and 6 activity courses** 
must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. 
NOTE: No required ESS course may be taken more than 
twice. Students who receive a grade below C twice in the 
same required ESS course will be dropped from their con- 
centration. Students who receive a grade below C twice in 
the same ESS Theory Core course will be dropped from 
the major. 
*ESS 330 satisfies three (3) semester hours of GSB. 

**The 6 activity courses must include ESS 120, 130, and at least 
one of the following aquatics activities: 150, 151, 202, 203, 252, 
254, 256. 



IV Related Area Requirements 

BIO 111*, BIO 271, and 277; CHE 111*, 112; CST 341; HEA 

201; NTR 213; PSY 121*; STA 108* 
*BIO 111 and CHE 111 satisfy GNS; PSY 121 satisfies three (3) 
semester hours of GSB; STA 108 satisfies GMT. 

V Additional Concentration Requirements 

ESS 220, 353, 379, 390, 391, 441 

VI Electives 

At least 9 s.h. of electives must be chosen from the fol- 
lowing: 

BIO 112; CHE 114 and 115, 205 and 206, 351, 352 and 354, 
556, 557 and 558; CSC 101; ESS 459, 468, 469, 570, 595; 
HDF 211; ISM 110 or 210; MAT 191; NTR 313, 531, 550, 
560; PHY 211 or 211A, PHY 212 or 212A; PSY 250, 341. 

VII Additional Requirements 

Additional information may be found in the ESS 
Handbook. 

• A minimum GPA of 2.30 and a grade of at least C (2.0) in 
each required ESS course at the 100^499 levels is required 
for permission to enroll in any ESS 500-level course. 

• Certification in First Aid and CPR for the Professional 
Rescuer must be obtained during enrollment in ESS 391. 

• To qualify for graduation in this concentration, all majors 
must achieve a grade of C (2.0) or better in each required 
course with an ESS prefix. 

• To graduate, all majors must obtain at least 36 s.h. in 
courses at the 300 level or above. 

• Formal admission to the Sports Medicine concentration 
requires: 

♦ Successful completion of BIO 111, 271, and 277; CHE 
111 and 112; ESS 220 

♦ Completion or current enrollment in ESS 353, 390 
and 391 

♦ Cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 for admittance to 
program 

♦ Completion of application in ESS Department office 
prior to enrollment in ESS 441. Student should 
obtain detailed information early in their program 
of study to identify themselves as potential ESS 
Sports Medicine concentration students. 

• Students must be formally admitted to the concentration 
prior to enrolling in ESS 441 . 

Physical Education Teacher Education 
Concentration (125-128 semester hours) 

The Physical Education Teacher Education concentration 
leads to licensure for teaching in North Carolina and most 
other states. The licensure program prepares a student to 
teach grades K-12. Throughout the program there are oppor- 
tunities for observation, participation, assisting and "mini- 
teaching", and coaching experiences with public school stu- 
dents, including those with special needs. 

A second academic concentration is required for comple- 
tion of this concentration. Depending on the concentration 
selected, additional semester hours may be required for com- 
pletion of the degree. See "Related Area Requirements" for 
approved programs See also Teacher Education Programs. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



183 



Exercise & Sport Science 



Student Learning Goals 

Students completing this program will understand phys- 
ical education content, disciplinary concepts, and tools of 
inquiry related to how individuals learn and develop move- 
ment skills, and they will demonstrate effective verbal, non- 
verbal, and media communication techniques. They will be 
able to plan and implement a variety of developmentally 
appropriate instructional strategies, and use both formal and 
informal assessment strategies. A focus will be on becoming 
a reflective practitioner who collaborates with others and 
seeks opportunities to grow professionally. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for the following, depending on which 
second academic concentration is followed: 
Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: STA 108 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 8 

required: BIO 111 and one additional GNS course with 

a different departmental prefix (depending on which 

second academic concentration is followed) 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

required: ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ESS 330 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 



III Major Core Requirements 

ESS 250, 330*, 351, 375, 376, 386, 388 and 6 activity courses 
must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. 
The six activity courses must include: ESS 207, 208, 213, 
214, 315, 316. NOTE: No required ESS course may be 
taken more than twice. Students who receive a grade 
below C twice in the same required ESS course will be 
dropped from their concentration. Students who receive 
a grade below C twice in the same ESS Theory Core 
course will be dropped from the major. 
*ESS 330 satisfies three (3) semester hours of GSB. 

IV Second Academic Concentration Requirements 

In addition to the related area requirements listed below, 
students in this concentration must complete a second aca- 
demic concentration consisting of 18 semester hours of course 
work in a basic academic discipline selected from the follow- 
ing approved programs: Anthropology, Art, Biology, Classical 
Studies, Communication Studies, English, Geography, 
German, History, Human Sciences, Mathematics, Philosophy, 
Physics and Astronomy, Political Science, Psychology, 
Religious Studies, and Sociology. Second academic concentra- 
tions in Spanish and French require 24 semester hours of 
course work to complete. See advisor for specific course 
requirements and details. 

V Related Area and Teacher Licensure 
Requirements 

Related Area Requirements for all Physical Education 
Teacher Education students: BIO 111*, 271, 277; CUI 450, 470; 
ELC 381; HEA 201; PSY 121*; STA 108* 

Teacher Licensure requirements included in these related 
area requirements are: CUI 450, 470; ELC 381; HEA 201; PSY 
121. Satisfactory teaching and technology portfolios are also 
required. 

*BIO 111 satisfies four (4) semester hours of GNS; PSY 121 satis- 
fies three (3) semester hours of GSB; STA 108 satisfies GMT. 

VI Additional Concentration Requirements 

ESS 217, 355, 455, 456, 457, 461-462, 464, RPM 314 

VII Additional Requirements 

Additional information may be found in the ESS 
Handbook and in the Teacher Education Programs section of 
this Bulletin. 

A minimum GPA of 2.50; a satisfactory teaching portfo- 
lio and goals statement are required for admission to 
Teacher Education. 

Students who have not been admitted to the Teacher 
Education Program may not enroll in ESS 355, 455, 456, 
457, 461, 462, 464. 

Certification in ARC Sport Safety Training Community 
First Aid and CPR must be current for ESS 461-462. 
To qualify for graduation in this concentration, all majors 
must achieve a grade of C (2.0) or better in each required 
course with an ESS prefix. 

To graduate, all majors must obtain at least 36 s.h. in 
courses at the 300 level or above. 

Appeals of any of these requirements must be filed with 
the appropriate departmental committee within one 
academic year. 



184 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science 



Community Youth Sport Development 
Concentration (124 semester hours) 

The Community Youth Sport Development concentra- 
tion prepares students to teach and work in community- 
based youth serving agencies. Students will gain competen- 
cies in teaching, program design, implementation and evalu- 
ation, funds management/supervision, addressing social 
inequalities, and cross-cultural awareness. 

Student Learning Goals 

Students completing this program will understand basic 
theories and concepts relevant to non-profit organizational 
and educational settings. Students will demonstrate compe- 
tencies in teaching, program design, implementation, evalua- 
tion, funds development, community collaboration, volun- 
teer and staff management, and supervision. Students will 
apply foundations in biophysical, behavioral, and sociohis- 
torical studies to an understanding of the role of community- 
based physical activity programs in addressing social issues 
and promoting lifelong physical activity within communities 
of diverse social needs. 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

One additional GLT, GFA, or GPR course 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Department specifies courses for: 
Mathematics (GMT) 3 

required: STA 108 
Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

required: BIO 111 and one additional GNS 

course with a different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

required: ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, 

and one additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

ESS 330 and PSY 121 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major/concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 



major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III Major Core Requirements 

ESS 250, 330*, 351, 375, 376, 386, and 388 and 6 activity 
courses must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. 
The six activity courses must include: ESS 207, 208, 213, 
214, 315. NOTE: No required ESS course may be taken 
more than twice. Students who receive a grade below C 
twice in the same required ESS course will be dropped 
from their concentration. Students who receive a grade 
below C twice in the same ESS Theory Core course will be 
dropped from the major. 
*ESS 330 satisfies three (3) semester hours of GSB. 

IV Related Area Requirements 

BIO 111*, 271, 277; PSY 121*; STA 108*; HEA 201 
*BIO 111 satisfies four (4) semester hours of GNS; PSY 121 satis- 
fies three (3) semester hours of GSB; STA 108 satisfies GMT. 

V Additional Concentration Requirements 

ESS 217, 355, 381, 455, 456, 457, 464, 519, 520, 521, 522 

VI Electives 

Students may select courses to complete the 124-128 
semester hours required for degree. 

VII Additional Requirements 

Additional information may be found in the ESS 
Handbook. 

• A minimum GPA of 2.50 and a successful entry interview 
are required for admission to CYSD. 

• Certification in ARC Community First Aid and CPR 
must be current for ESS 522. 

• ESS 522 (Internship experience) requires a cumulative 
GPA of at least 2.50 and an application process with spe- 
cific requirements. See section on "Requirements for 
Internships." 

• To qualify for graduation in this concentration, all majors 
must achieve a grade of C (2.0) or better in each required 
course with an ESS prefix. 

• To graduate, all majors must obtain at least 36 s.h. in 
courses at the 300 level or above. 

• Appeals of any of these requirements must be filed with 
the appropriate departmental committee within one 
academic year. 

Requirements for Internships 

The Fitness Leadership and Aquatics Leadership 
Internships (ESS 494 and 595) have specific requirements. 
Students should begin investigating these requirements at 
the beginning of the junior year by obtaining written, 
detailed instructions from the ESS Department, 237 HHP 
Building. 

Aquatics Leadership Internship 

At the time of application for placement in ESS 494, stu- 
dents must present evidence of the following: 
1 . Health and immunization clearances: 

a. A tuberculin Mantoux skin test (or chest X-ray if 
skin test is positive) valid through the internship 

b. A tetanus toxoid immunization 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



185 



Exercise & Sport Science 



c. Evidence of Measles, Mumps, and Rubella immu- 
nization as required by the University 

d. Chicken Pox titer or Chicken Pox vaccination 

e. Completion of Hepatitis B immunization series (The 
inoculation series should begin at least one year 
before the semester of internship placement.) 

If immunization requirements change on short notice, 
students will be notified. 

2. Students must purchase professional liability insurance 
to begin ESS 494. Students should obtain a written, 
detailed explanation of this requirement in the ESS 
departmental office. 

3. The student must have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50 
to enroll in ESS 494. 

4. An application process must be completed prior to regis- 
tration in ESS 494. 

Fitness Leadership Internship 

At the time of application for placement in ESS 595, stu- 
dents must present evidence of the following: 

1. Health and immunization clearances: 

a. A tuberculin Mantoux skin test (or chest X-ray if 
skin test is positive) valid through the internship 

b. A tetanus toxoid immunization 

c. Evidence of Rubella, Mumps, and Measles immu- 
nization as required by University 

d. Chicken Pox titer or Chicken Pox vaccination 

e. Completion of Hepatitis B immunization series (The 
inoculation series should begin at least one year 
before the semester of internship placement.) 

If immunization requirements change on short notice, 
students will be notified. 

2. Students must purchase professional liability insurance 
to begin ESS 595. Students should obtain a written, 
detailed explanation of this requirement in the ESS 
departmental office. 

3. The student must have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.50 
to enroll in ESS 595. 

4. An application process must be completed prior to regis- 
tration in ESS 595. 

5. ESS 469 and 570 must be taken prior to enrollment in or 
concurrently with ESS 595. 

Honors in Exercise and Sport Science 

Requirements (12 semester hours) 

Twelve semester hours to consist of: 

1. Nine (9) s.h. of Honors courses, advanced courses, and /or 
contract courses including at least six (6) s.h. of upper- 
division work (300 level or above), and 

2. Three (3) s.h. in the form of HSS 490 Senior Honors Project. 

Qualifications 

• A declared ESS Major 

• A grade of at least B in all course work used to satisfy the 
Honors requirement in ESS 

• At least a 3.30 overall GPA at graduation 

Recognition 

The designation "Completed Disciplinary Honors in 
Exercise and Sport Science" and the title of the Senior Honors 
Project will be printed on the student's official transcript. 



Honors Advisor 

See Diane Gill (336/334-4683), diane_gill@uncg.edu, for 
further information about Honors in ESS. Contact the 
Director of the Lloyd International Honors College (205 Foust 
Building, 334-5538) for further information about the Lloyd 
International Honors College and its General-Education 
Honors Program (pp. 213-216). 

Minor in Sport Coaching 
Required: minimum of 21 semester hours 
AOSCode: U410 

The Sport Coaching Minor may be chosen by any 
degree-seeking UNCG student. To assure practicum place- 
ments, students must apply to the Department for approval 
of their Sport Coaching Minor Plan before completing 15 
semester hours of the program. Approved plans for courses 
and qualifications will reflect the eight domains of sport 
coaching competence recognized by the National Association 
for Sport and Physical Education in the publication National 
Standards for Athletic Coaches, 1995. 

Minimum requirements for an acceptable program plan 
include: 

1 . Injuries — Prevention, Care and Management: ESS 353 

2. Risk Management — ESS 477, and a current appropriate 
student professional or Sport National Governing Body 
membership 

3. Growth, Development, and Learning — ESS 285, or other 
approved course (e.g., ESS 381 or RPM 314) 

4. Training: Conditioning and Nutrition — ESS 220 or HEA 
201 or NTR 213 

5. Social /Psychological Aspects of Coaching: ESS 330, 388 

6. Skills, Tactics and Strategies: ESS elective (ESS 207, 208, 
276) or minimum 1 s.h. intermediate level activity course, 
or certification in the sport of coaching 

7. Teaching and Administration: ESS 213 or 214 or 301, and 
475 (1 s.h.) or specialized credential (e.g., WSI, USTA, 
USFHA) 

8. Professional Preparation and Development: ESS 477 
coaching placement 

At the time of placement for ESS 477 Coaching Principles 
and Practicum, each student must hold current Sport Safety 
Training or First Aid and CPR (Adult/Child) certification. 
Students must pass ASEP Coaching Principles with a mini- 
mum 80%. 

Accelerated Master's Program 
for ESS Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.S. in 
Exercise Science & Sport Studies — Sports Medicine /M.S. in 
Exercise Science & Sport Studies — Athletic Training program 
requirements. 



186 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science 



Exercise and Sport Science Courses (ESS) 

Any University student may take up to eight (8) s.h. of elective 
credit in physical education activity courses to apply toward 
graduation. 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

101 Beginning Volleyball (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of volleyball with opportunity for team play. 

102 Team Handball (1:0:3) 

Olympic sport activity which uses basketball playing skills in a 
soccer format. 

103 Softball (1:0:3) 

Introduction to basic techniques, knowledge, and strategies of 
slow pitch softball. 

104 Beginning Basketball (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategical elements, and 
knowledge of basketball. 

106 Beginning Soccer (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skill, strategies, and knowledge of 
soccer. 

107 Field Hockey (1:0:3) 

Course offers opportunity to develop the necessary skills and 
knowledge to participate in the team game of field hockey. 
Topics include skills, field layout, rules, tactics, goalkeeping, and 
officiating. (Fall) 

119 Physical Activity for Individuals with Special Needs 
(1:0:3) 

Pr. permission of a faculty supervisor and medical approval 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Designed to provide one-to-one or small group instruction in 
physical activity for those students who, because of their dis- 
abling conditions, are unable to participate in scheduled physical 
education activity courses as usually structured. 

120 Conditioning (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated for credit once. 

• Students may not take both ESS 299 and 120. 

Principles of conditioning. Physical fitness assessment and 
development of a personal fitness program. Emphasis on main- 
tenance or improvement of cardio-respiratory fitness. 

122 Bicycling (1:0:3) 

Introduction to basic cycling techniques, safety, bicycle mainte- 
nance, planning and participating in various trips. Must have 
own bike. 

123 Beginning Snow Skiing (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $200. 

Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow 
skiing. Fee: approximately $200, includes equipment rental, slope 
and lift fee, accident insurance, at French-Swiss Ski School, 
Blowing Rock, North Carolina. 

124 Backpacking (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $20 for food and travel. 

Introduction to backpacking including 20 hours of class sessions 
plus 1 overnight weekend trip to relatively secluded area. 



125 Hiking/Camping (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $20 for food, travel, and campground fees. 
Basic hiking/camping skills, compass, and topographical map 
use. Includes 20 hours of class sessions plus 1 overnight weekend 
camping trip. 

126 Modern Rhythmical Gymnastics (1:0:3) 

Manipulation of hand apparatus (balls, hoops, ropes) to musical 
accompaniment. 

127 Beginning Golf (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $30. 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of golf. Opportunity to practice at both on and off 
campus facilities. 

128 Beginning Bowling (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $30 for use of off-campus facility. 
Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of bowling with opportunity for match play. 

130 Weight Training (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit. 

Weight training with emphasis on principles, techniques, and 
development of individualized programs. 

131 Jogging (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit. 

Designed for the developing jogger, including information on 
basic skills and knowledge, graduated jogging programs, and 
self-testing procedures. 

132 Ice Skating (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $40, includes skate rental and rink fee. 
Fundamental skills of ice skating forward and backward with 
opportunity to learn spins, jumps, and free skating skills. 

142 Social Dance (1:0:3) 

Development of basic dance fundamentals, emphasizing the fox- 
trot, swing or jitterbug, cha-cha, waltz, tango, polka, rumba, 
samba, and current popular dances. 

147 Square Dance (1:0:3) 

Exploration of steps, patterns, formations, and cultural/historical 
background of American square dance. 

150 Swimming for Non-Swimmers (1:0:3) 

Designed for students with a fear of the water who cannot swim. 

151 Beginning Swimming (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental swimming and safety skills; 
designed for students with little or no knowledge of strokes and 
limited deep water experience. 

170 Beginning Fencing (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, tactics, and knowledge of 
foil fencing with opportunity for competitive bouting. 

171 Beginning Badminton (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of badminton with opportunity for match play. 

172 Beginning Self-Defense (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of non-weapon defense, including techniques from 
karate and judo. 

173 Beginning Racquetball (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of racquetball with opportunity for match play. 

174 Wrestling (1:0:3) 

Combative sport offering participant a physically demanding 
experience and opportunity to develop wrestling skill and fitness. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



187 



Exercise & Sport Science 



175 Beginning Tennis (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements, and 
knowledge of tennis with opportunity for match play in singles 
and doubles. 

201 Intermediate Volleyball (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies, 
and knowledge of volleyball. Emphasis on tactical elements of 
team play. 

202 Water Aerobics (1:0:3) 

Various methods of water exercise for conditioning are presented 
with focus on proper alignment and technique, principles of con- 
ditioning, and assessment. Emphasis on improvement and main- 
tenance of personal fitness. 

203 Fitness Swim (1:0:3) 

Emphasis on stroke efficiency and lap swimming for condition- 
ing. Principles of conditioning, assessment and periodization 
are applied to swimming. Emphasis on improvement and 
maintenance of personal fitness. 

204 Intermediate Basketball (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies and 
knowledge of basketball. Emphasis on tactical elements of team 
play. 

205 Rhythmic Aerobics (1:0:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit. 
Conditioning course in which participants exercise to musical 
accompaniment for purpose of developing cardiovascular effi- 
ciency, strength, and flexibility. 

206 Intermediate Soccer (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies and 
knowledge of soccer. Emphasis on tactical elements of team play. 

207 Selected Physical Activities I — Core Program (2:1:2) 

Pr. ESS majors only. 
Survey of selected physical activities with special emphasis on 
personal performance experience and movement analysis. (Fall) 

208 Selected Physical Activities II — Core Program (1:0:3) 

Pr. ESS majors only. 
Continued experience in selected physical activities, with special 
emphasis on personal performance. (Spring) 

209 Advanced Rhythmic Aerobics (1:0:3) 

Conditioning course designed for students who have foundational 
knowledge and experience in rhythmic aerobics. Beginning level 
experience extended through use of complex choreography pat- 
terns and advanced training methods. (Fall & Spring) 

210 Rhythmic Aerobics Instructor (2:2:1) 

Pr. 209 or permission of instructor 
Examination and application of principles from exercise science, 
music structure and group management for teaching rhythmic 
aerobics. Assists in preparation for ACSM Exercise Leader, AFAA 
and ACE Aerobics Instructor certifications. (Fall & Spring) 

213 Sports Performance & Analysis I (1:3) 

Skill development and analysis of soccer and basketball skills. 
Learning and application of physical education content in a 
developmental model. (Spring) 

214 Sports Performance & Analysis II (1:3) 

Skill development and analysis of tennis and volleyball skills. 
Learning and application of physical education content in a 
developmental model. (Fall) 



217 Introduction to the Teaching of Physical Education (2:3) 
Nature of teaching physical education; emphasis on its relationship 
to total educational experience. First-hand experience working 
with learners of diverse backgrounds and ability, grades K through 
12, in varied settings. (Fall) 

220 Physical Fitness for Life (3:3) 

Lecture course with selected activity experiences regarding prin- 
ciples and methods for developing and maintaining fitness. 
Development and implementation of a personal physical fitness 
program designed for continuing participation throughout life. 
223 Intermediate Snow Skiing (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $200, includes equipment rental, fees, and 
accident insurance for 5 days at French-Swiss Ski School, 
Blowing Rock, North Carolina. 

Intermediate techniques of skiing including parallel turns, mogul 
skiing, wedging, and introduction to free-style skiing. 

227 Intermediate Golf (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $30. 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies and 
knowledge of golf. Opportunity to practice at both on and off 
campus facilities. 

228 Intermediate Bowling (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $30 for use of off campus facility. 
Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies and 
knowledge of bowling with opportunity for match play. 

230 Psychological Skills for Optimal Performance (3:2:2) 

Overview of sport psychology principles applied to sport and 
exercise activities. Includes experience in psychological skills 
training. 

240 Introduction to World Folk Dance (1:0:3) 

Basic experiences in folk dance designed to acquaint the beginning 
student with the steps, patterns, formations, national characteris- 
tics, and cultural settings of dances from all parts of the world. 

242 Clogging (1:0:3) 

Basic steps of clogging, historical and cultural concepts pertaining 
to clogging, and use of these steps in precision routines, freestyle 
clogging, and Appalachian Big Circle Mountain Dancing. 

243 Intermediate Folk Dance (1:0:3) 

Pr. 240 or permission of instructor 
Refinement of beginning folk dance skills and stylistic factors; 
advanced dance steps, patterns, and formations. 
250 Introduction to Exercise and Sport Science (3:3) 
Survey of the discipline of exercise and sport science. Analysis of 
the nature and importance of physical activity, knowledge base 
of the discipline, and careers in physical activity professions. 

252 Low Intermediate Swimming (1:0:3) 

Extension of basic swimming and safety skills; must be comfortable 
in deep water. 

254 High Intermediate Swimming (1:0:3) 

Refinement of swimming and safety skills; development of 
swimming endurance. 

255 Water Safety Education (1:0:3) 

Designed for students who do not wish to become lifeguards but 
who have responsibility for others in aquatic situations. Topics 
include personal and group water safety, and prevention and 
response to water accidents. 

256 Advanced Swimming (1:0:3) 

Continued refinement of swimming strokes and stroke variation; 
focus on distance swimming and competitive skills. 



188 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science 



257 Synchronized Swimming (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills in synchronized swimming, 
and individual and group routines. Must be comfortable in deep 
water. 

258 Lifeguard Training (3:2:2) 

Pr. CPR/First Aid certification; successful performance on swimming 
entrance tests 

• Lab fee for supplies required. 

Skills, knowledge and techniques for lifeguarding with possibil- 
ity of certification in CPR for the Professional Rescuer, First Aid 
and Pool Lifeguarding. (Fall & Spring) 

260 Water Polo (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, strategic elements and 
knowledge of water polo. Must be comfortable in deep water 
and have a minimum of intermediate swimming skills. 

261 Springboard Diving (1:0:3) 

Development of fundamental skills, understanding of mechani- 
cal principles, and overall knowledge for judging and coaching 
for 1 meter springboard diving. 

262 Safety Training for Swim Coaches (1:0:3) 

Development of knowledge about safety issues in competitive 
swimming, including aquatic facility hazards, training tech- 
niques, and medical conditions. Must have background in com- 
petitive swimming or coaching. 

263 Basic SCUBA (1:0:3) 

• Additional fees for equipment rental and certification; must pro- 
vide own mask, fins, snorkel and booties. 

Development of fundamental skills, knowledge, and techniques 
of skin and SCUBA diving. Opportunity provided for open water 
training and final certification. 

264 Advanced SCUBA (2:1:2) 

Pr. 263 or equivalent and permission of instructor 

• Additional fees for equipment rental, quarry use and certification; 
must provide own mask, fins, snorkel, and booties. 

Extension of skills and knowledge beyond level of basic SCUBA 
diver, including familiarity with operation and maintenance of 
SCUBA equipment. Opportunities provided for speciality certifi- 
cations. 

268 Canoeing (1:0:3) 

• Additional fees for equipment and field trips. 
Development of fundamental canoeing skills; day and overnight 
camping /canoeing trips possible. Must have ability to swim in 
deep water for 15 minutes without aid. 

270 Intermediate Fencing (1:0:3) 

Refinement of beginning skills, high- and low-line attacks and 
defenses; advanced footwork; and electrical foil fencing. 

271 Intermediate Badminton (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies, 
and knowledge of badminton. Emphasis on tactical elements of 
match play. 

272 Taekwondo (1:0:3) 

Acquisition and development of the basic techniques and 
knowledge of taekwondo. Presented in the culturally correct 
form. 

273 Intermediate Racquetball (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies, 
and knowledge of racquetball. Emphasis on tactical elements of 
match play. 



275 Intermediate Tennis (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of beginning level skills, strategies, 
and knowledge of tennis. Emphasis on tactical elements of match 
play in singles and doubles. 

276 Advanced Tennis (1:0:3) 

Extension and refinement of intermediate level skills, strategic 
elements and knowledge of tennis. Emphasis on optimizing per- 
formance through mental preparation and structured practice. 

277 Advanced Golf (1:0:3) 

• Fee: approximately $20.00. 

Advanced physical and mental skills will be learned, practiced, 
and implemented. Approximately one-third of the course will 
include playing at a local golf course. 

280 Research and Evaluation in Exercise and Sport Science 
(3:3) 

Pr. sophomore standing; STA 108 or 271 
Overview of measurement, evaluation, and research methods in 
exercise and sport science; emphasis on applications to profes- 
sional practice. 

285 Motor Development (3:3) 

Life span analysis of motor skill development as a function of 
chronological age. 

290 Aesthetics of Sport (2:2:1) 

Theoretical and laboratory experiences to analyze and synthesize 
sport theory and aesthetic theory in order to explore the nature 
of a sport aesthetic. 

299 Physical Conditioning for Children (1:0:3) 

Pr. ESS majors only. 
Principles and components of health-related and performance- 
related conditioning. Emphasis on the design, implementation, 
and evaluation of conditioning programs for children. 

301 Advanced Sport Technique (1:0:3) 

Pr. permission of Activity Instructor Program Coordinator 

• May be taken once for each sport studied. 

Advanced tutorial in individual sports. Meets concurrently with 
intermediate-level class. May not be taken in lieu of existing 
advanced course. 

315 Children's Educational Games (1:0:3) 

Pr. ESS majors; open to elementary education majors with permission 
of instructor. 
Performance and analysis of game skills and offensive /defensive 
strategies appropriate for children. (Fall) 

316 Children's Educational Gymnastics (1:0:3) 

Pr. ESS majors; open to elementary education majors with permission 
of instructor. 
Performance and analysis of gymnastic skills appropriate for 
children. (Fall) 

330 Sociocultural Analyses of Sport and Exercise (3:3:1) 

GECore: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Analyses of sports and exercise in sociocultural contexts, including 
professional, intercollegiate, youth sport, character, aggression, 
gender, race, class, and media. Field experience in local community 
agency required. 

341 Teaching Elementary School Physical Education I (3:3) 

Pr. junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor 
Introduction to teaching physical education in grades K-6. 
Designed especially for the preservice classroom teacher. May 
include some field experiences. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



189 



Exercise & Sport Science 



342 Teaching Motor Skills to Preschool Children (3:2:3) 

Pr. junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor 
Strategies and techniques to enhance motor skill development of 
children ages 2-5 in the home, on the playground, and in the 
classroom. Field work with children emphasized. 

350 History of American Sport (3:3) 

Examination of the development and significance of sport in 
American society. 

351 History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical 
Education (3:3) 

Study of significant people, events, and institutions affecting the 
development of sport and exercise in North America. Analysis of 
major philosophic issues relating to sport and exercise. 

352 Philosophy of Sport (3:3) 

Overview of philosophical concerns related to study of sport and 
sport experiences, examined with use of current sport philosophy 
literature. 

353 Injuries and Illnesses in Physical Activity (3:3) 

Pr. BIO 271 
Instruction in the prevention, recognition, and basic care of com- 
mon injuries and illnesses that occur in a sport and exercise setting. 
(Fall & Spring) 

354 Curriculum and Teaching: Children's Physical 
Education (3:1:6) 

Pr. 315, 316, or permission of instructor 

• Admission to Teacher Education is required. 

Planning and organizing for teaching and observation of move- 
ment in children's physical education. Special emphasis will be on 
philosophy, curriculum development, and selection of appropriate 
content for elementary students. (Fall) 

355 Instructional Strategies in Physical Activity Settings (3:3) 

Pr. admission to Physical Education Teacher Education or 

Community Youth Sport Development Concentration, or permis- 
sion of instructor 
Planning and organizing for teaching and observation of move- 
ment in physical activity settings with special emphasis on lesson 
planning, management, assessment, task presentation, and content 
development. (Spring) 

359 Water Safety Instructor (3:2:2) 

Development of knowledge and skill to teach others in the 
American Red Cross programs of swimming and elementary 
rescue. Certification as a WSI is possible. 

360 SCUBA Rescue (2:1:2) 

Pr. 264 (may be taken concurrently) or equivalent with permission 
of instructor 

• Additional fees for equipment rental, quarry use, and certifications. 

• Students must provide own mask, fins, snorkel, and booties. 
Develop fundamental skills and knowledge needed to evaluate 
and take action in SCUBA rescue situations. Certification in CPR, 
First Aid, and administration of 2 possible. 

365 SCUBA Divemaster (2:1:2) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• Additional fees for equipment rental, quarry use, and certifications. 

• Students must provide own mask, fins, snorkel, and booties. 
Entry level course to become a diving professional. Development of 
comprehensive knowledge of diving theory as well as the abilities 
to organize, conduct, and supervise recreational diving activities. 



375 Physiology of Sport and Physical Activity (4:3:3) 

Pr. BIO 271 and 277, or permission of the instructor 
Provides students with understanding of factors affecting the 
physiological function of the body related to exercise and physi- 
cal performance. Laboratory provides experiences in evaluating 
these physiological factors. (Fall or Spring or Summer) 

376 Biomechanics of Sport and Physical Activity (3:2:3) 

Pr. BIO 271 or permission of instructor; one course in calculus or 
algebra recommended. 
Anatomical and mechanical bases of physical activity with 
emphasis on the analysis of sport and exercise skills. 

379 Exercise Instruction (3:3) 

Pr. 120, 130, 203, and 220, or permission of instructor 

• ESS majors only. 

Designing and implementing exercise instruction techniques for 
individuals and groups. (Fall & Spring) 

381 Physical Education for Individuals with Special Needs 

(3:3) 

Survey of all aspects of developmental, adapted, and corrective 

physical education for populations of children and adults with 

disabilities. Field experiences may be required. 

385 Motor Learning and Control (3:3) 

Pr. PSY 121 
Analysis of mechanisms and environmental variables influenc- 
ing the acquisition and control of skilled motor behavior at all 
ages. Introductory research techniques and experiences collect- 
ing data on human motor performance. 

386 Motor Development and Learning (4:3:2) 

Life span analysis of motor skill development and learning. 
(Fall & Spring) 

388 Psychology of Sport and Exercise (3:3) 
Pr. PSY 121 

An examination of the psychological theories and research 
related to sport and exercise behavior. 

389 Exercise Adherence (3:3) 

Pr. ESS 388 
An examination of the determinants, theories, and research 
related to exercise adherence; emphasis on application in health- 
related physical activity and exercise settings. (Fall) 

390 Prevention and Emergency Care of Athletic Injuries (2:2) 

Coreq. 391 

• Supplies cost approximately $12. 

Introduction to the field of athletic training emphasizing princi- 
ples of prevention of athletic injuries and management of life- 
threatening and catastrophic injuries. 

391 Athletic Training Clinical Education I (1:0:5) 

Coreq. 390 or permission of instructor 

• Lab fee for supplies required. 

Laboratory sessions and supervised field experience. 
Introduction to athletic training with focus on development of 
skills in prevention of athletic injuries and management of cata- 
strophic and life-threatening injuries. (Fall) 

410 Process of Skill Acquisition (1:0:3) 

Pr. ESS Majors only. ESS 288, 385, and 388; 375 and 376 are 
approved corequisites. 
Focus on integration of theoretical knowledge across core 
courses with applied experience in skill acquisition. 



290 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science 



425 Assistant Instructor of SCUBA (3:1:4) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• Additional fees for equipment rental, quarry use, and certifications. 

• Students must provide own mask, fins, snorkel, and booties. 
Refine skills and theoretical knowledge to instructor level; develop 
instructional skills, understand administration and certification 
procedures. 

441 Athletic Training Clinical Education II (3:0:12) 

Pr. BIO 271, ESS 390, 391, acceptance in the ESSS Sports 
Medicine Program, or permission of instructor 

• Lab fee for supplies required. 

Laboratory sessions and supervised field experience to develop 
clinical skills in selected athletic training tasks as required by the 
National Athletic Trainers Association. (Spring) 

454 Curriculum and Teaching: Secondary School Physical 
Education (3:1;6) 

Pr. 213, 214, or permission of instructor 

• Admission to Teacher Education is required. 

Planning and organizing for teaching and observation of move- 
ment in secondary school physical education. Emphasis on the 
analysis of the teaching process, curriculum development, and 
selection of appropriate content. (Spring) 

455 Teaching Practicum I: Physical Fitness for Children 
and Adolescents (2:1:2) 

Pr. ESS 355 and admission to Physical Education Teacher 

Education or Community Youth Sport Development concentra- 
tion 
Practicum experiences in children's and adolescents' physical 
activity settings with special emphasis on designing, planning, 
and integrating health-related physical fitness. (Fall) 

456 Teaching Practicum II: Children's Physical Activity 
(2:1:2) 

Pr. ESS 355 and admission to Physical Education Teacher Edu- 
cation or Community Youth Sport Development concentration 
Practicum experiences in teaching physical activity to children 
with special emphasis on lesson planning, management, 
assessment, task presentation, and content development. 
(Spring) 

457 Teaching Practicum HI: Adolescents' Physical Activity 
(2:1:2) 

Pr. ESS 355 and admission to Physical Education Teacher 

Education or Community Youth Sport Development concentra- 
tion 
Practicum experiences in teaching physical activity to adoles- 
cents with special emphasis on lesson planning, management, 
assessment, task presentation, and content development. (Fall) 

458 Aquatic Facilities Management (3:3) 

Develop fundamental knowledge and skills required to manage 
an aquatic facility, including risk management, operating proce- 
dures, maintenance, and record keeping. Certification as 
National Swimming Pool Foundation Certified Pool Operator 
possible. 

459 Aquatics Instruction for Individuals with Special 
Needs (3:2:2) 

• Liability insurance required (available in class). 

Develop knowledge and skills to teach aquatic skills to persons 
with special needs; activities include practice teaching, discussion 
of disabling conditions, and inclusion. Certification as a Teacher 
of Adapted Aquatics possible. 



461, 462 Student Teaching and Seminar in Physical Education 
(6), (6) 

Pr. program requirements leading to student teaching. Methods 
courses (ESS 354 and 454) must be taken at UNCG. 
Admission by application only. 

• Admission to Teacher Education is required. 

• ARC FA and CPR must be current. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP). 

Block courses in professional semester for teacher education 
majors. Techniques of teaching physical education under super- 
vision. Full-time teaching in schools. Weekly seminars. (Spring) 

464 Administration of Physical Education and Athletics (3:3) 

Pr. senior standing, and admission to Teacher Education or CYSD 
concentration, or permission of instructor 
Administration of physical education and sport programs with 
special emphasis on long-range planning, organizing programs, 
public relations, financial management, legal issues, and risk 
management. 

467 Techniques in Exercise and Fitness Testing (2:1:3) 

Pr. grade of C or better in ESS 375; grades of C or better in all 
required ESS courses; GPA of 2.50 or better and admission to the 
fitness leadership concentration; or permission of instructor 
Coreq. 468 
Laboratory and field techniques in exercise and fitness testing. 
(Fall & Spring) 

468 Exercise and Fitness Testing (3:3) 

Pr. 375 with a grade ofC or higher, GPA of 2.50 and admission to 
the fitness leadership concentration, or permission of instructor; 
grades of C (2.0) or better in all required ESS courses 
Coreq. 376, 467, or permission of instructor 
Emphasizes safe and effective testing of elements of health- 
related physical fitness as outlined by the American College of 
Sports Medicine. Includes basics of electrocardiogram interpreta- 
tion and clinical exercise testing. (Fall & Spring) 

469 Exercise Prescription (3:3) 

Pr. 379, 389, 468, GPA of 2.50 and admission to the fitness leader- 
ship concentration, or permission of instructor; grades of C (2.0) 
or better in all required ESS courses 
Scientific principles of exercise prescription for healthy individuals 
of all ages, individuals at risk for disease, and those with known 
chronic disease. (Fall & Spring) 

471 Internship Preparation in Fitness Leadership (1:1) 

Pr. admission to fitness leadership concentration; ESS 375 or per- 
mission of instructor 

Coreq. ESS 468 or 469 or permission of the instructor 
Professional preparation, planning, and placement for super- 
vised internship experience (ESS 595). (Fall or Spring) 

475 Independent Study (1-3) 

Pr. demonstrated competency for independent work and permission 
of academic adviser, instructor, and undergraduate program 
coordinator. 
Intensive work in area of special interest in physical education. 
Available to qualified students on recommendation of academic 
advisor, instructor, and undergraduate program coordinator. 

476 Problems Seminar (2:2) 

Current problems in field of physical education. Opportunity for 
student to specialize in a problem of his choice. Emphasis of the 
problem shall be approved by instructor. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



191 



Exercise & Sport Science 



477 Coaching Practicum in a Selected Sport (3:6) 

Pr. current First Aid/Sports Safety Certification; upper division 
students seeking minor in sport coaching, or permission of 
instructor 
Opportunity for prospective coach to assume various responsibil- 
ities in coaching a selected sport under the guidance of a qualified 
coach. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

494 Internship in Aquatic Leadership (3:1:10 or 6:1:20) 

Pr. permission of instructor required, in addition to the following: 
cumulative GPA of 2.50 or better; completion of all ESS core 
courses; grades ofC (2.0) or better in all required ESS courses 

• An application process must be completed prior to registration. 

• May be repeated for credit if taken for three (3) semester hours; 
maximum credits may not exceed six (6) hours. 

• Grade: letter grade. 

A supervised field experience in aquatic leadership in qualified 
agencies. Requirements include specific assignments, supervision, 
seminars on campus, and evaluation of student's performance. 
(New course number effective FA 03; formerly ESS 594) 

495 Senior Project (3:3) 

Pr. 475; 3.0 GPA; and permission of department 
Independent scholarly work in an area of exercise and sport science 
completed under the supervision of a faculty member, culminating 
in a scientific report or other appropriate scholarly presentation. 

(Fall & Spring & Summer) 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

A minimum GPA of 2.30 at UNCG is required for an under- 
graduate to enroll in 500-level courses in the Department of 
Exercise and Sport Science. 

519 Mentoring in Community Youth Development 
Programs (2:1:2) 

• May be repeated for credit. 

Service learning experience mentoring an elementary or middle 
school youth in a community youth sport program. On campus 
seminars required. (Fall & Spring) 

520 Physical Activity Programs for Underserved Youth (3:3) 

Overview of community-based programs designed to meet the 
needs of underserved youth; roles of universities and community 
agencies in such programs; development of leadership skills. 

(Spring) 

521 Evaluation of Physical Activity Programs in Youth 
Development (3:3) 

Pr. 520 
Examination of traditional and nontraditional strategies for effec- 
tive youth program evaluation; attention to analysis and inter- 
pretation of data used in conducting such evaluations. (Spring) 

522 Internship in Community Youth Sport Development 
Programs (12:1:36) 

Pr. 520, 521; undergraduates must have a 2.50 GPA or permission 
of instructor to register for this course. 

• Grade: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory, S/U. 

Supervised field experience in qualified agencies. Course 
involves specific assignments, seminars on campus, and evalua- 
tion of student's performance. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 



530 Play, Games, and Sport (3:3) 

Examination of major conceptualizations of play, games, and 
sport; comparisons and contrasts among the concepts. 

531 Issues in Competitive Sports for Children and Youth 
(3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
In-depth examination of significant issues related to competitive 
sports in the lives of today's children and youth. Special attention 
given to studying the roles and responsibilities of the adults 
involved. 

532 Women in Sport and Physical Activity (3:3) 

Pr. junior standing or higher in Exercise and Sport Science or 
Women's Studies, or permission of instructor 
Examination of women's experiences in sport and physical activ- 
ity. Consideration of historical, biological, psychological, and 
socio-cultural perspectives. 

535 Exercise Science/Fitness Internship (3:0:8) 

Pr. 568 or instructor's approval. Permission of instructor required. 
Field experience in fitness leadership in qualified agencies pro- 
viding fitness programs. Students must purchase professional 
liability insurance. 

536 Anatomical Basis of Athletic Injury (2:1:3) 

Pr. undergraduate anatomy and physiology 
Focus on the link between anatomical structure, function, and 
athletic injury evaluation. The functional consequence of injury 
and rehabilitation on anatomical structures will also be 
addressed. (Summer) 

545 Psychology of Coaching (3:3) 

Pr. PSY 121 or permission of instructor 
Overview of sport psychology principles applied to the teaching 
and coaching of sport activities. 

550 Sports Clinic (1) 

Designed to improve teaching and coaching techniques in various 
sports utilizing current game strategies. 

559 Water Exercise for Therapy and Rehabilitation (3:2:2) 

Pr. 375 or 376 (may be taken concurrently) 
Design and implementation of therapeutic aquatic exercise 
programs for persons with injuries or disabilities. 
Understanding of anatomical structure and movement provide 
the basis for aquatic protocols. (Spring) 

560 Aquatic Therapeutic Modalities (3:2:2) 

• 459 or 550 recommended 
Mobility assessment and identification of contraindications for 
movement therapies used in therapeutic aquatics; development 
of techniques and protocols to increase mobility /decrease pain in 
persons with disability /injury (Fall) 

563 Development of Physical Education in the Western 
World (3:3) 

Historical overview of development of physical education in 
Western Civilization from classical times to the present age. 

565 History of the Olympic Games (3:3) 
Development of the Olympic Games movement in both the 
ancient world and modern era. Consideration of cultural, philo- 
sophical, political, economic, and performance perspectives. 
(Spring) 

567 Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education (3:3) 
Survey of tests and application of measurement in physical 
education. Elementary testing procedures. 



192 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Exercise & Sport Science; Freshman Seminars 



568 Health/Fitness: Assessment and Prescription (3:3) 

Pr. 375 and 376, or permission of instructor; CPR must be current 
throughout the course. 
Scientific principles of exercise emphasizing design of safe, appro- 
priate, individualized exercise programs for all ages; foundation 
for future ACSM certification as a health /fitness instructor. 
Emphasizes health-related physical fitness. 

569 Exercise Instruction (3:3) 

Pr. 375 or 575, and 568, or permission of instructor 
An instructional development course. Application of principles, of 
content selection, effective presentation, and evaluation to practice 
in exercise settings for participants at various developmental levels. 

570 Development and Implementation of Fitness Programs 
(3:3) 

Pr. 468 and 469, GPA of 2.50 and admission to the fitness leader- 
ship concentration, or permission of instructor; grades ofC (2.0) 
or better in all required ESS courses 
Preparation in planning, designing, developing, organizing, 
programming, implementing, directing, and evaluating fitness 
programs. 

571 Physical Education for Individuals with Special Needs 
(Advanced) (3:3) 

Pr. 381 or permission of instructor 
Advanced study of physical education for persons with mental 
and physical disabilities. Clinical experience is provided. 

576 Nutrition and Physical Fitness (3:3) 

Pr. BIO 277 and NTR 213 or equivalent required. ESS 375 or 575 
recommended. 
Metabolism during exercise, ergogenic aids, nutrients' effects on 
performance, and body composition alterations during training. 
Gender and age-specific needs and responses to exercise and 
dietary intake. (Same as NTR 576) 

578 Needs Assessment of Persons with Disabling 
Conditions (3:3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 
Determination of gross motor and perceptual /gross motor per- 
formance needs of persons with disabilities. Analysis of pub- 
lished and teacher-made instruments. Construction of new tests 
for physical education for persons with special needs in physical 
activities. 

579 Exercise and Older Adults (3:3) 

Pr. junior admission only by permission of instructor 
Basic principles underlying exercise/aging. The delivery of exer- 
cise information and the conduct of exercise programs for older 
adults. 

595 Exercise Science Internship (3:1:10 or 6:1:20) 

Pr. permission of instructor required, in addition to the following: 
cumulative GPA of 2.50 or better; admission to the fitness leader- 
ship concentration; completion of all ESS core courses and addi- 
tional concentration courses except 570; grades of C (2.0) or bet- 
ter in all required ESS courses. 

Coreq. ESS 570 must be taken prior to enrollment in or concur- 
rently with ESS 595. 

• An application process must be completed prior to registration 

• Course may be repeated for credit if taken for three (3) semester 
hours; total hours for course may not exceed six (6) hours. 

• Grade: Letter grade. 

A supervised field experience in qualified agencies. Application 
process is required for permission to register. Course involves 
specific assignments, supervision, seminars on campus, and 
evaluation of student's performance. 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for additional graduate-level courses. 



Finance 
(see Accounting and Finance) 

French 
(see Romance Languages) 

Freshman Seminars Program 

The College of Arts & Sciences 

100 Foust Building 
336/334-3186 * 
www.uncg.edu/aas/fms.htm 

Freshman Seminars are small discussion classes that 
introduce students to various areas of study in the General 
Education Program. Each seminar focuses on a topic, issue, or 
problem selected by the instructor; seminar topics change 
from one semester to the next and are described in a booklet 
that is distributed to advisors at the beginning of each semes- 
ter. Additional information on Freshman Seminars may be 
obtained from the College of Arts and Sciences, 100 Foust 
Building (336/334-3186). 

Freshman Seminar Courses (FMS) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

Freshman Seminars are open to freshmen ONLY. 

Except for FMS 115 (which is equivalent to ENG 101/RCO 
101, English Composition I) and FMS 116 (which is equiva- 
lent to ENG 102/RCO 102, English Composition II), all semi- 
nars are offered as writing-intensive courses. 

Students may not receive credit for more than one 
seminar under the same course number, even if 
the contents of the seminars are different. 

115 Freshman Seminar in Reasoning and Discourse I (3:3) 

GE Core: GRD 

• Equivalent credit to ENG 101/RCO 101; students may not 
receive credit for both FMS 115 and either ENG 101/RCO 101. 
Instruction and practice in deliberative, informative, and reflec- 
tive writing based on the study of primary texts. Emphasis on the 
writing /revising process and on critical reading. 



. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



193 



Freshman Seminars 



116 Freshman Seminar in Reasoning and Discourse II (3:3) 

GE Core: GRD 

Pr. ENG 101, FMS 115 (or FMS 103) or RCO 101 
• Equivalent credit to ENG 102/RCO 102; students may not 
receive credit for FMS 116 and either ENG 102/RCO 102. 
Writing, reasoning, and rhetoric about the works of Western culture. 

120 Freshman Seminar in Literature (3:3) 

GE Core: GLT 
A study of major selected works in literature. (Formerly FMS 110) 

121 Freshman Seminar in Literature — Global Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GL 

Global perspectives on major works in literature. 

122 Freshman Seminar in Literature — Global Non-Western 
Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GN 

Global Non-Western perspectives on major works in literature. 

130 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts (3:3) 
GE Core: GFA 

An introductory study of selected topics in the fine arts (which 
include painting, sculpture, cinema, dance, music, and theatre). 

131 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts — Global Perspectives 
(3:3) 

GE Core: GFA GE Marker: GL 

Global perspectives on the study of selected topics in the fine arts 
(which include painting, sculpture, cinema, dance, music, and 
theatre). 

132 Freshman Seminar in Fine Arts — Global Non-Western 
Perspectives (3:3) 

GE Core: GFA GE Marker: GN 

Global Non- Western perspectives on the study of selected topics 
in the fine arts (which include painting, sculpture, cinema, dance, 
music, and theatre). 

140 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and 
Ethical Principles (3:3) 

GECore: GPR 
Studies of the philosophical, religious, and /or ethical traditions 
that have shaped societies in the past and present. 

141 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and 
Ethical Principles — Global Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GPR GE Marker: GL 

Global perspectives on the studies of the philosophical, religious, 
and/or ethical traditions that have shaped societies in the past 
and present. 

142 Freshman Seminar in Philosophical, Religious, and 
Ethical Principles — Global Non-Western Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GPR GE Marker: GN 

Global Non-Western perspectives on the studies of the philo- 
sophical, religious, and /or ethical traditions that have shaped 
societies in the past and present. 

150 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: 
Premodern (3:3) 

GECore: GHP CAR: GPM 

Introduction to the historical study of culture from ancient times 
through the Reformation. 

151 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: 
Premodern — Global Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GL CAR: GPM 

Global perspectives on the historical study of culture from 
ancient times through the Reformation. 



152 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: 
Premodern — Global Non-Western Perspectives (3:3) 

GECore: GHP GE Marker: GN CAR: GPM 

Global Non-Western perspectives on the historical study of culture 
from ancient times through the Reformation. 

160 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: Modern 
(3:3) 

GECore: GHP CAR: GMO 

Introduction to the historical study of culture from the 17th century 
through modern times. 

161 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: 
Modern — Global Perspectives (3:3) 

GE Core: GHP GE Marker: GL CAR: GMO 

Global perspectives on the historical study of culture from the 
17th century through modern times. 

162 Freshman Seminar in Historical Perspectives: 
Modern — Global Non-Western Perspectives (3:3) 

GE Core: GHP GE Marker: GN CAR: GMO 

Global Non- Western perspectives on the historical study of culture 
from the 17th century through modern times. 

170 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB 
Introduction to the scientific study of individuals, societies, and 
human institutions with an emphasis on the methods and results 
of investigations in these areas. 

171 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies — 
Global Perspectives (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB GE Marker: GL 

Global perspectives on the scientific study of individuals, societies, 
and human institutions with an emphasis on the methods and 
results of investigations in these areas. 

172 Freshman Seminar in Social and Behavioral Studies — 
Global Non-Western Perspectives (3:3) 

GE Core: GSB GE Marker: GN 

Global Non-Western perspectives on the scientific study of 
individuals, societies, and human institutions with an empha- 
sis on the methods and results of investigations in these areas. 

183 Freshman Seminar in Physical Science (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

Introduction to the study of physical science in the natural world. 
Illustrates the nature of scientific inquiry and the formulation of 
hypotheses. 

183L Freshman Seminar in Physical Science Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

Laboratory work to accompany FMS 183. 

184 Freshman Seminar in Life Science (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

Introduction to the study of life science in the natural world. 
Illustrates the nature of scientific inquiry and the formulation of 
hypotheses. 
184L Freshman Seminar in Life Science Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GLS 

Laboratory work to accompany FMS 184. 

195 Freshman Seminar in Mathematics (3:3) 

GECore: GMT 
Introduction to selected areas of study in the mathematical sciences. 



194 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Genetic Counseling; Geography 



Genetic Counseling 

Master of Science Program 

The Graduate School 

Program office: 1 19 Mclver Street 

336/256-0175 

www.uncg.edu/gen 



Nancy Callanan, Director 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 
for graduate-level courses. 



important contemporary areas of concern as well as the back- 
ground appropriate for certain vocations. 

Graduating majors of the department have found careers 
in business and industry, in urban and regional planning 
agencies, in departments of federal and state governments, 
and in teaching. Job titles include city or regional planner, 
cartographer, demographer, resource analyst, land or eco- 
nomic developer, location analyst, and teacher. Many gradu- 
ates find that an undergraduate degree in geography is an 
excellent foundation for advanced graduate work or profes- 
sional training in planning, business or law. 

Special facilities of the department include fully 
equipped laboratories in computer cartography, geographic 
information systems, remote sensing, and physical geogra- 
phy, plus a 130-acre field camp for both instruction and 
research. 



Department of Geography 

College of Arts & Sciences 

129 Graham Building 

336/334-5388 
www.uncg.edu/geo 

Faculty 

Jeffrey Patton, Professor and Head of Department 

Professors Bennett, Debbage, Rees 

Associate Professors Lewis, E. Nelson, Royall, Stine 

Assistant Professors Bunch, Lennartson, Liu, Sultana 

Lecturer/Spatial Analysis Lab Director, J. Nelson 

Lecturer/Physical Geography-Geology Lab Director, Hall-Brown 

Mission Statement 

The Department of Geography is a student-centered department 
having a three-fold integrated mission encompassing teaching, schol- 
arship, and service. The Department offers a program presenting an 
integrative perspective on the relations among social, political, eco- 
nomic, and physical phenomena occurring across space. The 
Department is committed to teaching the concepts and research 
methods of the discipline in order to prepare geography majors for 
professional careers and/or advanced study. Non-geography majors 
are presented the geographic knowledge needed to understand the 
nature of the human and environmental patterns found in the world 
around them. Graduate student education is focused on preparing 
our students for advanced professional careers and/or further gradu- 
ate study. The Department is committed to excellence in both theo- 
retical and applied research. Undergraduate and graduate students 
involvement in research is encouraged to develop student under- 
standing, reasoning, and technical skills. Through scholarship, 
teaching, and service, the Department of Geography is dedicated to 
bettering our community, nation, and planet. 

The Department of Geography offers a program which 
has three principal objectives: to promote the understanding 
of the locational dimensions of human behavior in their envi- 
ronmental context; to offer a curriculum where geographic 
concepts and methods are applied to understanding eco- 
nomic, environmental, and social problems at the urban and 
regional scale; and to promote international understanding 
through area studies. Thus, the purposes of the program are 
to contribute an important dimension to the university stu- 
dent's liberal education and to provide practical training in 



Geography Major (GEOG) 

Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Codes: 

Geography (general), U163 

Geographic Information Science, U164 

Urban Planning, U165 

Earth Science/Environmental Studies, U167 

Geography with Teacher Licensure in Social 
Studies, U169 

The Geography Major requires four courses from a selec- 
tion of fifteen and requires a minimum of 27 semester hours 
in geography above the 100 level. Students may elect a gen- 
eral geography major or they may complete additional 
courses for a concentration in Urban Planning or Earth 
Science /Environmental Studies. Students may also complete 
a major in Geography with Teacher Licensure in Social 
Studies (p. 333). 

Student Learning Goals 

Students completing this major are expected to demon- 
strate a basic competence in earth science, human geography, 
and regional geography. In addition, they are expected to be 
able to successfully investigate geographic problems using 
the current research techniques and methodologies of the dis- 
cipline and to clearly and effectively express their findings in 
both written and oral form. 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



195 



Geography 



Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 
additional GRD course 

Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies courses for: 

One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

Required: GEO 103 or GEO 106/1 06L 6-7 

and one additional GNS course with a different depart- 
mental prefix (if GEO 103 is selected, the second GNS 
must be a lab course) 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 
programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 

One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

A minimum of 27 semester hours in geography above 
the 100 level. Only grades of C- or higher will count toward 
completion of the major and concentrations. 

Core Courses for Geography Major and Concentrations 

1. One geographic techniques course from GEO 121, 321, 
322, 323 

2. One earth science course: GEO 103* or GEO 106/1 06L* 

3. One human geography course from GEO 105, 114, 202, 
301, 302, 303 

4. One regional geography course from GEO 102, 104, 313, 
344 

*GEO 103 or GEO 106/106L satisfies one GNS requirement and 
GPS. 



Urban Planning Concentration 

The inter-regional shift of people and jobs in the United 
States and elsewhere over the past decades coupled with the 
movement away from large central cities has increased the 
need for formal urban and regional planning. Planners are 
needed in the private sector as well as in state and local gov- 
ernments to provide the appropriate kinds of economic and 
community development that will ensure a high quality of 
life in both developed and developing countries. In a growth 
region like the Southeast, geographers with a planning back- 
ground are in increasing demand. 

In addition to the core courses in geography listed above, 
students choosing this concentration are required to take: 

1. GEO 105, 202, 301 

2. Five courses from the following: GEO 302, 303, 320, 321, 
322, 344, 502, 522, 533 

Earth Science/Environmental Studies Concentration 

A central theme of geography is human interaction with 
the earth's physical environment. This concentration permits 
students to apply the basic scientific principles of physical 
geography, cartography, and natural resource analysis to the 
problem of ensuring a high quality of life through mainte- 
nance of the natural processes that support human existence. 
This concentration also provides training to enhance the 
employment opportunities of students with a strong interest 
in environmental assessment and resource evaluation. 

In addition to the core courses in geography listed above, 
students choosing this concentration must take: 

1. GEO 311, 311L, 314, 314L 

2. Five courses selected from the following: GEO 205, 305, 
312, 321, 323, 330, 520, 521 

Geographic Information Science Concentration 

Students with this concentration will develop skills in 
using maps, geospatial computer programs, and remotely 
sensed images to answer geographic questions relevant to 
land use planning, urban development, geomorphic or bio- 
geographic processes, or environmental impact assessment. 
A capstone course (GEO 423), which includes a faculty- 
directed major project is completed in the final semester. 

In addition to completing the core courses for geography 
majors listed above, students in this concentration are 
required to complete: 

1. GEO 121, 321, and 323 

2. A minimum of one of the following: GEO 520, 521, or 523 

3. GEO 423, after completion of 1 and 2. 

V Related Area Requirements for General 
Geography Major 

No specific additional courses beyond the core are 
required. Suggested courses in other departments and 
schools are recommended by the department, depending on 
the interest of the student. 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 



796 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



Geography 



Geography as a Second Major 
Required: minimum of 27 semester hours 

A student may obtain a second major in geography along 
with any other major. The student should take 27 semester 
hours, including four core courses listed above for the 
Geography Major. Students considering this option should 
consult a faculty member in the department. 

Geography as a Second Academic 
Concentration for Elementary Education Majors 
Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

1. Required core courses: 

a. One from GEO 121, 321, 322, or 323 (3 s.h.) 

b. OnefromGEO103orl06/106L(3s.h.) 

c. One from GEO 105, 114, 202, 301, 302, or 303 (3 s.h.) 

d. One from GEO 102, 104, 313, or 344 (3 s.h.) 

2. Any two additional GEO courses at the 300 level or 
higher (6 s.h.) 

Geography Minor 

Required: minimum of 18 semester hours 

Any six courses (18 semester hours) constitute a minor, 
but the following suggested course sequences will be of inter- 
est to certain students pursuing specific majors and with cer- 
tain career objectives such as planning, environmental con- 
servation, or business: 

1. General Geography Minor — 1 physical, 1 human, 1 
regional, 1 techniques course, and any other two geogra- 
phy courses 

2. Minor emphasizing Urban Planning — any six courses 
from: 105, 202, 301, 302, 303, 344, 502, 522, 533 

3. Minor emphasizing Environmental Studies — any six 
courses from: 103 or 106/106L, 105, 121, 205, 303, 305, 
311, 312, 314, 321, 323, 330, 521 

4. Minor emphasizing Geographic Information Science and 
Techniques — for the student desiring to acquire geo- 
graphic research, writing, and cartographic techniques, 
any six courses from: 105, 121, 321, 322, 323, 520, 521, 
522, 533 

5. Geography Minor for majors in the School of Business 
and Economics — for the major who wishes to acquire 
knowledge of industrial location, international trade, 
demographic change and environmental impact — any 
six courses from: 102, 103 or 106/106L, 104, 105, 121, 202, 
301, 302, 303, 344, 522, 533 

Geography Major with Teacher Licensure in 
Social Studies 

Students seeking teacher licensure should see Teacher 
Education Programs. Licensure in social studies is available 
for geography majors. Additional semester hours may be 
required for completion of the degree. 

Majors planning to teach geography /social studies in 
the secondary schools should plan their programs to include 
one of the following: GEO 102, 104, or 344 and one of the fol- 
lowing courses: GEO 105, 114, or 202. 



Geography Courses (GEO) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses for Undergraduates 

102 The Historical Geography of the Western World (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: HP/CMO 
A study of the geographical factors which combine to form the 
major cultural regions of North America, Europe, and Australia- 
New Zealand. 

103 Introduction to Earth Science (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

• Students cannot receive credit for both GEO 103 and GEO 
106/106L. 

Survey of basic concepts and processes integrating the nature of 
the earth's three primary physical systems: the solid earth and 
continents; the ocean basins and the oceans; and the atmos- 
phere's weather. 

104 The Geography of the Non-Western World (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
A study of the geographical factors which combine to form the 
major culture regions of Africa, Asia, and countries of the former 
Soviet Union. 

105 Cultural Geography (3:3) 

GECore: GSB GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Introductory project-oriented course concerned with the geo- 
graphical characteristics of population, political systems, settle- 
ment patterns and livelihoods. 

106 Geosystems Science (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

Coreq: GEO 106L 

• Students cannot receive credit for both GEO 103 and GEO 
106/106L. 

The earth's atmosphere, hydrological, and tectonic systems. 
Includes applications to natural resources management and envi- 
ronmental planning. (Fall & Spring) 

106L Geosystems Science Laboratory (1:0:2) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

Coreq: GEO 106 

• Students cannot receive credit for both GEO 103 and GEO 
106/106L. 

Laboratory exercises to accompany GEO 106, which must be 
taken concurrently. Topics include atmospheric data analysis, 
topographic map interpretation, and hydrological measurements. 
(Fall & Spring) 

110 Introduction to Geography (3:3) 

Changing interaction of man and his environment and the result- 
ant human and economic patterns in various parts of the world. 

111 Physical Geology (3:3) 
GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 
AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Coreq. concurrent registration in GEO 111L 
Survey of tectonic and erosional processes, mountain building, 
rivers, glaciers, deserts, and coastal landform development. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



197 



Geography 



111L Physical Geology Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Coreq. concurrent registration in GEO 111 
Laboratory demonstrations and map interpretation exercises to 
accompany GEO 111, which must be taken concurrently. 

114 The Geography of World Affairs (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Contemporary problems and issues of and between nations of 
the world as they have evolved in their geographical settings. 

121 Introduction to Geographic Information Science (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

Introduction to the fundamental concepts of geographical infor- 
mation science (geographic data acquisition, representation, 
analysis, and interpretation). Technologies reviewed include 
topographic mapping, global positioning systems, aerial photog- 
raphy, and satellite remote sensing. (Fall & Spring) 

202 World Production and Marketing Systems (3:3) 

GECore: GSB GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Characteristics and location of the world's resources, theory of 
industrial location, world patterns of industry. 

205 Environmental Change: Its Nature and Impact (3:3) 

Environmental changes related to human use of land, water, 
soils, minerals, and natural amenities. Planning for sustained use 
or preservation of land-based natural resources. 

301 Urban Geography: Global Patterns (3:3) 

GECore: GSB GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Urbanization processes and the development of mega-cities and 
urban hierarchies emphasizing the differences between cities 
from across the world. 

302 Urban Geography: Land Use (3:3) 

Internal structure of cities, including the role of transportation 
systems, socio-economic development, and the physical environ- 
ment. Emphasis on differences within cities. 

303 World Population Problems (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: NW/CNW 
Major world population problems, trends, and significant policy 
and action alternatives for the future. Impact of various geo- 
graphical factors on problems and trends. 

304 Introduction to Transportation Analysis (3:3) 

Transportation systems as they affect human behavior and urban 
patterns, primarily within a North American context. 

305 Environmental Hazards Assessment (3:3) 

Pr. 103 or equivalent 
Nature and geographical distribution of short-lived environmen- 
tal hazards including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, volcanic 
eruptions, and landslides. Factors contributing to increased hazard 
potential. Alternative human responses to short-lived hazards. 

311 Weather and Climate (3:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Pr. 103 or equivalent 

Coreq. concurrent registration in 311L 
Introduction to the nature, origin, processes, and dynamics of the 
atmosphere. Consideration also of human modification of the 
atmosphere and of climatic change. 



311L Climatology Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 
Coreq. concurrent registration in 311 
Laboratory work to accompany 311. 

312 Geomorphology of North America (3:3) 

A survey of the various landscape regions of the North America. 
Emphasis on the relationships between the geologic, erosional, 
and climatic processes occurring in each region. 

313 Natural Resource Regions of North America (3:1:6) 

Pr. 103 or 314 and permission of instructor 
Regional natural resource use and associated human interaction 
with the natural environment. Instruction takes place during an 
extended field trip across portions of North America. 

314 Physical Geography: Landscape Processes (3:3) 

GECore: GN CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Pr. 103 or equivalent 

Coreq. concurrent registration in 314L 
Examination of the processes responsible for the development of 
the earth's varied terrain characteristics. Analysis of environmen- 
tal problems involving human impact on landscape and river 
systems. 

314L Physical Geography Laboratory (1:0:3) 

GECore: GNS CAR: GPS 

AULER/CLER: NS/CPS 

Coreq. concurrent registration in 314 
Laboratory demonstrations and map interpretation exercises to 
accompany GEO 314, which must be taken concurrently. 

320 Tourism Planning and Development (3:3) 
Geographic distribution of tourist development. Emphasis on the 
spatial dimension of origin-destination flows, economic geogra- 
phy of the travel industry, socio-economic and environmental 
impacts. Emphasis on tourism planning issues. (Same as HTM 

320 and RPM 320) 

321 Cartography and Geographic Information Science (3:2:3) 
Pr. 121 

The science of cartography with an emphasis on the use of maps 
as descriptive and analytical tools. Laboratory work introduces 
computer mapping, compilation, design, and symbolization. 

322 Research Methods in Geography (3:3) 

Use of the scientific method, data collection, spatial analysis, and 
technical writing. Development of fundamental research and 
quantitative skills in geography. 

323 Remote Sensing (3:2:3) 

Pr. Ill 
Acquisition, analysis, and interpretation of digital and photo- 
graphic imagery. Emphasis on use of satellite and aircraft 
imagery for classification and monitoring of the earth's physical 
and cultural landscape. 

330 Elements of Hydrology (3:3) 

Pr. 103 or 311 or 314, or permission of instructor 
Introduction to the origin, properties, occurrence, circulation of 
the waters of the earth, including the application of hydrologic 
techniques for the evaluation of regional water budgets and 
problems relating to the conservation of water resources. 

338 Regions of Latin America (3:3) 

Geographic distinctiveness of Latin American regions, with an 
emphasis upon the physical foundation, bases of past develop- 
ment, and recent transformation. Major consideration given to 
Mexico/Central America, Peru/Bolivia, and Brazil. 



198 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 






Geography; German, Russian, Japanese, Chinese 



344 Geography of the United States and Canada (3:3) 

GECore: GSB 

AULER/CLER: SB/CSB 
Study of the human and physical characteristics of the United 
States and Canada, with emphasis on the former. 

423 Geographic Information Science (3:2:3) 

Pr. GEO 121, 321, 323 
Principles and use of geographic information; emphases are on 
data acquisition and techniques of spatial analysis and display. 
Requirements include a substantial applied research project. 

(Spring) 

490 Special Problems in Geography (3) 

Pr. permission of faculty member with whom student wishes to 
work and at least 3 s.h. of previous work in geography 
Opportunity for advanced students to undertake independent 
study of field research of special interest. 

491 Current Topics in Population (3:3) 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 
Multidisciplinary seminar dealing with major topics concerned 
with national and international issues. (Occ) 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 
495 Internship in Geography (3:0:9) 

Pr. written permission required before registering for the internship 
Practical experience in a professional setting related to the stu- 
dent's main topic of interest. Includes a research paper linking 
the topic to the experience. (Fall & Spring & Summer) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

Freshmen and sophomores cannot register for 500-level 
courses without written permission from the instructor. 

502 Urban Planning (3:3) 

Experiences in planning and primary concepts and procedures 
utilized by planners in city and local government agencies for 
improving the quality of the urban environment. 

510 Biogeography (3:3) 

Pr. GEO 311 or 314 or BIO 301 or admission to graduate program 
in geography or permission of instructor 
Study of the geographic distribution of organisms and the fac- 
tors/processes accountable. Emphasis on the increasingly impor- 
tant role humans play in influencing biogeographic processes. 

511 Advanced Weather and Climate — Synoptic 
Climatology (3:3) 

Pr. GEO 311 or admission to graduate program in geography or 
permission of instructor 
Exploration of atmospheric dynamics and general circulation 
patterns throughout the world. Emphasis on cyclogensis, sur- 
face-upper atmosphere links, tropospheric waves, vorticity, and 
forecasting. 

520 Advanced Remote Sensing — Imaging (3:3) 

Pr. 323 or permission of instructor 
Remote sensing of the environment using scientific visualization 
and digital image processing techniques. (Fall) 

521 Advanced Cartography (3:3) 
Pr. 321 or permission of instructor 

Advanced instruction in cartographic production techniques and 
introduction to cartographic research. Students will learn to eval- 
uate academic literature and to implement research ideas using 
state-of-the-art technology. 



522 Seminar in Population and Urban Studies (3:3) 

Advanced study of population processes and urban concepts 
from an interdisciplinary viewpoint. Emphasis on accessing and 
interpreting data from the U.S. census and other sources. 

533 Industrial Development: State and Local (3:3) 

Theories of industrial location; techniques to measure impact of 
industry on communities; policy and institutional issues related 
to state and local industrial development. 

560 Seminar in Regional Geography (3:3) 

• May be repeated once for credit when topic chartges. 
Smaller regions within Latin America, the United States, and 
Europe as case studies of regionalism and the regional method in 
geography. (Occ) 

570 Applied Physical Geography (3:1:6) 

Applications in physical geography. Topics include field experi- 
ence in hydrology, dendrochronology, geomorphology, climatol- 
ogy, and mapping. 

589 Experimental Course: Earth Science for Middle Grades 
Educators (3:3) 

Fundamental concepts of the four earth sciences: geology, mete- 
orology, oceanography, and astronomy. Course taught online. 
(Offered summer '06) 



Please refer to The Graduate School Bulletin 

for additional graduate-level courses. 



Department of 

German, Russian, Japanese, 

and Chinese Studies 

College of Arts & Sciences 

1127 Hall for Humanities and Research Administration 

336/334-5427 

www.uncg.edu/gar/ 

Faculty 

Andreas Lixl, Professor and Head of Department 

Associate Professor Adams 

Assistant Professor Ahem 

Lecturers Campitelli, Levesque, Liu, Takagi 

Adjunct Instructors Haeseler, Pynes 

The aim of the Department of German, Russian, Japanese, 
and Chinese Studies is to impart a deeper understanding for 
important foreign languages and cultures in the context of a 
liberal and humanistic education. 

Our courses are intended to advance language proficiency 
skills and to contribute to the student's intellectual develop- 
ment and aesthetic experience. Language instruction courses 
provide students with speaking skills and knowledge that will 
enable them to inform themselves independently about the life 
and literature of German, Russian, Japanese, and Chinese 
speaking cultures. More advanced courses emphasize lan- 
guage, literature, and culture studies, which are the primary 
goals of the majors in German and Russian. 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



199 



German, Russian, Japanese, Chinese 



The language laboratory provides students with Web 
facilities for aural and oral exercises. Cultural material such as 
films, records, and tapes is coordinated with classroom work. 
Students may also elect to live in UNCG's International House. 

The UNCG film program provides German, Russian, and 
Japanese films each semester. German and Russian Studies 
Roundtables provide open academic forums for interdiscipli- 
nary discussions among both faculty and students. 

The Department maintains an active membership in the 
German Studies Consortium, which utilizes the NC 
Information Superhighway to share teaching and learning 
resources to enhance German Studies across The University 
of North Carolina system. This consortium offers a broad 
array of German Studies courses in the language, literature, 
and culture of the German-speaking countries taught by spe- 
cialists in the field. The primary focus is on the sharing of 
upper-level courses for German majors and minors enrolled 
in the program. Participant universities include Appalachian 
State University, East Carolina University, North Carolina 
State University, The University of North Carolina at 
Asheville, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 
The University of North Carolina at Wilmington, and 
Western Carolina University. 

From time to time UNCG Summer Study Abroad travel 
programs are offered. Information on other summer pro- 
grams abroad is available. 

Students who wish to spend their junior year studying 
any subject at the Universities of Bamberg, Mannheim, 
Osnabriick, The Higher School of Commerce at Worms 
(UNCG partner institutions), or with other programs, must 
have completed intermediate language courses. Similar 
exchanges are available with Slavic and Japanese universi- 
ties. 

In addition to pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree in 
German students can major or minor in Russian Studies, and 
minor in Asian Studies. See International Studies, p. 231. A 
major in German can also be pursued in tandem with an 
International Business Studies major, p. 229. 

An Accelerated Masters Program for undergraduates 
provides the opportunity to complete a B.A. in German 
and an M.B.A. in Business Administration. Students are 
strongly advised to familiarize themselves with this pro- 
gram on p. 348 in this Bulletin. 

German Major (GERM) 
Degree: Bachelor of Arts 

Required: 122 semester hours, to include at least 36 
hours at or above the 300 course level 

AOS Codes: 

German, U171 

German with Special Subject Area Teacher 
Licensure (K-1 2), U173 

The German Major, depending on the student's interest 
and other abilities, may lead into various careers such as 
teaching, government service and international trade. The 
specialized study of German aims to improve language skills 
and to convey an understanding of German culture, through 
the study of literature, film, and works of German thought. 



Students seeking teacher licensure should see Teacher 
Education Programs. 

Student Learning Goals 

Upon completion of the program, German majors will be 
expected to: 

• Speak, read, write, and comprehend the German lan- 
guage proficiently 

• Interpret the history of German civilization in terms of 
major periods and movements and be able to explain 
critical methods for interpreting these periods and 
movements 

• Explain the interrelationships of literature and culture to 
social history and intellectual life in German-speaking 
countries 

• Identify major genres of Germanic literatures and various 
critical approaches to interpreting literary texts 

• Research, organize, and present in both German and 
English effective oral presentations on German Studies 
topics 

• Research, organize, and develop in both German and 
English coherent critical writings on German Studies 
topics 

• Use computers effectively as research and writing tools, 
as well as conduits to library and Internet resources for 
information about German and central European cultures 

Requirements 

I General Education Core Requirements (GEC) 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for complete 
GEC requirements and approved courses for all categories. 
Core Category S.H. 

Students may select courses for: 

Literature (GLT) 3 

Fine Arts (GFA) 3 

Philosophical, Religious, Ethical Principles (GPR) 3 

Historical Perspectives on Western Culture (GHP) 3 

Mathematics (GMT) 3 

Natural Sciences (GNS) 6-7 

one must be a laboratory course; each must have a 

different departmental prefix 
Reasoning and Discourse (GRD) 6 

ENG 101 or FMS 115 or RCO 101, and one 

additional GRD course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 6 

Department specifies the following: 
One additional GLT course (student may select) 3 

II General Education Marker Requirements 

See chapter 5, University Requirements, for details and 
courses. It is possible to meet all GE Marker Requirements 
while completing the GE Core requirements or courses 
required by the major /concentration. 

Students may select courses for: 

Global/Global Non-Western Perspectives (GL/GN) 

four (4) courses carrying GL/GN markers, at least one of 

which must carry the GN marker 

One Speaking Intensive (SI) Course 

In addition to this SI Marker requirement, students must 
also complete a second SI course within the major. All 

programs have identified at least one course among their 
major requirements that is taught as Speaking Intensive. 



200 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



German, Russian, Japanese, Chinese 



One Writing Intensive (WI) Course 

In addition to this WI Marker requirement, students 
must also complete a second WI course within the 
major. All programs have identified at least one course 
among their major requirements that is taught as Writing 
Intensive. 

III College of Arts and Sciences Additional 
Requirements (CAR) 

See pp. 66-68 for requirements and approved courses. 
Historical Perspectives on Western Culture 3 

either a GHP/GPM or GMO course 
Natural Sciences 3-4 

one additional GNS/GLS or GPS course 
Social and Behavioral Sciences (GSB) 3 

one additional GSB course 
Foreign Language (GFL) 0-12 

intermediate-level proficiency in one language, 

demonstrated by placement test, or completion of 

course work through course number 204 
Writing Intensive Courses (WI) 

a total of four WI courses 

IV Major Requirements 

All majors must maintain a GPA of at least 2.0 in German 
courses for a degree in German. 

Minimum of 27 semester hours in German above the 204 
level, including at least: 

1 . Four courses involving literature or culture from the 
following: GER 215*, 216*, 217*, 218*, 221*, 305*, 
306*, 403, 404, 405, 406, 491, 492 or 493 (if taken for 3 
s.h.) 

2. Five additional courses above the 204 level 

3. Majors may also take BCN 527 (German Auteurs) 
plus 1 s.h. of tutorials (491, 492). 

*These courses count as major credit only if a student also enrolls 
in GER 291 and/or 1 semester hour of tutorials (491, 492) where an 
appropriate amount of speaking or reading or writing is done in 
German. 

V Suggested Related Area Courses 

Suggested but not required: ART 305; ATY 385, 387, 587; 
ENG 201, 202, 339, 340; HIS 375, 376, 392; RUS 201, 202, 313, 
314, 315, 316; PHI 252, 330 

VI Electives 

Electives sufficient to complete the 122 semester hours 
required for degree. 

German Major with Special Subject Area 
Teacher Licensure (K-12) 

Students seeking teacher licensure must include GER 301 
and all other courses required for German majors. Additional 
semester hours are required for completion of the degree. 
Please see teacher licensure requirements in Teacher 
Education Programs. 



German as a Second Major 

Required: minimum of 27 semester hours above the 

204 level 

The requirements for a second major in German are the 
same as for the German major described above. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



German as a Second Academic Concentration 
for Elementary Education Majors 
Required: 18 semester hours 

1. Required core courses: 6 s.h. involving literature or cul- 
ture from 305, 306, 405, 406 

2. Electives: 12 s.h. [four (4) additional language, literature, 
or culture courses] above GER 204 level 

German Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 

15 semester hours above GER 102, to include GER 203 
and 204 plus 9 additional hours, at least 6 of which must be 
at the 300 level or higher. NOTE: Courses in German litera- 
ture or culture in English translation (215, 216, 217, 218, 221) 
can only be used for minor credit if an appropriate amount of 
reading is done in German. 

Honors in German 
Requirements 

Six (6) semester hours to consist of: 

• 3 s.h. of HSS 490 Senior Honors Project 

• 3 s.h. of GER 493 (in preparation for Senior Honors Project) 
Must be completed in residence. 

Six (6) semester hours to consist of: 

• 3-6 s.h. of GER 493 (unrelated to Senior Honors Project) or 
3-6 s.h. of contract courses in German above the 200 level 

Qualifications 

• A grade of at least B in all course work used to satisfy the 
Honors requirement in German 

• A declared major in German 

• At least a 3.30 overall GPA at graduation 

Recognition 

The designation "Completed Disciplinary Honors in 
German" and the title of the Senior Honors Project will be 
printed on the student's official transcript. 

Honors Advisor 

See Dr. Jeffrey Adams for further information and advis- 
ing about Honors in German. 

Accelerated Master's Program 
for German Majors 

Interested students should see Accelerated Master's 
Programs for Undergraduates for details about the B.A. in 
German/M.B.A. program requirements. 

Russian Minor 

Required: minimum of 15 semester hours 
AOSCode: U160 

15 semester hours above the 100 level of which the fol- 
lowing six are required: RUS 203, 204 

Note: RUS 203 and 204 count toward the Russian Studies 
program (see International Studies, p. 231). 



201 



German, Russian, Japanese, Chinese 



German Courses (GER) 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER, intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C. 

Courses Read in English 

German literature courses read in English translation are as 
follows: 

215, 216 German Civilization. Readings in English (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
217, 218 Masterworks of German Literature Read in English 
(3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
221 Germanic Mythology. Readings in English (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

A full description of the above courses will be found in 
numerical order in the German courses listed below. 



Courses for Undergraduates 

101, 102 Elementary German (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
Essentials of speaking, listening, reading, writing, vocabulary, 
and grammar. Supplementary work in the Multimedia Language 
Laboratory. 

101L Elementary German Laboratory (1:1) 

Coreq. concurrent registration in 101 
Optional supplementary multimedia lab course at the elementary 
level for students interested in improving their command of the 
language. Course meets one hour a week for the whole semester. 

101B, 102B Elementary Business German (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
Essentials of grammar, graded reading, vocabulary building. 
Business language emphasis in laboratory work required. 
102L Elementary German Laboratory (1:1) 

Coreq. concurrent registration in 102 or permission of instructor 
Optional supplementary multimedia lab course at the elementary 
level for students interested in improving their command of the 
language. Course meets one hour a week for the whole semester. 

203 Intermediate German (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

• Proficiency level: GER 102 or equivalent 

Continuation and further study of basic German structures with 
emphasis on spoken and written language skills. 

204 Intermediate German Topics (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

• Proficiency level: GER 203 or equivalent 

Reading, composition and discussion, at an intermediate level, 
based on German texts on various topics. 

215, 216 German Civilization. Readings in English (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: 215: HP/CPM; 216: HP/CMO 
Cultural, political, and social development of Germany from its 
origin to the present. 215 — Middle Ages (Romanesque, Gothic) 
through the fifteenth century. 216 — from the Reformation to the 
present. Attention given to the German elements in America. Use 



of films, slides, and records. Taught in English. Majors required 
to do additional reading in German. 

217, 218 Masterworks of German Literature Read in English 
(3:3), (3:3) 

GECore: GET GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Reading and discussion in English translation of some of the best 
works of German literature. 217 — the Middle Ages, Baroque and 
Classical Periods, Romanticism, Realism. 218 — Selected major 
works of 20th-century prose fiction. Authors include Kafka, 
Hesse, T. Mann, Handke, M. Walser, and Suskind. 

221 Germanic Mythology. Readings in English (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Course taught in translation. Myths of Northern Europe, their 
main personages and events as preserved in the heroic sagas and 
epics, the traces of these myths in later literature, in folklore and 
art, the history of their revival in the nineteenth century (Brothers 
Grimm, Richard Wagner), the variety of interpretations given to 
them. 

291 German Conversation Topics (1:0:1) 

GE Marker: GL 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 

• May be repeated for credit as topics vary for a maximum of three 
(3) semester hours. 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 

Speaking intensive training during formal and informal conver- 
sations in German Kaffeestunde settings. Interdisciplinary topics 
focus on current affairs in the German-speaking countries. 

301 German Conversation and Composition: Topics (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 
For students desiring some proficiency in spoken and written 
German. Conversation and composition based on various 
announced topics. Attendance at Kaffeestunde required unless 
excused by instructor. Course always taught as writing intensive. 

302 German Language and Society: Topics (3:3) 

For students desiring proficiency in written German, especially 
geared toward students who plan to study abroad or who plan to 
enter graduate school. Compositions based on various 
announced topics. Course always taught as writing intensive. 

305 German Literature: Advanced Intermediate Topics (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 

Course aims at improving students' language proficiency and 
familiarity with German literature. Taught in English or German. 

306 German Culture: Advanced Intermediate Topics (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 

Course aims at improving students' language proficiency and 
familiarity with German civilization. Taught in German or English. 

306F German Culture: Advanced Intermediate — Topics in 
German Film (3:2:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 

Course aims at improving students' language proficiency and 
familiarity with German films and filmmakers. Taught in 
German or English. 



202 



2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin 



German, Russian, Japanese, Chinese 



307 Advanced German Grammar (3:3) 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 
Intensive study of grammar (including features not covered in 
lower levels of instruction) and of contrasting structures of 
German and English. Introduction to reference tools. 

311 Business German (3:3) 

GE Marker: GL CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 

• Proficiency level: GER 203 or equivalent 
Introduction to the special vocabulary and syntax as used in 
business contacts, correspondence and articles. Practice in read- 
ing and writing for business purposes and travel. 

403 German Literary Studies: An Introduction (3:3) 

• Proficiency level: GER 301 or equivalent 
Readings from various genres by representative authors from the 
Age of Goethe to Symbolism, Expressionism, and contemporary 
literature. Introduction to methodologies of literary analysis. 

404 German Civilization: Research and/or Internet Projects 
(3:3) 

GE Marker: GL 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 
Research and Internet projects focusing on cultural, social, histor- 
ical, and interdisciplinary studies. Projects can be conducted in 
German and/or English. Course always taught as writing inten- 
sive. 

405 Advanced Topics in German Literature (3:3) 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

• Proficiency level: GER 301 or equivalent 
Topics will be of a literary nature. Reading and discussion of 
texts with attention to interpretation and analysis. 

406 Advanced Topics in German Culture (3:3) 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

• Proficiency level: GER 204 or equivalent 
Focus on culture and civilization. Studying texts and multimedia 
materials with attention to interpretation and analysis. 

407 Advanced Topics in German Language (3:3) 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

• Proficiency level: GER 301 or equivalent 
Linguistic or pedagogical topics include: history of the language; 
Indo-European to modern German. Reading Old High and 
Middle High texts. Taught in German or English. 

491, 492 Tutorial (1-3), (1-3) 

Pr. permission of instructor 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 
Directed program of reading, research, and individual instruction 
in Germanic literatures and languages. 
493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 



Russian Courses (RUS) 

Courses in English Translation 

Russian Literature and Culture in English translation courses 
are as follows: 

201, 202 Russian Literature in Translation (3:3), (3:3) 

313 Major Authors in Russian Translation (3:3) 

314 Major Movements in Russian Literature and Culture (3:3) 

315 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature in Translation (3:3) 

316 Modern Polish Literature in Translation (3:3) 
511 The Russian Novel in Translation (3:3) 

A full description of these courses will be found in numerical 
order in the Russian courses listed below. 

GE Core denotes General Education Core credit; GE Marker denotes 
General Education Marker credit; CAR denotes College Additional 
Requirement credit. 

AULER/CLER. intended for students who began their undergraduate pro- 
grams prior to fall 2001, is described in Appendix C 

Courses for Undergraduates 

101 Elementary Russian I (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 
Basic principles of grammar; graded reading of selected texts; 
some conversation; language laboratory facilities. 

101L Elementary Russian Lab (1:0:1) 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 
Optional supplementary multimedia lab course at the elementary 
level for students interested in improving their command of the 
language. Course meets one hour a week for the whole semester. 

102 Elementary Russian II (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 
Basic principles of grammar; graded reading of selected texts; 
some conversation; language laboratory facilities. 

102L Elementary Russian Lab (1:0:1) 

• Grade: Pass/Not Pass (P/NP) 
Optional supplementary multimedia lab course at the elementary 
level for students interested in improving their command of the 
language. Course meets one hour a week for the whole semester. 

201, 202 Russian Literature in Translation (3:3), (3:3) 

GECore: GET (for RUS 201) GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Survey of Russian prose beginning with early Russian Literature 
and focusing on nineteenth-century Russian prose up to 1917. 
Works from the following writers are read: Pushkin, Gogol, 
Lermontov, Goncharov, Turgenev, Leskov, Garshin, Kuprin, 
Chekhov, Bunin, Belyj, Sologub. No knowledge of Russian 
required. 

203, 204 Intermediate Russian (3:3), (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN CAR: GFL 

CLER: CFL 
Review of grammar, practice in conversation, selected readings 
from nineteenth- and twentieth-century literature. 

291 Experimental Course: Russian Conversation (1-3) 
Increase Russian oral proficiency through informal group study, 
vocabulary building, conversation, and formal presentations 
during weekly meetings. (Offered spring '05) 

301 Conversation, Composition, and Grammar Topics (3:3) 

• Proficiency level: RUS 204 or equivalent 

Reading and discussion of unedited Russian texts. Formal and 
informal writing. Study of grammar and idiom. 

2006-07 UNCG Undergraduate Bulletin ~203~ 



German, Russian, Japanese, Chinese 



306 Slavic Life and Letters: Topics (3:3) 

GE Marker: GN 

• Proficiency level: RUS 204 or equivalent 

Introduction to Slavic civilization. Emphasis on selected periods, 
themes or genres such as films, memoirs, folklore, mythology, 
women's lives, etc. Taught in English or Russian. 

313 Major Authors in Russian Literature (3:3) 

GECore: GLT GE Marker: GN 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 

• Proficiency level: RUS 204 or equivalent 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

Selected Russian authors read and discussed with attention to lit- 
erary interpretation and analysis. Selection of authors and periods 
vary. Taught in English or Russian. 

314 Major Movements in Russian Literature and Culture 
(3:3) 

GE Core: GLT GE Marker: GN 

• Proficiency level: RUS 204 or equivalent 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies^ 

Topics vary, each taking a broad perspective on an important 
movement, social trend, literary development, or cultural period. 
Taught in English or Russian. 

315 Twentieth-Century Russian Literature in Translation (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Intensive study of the artistic writing in Russia from 1917 to the 
present. Readings cover poetry and prose of Sholokhov, Ilf and 
Petrov, Pasternak, Evtushenko, Solzhenitsyn, and others. 

316 Modern Polish Literature in Translation (3:3) 

AULER/CLER: WL/CWL 
Intensive study of the artistic writing in Poland from 1918 to 
present. Readings cover poetry and prose of Zeromski, Wittlin, 
Gombrowicz, Witkiewicz, Schulz, Iwaszkiewicz, Rozewicz, 
Tuwim, Andrzejewski, Milosz, and Herbert. 

491, 492 Tutorial (1-3), (1-3) 

• May be repeated for credit when topic varies. 

Directed program of reading, research, and individual instruction 
in Russian and Polish language and literature. 

493 Honors Work (3-6) 

Pr. see prerequisites, Honors Programs, XXX 493 (p. 216) 

• May be repeated for credit if the topic of study changes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates & Graduate Students 

511 The Russian Novel in Translation (3:3) 

Survey of the Russian novel from the nineteenth (Pushkin, 
Gogol, Turgenev, Goncharov, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy), to the twenti- 
eth century (Belyj, Sologub, Pasternak, and Solzhenitsyn). 
Analysis of artistic structure and ideas within the context of 
Russian literary history, philosophy, and religious thought. 



Please refer to this Bulletin, p. 231, 
for more information on the Russian Studies major or minor. 



Japanese Courses (JNS) 

GE Core denotes General Educat